i Bes Mieneongs a eine? tes ht a ah? SAS bra iree i ws hye i J eee On? ae Sie teh thas a pi bses SASS anit : aes POPRRS ST hehe 3 2a; i ee ae) a) ye ons Fad Oe ey Tern «1 tre IC ATe EN AMER fe Swe ain ? os } ‘ f i r : ‘ , ; ae eee As Ee MB ws el I “ ; i vis } f 7 { it} ij \ y : ; ! ‘ \ ‘ Wy A a , wH) : ft a i. oh, Mle? ie vot am ie LA ae i ni elaine ee h : AM 4a 4 a i Sn rid 4 ta oh 4 ah ; ne a [ nF n Ld fe I OE AeA BED ie ibe an es ae an 4 Ny i ane ; do ee ra it tay f 54 bp Pas THE ANNALS AND | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ) CONDUCTED BY | CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Eso., M.A., F.B.S., F.LS., F.G.S., | JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S. &., WILLIAM 8S. DALLAS, F.LS., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. 307' aot VOL. XII.—FOURTH SERIES. REPL LL LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS : MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : ; HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 1873. *‘Omnes res createe sunt divine sapientiz et potentia testes, divitize felicitatis human :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; ex ceconomid in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper astimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Lrynvs. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir quelle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruokner, Zhéoric du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 1767. a .....,.. The sylvan powers Gey our summons ; foe their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or licheng torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their seeret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. ft OD / 4 / , lo fo CONTENTS OF VOL. XII. [FOURTH SERIES. ] NUMBER LXVII. Page I. On some Characters of Zingula anatina, illustrating the Study of Fossil Palliobranchs. By Wititam Kriya, Sc.D., Professor of Mineralogy and Geology in the Queen’s University, Ireland, and Qucenms College; ‘Galway. (Plate Ula). te tn xc ci fate ges ve oiefe ess 4 1 II. On two new Species of Gumminee, with Special and General Observations. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c. (Plate L) ........ 17 IIL. A Catalogue of the Neuropterous Insects of New Zealand ; with Notes, and Descriptions of new Forms. By Robert M‘Lacu- TEIN) LESIDI S hehe oll tiles Ate tl Ura ar ath a Ara gle Al Aa Ee 30 IV. Description of two new Species of Bush-buck (Cephalophus) fromm Western Africa By Dro J. EY Gray, FRG. &e) ee as. 42 V. Herpetological Notes. By A. W. E. O’Suaucunessy, Assistant in the Natural-History Department, British Museum ............ VI. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the British Museum. By FrepEerick SMirH, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum ................4. 49 VII. On Nephropsis Stewarti, a new Genus and Species of Ma- crurous Crustaceans, dredged in deep water off the Eastern Coast of the Andaman Islands. By James Woop-MASON ..........++.. 59 VIII. Notes on some Mammalia from Fantee, including a new Species of Macrorus. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e... 2.052005 0% 65 IX. Notes on the Family Chelydrade. By Dy. J. E. Gray, 1S] SAS peek A Lae 62 ie, Slo eae naa Pe RA NPR Rn 66 New Books :—First, Second, Third, and Fourth Annual Reports on the Geological Survey of Indiana, made during the years 1869-72, by E. T. Cox, State Geologist, assisted by Messrs. Bradley, Haymond, Levette, Collett, Hobbs, and Warder. Ulustrated Guide to the Fish, Amphibian, Reptilian, and sup- posed Mammalian Remains of the Northumberland Carboni- ferous Strata, by T. P. Barkas, F.G.S.—The Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain, by A. C. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S., &.—The School Manual of Geology, by J. B. Jukes, M.A., F.R.S., &g Second Edition, revised and enlarged ; edited by “A. J. Jukes-Brown.—Geological Stories, ty J. E. BR eSPLOS EGE AS i .feia\Aisic's w\a)s) 00's 4% Lddih doug etaMetert dfuh. 70—74 Note on the Scombrocottus salmoneus of Peters, and its identity with Anoplopoma fimbria, by Theodore Gill, M.D., Ph.D. ; On the Occurrence of Ligidiwm agile in Belgium, by M. F. Plateau ; lV CONTENTS. A Sponge on Hyalonema, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ; On unequal Bivalve Shells, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ; The Skeleton of Sphargis coriacea from Surinam, by Dr. Ferdinand Krauss; The Deal-fish ( Zrachypterus arcticus) ; Damonia uni- color, a new Species of Water-Tortoise from China, sent by Mr. Swinhoe, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; A new and ingenious American Move in the Game of Priority ; On Hylodes martini- censis and its Metamorphoses, by M. Bayay; Mode of Walking Page ol:the Armadilloesstrsc¢e. ok bk we ioe eee ee Oe 74—80 NUMBER LXVIII. X. On the Invertebrate Animals of the Baltic. By Prof. Karu IMG DUIS SRI SS brcrtcne eta whee hs Risa batich\ofave oe ews cate Ne one Pee XI. On some new Species of Stromatopora. By H. ALLEYNE Nicuotson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., &c., Professor of Natural History in University College, Toronto. (Plate IV.)..............000005 XII. A Spheromid from Australia, and Arcturide from South Africa. By the Rey. Tuomas R. R. Strppine, M.A (Plate III. A.) XIII. On a new Species of Cellepora. By Epwarp ParFirt, disq:. "(Plate Tit, Bowie ec ceuiaer spoke Skee cnn ele ae eee XIV. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the British Museum. By Freprrick Sir, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum.......... XV. Notes on the Tortoises of the ‘Zoology of Mexico’ of MM. A. Duméril and Bocourt. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &€......... XVI. Answer to Dr. Stoliczka’s “ Notes on the Indian Species of Theljphonus.” By A. G. Buruer, F.L:S., F.ZS8., &......-..20-« XVII. A Monographie Revision of the Genus Phrynus, with De- scriptions of Four remarkable new Species. By ArnTHUR GARDINER Borie, FL.8.;20Z8., oc. (Plates, Vir & Vil)... ... sea eeee XVIII. Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GrorRGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S., and Davin RoBErtTson, F.G.S.—No. VIII. On Marine Copepoda taken in the West of Ire- land: i (Plates, VNU. & EX.) i. 5 jen Sap cie so os «tne ee XIX. New Fishes from Angola. By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S... XX. Notes on, and Descriptions of, some Lizards with Rudi- mentary Limbs in the British Museum. By Dr. ALBerT GiNTHER, FR.Ss Je chee aeteie geass ooh GAG 2102 2 he oe XXI. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Barss, BLS. 5 ose onc eehiee beim ayo 68 3 ce ne ee ep Be oe XXII. Notes on Chinese Mud-Tortoises (Trionychide), with the Description of a new Species sent to the British Museum by Mr, Swinhoe, and Observations on the Male Organ of this Fainily. By Dri J. Gray, F.R.S. &c,..(PlatewValeee ees. 2 een ee XXIII. On the Deer of the West Coast of South America, with the Description of a new Species from Peru (Cervus Whitelyi). By Dr. J; B. Gray JF R.S. &c,..ceeeeee ees sete: canal 81 89 95 98 99 109 114 117 142 145 148 156 161 CONTENTS. Procaedingy’otttheshoyal Society i. 2... 0. eae oases 6% Further Additions to the Ichthyological Fauna of Zanzibar, by Dr. A. Giinther; On the Skull of the Spectacled Bear of Peru and of the Helarctos from Malacca and Java, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; On the Appearance of Danais Archippus in Aus- tralia, by Frederick M‘Coy ; On the Habits of unequal Bivalve Shells, by Philip B. Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S. ; On the Skeleton of Kogia Macleay, by Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; A partial Comparison of the Conchology of Portions of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts of North America, by Robert E. C. Stearns; The Megalops Stage of Ocypoda, by 8. I. Smith; The Torpedo or Electrical Ray, by R. Damon; On a Salamander (Svebo/dia) from Shanghai, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; The Ribbon BemitosoNlaska chy lls Gallas, 2.052 cst cavsedvasc no BORE Od Weed 182—188 NUMBER LXIX. XXIV. On a new Species of Synocladia from the Carboniferous Limestone Series of Midlothian. By R. Erueriper, Jun., F.G.S. rear rts es reel tole a eo cee Wie eid sislepassfeicje wlaisieeanisia's woo % adie XXV. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Barss, ra ese hy ers A hare ols a aio Sctcrs tals adalat ITE a ctats XXVI. On the Primary Divisions of the Brachiopods. By Tuxo- TG Ce (SOL ie BI) A oe Bee Se eee a es ee XXVII. Notes on the Siliceous Spicules of Sponges, and on their Division into Types. By Dr. J. E.Gray, FURS. &e. 2s... 0.0 +s! XXVIII. Note respecting the Tracheal Pouch of the Emu. By Mitten Covcutrey, M.B., Demonstrator of Anatomy, Liverpool egal Inficmary School,of Medicine, arsjaie| ose alo sie « apsiaiee le sla XXIX. List of Lepidoptera in a small Collection sent from Peru by Mr. Whitely, with Descriptions of the new Species. By ARTHUR Gamomacm purer, FL.S., HiZ.5., Gos 6,6. <<. «cen ae vhefelo de oe 6s XXX. Additions to the Australian Curculionde. Part V. By DP NIE EAM Sole (Chas. 108] ORS Ba Ce ee y XXXI. Report on a Collection of Fishes from China. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S., Assistant Keeper of the Zoological Derantment, Brreist MuUseurie sy. clei ste 2. 5/<.0)2)s's\-iehelaye cho vib' ewe sitice « y XXXII. Remarks on certain Species of Mollusca described and figured in the ‘ Microdoride Mediterranea’ of Prof.O. G. Costa. By fies Warquis Dic, MONTHROSATO: Giteit Ss ccc ee ss ccs se nels XXXUI. On the Black and Ashy-grey Double-horned Asiatic Rhinoceroses (Ceratorhinus sumatrensis, C. niger, and C. lasiotis). Peper detent Avy. WeR SS SC. Tarctetale cideiciaics «ies o's asus cade XXXIV. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the British Museum, and of a Species of the rare Genus Iswara belonging to the Family Dorykde. By Freprrick SmiruH, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British MVETRSSLOA MENG SMAI P Nai Neh talestitahina sc so ot odd ila oh MARRS aha yee ae eK New Books :—Researches in Zoology, illustrative of the Structure, Habits, and Economy of Animals, by John Blackwall, F.L.S.— 203 251 252 253 vi CONTENTS. Page On some Remarkable Forms of Animal Life from the Great Deep off the Norwegian Coast, by George Ossian Sars .... 260, 261 On Noetiluca miliaris, Sur., by M. L. Cienkowski; Natal Sponges, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R. 8. ke. : ; Notes on a new African Squirrel from Gaboon, “by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c. ; Note on a Speci- men of Macroxus annulatus, vay. ” Fr eret, from Zanzibar, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &c.; Habit of Pandora, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; On the Genus Oceanapia, Norman (Rhizochalina of Oscar Schmidt), by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Sponges from Ceylon, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; On Ursus euryrhinus, Nilsson, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; File-fish (Balistes capriscus) at_ Weymouth, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Ne- cessity of a Common Language j in Natural Science, by Prof. T. Rorell, of Wipsala.. cc.cecs sos Beceem ee 262—268 NUMBER LXx. XXXYV,. On a remarkable Fish of the Family of Sturgeons disco- vered by M. A. P. Fedchenko in the River Suir-dar. By K. F. MGS eRe SO On pip nor he Oba ae Mae OME SEDO DARD O nabs. 3° 269 XXXVI. Note on Scaphirhynchus Fedtschenkot. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, FARIS. * ceo hi iinchet a aie wletstelp clef diatelel idle teehee 277 _ XXXVII. Additions to the Australian Curculionide. Part V. by PRANCIS PD. PASCOR, HAS. :Qes..aits ost obs 2) 3 cee eee 278 XXXVIII. On Archediscus Karreri, a new Type of Carboniferous Foraminifera. By Henry B. Brapy, F.L.S., F.G.S. (Plate XI.) .. 286 XXXIX. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the British Museum. By FREDERICK SMITH, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the Museum .......... 291 XL. On the Amount of Substance-waste undergone by Insects in the Pupal State; with Remarks on Papilio Ajax. By RAPHAEL Men nOvAas IGS: + at.0.5.:s7ctate rat eter tes ei ats eae te 5 Sie ois < race ee 301 XLI. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Batss, OMENS agers tse ats a Fataral ates 'alore taslcfa a narstt lapeiede also rtm iets tole sos ate 308 XLII. Additional Notes on the Form of the Bones in the Sternum of very young Tortoises, and their Development. By Dr. J. EK. Gray, FURS eer (Plate: MEL) oases... es e122 Be 319 XLII. On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata and other Rediatas (By @r. 0. 2 GDUTKEN 0... 0. oe oe eee 323 New Books :—Jottings during the Cruise of H.M.S. Curacgoa among the South-Sea Islands in 1865, by Julius L. Brenchley, M. A, EVR.GS. oo te ceieiici rs cist + cies > sini: es ei ae 337 On a new Species of Bubaline (Alcelaphus tora) from Abyssinia, by Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ; On Rhopalorhynchus Kréyeri, a new Genus and Species of Pycnogonida, by James Wood-Mason, of Queen’s College, Oxford; On the Development of Distomwm nodulosum, by O. yon Linstow ; Manufactured Glassrope, by Dr. J. E. Gray, ERS. &c. ; ; Note’ on certain Species of Phasmide hitherto referred to the Genus Baewllus, by James Wood- Mason, of Queen's College, Oxford 2eaere.: !. 1.) wens eek 341-347 CONTENTS. NUMBER LXXI. XLIV. On the Hexactinellide and Lithistide generally, and par- ticularly on the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and Farree, together with Facts elicited from their Deciduous Structures, and Descrip- tions respectively of three new Species. By H. J. Carrer, F.RS. Vil Page Beem Oa te MPN Vie Soren scste opt tm tiedeie, 3 ovdia oo Didi tn tet atone MOhass 349 XLV. On three new Species of Birds from Chefoo (North China). By Rosert Swinuor, H.B.M. Consul at Chefoo.............+4. 378 XLVI. On a Collection of Fishes from Chefoo, North China. By Preteen GUNTHER, PRS. c1 cco de dvd de cdeddavaccsucedu 377 XLVI. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Bates, Lui. Shy AVG See Or Ge On ME aL. ae aa ae enka 380 XLVIIL. On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata and other Tradintaoeyo Dr. C. WORE. io a. vib. toe soe tee oc's tn be eleyee 391 XLIX. Notes on some New-Zealand Fishes. By F. W. Hutton, Crea DS oe A cass a clare otey bie Sahel ale ales seat clone Naa Sa Awe otebalaiars 400 L. Description of a new Species of Freshwater Crayfish from New Zealand. 1 By E,W. Hourron, F.G.S., C.MAZS:: 600. ese eh eet 402 LI. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the British Museum. By FrepericK Smiru, Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British Museum ............ LIT. Notes on the Rats; with the Description of some new Species ab. from Panama and the Aru Islands. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c... 416 New Books :—The Sea and its Living Wonders; a Popular Account of the Marvels of the Deep, and of the Progress of Maritime Discovery from the earliest ages to the present time, by Dr. G. Hartwig.—Outlines of Natural History for Beginners, being Descriptions of a Progressive Series of Zoological Types, by H. Alleyne Nicholson, M.D. &e.—Endomycici Recitati: A Cata- logue of the Endomycici, &c., with Descriptions of New Species and Notes, by Henry Stephen Gorham, Vicar of Shipley, SHUESOR . G8 oc HO ORI 0 Be ee ee no 419—421 On the Respiratory Organs of the Araneida, by Dr. P. Bertkau; Mi- grations of Danais Archippus, by Georg Semper ; On the Change of Form of the Lachrymal Pit during Growth in the Skulls of the Bush-boks (Cephalophus) and Muntjacs (Cervulus), by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.; New Species of Shells, by F. P. Marrat ; On the Wood-Deer of Brazil (Blastocerus sylvestris), by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.; Dolphins from the Cape of Good Hope, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Experiments on the Scolex of Tena mediocanellata, by M. Saint-Cyr; On a new Genus and Species of the Family Trochilide, by John Gould, F.R.S. &e. ; On the Zoological Position and Function of the Parasitic Acarina called -Hypopes, by M. Mégnin .,...0 stein «hsaoeee 422—499 NUMBER LXXILI. LIT. On the Protection of Pollen from Premature Dislodgment Se ero T aS Ey NE tA. ICERNER . 7; ... 2:5 sn oseemeen ot kee se. LIV. On the Hexactinellidee and Lithistidee generally, and 43 l vill CONTENTS. Page particularly on the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and Farree, toge- ther with Facts elicited from their Deciduous Structures, and Descriptions respectively of three new Species. By H. J. Carrer, URS. Ge. ale dsacace omsorssngeei ee ase idee a Sad le 437 LV. Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Heteromera, chiefly from New Zealand and New Caledonia, together with a Revision of the Genus Hypauax and a Description of an allied New Genus from Colombia." By FREDERICK BATES) 4. 5)... §/- bc bl- 1e.nitt lalate ee 472 LVI. On the Great Northern Falcons. By ALFRED NEwTON, M.A., F.R.S., &c. LVI. Descriptions of three new Species of Asiatic Birds. By Anrmun, ‘Viscount WALDEN, P.Z.S., FR.S.5 SC... <0 ea. ae to eee 487 LVIII_ Reply to Dr. J. E. Gray’s Observations on certain Species of Sponges described in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoolo- gical Society’ for 1873. By Dr. J. S. BowerBank, F.R.S. &c..... 488 New Books :—Andrew Garrett’s ‘Fische der Siidsee,’ beschrieben und redigirt von Albert C. L. G. Giinther.—The Recent and Fossil Foraminifera of Belgium, by MM. H. J. Miller and E. Vanden (Brocele..j.%i:cac. ba cee ae ee eee er eee 491—494 Mr. Albany Hancock ; On a Variety of Chersina angulata, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Fertilization of Pedicularis canadensis, by Mr. Thomas Meehan; Fertilization of Pedicularis canadensis, by Mr. Gentry ; Bos brachyceros, the West-African Buffalo, and the Dwarf Buffalo of Pennant, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. Xe. ; On the Vascular System of the Ascidia, by Prof. C. Heller. .495—501 nd Ox vs .6% oak acide Hows etd deh ate ie ee Oe Te oe 502 PLATES IN VOL. XII. PiaTE I. New Species of Gumminere. Il. Structure of Lingula anatina. Ill. New Crustaceans.—New Species of Cellepora. IV. New Species of Stromatopora. V. Oscaria Swinhoei. vin pew Species of Phrynus. i ee Marine Copepoda. X. New Species of Synocladia. XI. Archeediscus Karreri. XII. Sterna of young Tortoises. XII. XIV. eS Structure of the Hexactinellide and Lithistide. XVI} THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES. ] CELE CF BORICH per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’ N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl. 1. No. 67. JULY 1873. I.—On some Characters of Lingula anatina, dlustrating the Study of Fossil Palliobranchs. By WIiLuLtIAM KING, Sc.D., Professor of Mineralogy and Geology in the Queen’s University, Ireland, and Queen’s College, Galway. [Plate II.] THE investigations which have led to the preparation of the present paper were begun with in order to ascertain the relationship between Lingula and Trimerella—a poimt which Mr. Davidson and myself considered necessary to be deter- mined before completing the memoir we have in hand on the family typified by the last-named genus *. * Vide Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, x. p. 248. I much regret that, owing to the distance by which we are separated, it was impossible for my friend and colleague, Mr. T. Davidson, F.R.S., to join with me in the investigations detailed in this paper. He has, however, aided me to such an extent that had it been otherwise the paper certainly would never have appeared. After much correspondence and trouble, he at last succeeded in procuring a number of specimens of Lingula anatina reserved in spirits. Some were supplied by Dr. L. de Koninck, Pro- essor in the University of Liége ; and others by Dr. C. Semper, Professor in the University of Wiirzburg, Bavaria, and Dr. G. Lindstrém, of Wisby, Gothland. To these gentlemen we join in recording our sincere thanks for their kind favours. We also feel it necessary to acknowledge our obligations to Prof. A. E. Verrill, of Yale College, for his valuable present of «a bottle containing several fine specimens of Discina lamellosa and Terebratulina septentrionalis, These specimens have greatly assisted me in my researches on Lingula. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 1 2 Prof. W. King on some Notwithstanding that several highly valuable papers have appeared on the shell and animal of Lingula anatina*, my investigations have not been unsuccessful in bringing to light certain characters that have apparently escaped the notice of previous observers, or have been insufficiently understood by them. ‘These and other characters are of so much importance in elucidating the shells of some imperfectly known fossils as to induce me to make them known to paleontologists. Few, if any, shells exceed in interest those belonging to the genus Lingula. Occurring in rocks that were formed in what may be regarded in the present stage of geology as the oldest life-period of our planet, and being represented in every rock- system, as well as in existing seas, while most of its con- * Mr. Davidson has kindly furnished me with most of the items of the following list of authors who have contributed to elucidate the anatomy of Lingula. I have made a few additions to the list, principally of authors who have described either fossil or recent species of the genus, BrueurérE. This author established the genus Lingula in the Encyclop. Méthodique, 1789. Cuvier. “ Mémoire sur les Lingules,” Mém. du Muséum, vol. i., 1802. Lamarck. Animaux sans Vertébres, tome vi., 1819. OwEN. Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. i., 1825. Voet. ‘Anatomie der Lingula anatina,’ Neue Denkschriften der all- gemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die gesammte Wissen- schaften, Bd. vii., 1843. Sowerby, G. B. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 1846: recent Lingulas. OweEN. In Davidson’s ‘Introduction to the British Fossil Brachiopoda ;’ Monograph of the Paleontographical Society, 1853, Huxiry. Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. viii., 1854. Woopwarp. Manual of Mollusca, 1864. OwEN. Lectures on the Invertebrate Animals, 2nd edition, 1855, Hancock. Transactions of the Royal Society, vol. exlviii. 2nd part, 1855. Gratroxet (P.). “ Etudes anatomiques sur la Lingule anatine ;” Journal de Conchyliologie, 1860. ReEEvE. Conchologia Iconica, 1861: recent Lingulas. Semper. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vols. xi, and xiv., 1860, 1864. Apams. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xi., 1863: Japanese Lingulas. Davinson. Palzeontographical Soc. Monographs; British Fossil Brachio- poda: Lingulas. Morse. American Journal of Science, vol. 1., 1870. Datu. American Journal of Conchology, vol. vi. part i., 1870. Davipson. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1871: Japanese Lingulas. Hau. Notes on some new or imperfectly known Forms’ among the Brachiopoda, &e., 1872: Lower Paleeozoic Lingulas. Other authors, as De Blainville, Deshayes, Captain King, Stimpson, Hinds, Broderip, and Salter, have more or less contributed information on Lingula. Bonin and Vivier are cited by Semper; but I have not been able to ascertain any thing respecting their work, except that it is anatomical. Characters of Lingula anatina. 3 temporary allies have become extinct, the genus may be looked upon as the longest-lived one of its class that isknown. Still the remarkable fact is, that its various species do not offer, as in many other cognate genera, any striking variations of form ; indeed it has been stated, though incorrectly, that certain existing species are undistinguishable from, or identical with, others characterizing different geological periods down to the Cambrians *. Another subject of interest attached to the study of Lingula is, that throughout its entire existence the shell-substance of its various species has remained constantly and essentially corneous, the mineral, but more subordinate, constituents of this substance being principally phosphate of lime. In another corneous genus, Discina, there are the same paucity of striking test-features, and a 7éle of equal duration. How different with the calcareous genera—for the most part short- lived, and marked with great diversity of specific forms ! The great pallial interspace, answering to the general cavity of the shell, is divided into three different compartments, each characterized by special features. -1. The most important compartment occupies a considerable portion of the posterior half of the shell-cavity, is bounded by a highly muscular wall or parietal band (figs. 1 & 2,0), and contains all the viscera, including the muscles. I propose to name this division the splanchnoccele t, or visceral chamber. With the exception of its frontal portion, which is prolonged in the dorsal valve (fig. 2; and fig 3, A), the anterior half of the present compartment is the widest, approaching to nearly the lateral shell-margins. Its posterior half is much reduced in width by a considerable incurvation of the corresponding portions of the wall: and its frontal prolongation causes the anterior outline to differ in the two valves—it being long and tapering in the dorsal, and obtusely rounded, with a slight median point, in the pedicle- or ventral one (fig. 1; and fig. 3, B). The differences in the outline of the chamber suggest the propriety of dividing its parietal band into four portions— posterior, post-lateral, ante-lateral, and anterior. 2. The anterior half of the pallial interspace is open all round (sides and front) except at its back, which is formed by the anterior parietal. It encloses the arms or brachial appendages * Mr. Davidson, who has been erroneously credited with this state- ment, has not gone beyond expressing that ‘many fossil forms resemble in contour such shells as the large LZ. tumida, L. ovalis, and L. anatina.” See Brit. Silurian Brachiopoda, p. 34. + From splanchna, internal parts, and celia, cavity. 1* 4 Prof. W. King on some (fig. 2, 7), and may therefore be called the brachioccele * or brachial chamiber. Its upper and under surfaces (dorsal and ventral lobes of the pallium or mantle) are highly vascular. 3. The sides of the splanchnoccele in its posterior half, as just stated, are rather strongly incurved, giving rise to two lateral spaces (fig. 1; & fig. 2, m), each bounded at the back or inner side by a post-latero-parietal, but open in front or the side corresponding with the adjacent margin of the shell. Pos- sessing no special feature, I propose to give the name pleuro- cocles | to these spaces, simply from their position as side chambers. The two lobes of the mantle forming their upper and under surfaces are highly vascular. The organs contained in the different chambers of most importance in the present paper are those that lie next to, or are inserted in, the valves—namely, the parietal band, shell- muscles, liver, genitalia, and some others; in addition to which the setal band and pedicle require to be described. Parietal band (b).—The anterior portion, as already re- marked, passes much further forward in the dorsal than in the ventral valve: it slopes backward from the former to the latter. Elsewhere the band passes directly or vertically be- tween the valves. The incurvation of the post-lateral portions is somewhat the deepest in the dorsal valve: these portions are thicker and more muscular than the others. In the dorsal valve there are two curving laminar muscular processes (fig. 2, 4), each running somewhat vertically from the inner face of the ante-latero-parietals to the medio- longitudinal line of the shell. Huxley has named their homologues in Terebratula the gastro-parietal bands. Liver (c).—This occupies the anterior portion of the splanch- noceele. Its surface-area is smallest in the pedicle-valve, and centrally situated. In the dorsal valve the corresponding area is more expanded, reaching nearly to the ante-latero-parietals : it is divided rather deeply, and in the transverse direction, by the gastro-parietal bands ; while the resulting anterior division in its middle line is slightly grooved by the posterior portion of a medio-longitudinal shelly plate (fig. 2, s), which belongs to the interior of the valve. Genitalia (d).—These, which occupy the remaining portion of the splanchnoccele, are distinguished from the liver by a larger pattern of granulation.. Their largest surface-area is in the ventral valve. As made known by previous observers, the mouth is situated in the prolongation of the anterior parietal at a little * From brachion, arm. + From pleura, side. Characters of Lingula anatina. 5 distance from the dorsal valve. The cesophagus, which passes between two muscles that attach themselves to the median shell-plate, is imbedded in the anterior division of the liver. The stomach, also similarly imbedded, is in connexion with the gastro-parietal band. The intestinal canal runs directly backward through the liver and genitalia: arrived at the posterior part of the splanchnoccele, and after making a few Hexures, vertical and horizontal, it emerges at the ventral surface of the genitalia: next, running forward alongside the right post-latero-parietal *, it reaches the hind part of the adjacent ante-latero-parietal, penetrating this wall as a vent (tig. 1, f). Shell-muscles. — There are five pairs, and an odd one. Three pairs (7, &, 7) are lateral, having their members limited to the sides of the shell. One pair is ¢transmedian (7), each member passing across the middle to reverse sides of the shell. One pair (h) has its members confined to nearly the central region. ‘I'he odd muscle (g) occupies the umbonal cavity. Lateral muscles—In the dorsal valve one pair (/), which may be termed the anterior, is attached to the median plate, a member passing from each of its sides to the corresponding one in the opposite valve, where the splanchnoccele is widest. The second or outside pair (/) in the ventral valve has each member passing from the outer side of the central muscles to the same side in the dorsal valve, close to the posterior half of the ante-latero-parietal, and in the widest part of the splanchnoceele. ‘The third or middle pair (&) springs from the ventral valve between the central muscles, each member passing to its corresponding side in the opposite valve, in- creasing much in size in the passage, and becoming inserted in front of, and inwardly to, the attachments of the muscles belonging to the last pair. Transmedian muscles (¢).—In the dorsal valve both members of this pair are implanted in the widest part of the splanchno- coele, one on the inner side of, and immediately adjacent to, the termination of the laterals & and /. Passing backward, each member crosses diagonally to the reverse side of the ventral valve ; but while one preserves its unity, and terminates by inserting itself near the middle of the lett post-latero-parietal, the other is divided in its passage, a division becoming * In explanation of the terms right and left side, it is necessary to state that in placing either of the valves with its interior upward, and its beak nearest to the observer, the latter part is to be considered the posterior end, and the opposite margin the anterior end: this makes the side corresponding with the right hand fhe right one, and its opposite the left one. 6 Prof. W. King on some inserted near the posterior, and another near the anterior, end of the opposite and corresponding parietal. The divided member embraces the undivided one. The wmbonal (figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, & 5, g) and central (h) muscles do not require any further description. Lingula differs widely in its muscular system from most other Palliobranchs. The wnbonal, if, as suggested by some, it really be two muscles that have become united, may be homologous with the posterior adductors in Discina. ‘There is some probability that the centrals correspond to the only pair of adductors or valvulars occurring in the Terebratulids and Rhynchonellids. The daterals appear to have little in common, except their distinctive position, with either the pedicle or the cardial muscles in the last-named families. As to the transmedians, they. are essentially distinct from every muscle of other genera, even the allied Discena *—none in the latter ever connecting the two valves by their reverse or opposite sides. It may be assumed that the central and umbonal muscles (g, h) effect the direct closing and opening of the shell, and that the laterals (7, %, 7) enable the valves to move forward or backward on each other: but with respect to the transmedians (¢), it is difficult to conceive otherwise than that they allow the similar extremities (the rostral) of the valves to turn from each other to the nght, or the left, on an axis subcentrally situated—that is, between the anterior at- tachments of these muscles a little behind the medio-transverse line of the dorsal valve. Still there are two important points, seemingly opposed to this view, that require to be considered. Thus the position of the umbonal muscle appears to be capable of preventing any lateral displacement of the valves at * I may on a future occasion describe the myology, and some other characters, of this interesting shell, as there is much to be added to, or amended in, the description given of it in papers already published. At present I may merely mention that the two small muscles inserted in the convex valve of Discina, between the adductors, appear to be the homo- logues of the cardinals, discovered by Quenstedt in Rhynchonella (pub. 1835), and by myself, without knowing the latter fact, in Waldheimia (pub. 1848). It would thus appear that Discina is closer in this respect to the Terebratulids and Rhynchonellids than to Zingula, in which these muscles are absent. + Cuvier, in the ‘Mémoires du Muséum,’ vol. i. p. 69, 1802, was the first to notice the peculiar muscular character of Lingula. The muscles acting separately, he states, would be able to slide the valves in all directions ; but he does not mention the precise mode of action of the transmedian muscles. The “sliding” motion of the valves has been strongly contested of late years ; neyertheless, as will shortly be seen, the Cuvierlan view is undoubtedly the Fie one. Characters of Lingula anatina. 7 the posterior end of the shell; but the objection seems to be met by the fact that this muscle is to some extent relaxable, as I have had no difficulty in turning aside the beak of either valve. Further, it might with some reason be assumed that the rostral extremity of the non-pedicle- or unattached valve possesses the greatest freedom of lateral motion; but the assumption requires the posterior terminations of the trans- median muscles to be inserted in the corresponding region of the valve: the contrary, however, is the fact. It is highly probable that careful observations on the habits of the animal of Lingula will remove these two objections: but whatever value attaches to them, or to the mode in which it has been attempted to diminish their force as a counter argument, I do not hesitate to regard the valvular movements, just contended for, to be quite in unison with the following facts :— The umbonal muscle (g) is in no way fettered by the pedicle, or any other part. The shell is not only edentulous, but its hinge-margins are widely and totally separated from each other. ‘The beaks have their margins persistently apart, even when the umbonal muscle is most rigid. The post- latero-parietals are highly muscular, necessarily permitting an unusual play of motion between the valves at their posterior extremity. The ordinary muscles (A, 7, &, /), principally, are limited to the middle third of the valves—not, as in most Palliobranchs, to their posterior half. All these structural peculiarities are reciprocally related, and they are strictly consistent with the office herein ascribed to the transmedian muscles*. * It will be seen by a reference to the ‘American Journal of Science,’ vol. 1. pp. 103, 1870, that I am incomplete accordance with the observa- tions of Mr. Morse, who has observed living specimens of Lingula pyramidata, Stimpson, with the valves divaricated laterally at both ends, the axis of motion being evidently located near the centre of the shell. The idea with me was first suggested by Mr. Morse’s observations, Since the above was written 1 have been favoured by Mr, Davidson with an English translation of extracts from the “ Reisebericht” of Professor C. Semper, published in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ vol. xi. 1860, and vol. xiv. 1864. Semper, who had favour- able opportunities while residing at Zamhuanga, in South America, for studying living specimens of Lingula anatina, I find has anticipated the above observations by Morse. In the last of the volumes cited he mentions that it is “the habit of the animal of this species to displace the valves sideways when it is about to open them, This is never done suddenly or by jerks. The valves are at first always several times pushed to one side and back again on each other, at the same time opening eradually till at last they rest opposite to each other and widely apart.” Some sketches sent by Dr. Semper to Mr. Davidson show the two valves crossing each other with a slight obliquity, as in Mr. Morse’s figures. Neither of these observers, however, enters into any explanation as to how the lateral displacements are effected. 8 Prof. W. King on some The various muscles, including the parietals, produce scars, often well seen in the valves of recent Lingulas. The scars are occasionally liable to become raised at their margin, giving them the appearance of individualized muscular fulera or myo- phores. A specimen before me has the scar of one of the post- Jatero-parietals with its inner margin completely raised in the form of a plate. Such cases are evidently of abnormal forma- tion ; but they explain the origin of what may be assumed as normal cases—for example, Lingula albida*, in which there are two of the same kind of plates. The attachments of the gastro-parietal bands produce in the dorsal valve two transverse impressions (corresponding to t), each of which passes behind one of the central muscle-scars, with a slight undulation, to nearly the middle line of the shell. In Leptena analoga the myophore of the dorsal valve has a transverse laminar division, inter- rupted in the middle, which might be taken for the fulerum of the gastro-parietal bands ; but this view could only be correct if the muscle-scars in the fossil referred to were, as in Lingula, situated in front of the laminar division, which is not the case. As the shell-muscles of Lingula differ so widely from those characterizing most Palliobranchs, it cannot be expected that many fossils of the kind should exhibit scars indicating their possession of a similar myology. The remains of extinet species of Lingula occasionally show the characteristic scars, as may be seen by referring to Mr. Davidson’s figure of Lingula Lewisii}. In this species, however, the central muscles appear to be situated much further back than in L. anatina. So far my researches have failed in detecting in fossil Palliobranchs any scars that have been produced by muscles homologous with the transmedians of Lingula. In comparison with the splanchnoccele of the Terebratulids and other shells allied to them, that of Léngula is not only more voluminous, but it has much thicker walls. In the former the parietals, being membranous and extremely thin §, leave little * Glottidia albida of Dall (see ‘American Journal of Conchology,’ vol. vi. p- 157, pl. viii. fig. 2). + King, ‘Monograph of Permian Fossils,’ pl. xx. fig. 7. { British Silurian Brachiopoda, pl. iii. figs. 5 & 6. § The membranous parietals in the Terebratulids are occasionally strengthened by calcareous plates, so much so in Terebratulina caput- serpentis that they are crowded and beautifully tessellated with radial forms of the latter, as is also the case in the exposed or outer layer of the mantle where it covers the ovaries. It would therefore not surprise me to find that in some fossil species the visceral organs had been more or less protected by completely calcified parietes. My colleague and self, it is probable, may succeed in showing that the curious internal structures occurring in the typical Trimerellas served as receptacles for certain viscera, Characters of Lingula anatina. 9 or no impressions ; and it is the same in a number of extinct families ; from which it may be concluded that the relation of the latter to the Lingulids must be remote. One reason why the splanchnoccele of Lingula is much larger than usual is that it contains the genitalia. These organs, or perhaps more correctly the ovaries, in the Terebratulids &e. are for the most part located in the brachioccele, leaving impres- sions occasionally beautifully displayed in fossils; as may be seen in Davidson’s figures of Orthis Bailyana, O. rustica, O. calli- gramma*, and several others, also in some recent species. The ovaries are generally located on each side of the splanch- noceele ; it might therefore be inferred that the spaces similarly situated in certain fossils, as the T'rimerellids, were the seat of these organs. Judging, however, from what is seen in Lingula, the spaces referred to may with more reason be taken to represent the pleurocceles. Brachiocele or brachial chamber.—The anterior prolonga- tion of the dorsal surface of the splanchnoccele causes this chamber to be much smaller in the dorsal than in the ventral valve. Its most prominent contents are the brachial append- ages (fig. 2, 7), which are spiral, and originate in the anterior parietal, nearer to the dorsal than the ventral valve. The point or apex of the spiral is turned or directed toward the ventral valve, as in other recent Palliobranchs. The arms are too much removed from the inner surface of either valve to produce any impression, as is the case im certain fossils, notably Davidsonia Verneuilit, Productus giganteus}t, and Strophomena Jukesii§. If similar impressions occurred in Lingula they would of course show that the arms had been turned towards the ventral valve: it is remarkable, however, that in the fossils referred to these organs appear to have been turned towards the opposite or dorsal valve. The mantle-lobes forming the dorsal (upper) and ventral (under) surfaces of the chamber are well characterized by the vascular system. Both lobes are traversed by a pair of primary vessels (p) that run forward from the anterior parietal, a member from each of its sides: gradually approximating in their progress, without becoming united, they terminate, the dorsal pair at about a quarter of an inch, and the ventral pair at about twice this distance, from the margins of the chamber. * British Silurian Brachiopods, pl. xxix. fig. 20, pl. xxxiv. fig. 16, pl. xxxv. fig. 12. + Davidson, ‘ Introduction to Fossil Brachiopoda,’ pl. viii. figs. 187 & 88. : ; King, ‘ Monograph of Permian Fossils,’ pl. xix. fig. 2. § Davidson, ‘ Monograph of British Silurian Brachiopoda,’ pl. xxxvii. figs. 25 & 26. 10 Prof. W. King on some From their inner side numerous secondary vessels (g) strike inwardly, with a backward curve, and meet in the middle line of the valves: others, larger than the latter (g), run off from the outer side of the primaries in an oblique forward direction, and parallel to one another; but they become sud- denly and simultaneously constricted, and next somewhat rapidly attenuated, before reaching the shell-margins. Both the primaries and secondaries are slightly branched in the middle of the anterior part of the brachioccele. The constric- tion of the outgoing secondaries forms a line (v) which runs round the margins from one side to the other of the anterior parietal: here the line is about an eighth of an inch from the margins, which distance is gradually increased to a quarter of an inch at the front. Both sets of secondary vessels give the interior of the pallial lobes a strongly plicated or ribbed character. At its departure from the anterior parietal, each of the primary vessels sends off direct to the margin one or more branches, which, instead of stopping suddenly, like the outgoing secondaries, are abruptly turned backward, passing along the narrow space on the outside of the ante-latero-parietals, and entering the pleurocceles. These branches will be noticed again shortly. The vessels of the brachioccele, though prominent, do not produce such strong impressions on the inner surface of the valves as might be expected. Corresponding impressions are often more marked in recent Terebratulids, &c.; and they are frequently beautifully displayed in various species of extinct genera. The specimen of Orthis striatula* originally be- longing to Dr. de Koninck, and now in the British Museum, and several other fossils that have been figured by Davidson, show them very distinctly; also Leptena analogat, and Camarophoria multiplicatat. In the last fossil the vascular impressions even show a median line, which seems to corre- spond with the mid rib inside the vessels in Lingula §. Pleuroceles or side chambers.— Reverting to the main * Introduction to Fossil Brachiopoda, pl. vii. fig. 133. + Monograph of Permian Fossils, pl. xx. figs. 6 & 7. { Ibid. pl. viii. figs. 6 & 7. § The mid rib is the septum of Semper, who has discovered that on one side of it the blood flows forward, and on the other side backward. Failing to detect any contractile organs, or the so-called “ hearts,” and from certain evidences, he is of opinion that the circulation of the blood is effected by the action of cilia lining the inside of the vessels. Each of the primary vessels appears to be divided at its origin. Assuming this interpretation to be correct, and adopting Semper’s opinion, one division may serve for the outflowing, and the other for the inflowing current. Characters of Lingula anatina. tt branches of the primary vessels that pass backward external to the ante-latero-parietals,—on entering the present compart- ments they separate a little, and pass on, anastomosing here and there, to the posterior part of the valves. Both on their inner and outer sides spring a number of offshoots: the outer pass direct tothe pallial margins; and the inner (7), some curving backward, and others forward, pass to the post-latero-parietals. The main branches define, as it were, the outer boundary of each pleuroccele ; while the inner offshoots are often sufficiently prominent to give an irregularly puckered character to its upper and under (pallial) surfaces. The next structure to be described may be not inappro- priately introduced under the present head, though it belongs equally to the brachioccele. Both pallial lobes have a slightly raised flattened band (w) from an eighth to a quarter of an inch in width, the widest part being in front: it runs round the pallial margins, from which its outer edge (w) is distant about one sixteenth of an inch. ‘The attachment of the band is strongest at its inner edge (which nearly corresponds with the line of vascular con- striction, v): the outer edge, somewhat thickened or corded, is so slightly attached that there is no difficulty, by inserting a fine blade underneath, in separating it from the mantle; while further inward the attachment is even slighter, permitting the band to be raised in its entire width except along its imner edge. Numerous long sete are well known to characterize the pallial margins of the Palliobranchs. In Lingula these parts (z) have their basal portion, about one third of their length, imbedded in the band: they pass nearly to its inner edge, and lie so close to each other, side by side, as to form a divisional plane or an upper layer in it. On raising the upper layer, the cause of its slight attachment is at once perceived ; for the sete are tied down to the mantle only along the base of the corded margin of the band. Although the setal band, as it may be termed, runs along the pallial margins in their entire extent, the course of the sete in the ventral valve is interrupted in one part—that is, in the region of the pedicle (figs. 1 & 4) : there is no interruption in the opposite part of the dorsal valve*. The band in both valves gradually thickens on approaching the hinge; at which part it is puckered, and somewhat reduced in width (fig. 4, w), the incrassation giving it a prominent appearance. In the ventral valve, where the sete are interrupted, the attachment of the outer edge is discontinued (fig. 3, u), the band being * In Discina lamellosa the sete are not interrupted in either valve. 12 Prof. W. King on some simply attached by its inner edge, now widened, to the narrow space between the root of the pedicle and the postparietal. In the pleurocceles the inner edge of the setal band corre- sponds to some extent with the line formed by the main posterior branches of the vascular system ; consequently both structures contribute to form the outer boundary of these chambers. In the brachioccele the same edge (v) is In im- mediate connexion with the line formed by the constriction of the outgoing secondary vessels (v) ; and it becomes thicker and more prominent, appearing as if irregularly frilled, in passing to the front of the valves. The rapidly attenuated vessels, previously noticed, cross obliquely, with a slight forward curve, the setal band, giving it, especially its inner edge, a somewhat plicated character. The band is also crossed by what appear to be incised lines, or strie, directed less obliquely than the latter vessels, and which become subdivided near its outer edge. In none of the specimens of Lingula anatina that have passed under my observation is there any well-marked im- pression of the setal band. Aged individuals with thick valves very probably show something of the kind ; and it can readily be imagined that in such the muscular attachment of the inner edge of the band will produce a submarginal scar running round both valves. Usually the posterior half of the valves is the thickest: and it is on the outside of the spaces that represent the pleurocceles (belonging to this half) that impressions may occasionally be observed, con- sisting of an obscurely defined line that runs backward from each side of the splanchnoccele, where it is widest, to the hinge. Traces are seen of irregular impressions (which answer to the offshoots) striking from both sides of the above line, especially on the above spaces. Often, however, these spaces are plain, each being bounded inwardly by the sear, gene- rally strong, produced by the post-latero-parietal, and outwardly by the obscurely defined line already mentioned. The two spaces in both valves are occasionally connected at their posterior end by a faint linear scar passing behind the umbonal muscle, and which is evidently due to the attachment of the setal band. Taken together, the posterior part of the band and the two pleurocceles are represented by a large arch-shaped im- pression, the crown of which is linear and the sides are dilated. In fossil Palliobranchs a posterior arch-shaped impression is uncommon. Mr, Davidson and myself are prepared to show that it occurs in the Trimerellids. Doubtless it is present in extinct species of Lingula. Recently Mr. James Hall, who has Characters of Lingula anatina. 13 kindly favoured me with gutta-percha impressions of it, has made known a singular fossil (a small one), to which he has given the generic name of Lingulops, on the idea that it is a Lingulid. The posterior half is furnished with a broad semi- circular impression of nearly uniform width, with a singularly scolloped inner edge, reminding one of a Moorish arch. I suspect this style of edging was produced by the symmetrical form and arrangement of the vascular offshoots that traversed the pleuroceeles. The same vessels in Lingula possess a certain degree of symmetry that favours this suspicion. Discina shows in each valve what might be taken for an arch-shaped scar; but this is produced by the posterior ad- ductor muscles. Obolus is characterized by some remarkable scars in the cardinal region, particularly a pair having a member curving outwardly from each side of the hinge. Until recently I suspected the latter to be the homologue of the arched impressions of Lingula; but I now feel convinced that it was due, as in Discina, to the posterior adductors. Attention must be directed in the next place to the pedicle (fig. 4, y), its attachments and accessories (figs. 3, 4, & 5). Beginning with the latter, the most important is the deltidium (fig. 5, a); which, when properly developed (not usually so), is a shallow triangular depression, having a flattened space (c) on each side. The lateral spaces, which form the hinge-area as usually known, are marked trans- versely by epidermal lines of growth*. The deltidium is marked both longitudinally and transversely by numerous fine lines, the latter being the strongest. Immediately bordering each of its sides there is a ridge (b) slightly raised above the level of the areal spaces, and marked with arched epidermal lines. The anterior end of the deltidial ridges is, as it were, pushed up, thereby producing a small rude callosity (b’) : in front of the latter there is a roundish depressed scar (e). The ridge-callosities are no doubt insignificant ; nevertheless they may be the rudiments of important structures. Apparently they have become so far developed in Lingula Lesueurt as to serve to articulate the valves. If I am correct in putting this interpretation on the “ two depressions or pits in the cast seen close to the extremity of the beak,” and represented in Mr. Davidson’s figure of itt, this species cannot belong to the genus in which it has been placed; as teeth seem to render a pair of transmedian muscles (essentials in Lingula) unnecessary. * There is an area in the non-pedicle-valve marked with transverse epidermal lines; but it is not broken by a deltidium, merely by a faint longitudinal groove. + Monograph of British Silurian Lingule, p. 48, pl. 1. figs. 2 & 3. ove 14 Prof. W. King on some On the anterior edge, which slopes forward, a finely marked lineated impression (d’) is seen passing from one deltidial ridge-scar to the other. The lines of this impression run parallel with, and somewhat resemble, those which cross the deltidium, so that the difference between the two is difficult to make out: indeed both might be readily confounded. The deltidium is a variable structure in Palliobranchs generally ; and its modifications are far from being properly understood. As regards the deltidium in the genus under consideration, one circumstance is remarkable: it has been in a great measure overlooked ; at least I can find little, or rather no, notice of it in the writings of previous observers. It is this oversight which led the late J. W. Salter to institute his genus Lingulella, which he typified with the Cambrian Lin- gula Davisi, under the belief that its ‘ pedicle-groove”’ and “‘hinge-area’’ do not characterize any species of the old Bruguitrian genus. Obolus and some apparently related genera*, also the Trimerellids, are the only shells I am ac- quainted with that have a structure resembling the deltidium of Lingula. In the latter family it is a conspicuous object, having attained a maximum development, which is equally the case with the deltidial ridges. The pedicle (fig. 4, y), which is cylindrical, consists of two concentric layers, the innermost of which (fig. 3, h) is muscular, and the other (g) corneous. Near the proximal extremity it becomes suddenly reduced in diameter, and at the same time compressed into the form of an oval, the long axis of which cor- responds to the width of the shell. At the reduced part it is attached by one of the flattened faces of the corneous layer to the deltidium (fig. 3, g, a), the transverse and longitudinal lines of which are marks of its attachment. The anterior edge or ex- tremity (fig. 3, d) of the same face is inserted immediately in front of the deltidium—that is, along the border of the hinge- slope, the faint lineated impression previously noticed being produced by its insertion. The sides or angles of the anterior edge are converted into tendinous lobes, which are individuall attached to each of the ridge-scars (e) : the pressure of the lobes against the end of the deltidial ridges evidently gives rise to the ridge-callosities. The corneous layer is not present on the opposite face of the pedicle, but makes its appearance a little within the opening of the beaks of the shell. The muscular layer (h), passing in advance of the corneous ° one under the form of a much compressed cylinder, is rooted in the narrow space between the hinge-slope and the attach- * Discina may be included, as its deltidium, although remarkably modified, appears to agree with that of Lingula. Characters of Lingula anatina. 15 ment of the setal band; as may be seen by eflecting the outer margin (here not attached) of the latter organ, and cutting the pedicle across at the root (fig. 5, h). Itis scarcely to be expected that any well-defined scar could result from the attachment of the muscular layer, considering the immediate proximity of such scar to those produced by other organs (setal band and corneous layer, see fig. 3), and the liability of all the scars to become confluent through the incremental creeping backward or forward, as the case may be, of the organs respectively producing them. Were it otherwise, the attachment of the setal band and the corneous layer ought to give rise to two subparallel lineated scars, more apart in the middle than at the ends ; while between them there ought to be an ellipsoid, produced by the muscular portion of the pedicle (see fig. 5,h, i). For the reasons stated, the last kind of scar cannot be expected to occur: traces may ; which leads me to imagine that certain lines occasionally to be seen running along the hinge-slope may represent it. An elliptical scar, similarly situated, has been detected by Mr. Davidson and my- self in testiferous specimens of certain Trimerellids : it is due, we suspect, to the inner muscular layer of the pedicle. Conclusion.—My researches connected with Lingula strongly enforce on me the belief that it represents a group of Pallio- branchs differing in several very important points from most others of its class. From being furnished with spiral arms, it has been placed by Dr. Gray in his “ subclass Helictopoda,” along with Rhynchonella, Spirifer, Productus, and some other related genera ; but as all these belong, from certain evidences which I could adduce, to the great non-aniferous section, whereas Lingula possesses‘an anal vent, it is clear that Gray’s “ sub- class”? would be made a more natural one by removing this genus from it. As regards the great sections to which allusion has been made, they appear to me to constitute the two primary and most comprehensive ones into which the Palliobranchs may be divided. I would therefore propose that one section should comprise all the non-aniferous families belonging to Gray’s subclasses Ancylopoda and Helictopoda, with the name Clist- enterata*; and that the other should include the anzferous families Lingulide and Discinide, and be designated Treten- teratat. Confining myself to the last section, I shall briefly notice the features which distinguish it from the first one :— * From cleistos, shut, and entera, intestine, + From tretos, perforated. 16 On some Characters of Lingula anatina. Aniferous. Splanchnoceele large, and lying within the pallial margins. Setal band passing continuously round the pallial margins. Genitalia principally enclosed within the splanchnoccele. Muscular peculiarities. Pedicle not serving as a base of attachment for any muscles *, Judging from what Semper and Morse have already made known respecting Lingula anatina and L. pyramidata, it seems highly probable that the section is also distinguished to some extent by its respiratory apparatus. The Tretenterates appear to admit of being grouped under two divisions, hee ee represented by Lingula and Diseina, as the latter genus is strikingly differentiated by its muscular system, pedicle-characters, pallial vessels, and setal band. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. All the figures are diagrammatic, particularly figs. 3 & 5. Fig. 1. Ventral or pedicle-valve. Splanchnoccele: this chamber in both valves is bounded by the parietal band, b, which I have made to consist of four portions—posterior (behind the part marked g), post-laterals (at the incurvations), ante-laterals (at the ecurva- tions), antertor (extensions in front): e¢, liver; d, genitalia ; e, intestine ; f, termination of intestine; gy, umbonal muscle ; h, central muscles; 7, transmedian muscles; lateral muscles (7, an- teriors ; k, middles ; /, outsiders): m, pleurocceles; », vessels of pleuroceeles (exaggerated) : brachioccele—all the anterior half of the valves outside the anterior parietal; p, primary vessels of brachioccele ; g, secondary vessels of brachioccele (those passing from the inner side of the primaries may be called in-goers, and those on the outer side out-goers) ; u, setal band (the pedicle is not represented, in order to show the continuation of this band in the rostral region) ; v, inner edge of setal band—answering also to the line of vascular constriction; «w, outer edge of setal band; 2, sete. Fig. 2. Dorsal valve. 1, arms or brachial appendages (relative position and direction of spirals merely shown) ; s, medio-longitudinal shell-plate ; ¢, gastro-parietal bands (attached to slightly raised shell-ridges in the valve, and which are represented under ¢). All the other parts are lettered as in fig. 1. Fig. 3. Medio-longitudinal section of cardinal region of both valves. A, dorsal valve; B, ventral or pedicle-valve: a, deltidium ; d, cardinal or hinge-slope: g, corneous or external layer of edicle—the lower division (or, rather, under face of the pedicle) is attached to a and d’; h, muscular or inner layer of pedicle ; i, central hollow of pedicle: b, posterior parietal of splanchnoccele ; g, umbonal muscle; uw, setal band; 2, sete. Fig. 4. Cardinal region of pedicle-valve. y, pedicle (its attached end is covered by the setal band, «) ; b, posterior parietal (a horizontal * In Discina, contrary to what has been stated, the pedicle, which is an external organ, has no proper muscular connexion with the interior of the shell; the connexion is chiefly vascular and neural. On two new Species of Gumminee. 17 section); g, umonbal muscle (a horizontal section) ; %, setal band ; w, outer edge of setal band; «, sete. ate Fig. 5. Cardinal region of pedicle-valve. a, deltidium ; b, deltidial ridges ; b’, deltidial callosities, slightly developed; c, areal spaces ; d’, lineated impression, produced by anterior end of corneous layer of pedicle (see fig. 8, d) ; e, lobe-scars produced by tendinous lobes of corneous layer of pedicle ; h, cross section of muscular or ner layer at root of pedicle ; i, central hollow of pedicle: 6, posterior parietal; g, umbonal muscle; «, setal band, which has its outer edge (w) eflected to show the parts d, h, i (the corneous layer 18 removed to show the lineated impression made by the anterior end of its lower division—see fig. 3, d, g). I1.—On two new Species of Gumminee, with Special and General Observations. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c. [Plate 1.] IN a glass jar bearing the inscription “ H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ No. 8a, lat. 48°31! N., and long. 10° 03’ W., depth 500 taths., and muddy bottom,” which must have been just outside the so-called “chops” of the English Channel, is an oblong spe- cimen about 24x 14x inch, consisting of a mass of dead Lophohelia prolifera, over which has grown a Farrea, which, having shared the same fate, had become partially infested, both inside and out, with three other sponges bearing spicules which indicate that they belong respectively to Dictyocylindrus, Bk., Desmacella, Sdt., and Reniera, Sdt., together with a Cliona whose habitat was inside the stems of the Lophohelia and its fenestral openings on the surface of the latter, all of which have finally become enveloped in a Gummina, whose fleshy substance now forms the greater part of the mass (PI. I. figs. 1 & 2). With the exception of the Lophohelia and Farrea, all appear to be new species. As the three infesting sponges are merely parasitic growths of small dimensions and without definite form, I shall only be able to characterize them by their complements of spicules re- spectively. The Cliona, too, having lived in the interior of the Lophohelia, necessitates a similar description, while the Gum- mina, which, as before stated, forms the greater part of the mass, claims our first and chief consideration. It is with great pleasure that I embrace this opportunity of calling attention to a class of sponges which has been very little studied, especiallyin England; and having found in the British Museum, through the aid of Dr. Gray, another species, which came from Port Jackson in New South Wales, I shall thus be able to give the results of my examination of this as well as the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii, 2 ~ 18 Mr. H. J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminee. deep-sea one, together with observations on the Gumminex generally. For the deep-sea specimen I would propose the name of “ Corticium abyssi,” and for the one from Port Jackson “ Chon- drilla australiensis,”’ giving my reasons for adopting these names hereafter. Corticium abyssi,n. sp. (Pl. I. figs. 1-9 & 15.) Repent, amorphous, assuming more or less the form of the object or cavity in which it may be growing. Smooth, slippery, of a light greyish-yellow colour; semielastic, subcartilaginous, solid. ‘Tearing when wet like hard-boiled white of egg, but much tougher; brittle when dry, and breaking like glass. Spiculiferous, but not fibrous in the sense of spongologists—that is, without fibrous skeleton. Aspect homogeneous, massive, puckered here and there on the surface towards fixed points as if from contraction or forcible extension. Vents numerous, small, of different sizes, congregated here and there irregularly (figs. 1 & 2, c). Pores microscopic, linear, more or less uni- formly spread over the surface (fig. 9, ). Internal structure fleshy, solid, composed of an opaque mass or body of ovoid cells, surrounded by a thin, translucent cortical rind; per- meated throughout by branched systems of excretory canals, respectively terminating in the vents mentioned, and charged with siliceous spicules most numerous at the circumference. Microscopic structure: Surface consisting of a thin, tough, transparent cuticula, composed of parallel fibres, supported on the points of spicules, in the intervals between which are the vores 3 covering the cortical substance beneath, which consists of a layer of spicules imbedded in a kind of trama composed of fine fibres and minute granuliferous cells. Trama of the cortex soonrendered opaque bythe presence of the body of ovoid cells, to which it affords respectively separate cavities of a similar shape throughout the mass. Ovoid cell about 5-G000ths inch long, filled with granules, in which there appears some- times to be a faint trace of a nuclear body; maintaining its form when out of tts cavity, but presenting no appearance of cell- wall (fig. 8, @). Surface of the excretory canals covered with an epithelium of small conical cells, whose free ends, projecting above the level of the canal, form, in juxtaposition, a remark- ably rough granular pavement, which appears to be not less common to the mouths of the pores and their canals than to the excretory system generally (figs. 15 & 9,6). Mode of ter- mination mwards of the pore-canals and commencement of the excretory ones not observed. Spicules of two kinds, viz. bi- Mr. H.J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminee. 19 ternate and birotulate; the former moderately large, and the latter extremely minute. ‘The biternate spicule consists of a straight shaft and three arms given off at the union of the two upper fourths of the former (fig. 3); shaft obtusely pointed above (fig. 4, a), and finely pointed below (fig. 4, ¢) ; inflated in the centre, and covered throughout with short, conical, vertical spines, except between the inflation and the arms, where it is smooth like the first part of the latter (fig. 4, 6). Arms three in number, parting from the shaft at equal distances from each other, and dividing respectively into three secondary arms, all of which are on the same plane and nearly perpendicular to the shaft; secondary arms obtusely pointed and covered through- out with short, vertical, conical spines (fig. 5, a, 6). Central canal evident in every part (fig. 4, d), showing that the origi- nal design of the spicule was biternate, which is confirmed by the smaller or younger forms being of the same kind, but with- out spines, and the central inflation consequently more evident (fig. 6,a). Birotulate spicules extremely minute, consisting of a straight shaft and four recurved arms at each end (figs. 7& 8, b). Distribution: The biternate spicule, besides being plentifully scattered throughout the mass, is particularly congregated towards the surface, where it forms a layer with the arms horizontal, and the obtuse ends of the shafts, as before stated, supporting the cuticula. The birotulate spicule, on the other hand, although equally scattered through the mass, appears to be congregated most about the surface of the excre- tory canals, whose course can be thus traced by this accumu- lation in specimens which have been dried under compression and afterwards mounted in Canada balsam. Measurement : Shaft of the biternate spicule 14-6000ths inch long; diameter of the head or arms 13-6000ths. Shaft of birotulate spicule 1-5000th inch long; other parts too minute for measurement. Size of specimen, that of the mass of dead Lophohelia over which the Corticium has grown. Hab. Marine, growing over various objects, imbedded or not in deep-sea mud, as the case may be. Loc. Western entrance of the English Channel, about 48° 31’ N. lat., and 10° 03! W. long., in 500 fathoms. Obs. As the spicules of this Gummina come nearest to those of Corticium candelabrum, Sdt. (Die Spong. adriat. Meeres, p- 42, Taf. in. f. 25) and C. plicatum (Die Spong. Kiiste Algier. p- 2, Taf. in. f. 11), I have given it this generic name, with a deep-sea designation. It occurs in the specimen mentioned, and on a large piece of Pachastrella abyssi, Sdt. (also dredged up by the ‘ Porcupine’), over part of which it has dragged itself, enveloping every thing in its course like an 4thalium. While ye 20 Mr. H. J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminer. fresh or in spirit it has much the appearance of wet chamois- leather; and although not more than half as tough (for it can be easily torn), it is so soft and resilient that it will receive the impression of the nail, and efface the same of its own accord. After it has been dried, however, it becomes hard like glue, and breaks with a similar fracture; while, wet or dry, its aspect is so homogeneous, that at first sight one would hardly conceive it to possess all the structures above mentioned. The pores, the vents, and branched systems of excretory canals, together with the siliceous spicules, all point to its imti- mate connexion with the sponges; while the entire absence of the so-called sponge-fibre-structure, and the presence of the ovoid cell (fig. 8, a), which makes up the greater part of the body-mass, together with the remarkably granulated form of the epithelial layer of cellules on the surtace of the excretory canals (fig. 15, a), are equally characteristic of the Gumminee. By the so-called “‘ sponge-fibre-structure ” I mean the ske- leton of sponges, par excellence, which is horny in many, and composed of spicules united together into a fibrous structure b amorphous sarcode in others.“ Fibre” is a bad name for this structure ; for, besides being inappropriate, there is real fibre (that is, minute linear filament) to be seen in many soft parts of sponges, which has nothing to do with the skeleton what- ever. Thus, although in the Gumminee, there is no “ sponge- skeleton-fibre ”’ so to speak, the cuticula and a great part of the body is made up of fine, intercrossing filaments, which are so soft that, on drying, they all sink their form into a common homogeneous mass, like hard glue. Nothing can be more unlike sponges in general than the slippery, resilient, amorphous, rounded, sublobed, flat, incrust- ing, hoinogeneous-looking mass presented by the Gumminee ; while, perhaps, a piece of wet dough resembles them most. Although the vents appear to retain their circular form, the pores are more like crevices—that is, linear, and sometimes tri- angular like the form of a leech-bite (fig. 13), not circular, as they are in the true sponges. This may be owing to the struc- tural lining of the pore, which, together with that of the excre- tory canals, as before stated, in the Gumminez consists of a rough, granulated layer, each granule of which is a separate cellule (fig. 9, 5) (probably flagellate in the living state) ; while in the true sponges the pore is circular and smooth, as if always surrounded by a homogeneous layer of sarcode. If there be similar cells in the latter during life, they subside into the form of a homogeneous sarcode after death, and thus become indistin- guishable ; while in the Gumminez they remain, indicative of a higher state of development—that is, a state in which the his- Mr. H. J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminex. 21 tological element maintains its living form instead of relapsing after death into a common homogeneous mass. In the true sponges the softer histological elements, such as fibre-filament, cells, &c., hardly do more than loom, as it were, in the scale of development, vanishing with death into homogeneity; while in the higher developments they become permanent—e. g., the histological elements in the human subject. Homogeneity of appearance, as in the intercellular sarcode of sponges, is no proof whatever of the absence of histological structure. There is structure in glass, as I have often said before ; but this cannot be demonstrated. It is possible that the pores may be continuous, through tubular prolongations, with the excretory canals, as in thefollow- ing species ; but although invisible here (probably on account of the thick surface-layer of spicules in the cortex), there can be little doubt that the increasing size of the branches of the latter, as they join one another to form a common trunk, indi- cates, as in the true sponges, a current ¢nwards through the pores, and outward through the oscula. The ovoid cells (fig. 8, a), which are only half the size of those in the following species, have been called “ embryos ’”’ by Schmidt (Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 42) ; and Kélliker has used the same name after him, although evidently not satisfied of their true import (Icones Histologic, ‘ Feinere Bau der Protozoen,” p. 68, with excellent illustrations, Taf. vin. f. 18, and Taf. ix. f. 10 & 11); but ifthey be the “ embryos,” where are we to look for the adult forms ?—since, throughout every part of Corticium abyss, as well as in the following species, viz. Chondrilla australiensis, respectively, they are all alike. ‘ It is also possible that ova may be present, and that I have overlooked them, as they have been seen in Corticium candela- brum by Kolliker, and figured (op. cit. Taf. vii. fig. 3) ; but no one could confound the “ ovoid cell”? with an ovum, inasmuch as the globular form of the latter, with evident nucleus and nucleolus, must contrast strongly with the conoid form of the ovoid cell filled with granules, in which a nucleus is only now ana then faintly visible. I must, then, for the present, look upon these ovoid cells of the Gumminez as analogous to the spheroidal groups of flagellated cells in the fibrous sponges, reserving all further description of them in this respect until I shall have observed and experimented on them in the living state, as I have heretofore done on the true sponges. ‘T’o show that the cells which line the surface of the excretory or water- canal (Wimper-Apparat of Lieberkiihn), or those of the am- pullaceous sac (Wimperkorb of Schmidt), are flagellated is not 22 Mr. H.J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminee. sufficient : we want to know if they take in crude material for food, like those of the other sponges. This is what I claim to have shown in 1857 in Spongilla (Annals, vol. xx.), and re- peated in 1871 in Grantia compressa (ib. vol. vii.). The birotulate of Corticium abyssi is the smallest spicule that I have met with. Even under 1-40th-inch focus, which Mr. Powell, junior, kindly put upon it for me, I could hardly distinguish its form, and then not so distmetly as with one of his $ immersion object-glasses. (So much for the definition of the higher powers!) To see this spicule, even tolerably satis- factorily too, with a 4, it is necessary to boil a piece of the Corticium in nitric acid, and, after a convenient amount of dilution with water, to place a little of the fluid containing the spicules under a glass cover, when, by the vibration of the spicule causing it to turn over and over, the arms may now and then be distinguished, and the shaft appear to be microspined about the centre. This must be done at once, as the accumu- lation of organic matter about the spicules, after a few hours’ interval, entirely defeats the object. One of the most interesting points elucidated by the exami- nation of this deep-sea specimen is the fact that the Corticitwm has enveloped the remains of a Farrea, and that the Corticium possesses similar “‘ biternate”’ spicules to those figured by Dr. Bowerbank as the ‘retentive spicules” of his Farrea occa (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., May 1869, pl. xxiv. figs. 2-6). Were it not evident that .a “ biternate”’ spicule can never form part of a Hexactinellid sponge, the fact of such spicules having not only been figured in connexion with Farrea occa, but also with Dactylocalyx pumiceus and Iphiteon panicea (Proceed. Zool. Soc., Jan. 1869, pl. i. fig. 16, and May 7. pl. xxii. fig. 11), would cast a doubt over their real parentage. Taken, however, in connexion with the fact that Dr. Bower- bank’s specimens of Harrea occa were obtained from the detri- tal mass supporting Muplectella cucumer, Owen (Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxi. pl. xxi.), it seems not unlikely that they were there also accompanied by a Gummina, as in our deep-sea specimen, but of a form, as may be seen by the spicules figured by Dr. Bowerbank, still more nearly approaching those of Schmidt’s Corticdum candelabrum (op. cit. Taf. i. fig. 25, a, 9) than those of Corticium abysst. The fragments of Harrea enveloped by Cortictum abysst in the deep-sea specimen (fig. 2,d@d@) will form the subject of my next communication, in which I shall endeavour to show what the loose spicules that belong to Farrea really are, and what relation Harrea itself bears to Aphrocallistes. Mr. H. J. Carter on two new Species of Gumminee. 23 Chondrilla australiensis, n. sp. (Pl. I. figs. 10-14 & 16.) Incrusting, or self-supporting and spreading horizontally ; flat, cake-shaped, lobed, of a dirty yellow or buff colour. Surface smooth, slippery, glistening. Consistence semielastic, subcartilaginous, slowly resilient in effacing impressions of the nail, tolerably tough. Vents numerous, small, of different sizes, congregated into groups here and there, or larger and single at the end of a mammiform lobe (figs. 10, c, & 12, g). Pores microscopic, linear, each in the centre of a granuliferous area having the appearance of a lobule, forming altogether a continuous uniform layer presented by the surface generally (fig. 13, a, 6). Internal structure consisting of an opaque fleshy mass or body of ovoid cells, surrounded by a translucent cortical rind (fig. 12, 6, a). Body-mass (fig. 12, >) permeated by branched systems of excretory canals (fig. 12, ), which re- . spectively terminate on the surface in the vents mentioned ; scantily charged with siliceous globular stellates of two kinds, most numerous towards the circumference (fig. 12,). Afcro- scopic structure: Surface consisting of a thin, fibrous cuticular layer, pierced by the pores in the manner above mentioned. Cortical layer translucent, consisting of a trama formed of fine fibres and minute granuliferous cells traversed by the pore-tubes (fig. 12,d). Trama (fig. 14, a), extending inwards, soon arrives at the opaque body of ovoid cells (figs. 12, 6, & 14, 6), through- out which it is continued, torming for them separate but simi- larly shaped cavities in close approximation (fig. 14,5). Ovoid cell 12 to 15-6000ths of an inch in length, filled or lined with minute cellules (fig. 14,4). Surface of the excretory canals, when fresh, apparently provided with the epithelial granular layer so characteristic of the Gumminee (fig. 15)—but here absent, pro- bably from defective preservation. Pore-tubes frequently in- creasing in size and branching before they have traversed the translucent cortical layer, to become lost in the opaque body- substance, where they appear to join the excretory canals (fig. 12, ee). Commencement of the excretory canals not observed. Spicules globular, siliceous, of two kinds, viz. sphero-stellate and radio-stellate :—the former, which is the largest, consisting of a clear spheroid covered uniformly with short, sharp, smooth, conical spines arranged perpendicularly to the surface (fig. 16, a); and the latter consisting of several long, conical, spiniferous rays, bifid and sometimes trifid at the extremities (fig. 16, 6). Distribution: Scattered indiscrimi- nately throughout the mass (fig. 12, 2), being most thickly congregated, as above stated, towards the surface. J/ea- surement: Spheero-stellate 6-G000ths inch in diameter ; radio- 24 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee. stellate 5-G000ths. Size of largest specimen about 3 inches long, 1 inch broad, and } inch thick, covering a tunicated ascidian ; the other specimen about 2} long by 24 broad, and the same thickness, enclosing the valves of an oyster. Hab. Mayvine, growing over various objects and upon other sponges. Incrusting for the most part, but sometimes self- supporting, in the form of caudal or mammilliform prolonga- tions. Loc. Australia, Port Jackson. Obs. The sphero-stellate spicule (fig. 16, a) being identical in torm with that of Chondrilla nucula, Sdt., I have called this species “ C. australiensis.” In consistence, C. nucula (judging from Schmidt’s specimens in the British Museum) appears to have been a little firmer, of a darker colour on the surface, and far more spiculiferous; but then it only possesses one, the spheero-stellate form of spicule, while the Australian species has two. In other respects there is a great resemblance between the two species, although, probably from defective preservation, the characteristic epithelial layer of the excretory canals of the Gumminee generally has here, for the most part, passed into dissolution. There are two specimens in the British Museum, both from Port Jackson—one, as above stated, surrounding the deciduous valves of an oyster, and the other all but covering a large tuni- cated ascidian fixed to the detrital mass supporting a rough, mu- ricated, brown specimen of /rcinia, which contrasts strongly in appearance with the smooth, doughy, fleshy-looking Gummina. The ovoid cells in this species are fully double the size of those in Corticium abyssi, and filled or lined, as above stated, with minute cellule, whereby we may infer that the so-called granules filling the ovoid cells of Corticium abyssi (fig. 14, 6) would also turn out to be cellules, if more highly magnified. ‘There is no visible cell-wall on these cells; but its existence may be inferred from the group of cellules retaining the same ovoid form after they have been pressed out of the cavities in the trama, unless they cohere together in this form by their sar- code individually. General Observations. The group of sponges called by Schmidt “ Halisarcinee Gum- mine ”’ (Atlantisch. Spongienfaun. p.78),to which the two fore- going species belong, has been very little studied—partly, per- haps on account of the species having been overlooked among the Compound Tunicata, which are much in the same condition, and partly because they are so totally unlike the form and appearance of sponges generally. Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminex. 25 If we were to see a tough, wet, shining lump of dough lying on a piece of sponge in our bath-room, there would be no hesi- tation in distinguishing the two objects; but if we were to observe something like this attached to a sponge growing on a rock in its natural habitat, the probability is that it would be a Gummina. Such may give some idea of the typical form of the Gumminee. As yet only one species has been noticed on the British coasts; and that has been designated by Johnston “ Halisarca Dujardinii,” after the illustrious naturalist who first described and gave it the name of “ Halisarca” (&dwos, marine, and oapé, flesh). Johnston found it in Berwick Bay, and has given the following description of it in his ‘ British Sponges,’ published in1842 (p. 192), together with a figure (pl. xvi. f.8) :— “ FIALISARCA, Dujardin. “ CHARACTER. Substance fleshy or rather gelatinous, semt- transparent, unorganized, forming an irregular crust on the objects to which it adheres. “1. H. Dwardinit (plate xvi. fig. 8). “ Halisarca, Dujardin, in Ann. des Se. Nat. n.s, x. p. 7, pl. 1. fig. 5. “Hab, On the underside of stones between tide-marks, and on the stalk and roots of Laminaria digitata, common. Ber- wick Bay; Holy Island (G. J.). “ Sponge in the form of a gelatinous crust, spreading irregu- larly, about a line in thickness; the surface even and smooth, of a straw or ochre-yellow colour, mottled with little pale cir- cular spots or pores, produced apparently by a deficiency of colouring-matter in their places. A few of these transparent spots are larger than the others; and if the former have any relation to the pores of the true sponges, the latter may be the analogues of the faecal orifices. “This production is liable to be mistaken for one of the crustaceous Compound Tunicata, or, rather, for the gelatinous spawn of the naked mollusca; but a careful inspection easily de- tects the difference. This exhibits no trace of any oviform bodies or cellular tissue, and contains neither crystals nor spicula, but is no other thing than a mass of irregular and granulous globules, of great minuteness, that lie imbedded in a clear jelly, - covered over with a more consistent and coloured skin. Dujar- din has ascertained that, when broken up, the separated masses shoot out from their sides delicate prolongations or filaments of various lengths, and slowly change their figure, in the same manner as do the detached sarcoid pieces of the freshwater sponges (see woodcut no. 9, p. 61).” 26 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee. Thus commenced our knowledge of this family. In 1859 (Archiv f. Anat.) Lieberkiihn seems to have pub- lished (for I have not the means of referring to his papers here) observations on Halisarca Dujardinti made in Heligoland ; and to him we are indebted, according to Schmidt, for having more accurately identified this organism with the true sponges (Die Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 79, 1862). Finally, Schmidt, in a former part of the same publication (p. 36 et seg.), established a family for this and similar species by the name of “ GumMINEa#,”’ under which .are included the following four genera and six species, viz. :—1. Gummina: G. glirtcauda, G. ecaudata. 2. Chondrilla: C. nucula, C. em- bolophora. 3. Cellulophana: C. pileata: 4. Corticium: C. candelabrum. And further on, at p. 79, under Hauisarca, Du- jardin, 1. lobularis. In his first ‘‘ Supplement” to this pub- lication (p. 41, 1864) was added another species of the latter, viz. :—Halisarca guttula. Then follow new species which he received among other sponges from the coast of Algiers (Die Spong. der Kiiste von Algier. p. 1, 1868), viz. :—Chon- drosia, Nardo: C. reniformis, Nardo; and C. plebeja, Sdt. Finally those mentioned in his ‘ Atlantisch. Spongienfauna,’ p- 25, 1870, viz. Cellulophana collectrix, Columnitis, n. gen., C. squamata, and Chondrilla phylodes,—making altogether 7 genera and 13 species, to which adding Halisarca Dujardinit, a species described and figured by Dr. Emil Selenka under the name of Lacinia” (Zeitsch. f. wissenschaft. Zool. B. vi. 8. 568, Taf. xxxv. figs. 8-10), and the two species above de- scribed gives a total of 17 species. Although Selenka claims for his species (which is from Bass’s Straits in Australia, cake-shaped, and about 2 inches long by 1 thick) anew genus, on account of the sphero-stellate spicule with which it is charged being calcareous and not sili- ceous, it seems to me to require further elucidation ; for, in the first place, the sphero-stellates, in material and form, appear to be almost identical with those which abound in many species of Compound 'Tunicata not unlike Lacénia in general form, and, in the second place, the anatomical details do not satisfac- torily show that the species is similarly composed to the class of sponges under consideration. The genus is called “ La- cinta,” and the species L. stellifica. While Schmidt gives excellent figures of the general form and spicules of his species, Kélliker, in his ‘ Feinere Bau der Protozoen,’ gives the best illustrations of the softer parts. [ have not been able to get beyond what Kolliker has here figured and stated, simply because, like Kélliker, my obser- vations have been confined to specimens preserved in spirit ; nor Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee. Pig have I become aware until just now that I had such an im- portant group of sponges to study ; while, as I cannot help thinking that there must be more species than Halisarca Du- jardinii to be found on our coasts, so I hope to meet with not only this but other species of the family here in a living state, through which I may, by experiment, be able to add something more satisfactory to our knowledge of their intimate structure than we at present possess. Aided by Schmidt’s figures and descriptions of the last species, which he has published (Atlantisch. Spongienfaun. /.c.), I now plainly see, from mounted specimens, that the incrusting cartilaginous sponge which I found associated with the speci- mens of Polytrema on a crab-claw kindly given to me by Dr. Carpenter, and noticed in the Annals (vol. v. p. 392, 1870), charged with minute stellates and long, pin-like spicules, bearing a “close alliance to Tethya lyncurtum,” is as closely allied to the incrusting species of Gummina called by Schmidt Colum- nitis squamata, described and figured in the Atlantish. Spongien- faun. Ke. (p. 25, Taf. v. figs. 3 & 4) ; while the figured section of this Gummina, in spicules and structure, is almost identical with a vertical section of the circumference of Tethya (Donatia) lyn- curtum. In short, both species are but repent forms of Donatia, which, although for the most part (but not always) assuming a globularform, is, inthe structure of its cartilaginous circumference and spicules, more nearly allied to the species of Gumminez just noticed than to any other form of sponges yet described. Then, too, we cannot help seeing the intimate relation which subsists between these sponges and the Suberites, e.g. Cliona celata, var., Raphyrus Griffithsi’, Bk., &c.; and thus the value of Schmidt’s grouping Donatia (Tethya) lyncurium and the latter sponges &c. under the heading ‘ Suberitidine ” (Atlant. Spongienfaun. &e. p. 79) becomes apparent. In this category will also have to come several specimens in the British Museum when I have time to illustrate and describe them, the species (indicated by their spicules) which appear in Dr. Bowerbank’s illustrations of the Hexactinellid sponges mentioned, and no doubt many others which will sooner or later come fo notice—all showing that this will one day form a very large and important group among the Spongiade. With reference to my statement (Annals, 1872, vol. x. p. 47) that Schmidt’s Halisarca guttula appeared to me to be a com- pound tunicate animal and “no sponge at all,” I would add that later examination of the Gumminee shows me that such an assertion has yet to be proved. Undoubtedly, when the caleareous sphzero-stellates are dissolved out of some incrusting species of Compound Tunicata, the embryos of the latter have 28 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee. yery much the appearance of what is seen in Halisarca guttula, and if arrested in this stage of development would be almost identical ; but when the cell-mass of the embryo is “told off” into the organs which they are to assume in the fully deve- loped Ascidian, then, of course, the difference at once becomes obvious. Still there may be lower forms of the Compound Tunicata which permanently remain in the embryo state of the higher ones ; and this I propose to myself to determine when time and opportunity enable me to hunt for them among+the rocks of the sea-shore in this locality. All are liable to shortcomings, and Schmidt among the rest, although he is certainly, at present, much beyond all others in actual knowledge of this family; still I could have wished that he had not compared the fibrille of the Gumminez (Die Spong. adriat. Meeres, p. 37, 1862) to the fibrille of Lieberkiihn’s Filifera, since the said fibrille upon which this family of sponges has been built are nothing but a parasite, which I have not only found in different sponges from all quarters of the globe, but especially pervading a species of Reniera like Schmidt’s R. fibulata (Die Spong. des adriat. Meeres, p. 73, pl. vi. f. 9), viz. bearing smooth, fusiform, slightly curved acerates and small bihamates, which is equally cosmopolite. In my arrangement of the sponges in the British Museum I have had to expunge the family of ‘ Filifera”’ in name (Poly- therses, Duchas. et Michelot.) altogether, and for the algal parasite itself on which the family was erroneously founded by Lieberkiithn have proposed the name of ‘ Spongiophaga communis” (Annals, 1871, vol. viii. p. 330). If called upon for a practical definition of the Gumminee, I should say that they are like a piece of yellowish dough in appearance. Incrusting, lobed. ‘Tough, semielastic, subcar- tilaginous. Slippery, smooth. Consisting of a cortical and medullary or body portion: the former translucent and narrow; the latter opaque, bulky, and massive. The former covered by a thin fibrous cuticle, uniformly pierced by pores and presenting here and there oscula singly or "in groups. Composed of a kind of trama formed of fine fibres and minute granuliferous cells, which trama extends throughout the body- mass and affords cavities for the ovoid cells respectively of which the body is composed. The cortex traversed perpendi- cularly by the pore-tubes continued from the pores inwards to unite with the branches of the excretory canals, which, in their turn, traverse the body-mass in tree-like forms to terminate respectively in the oscula mentioned. Abundance of siliceous Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gumminee. 29 spicules (in Selenka’s species calcareous), of different forms according with the species, or none at all as in the Halisarcine ; but in no instance a fibrous skeleton, like that of sponges in general; indeed no skeleton at all, which is the chief distin- guishing point between the Gumminew and true sponges. About the specimen dredged up on board the ‘ Porcupine’ are :—besides the well-known Coccoliths, a gveat number of that species first described and figured by Schmidt as‘‘ Rhabdolithes”’ (Annals, 1872, vol. x. p. 859, pl. xvi), for which I would propose the name of R. Schmidtii, after its well-known disco- verer (Pl. I. fig. 17) ; also a number of calcareous spherical cells lined with minute cellule, for which I would propose provisionally the name of Spheolithes abyssi (fig. 18), as they may perhaps hereafter, be found to be embryos of the Globigerine or some other deep-sea foraminifer. They are, however, very numerous and of all sizes below the largest, which is that figured. The fragments and spicules of the other sponges about this specimen, viz. Dictyocylindrus abyssi, n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 2, e), Desmacella annexa, Sdt. (Florida) (fig. 2, e), Rentera fibulata, Sdt. (fig. 1,e), and Cliona abysst, n. sp. (fig. 1, d), will be de- scribed and figured on a future occasion. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. Portion of Lophohelia prolifera, imbedded in Corticiwn abyssi, n. sp., dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in the “ chops ”’ of the English Channel; depth 500 fathoms, muddy bottom. Natural size. a, Lophohelia; b, Corticitum abyssi; c, vents of the same ; d, fenestral openings of Cliona abyssi, n. sp.,in Lopho- helia ; e, portion of Reniera fibulata, Sdt. ; f, fragments of large spicules imbedded in the Corticiwm. Fig. 2. The same, opposite side, nat. size: a, Lophohelia prolifera ; b, Cor- ticium abyssi; c, vents of the same; d, portions of a Furrea which grew on the Lophohelia before the whole became im- bedded in the Corticiwm ; e, portions of Dictyocylindrus (Bk.) abysst, Cart., n. sp., and Desmacella annexa, Sdt., filling and sur- rounding the tube net of Farrea ; f, portion of Corticium filling tube net of Farrea; g, fragment of large spicule imbedded in Cortictum ; h, fragment of Reniera fibulata, Sdt. Fig. 3. Corticium abyssi, biternate spicule of, lateral view. Fig. 4. The same, average largest size of biternate spicule: a, portion of shaft supporting the cuticula ; 6, arms broken off ; c, inner portion of shaft; d, central canal. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch. Fig. 5. The same, vertical view of head of biternate spicule: a, main arms, not spined ; 6, secondary arms, spined. Same scale, Fig. 6. The same, young form of biternate spicule, spineless: a, central inflation. Fig. 7. The same, birotulate with four recurved arms, about 1-6000th of an inch long. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch. Fig. 8. The same, portion of body-substance : a, ovoid cells, and 8, biro- 30 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Newropterous tulates, relatively magnified. Scale 1-48th to 1-6000th of an inch. Fig. 9. The same, pore surrounded by ovoid cells, seen through the cuti- cula: a, ovoid cells; 6, epithelial cells lining the pore. Scale 1-24th to 1-6000th of an inch. Fig. 10. Chondrilla australiensis, n. sp., small specimen attached to a piece of oyster-shell: a, Chondrilla; b, oyster-shell; c, vent: magnified 2 diameters. Fiy. 11. The same, vertical section, nat. size. Fig. 12. The same, vertical section (No. 11) magnified 8 diameters: a, cortical translucent rind ; 6, body-substance, opaque; c, oyster- shell; d, pore-tubes passing down vertically through rind; e, pore-tubes, enlarged, branching and apparently opening direct into excretory canal-system ; f, excretory canal-system,segmented in the section; g, vent, or single termination of the same; h, spheero-stellate and radio-stellate spicules imbedded inthe cortex. The spicules, though really existing throughout the mass, are generally not inserted, for the sake of perspicuity, any more than the ovoid cells and opaque structure of the body-mass. Fig. 13. The same, portion of the surface, showing pore-openings, ver- tical view: a, pore; 6, surrounding granules. Scale 1-48th to 1-G6000th of an inch. Fig. 14. The same, portion of the body-substance, showing :—a, trama, consisting of fine fibrillee or filaments and minute granuliferous cellule ; b, ovoid cells lined with cellule, situated in ovoid cavities of the trama; c, sphro-stellate spicules. All relatively magnified ; scale 1-48th to 1-6000th of an inch. (Compare with fig. 8, on the same scale, to show that the cells of Corticium are only half the size of those of Chondrilla.) Fig. 15. Corticitum abyssi, diagram of fragment of excretory canal-system, to show characteristic epithelial-cell lining: a, vent; b, “ frag- ment.” (In Chondrilla australensis this cell lining is not present, probably from defective preservation.) Fig. 16. Chondrilla australensis, spicules of: a, spheero-stellate ; b, radio- stellate. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch. Fig. 17. Rhabdolithes Schmidtii, Cart. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch, (See Schmidt’s figures and description, ‘Annals,’ 1872, vol. x. p. 359, pl. xvii.) Fig. 18. Spherolithes abyssi, n. sp., Cart., average largest size. Same scale. (The double line is a deception here; it should merely signify the outer boundary of the layer of cellules, in fact the capsule which is perfectly spherical.) III.—A Catalogue of the Neuropterous Insects of New Zea- land ; with Notes, and Descriptions of new Forms. By Ropert M‘Lacuiay, F.L.S. Ir has been represented to me that the entomologists of New Zealand are greatly in need of classified lists of the insects of that colony, and that any contribution in this way would be welcome. Acting upon this suggestion, | have drawn up a catalogue of the New-Zealand Neuroptera (in the Linnean ¥. Insects of New Zealand. 31 sense). The task has not been difficult ; for, including three new species here described, the total number of insects of the order at present known to inhabit the colony barely exceeds forty-five species ; and some of these are yet doubtful, pending further information. Nearly half of them are Trichoptera, which division appears to be the best-represented ; or it may be that they are best known only because a friend, knowing my penchant for these insects, has collected them more assiduously. Owing to the proximity of New Zealand to the Australian continent, and to the fact that some few species are common to both, it may not be uninteresting to give a brief comparative sketch of the various Neuropterous families as regards their numerical strength in the two districts, so far as present know- ledge will permit. The physical conditions of Australia and New Zealand are so different that a considerable discrepancy might naturally be expected ; but, owing ie its ramified water- system and comparative freedom from drotght, the advantage ought to be on the side of the latter. Let us see, then, how this idea is affected by the apparent facts. I will commence with the Odonata (Dragonflies). In Australia all the tribes (excepting Calopterygina) are tolerably abundant. From New Zealand I know of only eight species; the great tribe Libellulina is wholly absent ; the Corduliina are represented by three species of Australian facies ; the Auschnina by one Australian species ; the Gomphina by one (Uropetala), a mag- nificent insect of an Australian group ; the Calopterygina are absent, but are almost so in Australia; of the Agrionina there are only three species. Of other Pseudo-Neuroptera the Ter- mitide, Ephemeride, and Perlide have a few representatives in both ; the Psocide are not known from New Zealand, and but few have been noticed in Australia; but this is probably owing to their minute size. Among the Planipennia, New Zealand and Australia have each a species of Sialide (Chau- liodes) ; the former has only one ant-lion (Myrmeleontide), though they are common in the latter ; Ascalaphide appear to be wanting in the former and tolerably well represented in the latter; and the same remark will apply to Chrysopide and Mantispide. Australia has one species of Nemopteride and a few Panorpide, neither of which are known from New Zea- land ; while Hemerobiuide and Osmylide are feebly represented in both; the Nymphide, an almost peculiarly Australian family, are unknown in New Zealand. In Trichoptera alone does New Zealand appear to have the advantage over Australia, The paucity of species of Dragonflies is very remarkable ; and one is tempted to believe that in New Zealand there must 32 Mr, R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous be a scarcity of aquatic insects both as larve and otherwise, and of those aérial insects upon which the perfect Dragonflies prey. Another point strikes me; and that is the small number of aphidivorous Planipennia, the chief of which (the Chrysopidz) are unrepresented. Can it be that indigenous Aphides are happily almost unknown there? It may be that the ideas here thrown out are based upon erroneous premises ; and if so it behoves the entomologists of New Zealand to set me right by producing a fair sample of the insect fauna of their colony. The list of Trichoptera here given is scarcely more than a reprint of that already published by me in the ‘Journal of the Linnean Society’ (Zoology), vol. x. Much of the material from which the entire list is compiled has been received from my friend Mr. R. W. Fereday of Christchurch, and from Mr. H. Edwards, who was for some time at Auckland; nor must the collections formed by Dr. Sinclair, Mr. Colenso, Dr. Hooker, Col. Bolton, the naturalists of the ‘ Novara,’ &c. be forgotten. No special localities are given, because many of the insects are noted simply as from New Zealand without further indication. In the references I have indicated by an asterisk where the best description of each species may be found ; and if this sign occurs so frequently in connexion with my own descriptions, the reader must please consider that I do not claim for them any special excellence, and that it is owing to the fact that in most cases no others exist. PseuDO-NEUROPTERA. Termitide. Genus CALOTERMES, Hagen. 1. Calotermes insularis, White. Termes insularis, White, Zool. of Voyage of ‘ Krebus’ and ‘ Terror’ f ; Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. ill. p. 522. Calotermes insularis, Hagen, Linnza Entomologica, Band xil. p. 42 * ; 2d. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. (Termit.), p. 2. Also found in New Holland. 2. Calotermes improbus, Hagen. Calotermes improbus, Hagen, Linnzea Entomologica, Band xii. p. 44 *; wd. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. (Termit.), p.6; Brauer, Reise der ‘Novara,’ Neuropt. p. 45. Hagen described a wingless example from Van Diemen’s Land. Brauer described the winged form of what he considers to be the same species from New Zealand. + I have not been able to verify this reference, Insects of New Zealand. 33 Genus STOLOTERMES, Hagen. 3. Stolotermes ruficeps, Brauer. Stolotermes ruficeps, Brauer, Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Neurop. p. 46.* Perlide. Genus STENOPERLA, M‘Lachlan. 4, Stenoperla prasina, Newman. Chloroperla prasina, Newman, Zoologist, 1845, p. 853.* Hermes pra- sinus, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. ii. p. 206. Stenoperla pra- sina, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 354.* Genus PERLA, Geoffroy. 5. Perla (?) Cyrene, Newman. Chloroperla Cyrene, Newman, Zoologist, 1845, p. 853.* Perla(?) Cy- rene, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. i. p. 168, This insect is certainly not a Chloroperla, nor is it a Perla as restricted. The wings are densely reticulate with cross veinlets. I have seen no examples in good condition. Genus LEPTOPERLA, Newman. 6. Leptoperla opposita, Walker (?). Perla opposita, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. i. p. 171. Walker mentions two examples from Van Diemen’s Land and one from New Zealand; but I much doubt if this latter is specifically identical with those from Tasmania. I have seen two or three more species of Perlide from New Zealand, but await additional information before describing them. One is an insect with the factes of Nemoura or Tenio- pteryx, but with short caudal sete. Ephemeride. Genus LEPTOPHLEBIA, Westwood ; Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 77. 7. Leptophlebia dentata, Eaton. Leptophlebia dentata, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 80, pl. iy. figs. 18 & 18 a-d (details).* 8. Leptophlebia nodularis, Eaton. Leptophlebia nodularis, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 187], p. 81, pl. iv. figs. 20 & 20 a-c (details).* Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 3 34 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous Genus CoLosurus, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1871, p. 1382. 9. Coloburus humeralis, Walker. Palingenia humeralis, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. iii. p. 562 (Qsubimago). Baetis remota, Walk. op. cit. p. 564 (imago). Colo- burus humeralis, Eaton, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1871, p. 182, pl. iii. fig. 3 (wing), pl. vi. figs. 6 & 6 a, b (details).* I possess yet two species of Ephemeride from New Zealand, one of which may be the Australian Leptophlebia costalis, Burmeister. Odonata. Tribus Corpvriiwa. Genus CorpuiA, Leach, Selys. 10. Cordulia Smithti, White. Cordulia Smithii, White, Zoology of Voyage of ‘Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ pt. xi. pl. vi. fig. 2 (2); Selys, Syn. Cordulines, p. 27. C. nove- zealandie, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, p. 501; zd. Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Neuropt. p. 78, t. ii. figs. 3-3 b.* Genus Eprrueca, Charpentier. 11. Epitheca Grayi, Selys. Epitheca (Somatochlora) Grayi, Selys, Syn. Cordulines, p. 49.* 12. Epitheca Brauert, Selys. Epitheca (Somatochlora) Braueri, Selys, Syn. Cordulines, p. 50.* Tribus Goupura. Genus Uropetata, Selys. 13. Uropetala Carovet, White. Petalura Carovei, White, Zoology of Voyage of ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ pt. xi. pl. vi. fig. 1 (¢); 2d. in Dieffenbach’s Travels in New Zealand, vol. ii. p. 281; Selys, Syn. Gomphines, p. 92. Uropetala Carovei, Selys, Mon. Gomphines, p. 370, pl. xix. fig. 2 (details)*; 7d. Secondes Addit. Syn. Gomphines, p. 42. Tribus 4’scuwrwa. Genus A‘scuna, Fabricius. 14. Aschna brevistyla, Rambur. Aischna brevistyla, Ramb. Hist. Névropt. (Suites 4 Buffon), p. 205.* I received three examples of this Australian species from Mr. Henry Edwards, labelled “ New Zealand ;” and although Insects of New Zealand. Bd that gentleman also collected in the neighbourhood of Mel- bourne, there is no reason to suspect any confusion of locality. The A’schnina are insects of notoriously wide distribution and great power of wing. Tribus Aeron. Genus Lestes, Leach. 15. Lestes Colensonis, White. Agrion Colensonis, White, Zoology of Voyage of ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ pt. xi. pl. vi. fig. 3 (¢). Lestes Colensonis, Selys, Syn. Agrion. (Lestes), p. 44.* Genus TELEBASIS, Selys fT. 16. Telebasis zealandica tf, n. sp. 6. Caput supra nigrum, longe brunneo-pilosum, antice et postice cum nasi margine labroque (macula mediana nigra excepta) san- guineum ; ore flavyido. Pronotum nigrum, marginibus maculisque tribus sanguineis ; margine postico fere semicirculari. Thorax supra niger, inter alas sanguineus, lineis duabus sanguineis ; ad latera rubescens, lineis duabus brevibus ad alarum_ bases nigris. Pedes sanguinei, nigro-spinosi, tarsorum apicibus nigro- terminatis. Abdomen sanguineum, ad apicem obscurius ; macula quadrata ad basin segmenti basalis, juncturis lineaque utrinque apicem versus nigris; segmento ultimo supra in medio exciso ; appendicibus superioribus parvis, sanguineis, intus tuberculo nigro instructis ; inferioribus elongatis, subforcipatis, sanguineis, nigro terminatis. Ale vitree ; pterostigmate rufo-brunneo vel flavido. @. Caput thoraxque fere ut in ¢, sed colore sanguineo in flavum mutato; labro postice evidenter nigro-marginato. Pedes palli- diores ; femoribus supra infuscatis. Abdomen supra nigrum, juncturis (ad apicem exceptis) flavis; infra flavum. 6. Long. corp. 14-15'", long. abdom. 11-12!"; exp. alar. 16-17!", long. ale postic. 8-83'". 2. Long. corp. 15!, long. abdom. 114'"; exp. alar. 19/"’, long. ale postic. 9'". Male. Head and thorax above black, with long brownish hairs. Hinder and anterior margins of the head, the front margin of the nasus, and the labrum wholly (excepting a black spot in the middle) red; under lip yellowish; second joint of the antenne red, black at the apex. Pronotum with the margins and three discal spots red; posterior margin nearly + The characters of Telebasis are briefly indicated in a note appended to the introduction to his ‘Synopsis des Agrionines,’ 5™ légion, p. 4. The chief character is that the wings are petiolated up to the first basal postcostal nervule. t De Selys, MS. 3% 36 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous semicireular, very slightly produced in the middle. Two bright red lines on the thorax above ; the sides reddish, with two short black streaks, one under the base of each wing ; there is also an appearance of two lines paler than the ground- colour. Legs bright red, with black spines; the tips of the tarsal joints black. Abdomen bright blood-red ; a quadrate black spot above at the base of the first segment; the sutures of all the segments with a black ring; on the sides a black subapical line, commencing at the apex of segment 6, continuous on segment 7, and nearly so on segment 8, but not there reach- ing the margins; segment 10 excised in the middle above ; superior appendages short, only slightly exserted, subtrian- gular, red, with a black tubercle internally ; inferior appen- dages somewhat forcipate, long, red, with the tips black and pointed. Wings hyaline, narrow; veins black, slightly reddish at the base ; pterostigma reddish brown (yellowish in immature examples), in the form of an irregular lozenge, the upper edge much longer than the lower, surmounting one cel- lule; in the anterior wings the upperside of the quadrilateral is more than one half shorter than the lower, in the posterior wings about one third shorter; thirteen to fourteen post- cubital nervules in the anterior wings ; three cellules between the quadrilateral and the nodus. Female. All the markings of the head and thorax that are red in the male are here yellow; the base of the labrum has a distinct black line; on the prothorax there are only two spots instead of three. Legs yellowish, the femora fuscous above. Abdomen bronzy black above, pale yellowish beneath ; segments 1-6 above with a yellow half-ring at the base of each; appendages short, conical, blackish; vulvar valves yellow, the terminal appendages black. I have examined several males and females of this species. 17. Telebasis sobrina, n. sp. 3. T. zealandice valde affinis, sed major; appendices superiores multo longiores, inferioribus dimidio tantum breviores. Long. corp. 18'", long. abdom. 15'"; exp. alar. 22!’, long. als postic. 103", Very closely allied to 7. zealandica, but considerably larger ; on the abdomen the basal spot at the base of segment 1 is divided ; the superior appendages are much exserted, scarcely one half shorter than the inierior, subtriangular, the lower edge concave, hence the tips are much curved downward (the black tubercle is present as in 7. zealandica). There are four cellules between the quadrilateral and the nodus in all the Insects of New Zealand. 37 wings, and the pterostigma is larger and surmounts fully two cellules ; fifteen postcubital nervules in the anterior wings. Notwithstanding the great similarity I must, for the present, consider this insect specifically distinct from 7. zealandica. Only one male has been examined, and that rather immature, the red markings on the head and thorax not being fully de- veloped and more or less yellowish, and the pterostigma dusky yellow. PLANIPENNIA. Sialide. Genus CHAULIODES, Latreille. 18. Chauliodes diversus, Walker. Hermes diversus, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. ii. p. 205. H. du- bitatus, Walk. op. cit. p. 204 * (cf. M‘Lachlan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1869, pp. 387 & 39). This insect varies much in size. Of five individuals in my collection the smallest (male) has an expanse of wings of only 25’, the largest (female) expands to 41’. The structure of the antenne is the same in both sexes. Myrmeleontide. Genus MyrMeveon, Linné, Hagen. 19. Myrmeleon acutus, Walker. Myrmeleon acutus, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. ii. p. 3877.* Appears to be the sole representative in New Zealand of this extensive family. The hind wings of the male possess a “* pelote”’ or knob at the extreme base of the inner margin, as in many other species. Osmylide. Genus SteNnosMyLus, M‘Lachlan. The New-Zealand species might be transferred to a new genus on account of the subfalcate wings and excised apical margin; but the Australian S. pallidus is in some respects intermediate between them and the typical species; hence their retention in this genus will answer every purpose, at any rate for the present. 20. Stenosmylus incisus, M‘Lachlan. Osmylus incisus, M‘Lachl, Journ. of Entom. vol. ii. p. 112, pl. vi. fig. 1 * (cf. M‘Lachl. Entom. Monthly Mag. vol. vi. p. 195), 38 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous 21. Stenosmylus citrinus, n. sp. S. forma S. incisi. Citrinus. Frons obscurior, supra nigricans. Thorax utrinque niger. Tibi antice et intermedise (femoraque postica) ad apices et in medio fusco semicincte. Ale antice punctis nigris consperse ; macula discali subapicali, nonnullisque parvis ad marginem apicalem et internum albidis, nigro marginatis: posticee pallidiores, punctis nigris subobsoletis solum ad costam, maculis albidis nullis. Abdomen infuscatum. Long. corp. 7!"; exp. alar. 27'". The whole insect is of a delicate citron colour, excepting the abdomen, which is infuscate; but the colour of this part is probably changed in dry examples. On the face the colour becomes obscured, and below the base of the antenne it is blackish. On the pronotum anteriorly there is a trace of a black median longitudinal line, and the sides are broadly black, , with black hairs; the meso- and metanota have the sides broadly infuscate, bordered by a black line. The anterior and intermediate tibiz have a black spot at each end and in the middle; the posterior femora are somewhat infuscate, darker at each end, and with a trace of a black spot in the middle; all the legs are clothed with citron-coloured hairs. The an- terior wings have many small black dots, those below the radius, and two discal ones, larger than the others; at the end of the first branch of the sector and the upper cubital vein, before the apex, 1s a conspicuous irregular whitish spot margined with black, and along the excised apical margin and on the inner margin are smaller whitish spots, margined with blackish in- ternally, or with a blackish dot on each side; the sector has sixteen principal branches; the inner series of gradate nervules is rudimentary. The posterior wings are paler than the an- terior, without whitish spots ; and the black dots are only faintly indicated on the costal margin. A very beautiful insect, of the same form as S. incisus. Hemerobiide2. Genus DREPANOPTERYXT, Leach. 22. Drepanopteryx instabilis, M‘Lachlan. Drepanopteryx instabilis, M‘Lachl, Journ. of Entom. vol. ii. p. 115, t. vi. fig. 4.* Found also in Australia without apparent specific difference. Most of the New-Zealand examples (but not all) pertain to the + According to the characters of the genera Drepanopteryx and Mega- lomus as laid down by Brauer (cf. ‘ Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellschaft in Wien,’ 1866, p. 987), the two New-Zealand species and the Australian D. binoculus ought perhaps to be placed in the last-named genus. ¢ Insects of New Zealand. 39 variety indicated at fig. 4*, with a large whitish costal spot in the fore wings; but at present I see nothing to indicate that these form a distinct species. 23. Drepanopteryx humilis, M‘Lachlan. Drepanopteryx humilis, M‘Lachl, Journ. of Entom. vol. ii. p. 116, pl. vi. fig. 5,* Found also at Moreton Bay. The smaller size seems to in- dicate that this is not a form of D. instabilis. Genus Micromus, Rambur. 24, Micromus tasmanie, Walker. Homie ones tasmanie, Walk. Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 186.* I have two examples which scarcely appear to differ speci- fically from others from Australia ; but it is desirable that long series of both Australian and New-Zealand specimens should be compared. The insect has the costal area of the fore wings narrowed at the base, and without a recurrent nervule, and hence is a Mécromus and not a Hemerobius as restricted. TRICHOPTERA. Sericostomatide. Genus Ciconesus, M‘Lachlan. 25. Cconesus maort, M‘Lachlan. (Econesus maori, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 808 * ; id. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. x. p. 211, pl. ii. fig. 1 (neuration), ¢. I now possess the female of this insect ; it differs from the male in its larger size; the neuration of the anterior wings is regular; and in the posterior wings there are two additional apical forks. The maxillary palpi are 5-jointed, the basal joint very short, the second slightly longer, the third to fifth still longer and nearly equal ¢nter se. Genus Ournx, M‘Lachlan. 26. Olinx Feredayi, M‘Lachlan. Olin Feredayi, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 198, pl. i. figs, 2-2 d (details).* Genus Pycnocentria, M‘Lachlan. 27. Pycnocentria funerea, M‘Lachlan. Pycnocentria funerea, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. v. p- 252, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (details).* 40 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on the Neuropterous 28. Pycnocentria evecta, M‘Lachlan. Pyenocentria evecta, M‘Lachl. Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 199 pl. ii. fig. 3 (details).* 29. Pycnocentria aureola, M‘Lachlan. Pyenocentria aureola, M‘Lachl, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 200, pl. ii. figs. 4 & 4a (details).* HELICOPSYCHE. This term was applied to certain cases of the larvee of Tri- choptera found in Europe, which depart from the usual forms and assume a spiral condition, thus resembling small Helices, formed of sand grains neatly cemented together; and this re- semblance has often deceived conchologists, who have described them as shells. They have since been found in streams almost all over the world, and their real nature has long been known. Recently in North America the perfect insect of one species has been bred. Three forms occur in New Zealand (cf M‘Lachlan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 200). There is yet much mystery about the species that form them; and it is possible that they are the work of more than one genus of Sericostomatide. The European forms have not been referred to any particular insects ; and in Kurope no insect has been discovered that absolutely agrees generically with that bred in America. The same remark applies to those from New Zea- land ; and I have a suspicion that they may be the work of species of Pycnocentria. It is much to be desired that colonial entomologists will investigate this matter; the cases are pro- bably found attached to stones in streams. Leptoceride. Genus TETRACENTRON, Brauer. 30. Tetracentron sarothropus, Brauer. Tetracentron sarothropus, Brauer, Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1865, p- 418; zd. Reise der ‘Novara,’ Neurop. p. 12, t. 1. fig. 5 (details).* Pseudonema obsoleta, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i. p- 305 (cf. M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xi. p. 128). 31. Tetracentron amabile, M‘Lachlan. Tetracentron amabile, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 201, pl. ii. figs. 5-5 d (details).* Genus Noranarouica, M‘Lachlan. 32. Notanatolica cognata, M‘Lachlan. Leptocerus cognatus, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i. p- 3806.* Notanatolica cognata, M‘Lachl. oc. cit. vol. v. p. 258. Insects of New Zealand. 41 33. Notanatolica cephalotes, Walkev. Leptocerus cephaloies, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt. i. p. 73 (cf. M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 213). A doubtful species. Genus Leprocerus, Leach, Hagen. 34. Leptocerus (?) alienus, M‘Lachlan. Leptocerus (?) alienus, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 202.* This insect is not a true Leptocerus as restricted. Genus SETODES, Rambur. 35. Setodes unicolor, M‘Lachlan. Setodes umcolor, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. vol. x. p. 203, pl. ii. fig.7 (details).* Hydropsychide. Genus HypropsycHE, Pictet, Hagen. 36. Hydropsyche fimbriata, M‘Lachlan. Hydropsyche fimbriata, M‘Lachl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 309. 37. Hydropsyche colonica, M‘Lachlan. Hydropsyche colonica, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xi. p. 131, t. iv. fig. 16 (details).* Genus PoLycENTROPUS, Curtis. 38. Polycentropus puerilis, M‘Lachlan. Polycentropus puerilis, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 204, t. 11. figs. 8-8 b (details).* Genus Hyprosrosis, M‘Lachlan. 39. Hydrobiosis frater, M‘Lachlan. Hydrobiosis frater, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 207, t. ii. figs. 9-9 b (details).* 40. Hydrobiosis umbripennis, M‘Lachlan. Hydrobiosis umbripennis, M‘Lachl, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 208, t. ii. figs. 9c, d (details).* Genus PsttocHoreMa, M‘Lachlan. 41. Psilochorema mimicum, M‘Lachlan. Psilochorema mimicum, M‘Lachl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, ser. 3, vol. v. p. 274, pl. xviii. fig. 4 (details).* 42 Dr. J. E. Gray on two new 42. Psilochorema confusum, M‘Lachlan. Psilochorema confusum, M‘Lachl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x. p. 210, t. ii. figs. 10-10 6 (details).* Rhyacophilide. Genus Puiuanisus, Walker. 43. Philanisus plebejus, Walker. Philanisus plebejus, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. Neuropt. pt.i. p. 116. -Ano- malostoma alloneura, Brauer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1865, p. 422; id. Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Neurop. p. 16, t. i. fig. 6 (details).* Hydroptilide. Genus OXYETHIRA, Eaton. 44, Oxyethira albiceps, M‘Lachlan. Hydroptila albiceps, M‘Lachl, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 304. Oxyethira albiceps, Eaton, loc. ett. 1873, p. 145.* This species was accidentally omitted in my list in ‘ Journ. Linn. Soc.,’ Zool. vol. x. 1V.—Description of two new Species of Bush-buck (Cepha- lophus) from Western Africa. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. In the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1871, p. 588, I published some notes on the Cephalophi, and de- scribed two new species which had been sent home from Africa by M. du Chaillu as materials for stuffing out the skin of the bongo (Eurycerus eurycerus). I now add the de- scriptions of two others from the inside of the same skin, which I did not notice at the time because I hoped to have additional specimens in confirmation of their distinctness; but second consideration has induced me to believe that they are the evidence of the existence of two other species in that country, though M. du Chaillu said that there were no antelopes in Western Africa, and confirmatory of the idea that he obtained the chief of his collections from native collectors and he really did not know what he had brought home. 1. Cephalophus aureus. Fur on the sides of the body rather elongate and soft, of the head and neck shorter and more rigid, pale bay. ‘The crown of the head and long hairs between the horns black; spot over the eye deep bay ; front part of the body and front part of the fore legs darker brown, varied with blackish hairs, which are Species of Bush-buck. 43 more abundant and form the indistinct streak down the back of the neck and front part of the back ; but in the latter part they are more or less spread over the shoulders so as not to form any regular dorsal band; the black hairs are abundant on the front part of the fore legs; fore legs trom the knees to the hoofs and the hind feet blackish; underside of the head rather paler; chest blackish, hinder part of the belly and imner side of the thighs white; tail dark brown, white on the underside. Hoofs elongate. Hab. West Africa, Gaboon (Du Chaillu). Differs from C. dorsalis in the softness of the fur, in the underside of the head being bay and not whitish, in the hind legs beg brown, and in the hocks and feet to the upper hinder hoofs only being black. In many respects it is like C. nigrifrons ; but the fur is softer and longer and much paler. 2. Cephalophus leucogaster. Fur bay, darker in the middle, with a broad black unde- fined dorsal streak, which is broader in the middle and nar- rower and more defined on the rump; crown darker blackish brown, paler-grizzled; underside of the head, middle line of the throat, the chest, belly, and inner side of the linbs white. Tail rather bushy, with intermixed black and white long hairs. Hab. West Africa, Gaboon (Du Chaillu). In Cephalophus badius the underside of the body is rather paler bay ; the chest is black, which extends some way down the belly in a narrow line; the underside of the head is paler whitish, the hinder part of the belly and imner side of the thighs whitish. The Cephalophi, with conical, short, more or less re- cumbent horns and separate nasals, may be divided into groups according to the bones of their skulls. I. Nasal bones elongate. * The lachrymal cavity deep, large. + The lachrymal pit high up from the tooth-line. Sylvicultrix. C. sylvicultrix, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 595, f. 4. t+ Lachrymal cavity near to the upper edge of the grinders, separated from it by a ridge. Cephalophus. C. natalensis, Gray, Cat. Ungulata, t. 10. f. 1. C. nigrifrons, Gray, P. Z. 5. 1871, p. 598, f. 6. 44 Mr. A. W.E. O’Shaughnessy’s Herpetological Notes. ** Lachrymal cavity large, shallow, broad behind down to the base of the teeth, flattened in front of the sides of the nose. C, Maxwellii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 600, f. 8. *** The lachrymal pit shallow, deepest in the middle and front of the lachrymal bone, which is very large and produced m front. C. Ogilbyt. Il. Nasal bones short, broad behind. C. coronatus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 599, f. 7. Lachrymal pit deep and broad. C. rufilatus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 597, f. 5. Lachrymal pit shallow and more elongate. — C. badius. Lachrymal pit small, triangular. V.—Herpetological Notes. By A. W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY, Assistant in the Natural-History Department, British Museum. EUPREPES NOVARA (Fitz. 7n liters), described as a new species from Tahiti by Dr. Steindachner (Rept. im Voyage of the ‘Novara,’ p. 47), is the Scincus noctua (“Scinque phaléne ”’) described and figured by Lesson (Voyage of the ‘ Coquille,’ Zoologie, tom. ii. p. 48, pl. iil. fig. 4, gr. nat.), which seems to have been overlooked by subsequent writers, with the exception of Girard, who describes it in vol. xx. of Wilkes’s United- States Exploring Expedition, p. 249, and in ‘ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad.’1857. It is one of the common species, according to Girard occurring in the habitations of the natives, and having almost as wide arange as Mabouya cyanura. Lesson procured it in a field of sugar-canes in Ovalau. The new subgenus and species, Chalcides (Hapalolepis) Abendrothii, described by Dr. Peters in the ‘ Monatsber. der Konigl. Akad. Berlin,’ August 1871, p. 399, is the genus and oe Ophiognomon trisanale described at length by Mr. E. D. ope in the ‘ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad.’ 1868, p. 100. Both authors make the same remark as to its apparent resemblance to the Amphisbeenians. It is probably through an oversight that Mr. Cope states that his genus differs from Chalcisin the position of the nostril; the position of the nostril is the same in both, as Dr. Peters rightly indicates, the obvious difference being the absence of an internasal plate. This plate is present in Chalcis. The “ nasorostrales ” of Duméril and Bibron =the | a i | Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on Gerrhonotus. 45 nasals ; their “‘ internasorostrale ”’ = the internasal; and con- sequently their “ fronto-internasorostrales ”’ =the frontalia an- terlora. List of Species of the Genus Gerrhonotus. Group I. Head depressed ; occipital and temporal plates more or less swollen. Scales of back and sides weakly keeled or smooth. Abronia. Gerrhonotus Deppii, Wiegm. Herpet. Mexicana, 1834, p. 31, pl. ix. fig. 3. Mexico. Type in Berlin Museum. G. teniatus, Wiegm. /. c. pl. 1x. figs. 1, 2. Mexico. Type in Berlin Museum. G. gramineus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1864, p- 179. Mexico. Smithsonian Museum. Apparently closely allied to G. Deppit. G. auritus, Cope, 1. c. 1868, p. 306. Vera Paz. Smithsonian Museum. G. Vasconcellosit, Bocourt, Nouv. Archives du Muséum, 1872, p- 107. Guatemala. Group II. Head not depressed ; occipital shields not prominent. Scales of back keeled, the keels forming longitudinal ridges. Gerrhonotus. A. Head more or less tapering ; body slender ; tail very long and tapering. * A small plate interposed between the first supranasals, P '?P (ip . tessellatus, Wiegm. /.c. p. 32. (See Cope, /. c. 1866, p. 321, and Bocourt, /. c. p. 102.) ? Pterogasterus ventralis, Peale & Green. Mexico. Types in Berlin Museum and several specimens in British Museum. G. lemniscatus, Bocourt, 1. c. p. 105. Mexico, Vera Paz. The British Museum possesses three specimens which I 46 Mr. A. W. E. O'Shaughnessy on recognize as belonging to this species—a still longer and slenderer one than G. tessellatus, and having the tail of ex- cessive length, but agreeing with the latter in the arrangement of the supranasals. G. ophiurus, Cope, l. c. 1866, p. 321. Oriza, Mexico. G. infernalis, Baird, Emory’s U. 8. B. Exped., Rept. p. 11; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1858, p. 255; Cope, J. c. p- 322. Texas. G. viridiflavus, Bocourt, Ann. des Sc. Nat. xvii., Déc. 1872. Mexico. ** No small accessory plate between the first supranasals. G. Webbii, Baird, /. c. pl. xxiv. figs. 1-10; Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. 1858, p. 255. California. The young specimen figured by Baird seems to have only one pair of narrow oblique supranasals. G. nobilis, Baird & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1852, p- 129 Emory’s U. 8. B. Exped., Rept. pl. xv: figs. 1-8. . New Mexico. G. (Elgaria) Kingii, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1838, 1. p. 390. G, multifasciatus, Dum. & Bibr. ; Bocourt, 7. c. p. 106, note. The type of this species in the British Museum is in a rather bad state. It agrees with the lengthened description of G. multifasciatus in the ‘ Erpétologie Générale.’ Two pairs of narrow supranasals, without accessory plate between. Tail more than twice the length of body and head together ; fifty transverse series of scales from occiput to commencement of tail. B. Head and body stouter ; tail of moderate length. G. Wiegmannt, Gray, Catal. of Lizards, 1845, p. 54. Type in the British Museum. I do not find any allusion to this species by succeeding writers. The arrangement of the plates of the head is the same as that in the figures of Elgaria the Genus Gerrhonotus. 47 grandis, the description of which it agrees with in other respects, having, however, forty-eight instead of fifty transverse series of scales between occiput and commencement of tail. Head broad posteriorly ; supranasals two pairs, oblique, un- symmetrical ; internasal wide, transverse; fronto-nasals large and broadly in contact along the median line. Scales of back keeled, moderate, in forty-eight transverse series from occiput to tail, thirty-two between axil and groin; in fourteen longi- tudinal series; ventral plates in twelve longitudinal series. Limbs short, not meeting. Tail once and a half the length of head and body. G. (Elgaria) grandis, Baird & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1852, p.176; Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. xx. p. 212, pl. xxi. figs. 1-9. Oregon. Fifty transverse series of scales between occiput and com- mencement of tail; fourteen longitudinal dorsal series. G. (Elgaria) scincicauda, Skilton; Baird & Gir., Stansbury’s Exped. p. 348, pl. iv. figs. 1-3 ; Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. xx. p. 210, pl. xxii. figs. 1-9. Closely allied to the preceding. Scales in fifty-two transverse, fourteen longitudinal series. G. (Elgaria) formosa, Baird & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1852, p. 175; Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. xx. p. 206, pl. xxii. figs. 10-17. Upper California. Closely allied to the last two. Scales in forty-eight transverse, sixteen longitudinal series. 2G. multicarinatus, De Blainv. Nouv. Ann. du Mus. iv. p- 289, pl. xxv. fig. 2; Dum. & Bibr. Erpét. Géné:. v. p- 404; Hallowell, Pacific Railr. Exped., Rept. p. 9, pl.ix. fig. 1. California. G. Burnettii, Gray, Catal. of Lizards, p. 54. South America. Type in British Museum. Head rather short; supranasals two pairs, large, one behind the other, followed by a subcircular internasal ; fronto-nasals well developed and broadly in contact, coming obliquely for- wards to meet the supranasals, and thus enclosing the inter- 48 On the Genus Gerrhonotus. nasal. Dorsal scales in forty-eight transverse series from occiput to tail, and sixteen longitudinal; ventral plates in twelve longitudinal series. Limbs short, not meeting. Tail short, only equal to length of head and body. G. ceruleus, Wiegm. Isis, 1828, p. 379. Brazil. G. (Elgaria) principis, Baird & Gir. Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1852, p. 175; Wilkes’s Explor. Exped. xx. p. 214, pl. xxii. figs. 1-16. Oregon. Dorsal scales in forty-eight transverse, fourteen longitudinal series. G. Moreletii, Bocourt, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. 1872, p. 102. Guatemala. Founded by M. Bocourt upon the specimen given in Duméril’s Catalogue (1851) as the unique example of G. tes- sellatus. 'The British Museum now possesses four specimens of this well-marked species: two of these seem referable to G. fulvus of M. Bocourt, but appear scarcely specifically distinct. This is the lizard which Mr. Salvin obtained at Lanquin, and which he mentions in ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.’ 1860, p- 455, under the name G. Wiegmanni, as follows: —“ A single specimen was the only one that came under my notice ; this I caught on the convent wall. It was shown me by the priest, who said that he had noticed it on the same spot several nights in succession.” G. fulvus, Bocourt, 7. c. p. 104. Elgaria marginata, Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1852, p. 179 (unrecognizable) ; Sitgreave’s Exped. Zuni and Colorado, p. 114, pl. ui. (bad). Probably G. tessellatus. G. olivaceus, Baird, Emory’s U. 8. B. Exped., Rept. p. 11; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1858, p. 255 (description in- sufficient). “No single frontal.” California. On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 49 VI.—Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the British Museum. By FREDERICK SmitH, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. [Continued from vol. xi. p. 451.] Genus Norocypuus, Smith. Notocyphus maculifrons. Female. Length 74 lines. Head, thorax, and base of the abdomen black, the following segments ferruginous ; wings fusco-hyaline, with the apex of the anterior pair dark fuscous. Head as wide as the thorax; a narrow abbreviated line at the inner orbits of the eyes, above the insertion of the antenne ; a small yellow angulated spot on each side of the clypeus; an obscure fulvous line on the seven apical joints of the antennz beneath; the palpi rufo-testaceous. Thorax: the prothorax shorter, and the metathorax a little longer than the mesothorax; the latter truncate ; the claws of all the tarsi and the spurs of the anterior tibie ferruginous. Abdomen: the posterior margin only of the first segment ferruginous; the two following segments have on each side a pale ferruginous curved line, those on the third segment uniting at the base of the segment; the two following segments have, at their base, a dark fuscous transverse spot; beneath, each segment has a large black macula on each side, which occupies the greater part of the segment. Hab. Para. This species resembles the type of the genus, NV. sevissimus, also found at Para; but it has a broader head, its prothorax is proportionally shorter, as is also the metathorax; it differs also in having ferruginous claws and in the coloration of the wings, and in having the clypeus maculated. Genus Pepsis, Fabr. Pepsis eximtus. Male. Length 7} lines. Brilliant green, with golden tints. Head : the sides of the clypeus and of the face covered with bright golden pubescence, the cheeks are also adorned with the same; antenne orange-yellow, with the scape and first joint of the flagellum black. The sides of the thorax and the coxee beneath covered with bright golden pile; the sides of the scutellum, the postscutellum, and entire margins of the metathorax above with golden pile; legs black, with tints of bright green in certain lights; wings fulvo-hyaline, with a Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 50 Mr. F. Smith on new Species dark fuscous cloud at their apex, which covers the marginal and third submarginal cells, and extends to the apex of the wings. Abdomen subpetiolate, and of a vivid golden green. Hab. Santarem. Pepsis tinctipennis. Female. Length 154 lines. Black, with blue and green shades in different lights; wings dark brown, glossy, but not prismatic, with the apex of the anterior wings yellow from the base of the third submarginal cell. Head: the scape of the antenne of a blue tint; the seven following joints opaque black; the five apical joints orange-yellow. Thorax: the disk has a bright green tint in certain lights; the metathorax obscurely tinted with shades of blue or green, and irregularly, strongly, transversely striated; the legs dark blue; the tibie and tarsi thickly set with short spines. Abdomen shining, and reflecting shades of purple, blue, and green. Hab. Para. Pepsis fuscipennis. Female. Length 9-113 lines. Head and thorax obscurely blue ; abdomen black, exhibiting a blue lustre in certain lights. Head: antenne pale yellowish white, with the scape and three, or sometimes four, of the basal joints black; the third and the fourth joints also occasionally more or less pale at the apex. Thorax: the metathorax more or less covered with pale golden pile, and transversely striated ; wings fuscous, not darkly so, with the apex of the anterior pair milky white ; legs obscure blue; the tibize and tarsi thickly set with short spines. Abdomen elliptical ; the second and three following segments with two very obscure, divergent ferruginous lines in the middle. Hab. Ega: Para. Oi, This may possibly be the P. elongata of St. Fargeau in very fine condition, having golden pile on the metathorax ; it has the wings paler, and it also differs in having the tips of the anterior wings pale; still [ have a suspicion of its being a local variety. P. elongata is from Surinam. Pepsis optimatis. Female. Length 12 lines. Head and thorax clothed with golden pubescence ; abdomen black, with a beautiful change- able opaline lustre. Head: the antenne orange-red; the scape black, and with a golden pile. Thorax bright golden ; wings dark rufo-fuscous, with a pale spot in the second dis- —" 7 of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 51 coidal cell; legs black; the tibiee and tarsi very strongly spinose ; the coxw with golden pile. Abdomen black, with a sericeous pile that changes in tint in different lights, to green, gold, blue, or opaline lustre. Hab. Para. Pepsis purpureus. Female, Length 7 lines. Purple, with blue and green tints in certain lights. The four apical joints of the antennez, and the apex of the fifth, bright orange-yellow. The posterior margin of the prothorax incrassate; the metathorax trans- versely and irregularly striated, and having a longitudinal central impressed line, extending to the apex; the wings dark fuscous, with a minute hyaline spot at the base of the second discoidal cell ; the intermediate and posterior tibize and tarsi strongly spinose. Abdomen smooth and shining, par- taking of splendid tints of. purple, blue, and green in different lights; the apical segment covered with erect black hairs. Hab. Tapajos; Para. A specimen of what I can only regard as a variety of this species, from Para, differs in having an additional pale joint at the apex of the antenna, and also in having the impressed line on the metathorax very faintly traced. Genus CEROPALES, Latr. Ceropales crassicornis. Male. Length 6 lines. Black, and variegated with spots and fascie of a pale ochraceous colour, tinged with ferru- ginous. Head rather wider than the thorax, the antenne fulvous beneath ; the clypeus and inner orbits of the eyes as high as the anterior stemma, and a narrow line behind the eyes ochraceous; the labrum sulphur-yellow. Thorax: the posterior margin of the prothorax, the tegule, and a line over them, an oblong spot on the mesothorax, the scutellum, the sides of the metathorax, and a line in its centre, not reaching its apex, ochraceous ; two ovate black spots at the base of the scutellum ; all the coxe ochraceous, and more or less striped with black ; wings flavo-hyaline, with a dark fuscous cloud at the apex of the anterior pair, which extends nearly to the base of the marginal cell; the posterior pair faintly clouded at their apex; the nervures ferruginous, the costal ones black. Abdomen: the basal margin of the first, second, and third segments with an ochraceous fascia; beneath, the three basal segments have their lateral margins broadly ochraceous. Hab. Para. 4* 52 Mr. F. Smith on new Species Ceropales lugubris. Male. Length 34 lines. Black, thinly covered with hoary pile; wings subhyaline and iridescent, faintly clouded at their apex, with their nervures fuscous. Head: the clypeus covered with silvery pubescence, and, as well as the palpi and a minute spot on the cheeks, close to the base of the man- dibles, white; a yellowish-white spot on the scape of the antenne. ‘Thorax: the posterior margin of the prothorax, a minute spot on the scutellum, another on the mesothorax | between the wings, white; a pale spot at the apex of the anterior tibize ; the anterior tarsi rufo-testaceous; the posterior legs nearly twice as long as the body. The apical segment of the abdomen white. Hab, Santarem. Ceropales pedestris. Male. Length 3 lines. Black, the wings hyaline and beautifully iridescent ; posterior legs more than twice the length of the body, and the abdomen maculated with white. Head rather wider than the thorax; the clypeus, labrum, palpi, scape in front, first joint of the flagellum in front, and the inner orbits of the eyes, as high as their sinus, white. Thorax : the postscutellum, coxee beneath, anterior trochanters beneath, and the tibiz and tarsi entirely white ; the tibiz have a narrow black line above ; the nervures of the wings black ; the scutellum elevated into a pointed tubercle; the meta- thorax with a changeable silvery pile. Abdomen: each segment with a lateral oblong macula; the fifth with two central ovate spots, the sixth with a large quadrate one, and the seventh segment entirely white. Hab. Para. Ceropales irregularis. Male. Length 43 lines. Head and thorax black and shining ; abdomen and legs red; the posterior legs twice the length of the body. Head: the labrum, clypeus, face, as high as the insertion of the antenne, a line at the inner orbits of the eyes, which widens and terminates in their sinus, and a narrow line behind the eyes white; the scape and first joint ot the antennze white beneath. Thorax: the posterior margin of the prothorax, the postscutellum, and anterior coxee beneath white; the metathorax with a deep central longitudinal in- cision, and with its posterior lateral angles white and covered with silvery pubescence; wings hyaline, their nervures black, with the apical margin of the anterior pair slightly fuscous ; the posterior tarsi black. Hab. Paya. of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 53 Genus APORUS, Spin. _Aporus quadrimaculatus. Female. Length 52 lines. Black, with a large ovate white macula on each side of the second and third segments. Head: the tips of the mandibles, the scape beneath, as well as the four basal joimts of the flagellum of the antenne beneath, fulvous. ‘Thorax: the posterior margin of the scutellum, the postscutellum, and the metathorax covered with a glittering silvery pile that changes in different lights to shades of greater or less brilliancy ; the coxe and femora also covered with glittering pile; the calcaria at the apex of the inter- mediate and posterior tibies white; the anterior wings dark fuscous, with a hyaline fascia crossing them at the apex of the first submarginal cell; the externo-median cell is also hyaline, and the extreme apex of the wings pale ; the posterior wings are hyaline and iridescent, with a faint cloud at their apex. The apical segment of the abdomen white, or yellowish white. Hab. Para; Santarem. Aporus canescens. Female. Length 33-5 lines. . Black, and covered with hoary pile, most thinly so on the vertex, disk of the thorax, and base of the abdomen. ‘ips of the mandibles ferrugi- nous; wings dark fuscous, and having a coppery refulgence ; the hoary pile is most dense at the base of the segments of the abdomen. Hab. Para; Tiga. The male only differs in being smaller and less pilose ; the wings are dark fuscous; the metathorax concavely truncate. Aporus minutus. Male. Length 2 lines. Black, and thinly covered with a fine hoary pile; smooth and shining; the wings fusco- hyaline; the spines and calcaria on the intermediate and posterior tibie and tarsi elongate; the apex of the meta- thorax rounded; the abdomen narrow, and pointed at its apex. Hab. Paya. This insect is very like the male of A. canescens, but, I think, is a distinct species; the metathorax is not distinctly truncated. 54 Mr. F. Smith on new Species Family Sphegide. Genus TRIGoNopsIS, Perty. Trigonopsis cyclocephalus. Male. Length 8 lines. Head and thorax black; abdomen ferruginous, with the petiole black ; anterior wings with two light-brown fasciz. Head slightly narrowed behind, smooth, shining, and impunctate ; the sides of the face and the clypeus covered with golden pubescence ; the latter produced into two teeth at its anterior margin, which, as well as the mandibles, are ferruginous; the latter black at their tips; the scape of the antenne pale ferruginous, and the two following joints of the flagellum obscurely ferruginous beneath; the prothorax smooth, shining, and narrowed anteriorly into a short neck ; its posterior margin fringed with silvery hairs, and in the middle it is elevated into a slight tubercle; the anterior and intermediate tibie and tarsi ferruginous ; the anterior femora, and the other femora more or less, ferruginous at their apex. Hab. Kiga. This species is very distinct from all those that have a similar coloration—namely, the typical one (Z. rufiventris), T. affinis, and T. intermedvus, described by Saussure in ‘ Reise der Novara.’ It is distinguished from the type by its shorter and rounder head, by the pale tibize and tarsi, its shorter neck and metathorax, the latter being covered with transverse strie. From the male of T. afinds it is at once distinguished by the ferruginous scape of the antenna, and by its having the teeth and anterior margin of the clypeus also ferruginous ; it has the second submarginal cell square and larger, and its legs are differently coloured. From 7. intermedius it will probably prove to differ; but the male of that species is not known. Trigonopsis plesiosaurus. Female. Length 7 lines. Elongate and attenuated; head and thorax shining black; abdomen red. Head narrowed behind, the sides nearly parallel, or only slightly widest anteriorly ; the clypeus and face with a golden pile; the anterior margin of the clypeus with four teeth, the outer pair stoutest and longest; the mandibles arcuate, and, as well as the scape of the antenne in front, ferruginous, as are also its extreme base and apex. Thorax smooth, shining, and forming a long neck with a deep central abbreviated channel at its base; the mesothorax with scattered large deep punctures ; of Fossorial Hymenoptera. -. §9 the metathorax strongly punctured, and with a triangular patch of silvery pubescence at its base ; the wings with similar fascize as in 7. cyclocephalus, the tegule obscurely testaceous ; the anterior and intermediate femora, tibie, and tarsi ferru- ginous ; the intermediate femora more or less fuscous above ; the posterior pair ferruginous at their extreme base and apex ; the petiole and swollen part of the segment, except its apical margin, black. This is perfectly distinct from all the species with which I am acquainted; its long attenuated form alone would di- stinguish it; but its punctured metathorax, without striation, at once separates it. Hab, Higa. Genus AMPULEX, Jurine. Ampulex trigonopsis. Female. Length 72 lines. Black: head and thorax with an olive-green pile; wings maculated. Head : clypeus covered with silvery pile, sharply carinated, and produced in front into an acute tooth; covered with somewhat oblong punctures ; those on the pro- and mesothorax are similar; the meta- thorax with a central and on each side four longitudinal carine, three of which converge inwards; between the carine it is transversely striated ; the posterior lateral angles dentate ; wings hyaline; the nervures black; the anterior margin of the superior wings fuscous; a fuscous cloud covers the mar- ginal, two submarginal cells, and the apex of the third dis- coidal cell ; the legs have an olive silky pile. Abdomen very smooth and shining, with a pale silvery pile over the apical margin of the second segment, and also the rest of the abdomen ; the apical segment rufo-testaceous. Hab. Ega. Family Larride. Genus LARRADA, Smith. Larrada fasciata. Female. Length 44 lines. Black; pilose. The face and clypeus silvery, only observable in certain lights; the tips of the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax: the mesothorax with pale golden pile, on the rest of the thorax it is silvery, and on the metathorax brightest ; that on its truncation very dense and bright; wings hyaline; the anterior pair with a pale fuscous fascia crossing them from the stigma, its width being 56 Mr. F. Smith on new Species equal to the length of the third discoidal cell; the nervures fuscous; the stigma and costal veins blackish; the tegule obscurely testaceous. The abdomen narrowed at its base and subpetiolate ; the three basal segments with silver fasciz on their apical margins ; the three apical segments with a covering of pale golden pile, only observable in certain lights. Hab. St. Paulo (Amazons). Larrada facilis. Female. Length 5} lines. Black, and brilliantly adorned with bright silvery pile. The face and clypeus silvery. Thorax slightly shining; the metathorax opaque, and more or less covered with bright silvery pile ; wings subhyaline, the nervures fuscous; costa and stigma black; the: outer margin of the tegule testaceous. The apical margins of the three basal segments of the abdomen with bright silvery fascive ; the two apical segments entirely silvery. Hab. Ega. Larrada tenebrosa. Female. Length 44 lines. Shining black; the head and mesothorax highly polished and impunctate. The clypeus with silvery pile. Thorax: the sides, and also beneath, thinly covered with a short changeable hoary pubescence ; the meta- thorax finely transversely striated, and having a central longitudinal depression; the truncation with a central im- pressed line, and with the lateral margins roughened; wings fuscous, with their apex pale. Abdomen smooth, shining, impunctate, and destitute of marginal fascie. Hab. Eiga. Larrada pruinosa. Female. Length 51 lines. Black, and covered with a thin hoary pile, most densely so beneath ; on the sides of the thorax and legs, in certain lights having a silvery lustre. The face and clypeus with bright silvery pile, also the metathorax on the sides and: posteriorly ; the wings hyaline, faintly tinted with yellow ; the nervures pale testaceous, with the costa and stigma black. Abdomen with silvery fascize on the posterior margins of the three basal segments ; the apical segment with a changeable short fuscous pubescence. Hab. Kga. Larrada cethiops. Female. Length 82 lines. . Black; head and abdomen of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 57 shining ; thorax opaque. Head: mandibles ferruginous, with their base black ; the anterior margin of the clypeus rounded ; the head behind covered with silvery pile, a patch of the same on each side of the clypeus. ‘The thorax covered with a changeable silvery pile, most sparingly so on the mesothorax ; the legs pilose ; the scutellum shining ; a patch of bright silvery hair on the metathorax close to the insertion of the posterior coxe ; wings dark brown, and having a coppery and violet iridescence in certain lights; the base of the posterior pair subhyaline. Abdomen smooth, shining, and impunctate. Hab. Kiga; St. Paulo. Larrada limpidipennis. Female. Length 5+ lines. Black, with pale flavo-hyaline wings; their tegule and all the nervures towards the base of the wings bright yellow, but towards their apex becoming slightly darker; a faint cloud at the apex of the superior par. Head: the clypeus densely covered with bright silvery pile, the cheeks also pilose; the mandibles, and the antenne beneath, ferruginous. ‘The metathorax, the coxe, and femora beneath, covered with bright, changeable, silvery pile; the apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous. The apical margins of the three basal segments of the abdomen with fascie of bright silvery pile. Hab. Paya. Genus TACHYTES, Panz. Tachytes tridipennis. Female. Length 3-3% lines. Black; wings hyaline, and exhibiting beautiful iridescent colours in different lights. Head : the lower part of the face and the clypeus covered with bright silvery pubescence. The mesothorax shining and finely punctured; the metathorax above with longitudinal, fine, divergent strie ; the wings with the neuration black and the tegulz pale testaceous; the apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous ; the sides of the thorax beneath, and also the legs, with a thin, changeable, cinereous pilosity. Abdomen conieal, very thinly pilose, shining, and with changeable silvery fasciz on the apical margins of the segments ; beneath smooth and shining. Hab. Tiga. Tachytes fervens. Male. Length 43 lines. Black; the legs ferruginous; adorned with golden pubescence. Head : the face and clypeus covered with bright golden pubescence ; the mandibles fer- 38 On new Species of Fossorial ILymenoptera. ruginous. Thorax: the pubescence thin on the disk of the mesothorax, but dense and bright at its margins, and also on the prothorax and postscutellum ; the metathorax covered with a thin, erect, pale pubescence ; wings flavo-hyaline, their ner- vures ferruginous; the tegulee pale testaccous ; legs ferruginous, with the cox and base of the femora above blackish. Abdo- men: the posterior margins of the segments broadly ferrugi- nous, and covered with a thin golden pile; beneath ferruginous, with the base of the first and second segments more or less black. Hab. Kiga. Tachytes simulans. Female. Length 53 lines. Black; the abdomen with pale golden fascie. The face and clypeus covered with silvery pubescence ; the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax: the sides and beneath, covered thinly with a changeable hoary pile ; the pro- thorax, margins of the mesothorax, “and of the scutellum with very pale golden pile; the tibie and tarsi have a pale golden pile, their spines ferruginous; wings flavo-hyaline, with the nervures pale ferruginous ; the tegule pale testaceous. Abdomen thinly covered with a fine, changeable, golden pile ; the posterior margins of the segments with fascize of bright pale golden pubescence; the apical segment entirely golden. Hab. Kga. Tachytes frontalis. Female. Length 7 lines. Black ; the face densely clothed with bright golden pubescence, that on the cheeks pale golden, inclining to silver; the mandibles ferruginous, with some silvery pubescence at their base. Thorax semiopaque, and on the sides and beneath thinly covered with cinereous pubescence; the margins of the mesothorax and postscutellum silvery ; the legs pilose, more or less silvery in certain lights; the spines on the tibiee and tarsi ferruginous ; wings hyaline, the nervures pale ferruginous, the costal ones fuscous; a narrow fuscous stain runs along the anterior margins of the front wings from the base of the first submarginal cell to the apex of the wing ; the sides of the metathorax with long hoary pubescence. Abdomen: a bright silvery fascia on the posterior margins of the first and three followmg segments; the apical segment covered with pale golden pubescence. Hab. St. Paulo (Brazil). Tachytes auro-vestitus. Female. Length 9 lines. Black; the head and thorax ——_— ¢ On a new Macrurous Crustacean. 59 densely clothed with bright golden pubescence. The man- dibles ferruginous at their tips ; their base covered with golden pubescence; the palpi pale ferruginous. The wings sub- hyaline, the nervures pale ferruginous, the costal nervures dark fuscous ; a narrow fuscous stain runs along the anterior margin of the front pair, from the base of the first submarginal cell to the apex of the wings; the tegule rufo-testaceous; the tibize with golden pubescence outside ; the tarsi are pale golden, inclining to silver ; the spines on the tibize and tarsi pale fer- ruginous. Abdomen: the basal segment with a thin, pale golden pile; the apical margins of the four basal segments with silvery fascize. Hab. Tiga. ['To be continued. | VII.—On Nephropsis Stewarti, a new Genus and Species of Macrurous Crustaceans, dredged in deep water off the Eastern Coast of the Andaman Islands. By JAmes Woop-Mason*. In April of last year I was deputed by the Trustees of the Indian Museum, with the sanction of the Government of India, to proceed to the Andaman Islands for the purpose of making a collection illustrative of the marine fauna of that part of the sea of Bengal in which those islands are situated. I reached Port Blair about the 6th of April, and immediately put myself in communication with the Chief Commissioner, who at once placed at my disposal a well-manned boat and a small steam- launch, with which I dredged for nearly two months, with much success, from low-water line down to near 50 fathoms. Towards the end of my stay, General Stewart, knowimg my intense desire to try my fortune in deeper water, placed at my disposal for one day the 8.8. ‘Undaunted,’ which had been recently armed and put into commission for service as a guard- ship. The time allowed was short, but sufficiently long to enable me to bring away samples of the life supported by the sea-bed at and beyond the 100 fathoms’ line, and to ascertain that the sea-bed was uniformly covered with a thick deposit of fine olive-coloured mud, derived from the waste of the coral- reefs and of the sandstone and serpentine rocks of the islands. * From the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. xli. part 2, 1873. A plate accompanies the original. + The following rough analysis by Mr. Tween, the chemist of the Geo- logical Survey of India, will show the proportion of insoluble matter :— Soluble in H Cl, mostly CaO CO,.........08: 42°8 Insoluble clay and sand .......+.+..eeeeewes 57:2 . 60 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on a new Genus This mud was not very productive, yielding only a few Annelids, but was crowded with dead shells of Pteropods and Dentalium and with fragments of a large Brachiopod. It was in the last cast of the dredge that I had the good fortune to capture the interesting addition to the crustacean fauna of these seas described in the following pages. It is closely allied to Nephrops norvegicus of northern European seas—indeed, so closely allied that, were it not for the absence of the squamiform appendage of the antenne, I should be under the necessity of placing it in the same genus as a second species. The absence of this appendage, however, leaves me no choice but to establish a new genus for its reception. The discovery in these warm seas of a very near, of the nearest ally, in fact, of so characteristic a cold-water species, remarkable though it is, will not appear so surprising when 1 mention that my crustacean lived and burrowed in the mud of the sea-bed at a depth of nearly 300 fathoms, in a temperature certainly not exceeding 50° Fahr. One of the chief points of interest attaching to this new form lies in the loss of its organs of vision by disuse, as in Calocaris Macandreew, Bell, in Cambarus pelluctdus (a member of the same family as that to which Nephropsis belongs), and in the other crustaceans and animals inhabiting the caves of Carniola and Kentucky. I not only agree with Mr. Darwin* in attributing the loss of the eyes to disuse, but I also regard the great length and delicacy of the antenne and the great development of the auditory organs as modifications effected by natural selection in compensation for blindness. NEPHROPSIS, gen. nov. Draan. Antennal scale absent. y Nephropsis Stewarti, sp. nov. Body covered with fine rounded tubercles and with a short * Origin of Species, 5th edit. pp. 171-173. + Since these remarks appeared in the abstract of my paper (Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, viii. p. 151), Dr. Hagen’s Monograph of N.-American Astacide has reached Calcutta; and from it I give the following extract, on account of its obvious applicability to the species here described, merely remarking that the perusal of it led me to note also the stoutness of the rostrum and the great development of the cephalostegal spines in Nephropsis as compared with the slenderness of the one and the minuteness of the others in Nephrops :—“ But it seems to be a somewhat well-recognized law in Nature (Rathke, Metamorph. Retrogr. p. 155), that if any partis atrophied, or stopped in development, the nearest parts show an abnormal increase of development. This is apparently the case in C. pellucidus: the eyes are atrophied ; and the rostrum, the fore border of the cephalothorax, the an- tennal lamina, the basal joint of the inner antenne, and the epistoma are altered or larzely developed.”— Op. cit. p. 54. and Spectes of Macrurous Crustaceans. 61 but dense pubescence. The carapace is subovoid, armed on each side, just externally to the base of the rostrum, and behind the anterior margin, with an acute, forwardly directed spine ; a similar spine springs from each side of the anterior margin itself at about the level of the upper surface of the antennal peduncle; the basis of each of these two spines is confluent, with a conspicuous convexity to be seen just behind it; imme- diately in front of each of these convexities lies a smooth, slightly excavated surface, bounded in front by a curvilinear row of tubercles. The cervical suture, dividing the carapace into an anterior or cephalostegal, and into a posterior or omo- stegal portion, is broad and deeply impressed mesially and laterally, until it reaches the level of the anterior margin of the epistoma, where it bends boldly upwards and backwards upon itself, passing into the well-defined semicircular depres- sion that bounds the lateral convexities described above. The cardiac region is broader than long, very convex transversely, and bounded on each side by a densely tuberculated elevation, which running backwards, downwards, and forwards along the line of the granulated rim of the branchiostegite, and finally bending upwards almost opposite the origin of the second pair of abdominal appendages, passes again into the swollen ante- rior boundary of the omostegite ; the ovoidal area thus limited off is more sparsely beset with tubercles, and presents a marked depression on its anterior half. The rostrum carries on each side a most acute spine, directed upwards and forwards and curved slightly mwards, and above presents two roughly granulated ridges, coalescent towards the tip, but divergent at the base; beyond the spines it is canaliculate on each side, above and below; and each lateral ridge is fringed with long hairs ; below it is carinated and coarsely granulated at the base. A faint linear impression, continuous with the groove between the ridges on the rostrum, passes along the middle line of the carapace almost to its posterior border; situated in this line, and marking the ante- rior limit of the convex gastric region, lies an almost erect spiniform tubercle. Antenne and antennules.—The peduncles of these appen- dages lie, as in Nephrops norvegicus,in the same horizontal line ; and their inner margins are ciliate. The basal joint, or coxo- cerite, of the former is extremely short, and wants the apical spine in Nephrops, but the perforated conical process on its inferior surface is remarkably salient; the second is devoid both of the prominent spine into which, m Nephrops, its distal and external angle is produced, and of the squamiform ap- pendage or scale seen in all the other recognized genera of * 62 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on a new Genus Astacide*, and developed to such an extraordinary degree in Carideous Crustacea, one or two small folds or impressions between or upon the second and fourth joints being all that remains of the antennal scale and of the rudimentary joint that in Nephrops corresponds to the movable spine of Astacust. The flagella of the antenne are remarkably long and of excessive fineness at their extremities. The basal joint of the antennules has its upper surface greatly inflated, owing to the remarkable development of the auditory organ to which, in most Podophthalmatous Crustacea at any ratef, this jomt gives lodgment; and the almost globular appearance of the joint as seen from the side contrasts strongly with the flatness of its upper surface in Nephrops or Astacus. Of the two remaining joints of the antennulary peduncle, the first is short and cylindrical, being less than half the length of the last, which in Nephrops is short and equal to that which precedes it. The peduncle terminates, in the usual manner, in a double flagellum, the outer branch of which is conspicuously stouter than its filamentous and cylindrical fellow, perceptibly compressed, and thickly fringed below with short hairs along its distal third. The epistoma is much the same as in Nephrops, save that its posterior edge is straight and presents two small tubercles, which give it the appearance of being slightly roundly emar- ginate in the middle. The external maxillipeds and the parts of the mouth in front of them are identical in structure with those of Nephrops. _ The eyes are completely rudimentary, neither pigment nor corneal membrane being developed: the peduncles, indeed, are present ; but even these are short, subcylindrical, mere aborted structures, concealed entirely from view by the stout base of the overhanging rostrum ; in spirit they have become perfectly * The antennal scale in Astacoides escaped the notice of Guérin, who founded his genus on its supposed absence. + There appears to be no doubt that the antennal scale is the repre- sentative of the outer of the two appendages borne upon the protopodite at an early stage of embryonic life; and if the movable spine in Astacus and its undoubted homologue in the antennz of Nephrops represent the inner of these appendages, then must the three distal joints of the peduncle with the flagellum be looked upon, as Dr. Fritz Muller looks upon them, as a new formation (Neubildung) and no longer as being in serial homo- logy with the five distal joints of the other appendages, e. gy. of an ambu- latory leg, which represent the endopodite, the exopodite being completely aborted or represented at most,as Rolleston remarks, by the annular con- striction on the ischiopodite. For the facts relating to the transformation of the embryonic exopodite into the antennal scale of the prawn, part passu with the budding-out of the flagellum and the abortion of the endo- * podite, ezde Fritz Miiller’s admirable essay on the development of the Crustacea, entitled ‘ Fiir Darwin,’ p. 41, fig. 51. t The caudal ear of Mysis forms an exception to this. and Species of Macrurous Crustaceans. 63 blanched like the rest of the appendages; but in life the delicate rose-pink coloraticn of the animal extended itself to their very tips. The peduncles are far less conspicuous from the side view than represented in the plate. The first pair of abdominal appendages, those which bear the great chele, are unfortunately absent, the specimen having lost its claws a considerable period previously to its capture, as the presence of uncalcified reproduced rudiments of these appendages indicates ; the other legs are smooth and slender: the second and third pairs are didactyle; of these the former has both its upper and lower margins, from the base of the carpopodite to the extremity of the claws, fringed with long hairs; the latter, much the slenderer as well as the longer of the two, has its propodite greatly elongated, and its claws are ciliated: the fourth pair, the longest of all and ciliated only on the outer face of the dactylopodite, and the fifth, about as long as the second pair, are monodactyle. The last abdominal somite is immovably united to that which precedes it, as in Nephrops and the common lobster*; and the sternum is linear, as in the Astacide generally. Postabdomen.—The postabdomen is gradually attenuated to the extremity of the telson. The appendages of its first somite are as completely rudimentary as they are in the female of Nephrops norvegicust; those which follow are long and slender, their foliaceous branches being very narrow, produced to a sharp point, and fringed with excessively long cilia. All the terga are covered with minute rounded tubercles, and present at their anterior ends, just behind the tergal facets, abroadsmooth transverse groove, with its hinder margin convex backwards. The pleuron of the first somite is precisely similar to that of Nephrops norvegicus ; but those of the remaining somites are even more acutely triangular than in that species, and have their margins denticulate and furnished with a frmge of long cilia. In all the somites, with the single exception of the first, * On characters furnished by the claws alone Dana artificially divides the recognized genera of Astacide into two groups, typified respectively by Astacus and Nephrops ; the first of these is further subdivided according to the number of the branchiz and the mobility or immobility of the last abdominal somite ; but no mention is made of the fact that this is firmly fixed in Nephrops too. If Paranephrops, a genus including only fresh- water forms, should turn out to have a mobile last abdominal somite, then we shall have this curious fact presented to us—viz.,that all those members of the family Astacide which live in fresh water or are terrestrial (Eng@us) have this somite movably united by membrane only to that which pre- cedes, while those of them that are marine have it fixedly united to the rest of the sternum. + The ventral plates of the 2nd, 5rd, and 4th postabdominal somites in the males of Nephrops norvegicus have an erect spine in the middle line ; but the females exhibit no trace of such. 64 On a new Macrurous Crustacean. the tergal and pleural regions are most sharply defined as such, the former not curving continuously with the latter, but termi- nating abruptly at the level of the ventral chords in a line convex outwards; so that if a somite were detached, deprived of its ventral chord, and flattened out on the table with its dorsal surface uppermost, the imaginary continuation from pleuron to pleuron of the plane in which these pleura lay would pass below that of the surface of the tergum. The “ swimmeret,”’ constituted as in all other Macrurous Crustacea by the highly modified and backwardly placed ap- pendages of the last postabdominal somite and by the “telson,” differs in no particular of more than specific value from that of Nephrops; the mesial element, or telson, is longer in propor- tion to its breadth, its greatest breadth being a transverse line separating its anterior from its middle third, and not at the base as in Nephrops, is slightly more truncate posteriorly ; and the oblique rounded elevations, that gradually narrow as they pass backwards into the spines at its postero-lateral angles, are stronger than in Nephrops. The outer plate of the lateral elements of the swimmeret is movably articu- lated at its posterior third, as in the rest of the Astacide ; but the sutural line is curved, and the posterior margin of the prox- imal and larger division exhibits hardly a trace of the over- lapping denticulation seen in other Astacide. Length from tip of rostrum to the posterior margin of telson.. 98 Leneth of carapace, im. middle Jine © 257.4 2\- bis ee = ee ee 42 Teneth ef postabdomen:,. 2c fer. ede donee ath eee 56 therefore the postabdomen : carapace (rostrum incl.) :: 13: 1 exactly, and the length of body : that of postabdomen eye a By = The only specimen (a female) obtained was dredged in from 260 to 300 fathoms, about 25 miles off Ross Island, on the eastern coast of the Andamans. That the specimen was really brought up from this great depth is certain from the unmis- takable signs of crushing from contact with the lip of the dredge, from its position in the dredge-bag, and from its firmly adherent greenish coating, which appears to indicate that, like Calocaris Macandree, it was a burrower. In conclusion, I have to thank Captain Beresford, the com- mander of the vessel, for his skilful management of the sound- ing-line and for the zeal displayed by him in carrying out my wishes during our too short cruise. Ihave much pleasure in connecting with this extremely interesting species the name of Major-General Donald M. Stewart, C.B., Chief Commissioner of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, to whose ever ready help the success of my trip was so largely due. On some Mammalia from Fantee. 65 VILI.—Notes on some Mammalia from Fantee, including a new Species of Macroxus. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. THE British Museum has received a series of skins of Mam- malia that were collected by Mr. Aubinn at Fantee. Nandina binotata. The collection contains a very large and perfect skin, with its skull, of this species, the head and body being 23 and the tail 22 inches long. It is marked with very distinct moderate- sized spots. This species seems to vary very greatly in the size of the spots, these being in some much smaller and more numerous than in others, which is particularly the case in two specimens from the east coast of Africa, which we purchased of M. Ver- reaux. There is a small skin of a young Viverrine animal, but without tail and a great part of the head and without any bones, that appears to belong to this species, sent by Dr. Livingstone to the Museum in 1863. In the British Museum there is the skin of an animal we received from Dr. Kirk in June 1861 (“it is called ‘ Nthoro,’ which eats mice and poultry, and lives in the lower Shira valley”), which may be a specimen of this species; but the feet are destroyed: the tail is shorter and obscurely ringed with black on the upperside; and the back has only slight indications of small black spots. Herpestes Pluto, Temminck, Esquisses, p. 93 ; Gray, Cat. Carniv. &c. B. M. p. 150. Hab. Fantee. A skin and perfect skeleton of this species is peculiar for the fur not being grizzled like that of the other Herpestes. Macroxus Aubinnit. Fur blackish olive, closely and abundantly varied with minute rufous dots, rather paler beneath; tail black, lower part of the hairs brown, with black bands and black tips, the brown part occupying more of the hair as it reaches towards the tip of the tail, which ends in a pencil of long hair ; whiskers black. Length of the body 11 inches, tail 124 inches. Hab. Fantee. Two specimens in the British Museum. This species is at once known by its very uniform and minutely punctulated fur, its long, slender, uniformly coloured tail, which is black at the upper part of the base; but the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. xu. 5 66 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Chelydrade. underside shows that the tail is covered with hairs that are annulated with brown at the base and black at the end, the brown rings becoming more abundant and occupying a greater part of the hairs as they approach the end of the tail, where the black tips only occupy a small part of the ends of the hairs. The two specimens differ in the brightness of the pale bands on the underside of the tail. In one the hairs are black, and the bands pale and very distinct; im the other the hair is brownish black and the brown bands are indistinct and only slightly paler. This species I have named after Mr. Aubinn, who has sent many good specimens of Mammalia and birds from Fantee, and is a very intelligent native collector. I cannot find this species noticed in the ‘ Esquisses de Zoologie sur la céte de Guinée’ of M. Temminck ; and it is dif- ferent from any of the numerous species of African squirrels we have in the Museum. Macroxus Wilsonti, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xx. p. 328. Hab. Fantee. B.M. Anomalurus Beecroftii. Hab. Fantee. B.M. This species has hitherto been said to come from Fernando Po, but I think it is very doubtful. IX.—Notes on the Family Chelydrade. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. In my paper on the development of the bones of the sternum of the aquatic tortoises, I regretted that I had no materials to observe the change of form of the bones during growth in the animals of this family. I still have to regret the same want of young specimens which I could make into skeletons ; but the examination of the sternum of the more adult animals shows very great differences to exist in their structure, which divide them into two distinct groups, which perhaps may eventually be considered as families, though they bear very great resemblances to each other. _ The pelvic bones are slender and elongate, but they are much more elongate in the trap tortoises (Eurysterna) than in the cross-sternal tortoises (Crucisterna) ; they are very Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Chelydrade. 67 long and bowed out on the sides, with a much longer central cavity than I have observed in the Chelonians. Section I. Crucisterna, Gray, Hand-list of Sh. Rept. p. 56. The sternum cross-shaped, simple and acute behind, with more or less elongate lateral processes to the sternal costal suture, and united to the marginal bones by an osseous suture. The anterior pair of bones elongate, broad, with a well-de- veloped odd internal bone; the two middle pairs are well developed, and, in the adult, united on each side by a straight dentate suture, and also by a medio-longitudinal suture. The hinder pair of bones are slender and united together in the middle, and in front to the hinder edge of the central pair of bones. In the young animal the pair of lateral bones are not united by a longitudinal central suture, and there is a triangular cavity on the hinder sides of the odd central bone and at the front end of the lateral bone; but these bones increase in breadth, and more or less approach together, and are united by a linear suture. These terrapins are furnished with two beards ; one species, however, described as coming from Guatemala, has a second pair of beards; but this may be accidental in the specimen, as I do not recollect it to have occurred in any other water-tortoise ; at least it wants confirmation. Tribe I. Chelydraina. The sternum with five pairs of shields ; tail elongate. MACROCHELYS. M. Temminckii. CHELYDRA. C. serpentina. Beards 2. C. Rossignonii, Bocourt, t. v. f. 2. Beards 4. bo bo ee Tribe II. Staurotypina. The sternal shields in four pairs; the hinder pair on each side sometimes united together into one shield; and there is sometimes a small central anterior shield, the representative of the anterior angular pair of sternal shields in other terra- pins. The anterior pair of bones and the odd bone are broad ; the lateral pair of bones are united all together into one mass by a longitudinal central suture and by a linear transverse sub- central suture. ‘The hinder pair of bones are elongate, united together by a linear longitudinal suture, and to the hinder ie 68 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Chelydrade. outer margin of the hinder lateral bones by a simple linear suture. The tail of the animal is short ; and the front or hinder lobes of the sternum have been said to be more or less movable ; but they cannot be as they are in the true trap box tortoises, as the sutures between the bones are not the same as the sutures on the plates of the sternum. This tribe contains three genera. Section I. The sternal plates in four pairs of shields, the hinder pair sometimes united into one plate, without any odd anterior or gular plate. The lateral processes broad, with distinct axillary and inguinal shields. 1. Sraurotypus. Sternum broad, straight on the sides, roundly truncated in front. The front lobe separated from the middle part of the sternum by a well-marked transverse sinuous suture. 1. S. triporcatus. 2. STAUREMYS. Sternum narrow, narrowed in front, con- verging on the sides. The front lobe immovable, without any transverse suture. 1. S. Salvinii. Mr. Cope believes “the genus Stawrotypus belongs to the family Kinosternide, a family defined by the absence of the mesosternal bone ;”” but this is a mistake. In the adult speci- men in the Museum, the mesosternal bone is visible both externally through the thin sternal plates and on the inner surface of the sternum. In the adult animal the front lateral pair of bones are very broad, approaching those of Avnosternon in form; but there is a large, well-developed, subtriangular odd or mesosternal bone between the hinder part of their inner edges. In the adult all these bones are strongly united together by a very narrow, almost obliterated suture. But it appears doubtful to me whether Mr. Cope speaks from having examined a specimen; at least his account does not lead one to believe that he had. Section II. Sternal plates in four pairs, with small odd central or gular plate in front ; lateral processes very narrow ; inguinal shields small or wanting. 3. CLAUDIUS. 1. C. angustatus, Cope. C. macrocephalus, Boucard. Mr. Cope established this genus for the above species, which I only know from Bocourt’s figure, and which appears Dr. J. E. Gray on the Family Chelydrade. 69 from that figure to be distinct from Stawremys ; but in his last paper Mr. Cope has enlarged Claudius and placed my Stauremys as a section of it, and refers Stawrotypus to a dit- ferent family. He divides the specimens described into two species on account of the difference of the size of the head; but this is common to many terrapins, and appears to be-a sexual cha- racter, or one liable to occur in specimens from the same locality. Section II. Eurysrerna. (Trap Terrapins.) The sternum covered with five pairs of shields, and gene- rally a small odd or gular shield, formed of the rudiments of the two geminate front shields, between the fore parts of the front lateral pair. The sternum without any odd internal or meso- sternal bone, which is found in all the other Chelonians. The lateral pair of bones united together by a linear cross suture and by a dentate central longitudinal suture, forming a square disk which is covered by the abdominal pair of plates, the anterior and posterior pairs being very broad and united by a central longitudinal suture, and each being united to the front and back of the central abdominal portion by a more or less straight transverse suture at each end, which allows the front and hinder portions to be movable on the central one. The front portion is covered externally with two pairs of plates and the odd anterior one when present; the hinder portion with two pairs of plates. The general structure of these terrapins is peculiar; the marginal plates are produced up to meet the dilated ribs. Indeed the whole osteology of this group deserves a mono- graph ; and I only regret my inability to undertake it. The only very young one that I have seen of this group leads me to suppose that the bones in the young state form a very broad ring, leaving a central longitudinal space between them, which becomes filled up as the animal grows; and in the adult state these bones are all united together, forming a most solid bone, which, in the more developed genera, is divided by two cross sutures so as to have a movable flap at each end. This division was accidentally left out in the Hand-list of Tortoises in the Museum, at p. 57. (In the account of the development of the sternum of Che- lonians in the ‘ Annals,’ xi. p. 163, I see that, by a mistake of the amanuensis, the front flap is said to consist “ of the frontal pair of bones and the odd bone.” It ought to be “ and no odd bone.’’) 70 Bibliographical Notices. * Sternum moderately broad, with extended sides of the abdominal plates united to the margin by a dentate bony suture. Hinder part of the sternum truncated ; anal plates quadrangular. The pectoral plates quadrangular, nearly as broad in the central line as on the outside. 1. GonIocHELYS. Sternum truncated in front, without any odd anterior plate; the shields transverse, parallel. 1. G. carinatum. _2. AROMOCHELYS. Sternum rounded in front, with a tri- angular odd front shield ; second pair of shields diverging. 1. A. odoratum. ** Sternum broad, attached to the marginal plates by the elongated cartilaginous suture, which becomes more or less bony with age. The hinder part of the sternum entire or slightly truncated and notched in the middle ; the anal plates triangular. The anterior and posterior lobes more or less broad and movable on the central portion by a straight mobile suture. The axillary, and espe- cially the inguinal, plates elongate, covering the sternal costal suture. The pectoral plates triangular, very narrow in the central line. 3. Krnosternon. The hinder sternal lobe not so broad as the cavity of the dorsal shell, leaving the legs exposed at all times. 1. K. pennsylvanicum, &e. 4, SwankKa. The hinder lobe of the sternum as broad and large as the cavity of the shell, covering the legs when with- drawn. 1. S. scorpoides. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. First, Second, Third, and Fourth Annual Reports on the Geological Survey of Indiana, made during the years 1869-72. By E. T. Cox, State Geologist, assisted by Messrs. Braptey, Haymonn, Leverre, Cotterr, Hopss, and WarpeEr. In three vols., with two Atlases of Maps. 8vo. Indianapolis, 1869-72. Srep by step, and indeed with rapid strides, is the geological surveyor examining the North-American States in detail, mapping and re- cording the physical features, structure, mineral contents, and pro- ducts of each State, as well as its natural-history characteristics. Indiana, consisting almost wholly of Carboniferous strata, has its limestones, sandstones, fire-clays, ironstones, and coals in abundance, covered with glacial deposits and alluvium. All of these are being Bibliographical Notices. 71 defined on the maps, and have their characters, relative position, and economic capabilities duly pointed out. For those inter- ested in coal- and iron-works, Prof. Cox’s Reports afford much in- formation ; and the agriculturist finds instruction in them on many points as to hill-sides, flats, river-banks, &c. The mineral waters and oil of the coal-series, the salt wells and mineral springs, the great caves, especially of Wyandotte, rivalling the “Mammoth Cave” of Kentucky, and the cave-fauna, are among the special objects of interest to geologist and naturalist. The old Indian mounds of Martin and Sullivan Counties are also described. The Meteorology, Botany, and Zoology of certain parts are treated of in detail by various collaborators. Prof. Cope supplies (1872) a Report on the Wyandotte Cave and its fauna, giving a detailed account of the Cave and its inhabi- tants, with woodcut illustrations. The following is his list of the species living in the caves, chiefly of Indiana and Kentucky :— Vertebrata. Amblyopsis speleeus, De Kay. Mammoth Cave and Wyandotte Cave. Typhlichthys subterraneus, Girard. M. Cave. Arachnida. Erebomaster flavescens, Cope. W. Cave. Acanthocheira armata, Tellk. M. Cave. Phrixis longipes, Cope. M. C. Anthrobia, sp. W.C. mammouthia, 7Vellk. M. C. Crustacea. Orconectes inermis, Cope. W. C. pellucidus, Tellk. M. C. Cecidotea microcephala, Cope. W. C. stygia, Pack. M.C. Cauloxenus stygius, Cope. W. C. Stygobromus vitreus, Cope. M. C. Insecta. Anophthalmus tenuis, Horn. W. C. eremita, Horn. W.C. —— Menetriesii, Motsch. M. C. Tellkampfii, Hrichs. M. C. striatus, Motsch. M. C. ventricosus, Motsch. M. C. pusio, Horn. Erhart’s Cave, Virginia. pubescens, Horn. Cave-city Cave, Llinois. Quedius speleus, Horn. Wyandotte Cave. Adelops hirtus, Tell. Mammoth Cave. Lestera, sp. W. C. Raphidophora, sp. W. C. 72 Bibliographical Notices. Raphidophora subterranea, Scudd. M. C. Phora, sp. W.C. and M. C. Anthomyia, sp. W.C. and M. C. Machilis, sp. W.C. and M. C. Campodea, sp. W. C. Cookei, Pack. M. C. Tipulid. W.C. Myriopoda. Spirostrephon cavernarum, Cope. W. C. Scoterpes Copei (Pack.), Cope. M. C. ' “The mutual relations of this cave-life form an interesting sub- ject [observes Prof. Cope]. In the first place, two of the Beetles, the Crickets, the Centipede, the small Crustaceans (food of the blind Fish) are more or less herbivorous. They furnish food for the Spiders, Crawfish, Anophthalmus, and the Fish. The vegetable food supporting them is, in the first place, Fungi, which, in various small forms, grow in damp places in the cave ; and they can always be found attached to excrementitious matter dropped by the Bats, Rats, and other animals which extend their range to the outer air. Fungi also grow on the dead bodies of the animals that die in the caves, and are found abundantly on fragments of wood and boards brought in by human agency. The Rats also have brought into fissures and cavities, communicating with the cave, seeds, nuts, and other vegetable matters, from time immemorial, which have fur- nished food for Insects. The Rats and Bats have, no doubt, had much to do with the continuance of land life in the cave; and the Mammals of the Postpliocene or earlier period, which first wandered and dwelt in its shades, were introducers of a permanent plant life. «As to the small Crustaceans, little food is necessary to support their small economy; but even that little might be thought to be wanting as we observe the clearness and limpidity of the water in which they dwell. Nevertheless the fact that some cave-waters communicate with outside streams is a sufficient indication of the presence of vegetable life and vegetable débris in variable quantities at different times. Minute freshwater Algze no doubt occur there, the spores being brought in by external communication ; while re- mains of larger forms, as Conferye &c., would occur plentifully after floods. In the Wyandotte Cave no such connexion is known to exist. Access by water is against the current of small streams which discharge from it. ‘On this basis rests an animal life which is limited in extent and must be subject to many vicissitudes. Yet a fuller examination will probably add to the number of species, and of these no doubt a greater or less number of parasites on those already known. The discovery of the little Lernean | Caulowenus stygius, on the upper lip of Amblyopsis speleus| shows that this strange form of life has re- sisted all the physiological struggles which a change of light and temperature must have produced; and that it still preys on the food of its host, as its ancestors did, there is no doubt. The blindness of — ea ee Bibliographical Notices. 73 the Fish has favoured it in the ‘ struggle for existence,’ and enabled it to maintain a position nearer the commissariat with less danger to itself than did its forefathers.” Illustrated Guide to the Fish, Amphibian, Reptilian, and supposed Mammalian Remains of the Northumberland Carboniferous Strata. By T. P. Barxas, F.G.S. 8vo, pp. 117; and Atlas of Carbonifer- ous Fossils from the Northumberland Carboniferous Strata, folio, 10 plates. Hutchins: London, 1873. Mr. Barxas is willing that paleontological students shall fully profit by the rich collection of fossil bones, teeth, and scales which he has obtained both by personal search and by judiciously directing the intelligent observation of working miners in the Newcastle coal- field. With this view he has had nearly 250 figures carefully lithographed, and some chromo-lithographed, of natural size and magnified, in the handsome Atlas of his ‘ Manual of Coal-measure Paleontology.’ These figures comprise several reproduced from other works, for comparison and to make this illustrated series of vertebrate remains from the Northumberland Coal-measures as complete as present circumstances permit. The descriptive portion, evidently from the pen of an amateur, contains abundant references to other publications and frequent acknowledgment of fellow workers. Doubtless Mr. Barkas’s good intention of stimulating further research in this highly interesting field of geology will not be fruitless ; collectors will see at a glance the natural groups to which their specimens may be referred; and naturalists have here much material before them ready for critical examination, and will find in Mr. Barkas’s descriptions many suggestive observations on specimens having doubtful characters. 1. The Physical Geology and Geography of Great Britain. By A. C. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S., &e. 3rd Edition. London: Stanford, 1872. 2. The School Manual of Geology. By J. B. Juxxs, M.A., F.RS., &e. Second Edition, revised and enlarged ; edited by A. J. Juxes- Browne. Small 8vo. Edinburgh: Black, 1873. THESE new editions are to be recommended; for the first is now a standard work on the physical geography of the British Isles and, correlatively, on the geological structure, not only of neighbouring lands, but of all parts of the world; for the same principles rule, and similar results are found, wherever the geologist betakes himself with educated eye and mature judgment. The bold treatment of physical features, on the large scale, by reference to ancient extensive planes of marine denudation and the subsequent long-continued ex- cavation of all valleys by atmospheric, glacial, pluvial, and fluvial action, is a leading idea in Prof. Ramsay’s masterly work, and has a powerful and wholesome influence in enlarging the mental views 74 . Miscellaneous. of the geological student, and in enabling him to grasp the characters and meaning of all the geographical features met with in travel at home and abroad. Jukes’s ‘School Manual’ is much improved in this new edition, and is well calculated for beginners really intending to work at the science, and not merely amusing themselves with peeps into nature, empty admiration of physical novelties, and easy pursuit of sensa- tional inquiries neither useful nor lasting. Geological Stories. By J. BE. Taytor, F.G.S. Small 8vo, pp. 301, with many Woodcuts. Hardwicke: London, 1873. Tus is an elementary work, intended to lead amateurs to a know- ledge of geology by “a series of autobiographies, in chronological order,” supposed to be related by different constituent members of the several geological formations, as granite, quartz, slate, limestone, sandstone, coal, rock-salt, jet, Purbeck marble, chalk, clay, lignite, crag, boulder, and gravel. The attempt is praiseworthy, and, ex- cepting in some details, is well carried out. The author should be more exact as to the characters of felspar, the structure of brachio- pods, and other points in natural history, and more correct in his Latin words, in his next edition, if he wishes his well-intentioned and well-directed book to fulfilits purpose in advancing geological knowledge. MISCELLANEOUS. Note on the Scombrocottus salmoneus of Peters, and its identity with Anoplopoma fimbria. By Turopore Giot, M.D., Ph.D. Tue distinguished zoologist of Berlin, Dr. Wilhelm Peters, has re- cently published a communication on a supposed new generic type of Cataphracti from Vancouver's Island, which he has named Scom- brocottus salmoneus. ‘This form was regarded as possessing the highest interest, on account of a combination of characters which allied it to the Scombroids, and thus corroborated Dr. Giinther’s views respecting the affinity between the Cataphracti and Scombroids of Cuvier. It was at once apparent, after a perusal of the good description, that the supposed new type was identical with the form first dis- covered and named by Pallas Gadus fimbria, and subsequently, by Dr. Ayres, Anoplopoma merlangus. And it was with special interest that I also recalled the fact that both its former describers had failed to perceive any resemblance to the Scombroids (they equally failed, however, in detecting the relations to the Cataphracti), and both had believed they could perceive a resemblance to the Gadoids* ; * Dr. Ayres noticed the enlarged suborbitals, but referred the genus near to Stizostedion (Luctoperca, Cuv.). Miscellaneous. 75 this was the more noteworthy, as the later observer was ignorant of the labours of his predecessor; and it was also with interest that I perceived that Dr. Peters had likewise been struck with a resemblance of the same form to the trout, naming the species S. salmoneus, and describing it as trout-like (“‘ Habitus forellenihnlich”). Now it is evident, from a study of the anatomy, that these several forms are very dissimilar in fundamental characters, and most of them, at least, quite distantly allied. A likeness which is so ambiguous as to mis- lead persons equally familiar with the external appearance of the several forms, and to lead to such dissimilar results, must be of very slight importance. At any rate, the affinities of the form in question (Anoplopoma fimbria) with the Cataphracti (and more especially the Chiride) are evident from an examination of the external and in- ternal structure ; and I am unable to appreciate the likeness which others have seen to the cods, the mackerels, or the trout. The synonymy of the species will now stand as follows :— Anoplopoma fimbria, Gill, ew Pallas. Gadus fimbria, Pall. Zoogr. Ross.-As. iii. p. 200, 1831. Anoplopoma merlangus, Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. N.S. ii. p. 27, 1859, Merlucius ? | fimbria), Grd. Expl. P. R. R. viii. Fishes, p. 141, 1858. Merlucius | fimbria}, d. sp., Gthr. Cat. Fishes, iv. p. 344, 1862. Anoplopoma | fimbria], Gill, Proc. Acad. N. 8. Phil. 1868, p. 247. Scombrocottus salmoneus, Pet. Monatsh. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1872, p- 569. —Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, April 1878. On the Occurrence of Ligidium agile in Belgium. By M. F. Prarzav. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Ghent, June 6, 1873, GrNTLEMEN,—In the interesting article published in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ (ser. 4. vol. xi. p. 419) by the Rey. A. M. Norman, and entitled “ Note on the Discovery of /igi- dium agile, Persoon, in Great Britain,” the author says that this Crustacean has been found hitherto in England, Sweden, Denmark, Prussia, Bohemia, and France. To this enumeration we must add Belgium. In a note entitled ‘‘ Matériaux pour la Faune Belge: Crustacés Isopodes terrestres” * I have indicated the occurrence of Ligidium agile (L. Persoonii) in Belgium. With us this little Isopod often accompanies Philoscia muscorum, and occurs in the woods, under moss at the water’s edge. The locality where I have most frequently met with it is the village of Dickelvenne, near Gavre, about nine miles from Ghent. Accept &e., F. Puiareav. * Bull. Acad. Sci. Belg. 1870, 2¢ sér. tom. xxix. 76 Miscellaneous. A Sponge on Hyalonema. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.RS. &e. Mr. Tennant kindly brought to the Museum a very fine thick spe- cimen of the Japanese glassrope (Hyalonema) with a small quantity of bark on it, and a triangular fan-shaped specimen of a true fibrous sponge on the smaller end of it, which I considered a very in- teresting specimen, as showing that a true fibrous sponge, as well as the friable sponge forming the genus Carteria, was found para- sitic on the apex of this sponge. Dr. Giinther, on looking at the specimen, was suspicious that the sponge had been gummed on to the end of the glassrope; but I showed him that the fibres of the glassrope could be seen nearly to the upper edge of the sponge. However, to make sure, we soaked the sponge in the water; and, lo! the two sides of the fan-like body separated, and showed that it had been cut down on one side, opened, the ends of the fibres of the glassrope inserted, and the sponge then glued together with gum on the edges and round the narrow base! The sponge used for this purpose is the Spongia aculeata of Esper (Zooph. t. vii.a), or a species very nearly allied to it. It is very probable that more specimens of this kind have been prepared for sale in Europe. This is not like the square pieces of the bark of Hyalonema, that were stuck on the ends of the fibres and figured as isolated zoanthoid animals by Professor Wyville Thomson in his account of this genus. It is a curious question if these artificial specimens are made by the Japanese or by a French dealer in objects of natural history. In both these cases the cement used is gum thickened with starch, just such as is used by the French bird-stuffers for such purposes. On unequal Bivalve Shells. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.BR.S. &e. It has been generally believed, and I, think truly, that all equal- valved shells live sunk perpendicularly in the sand, mud, or rocks, attached by a byssus, which allows the water or food to enter on all sides of them, and that the bivalves with unequal valves naturally live lying horizontally on the surface of the rocks, or more or less sunk in the sand, and that the inequality of the valves depends on the permanence of this mode of life, and therefore is greatest in such genera as Ostrea, which are fixed to rocks by the lower surface of the under or attached valve. In some species of this genus, for example, the upper valve is so small as to look almost like an oper- culum. Unfortunately I have had little opportunity of verifying these facts in the genera which have the valvesonly slightly unequal, as the greater part of my time has been spent in the Museum, and the chief part of my vacations in visiting and examining the various museums of Europe. Tt would be very useful if persons living on the coast would verify this theory, more especially as some genera (like Pandora) which have very unequal valves are said to live free. My attention has been called to this fact by observing that Professor Miscellaneous. 17 Karl Mobius, in his very interesting lecture on the “psychischer Horizont der Thiere,” figures the animal of Mya arenaria, which has unequal valves, and represents it as sunk perpendicularly in the sand. It would be very desirable that any body having the opportunity of observing the bivalve Mollusca in their living state should examine into the truth of this theory, and record the exceptions. The Skeleton of Sphargis coriacea from Surinam. By Dr. Ferprnanp Krauss. Ihave compared the adult skeleton in the Stuttgart Museum from Surinam with the figures of the skeleton of the French specimen in the ‘Archives du Muséum.’ I can find no difference between them ; but I notice that no account of the length of the Paris spe- cimen is given, so that we do not know if it is an adult or a young one. The Surinam specimen in the Stuttgart Museum measures in a straight line, from the end of the skull to the tip of the tail, 187 centims.; the skull is 25 centims. long and 21-5 centims. broad, the fore foot (humerus to the point of the digit) 87 centims., hind foot 66 centims. The Deal-fish (Trachypterus arcticus). In the Report of the Montrose Natural-History and Antiquarian Society for 1873 there is the description of a Vaagmaer or deal-fish, found on the beach at Buddin Bay, near Montrose, and presented to the Society by Joseph Johnston and Sons. . The description is ac- companied by a very good photograph, 83 inches long. The Society’s specimen appears to be the 7’. arcticus of Nilsson and Giinther. Damonia unicolor, a new Species of Water-Tortoise from China, sent by Mr. Swinhoe. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Mr. Swinhoe has sent a number of tortoises in spirits from Shanghai. They consist of :— 1. Several specimens of Landemania perocellata, all young; but Mr. Swinhoe says that it grows to the length of 23 to 3 feet. 2. Several specimens of Damonia Reevesii, most being of adult age, some being even between 4 and 5 inches long, larger than the adult specimen described by me in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xi. p. 299. They all have the shell of a nearly uniform pale brown colour, and are black beneath. The head is large and broad, uniform olive above, with a white streak from the middle of the back of the eye, which forks on the cheek, the upper branch being continued along the side of the neck, the lower branch forked again in front of the tympanum, with the upper branch reflexed and the lower arched ; ‘but the form of these lines is not important, as they vary on two 78 Miscellaneous. sides of the same specimen, viz. on one side being continuous and on the other broken up into oblong spots. In one specimen there is a ring-like spot, including a small white central spot, on the hinder part of the eye on one side, and not on the other. There are one or two obscure streaks on the side of the neck, parallel to the upper one. I described the head and neck of this species as being streaked when mentioning the species of the hairy tortoise of the Chinese in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xi. p. 148. 3. Several specimens of what Mr. Swinhoe very correctly con- siders a new species of Terrapin, which I propose to name Damonia unicolor. (The Black Damonia.) Animal and shell black. Shell oblong, three-keeled. Vertebral shields oblong, broader than long, the first one nearly square, as broad behind as in front; vertebral keel broad and blunt in front, sharper and higher behind; the lateral keels blunt, rather above the middle of the plates. Shanghai (Swinhoe). Brit. Mus. This species is very like Damonia Reevesit. It chiefly differs from it in the animal and shell being black, in the front vertebral plate being more square, nearly as broad behind as in front, in the head being smaller and narrower, covered with a smooth hard plate, and the sides of the head and neck being uniformly black. The inguinal plate varies in size: it is generally larger than in Damonia Reevesii; but im one specimen it is smaller and nearly of the same size ; and it varies in size and form also in D. Reevesit. This species is quite different from Damonia nigricans (also from China)—which has a single keel, and the neck marked with broad, pale, more or less interrupted longitudinal streaks. A new and ingenious American Move in the Game of Priority. The following circular letter, partly printed, partly written, which has just come to our knowledge, will, we think, somewhat amuse our readers :— “BUFFALO SOCIETY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. June 6, 1873, “ To the Secretary of the ————— Society. “ Dear Str,—You are hereby notified that a paper entitled “ Con- tributions to a Knowledge of North-American Moths,” by A. R. Grote, has been read this evening before this Society, declaring that three new genera [Litognatha, Meghypena, Phecasiophora| and nineteen hitherto undescribed species [Acronycta 4, Agrotis 1, Cloantha 2, Litognatha 2, Meghypena 2, Botis 1, Eurycreon 1, Phecasiophora 1, Penthina 3, Graptolitha 1, @ta 1] occur in the North-American insect-fauna (whereof these Presents, to which the Seal of this Society is affiwed, are evidence), and that this Society Miscellaneous. 79 considers the reading of the above paper as securing all rights to its author that he might acquire by publication. “ Mr. Grote’s paper has been accepted by the Publication Com- mittee of this Society for publication in its Bulletin. «« Yours respectfully, Leon F. Harvey, Corresponding Secretary B.S.N.S.” In characterizing this proceeding on the part of one of the youngest publishing societies in the world we are forced to cull a phrase from the slang dictionary; it is simply the “ cheekiest” thing we ever remember to have seen. The use of legal phraseology in the words which we have put in italics has quite a peculiar charm, and will doubtless produce its due effect in causing ento- mologists in all quarters of the world to avoid trespassing on those unknown premises which have been formally handed over by ‘ these Presents” to Mr. Grote by the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. It seems hardly credible that experienced naturalists, such as Mr. Grote at any rate is, should have even dreamed of adopting so absurd a course as this. Another favourite American dodge of printing descriptions of new species, with a date attached to them, for private circulation and not for sale, is bad enough, but it must yield the palm to the Buffalo invention. On Hylodes martinicensis and its Metamorphoses. By M. Bavay. The facts cbserved by M. Bavay display an exception in the deve- lopment of the Batrachia which is perhaps more interesting than any of those previously known. They relate to a tree-frog which, before hatching, undergoes all the changes through which the tadpoles of the Anura pass. Hylodes martinicensis, a very abundant species at Guadeloupe, deposits, under the remains of leaves in very damp places, a mass of about 20 eggs, each about 2 millims. in diameter at the moment of its deposition. The chorion is then separated from the vitellus by a very thin zone of gelatinous matter. As early as the second day after deposition this gelatinous matter is observed to be swelled, and the lineaments of the embryo appear. On the evening of the second day the embryo already appears as a little white mass, widened at one end and furnished with four appendages, which are the first traces of the feet. Beyond the base of the posterior feet there is the rudiment of a tail. The embryo is endowed with a rotatory movement, due, no doubt, to vibratile cilia, which, however, M. Bavay was unable to detect. On the third day the forms become more distinctly marked ; the tail is visible, as also two prominences which indicate the future position of the eyes on the head. The heart appears a little before the antertor feet. On each side of the neck two little processes (the branchie) make their appearance. On the fourth day the eyes are more developed ; the branchizw may 80 Miscellaneous. be distinguished in the form of a simple vascular loop: the limbs are still styliform ; but the proper movements of the young animal are already manifested when the egg is pressed. On the fifth day the heart, as well as the branchiz, are visible to the naked eye. The circulatory system has become perfect. On the sixth day the feet are well formed, and the toes appear. The tail, on the contrary, shows signs of atrophy. The branchize are still perceptible ; but their absorption has also commenced. On the seventh day the branchiz have disappeared, and the tail withers and folds. On the eighth day the coloration, which began to show itself on the fifth day, increases throughout ; and even some markings are pro- duced at certain points. The tail disappears, and then the vessels which nourished it. On the ninth or tenth day the eggs hatch. The vitellus, which is pretty voluminous in the young tree -frog, is still very visible through the walls of the abdomen ; but this does not prevent the animal from leaping and being very free in its movements. During incubation the gelatinous mass interposed between the chorion and the vitellus swells up considerably, so that the diameter of the egg becomes as much as 6 millims. When one of these greatly inflated eggs is opened there issues from it a considerable quantity of a clear liquid, in which the young animal floated. M. Bavay puts forward the supposition that nearly pure water penetrates through the chorion into the cavity occupied by the em- bryo and its vitellus, and that it is in this water that the rotatory: and voluntary movements of the embryo are performed. It would be in this aérated liquid that it would respire—at first by its branchie, and afterwards by the whole surface of its blastoderm. Respiration would be effected especially, during this second phase, by vessels which, starting from each side of the neck, pass into the vitellus, at the surface of which they develop abundant ramifications. A re- markable fact is that the appearance of these vessels coincides with the commencement of the withering of the branchie.— Revue des Set. Nat. tome i. 1872, p. 281, and Journ. de Zoo’. tome 11. 1873, p. 138; Bibl. Univ. June 15, 1873, Bull. Set. p. 155. Mode of Walking of the Armadilloes. Mr. Bartlett has kindly examined for me the way of walking of the living armadilloes in the Zoological Gardens. He observes that Chetophractus villosus and C. vellerosus walk on the tips of their toes like Xenurus. Huphractus minutus, belonging to the same family as the preceding, and Tatusia peba, T. hybrida, and Praopus Kappler, belonging to the family Tatusiade, walk on the palms of the fore feet, with the claws spreading out and the tips elevated from the soil.—J. E. Gray. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES. ] No. 68. AUGUST 1873. X.—On the Invertebrate Animals of the Baltic. By Prof. Karu Mosivs.* FAUNISTICALLY the Baltic is sharply divided into an eastern | and a western basin. ‘The western basin is separated from the Kattegat by the Danish islands. I do not include the Belts and the Ciresund in the western basin when I speak of the fauna of the latter. ‘The eastern basin meets the western one in the meridian of the west coast of the Isle of Riigen. Of the 241 invertebrate animals catalogued, 216 species have been found in the western, and hitherto only 69 in the eastern basin. Besides those mentioned, Acarina, Ostracoda, Infusoria, and Rhizopoda exist in the Baltic; but their enumeration must be postponed until the species have been determined with more certainty, for which purpose further mvestigations are neces- sary. : Peciie the Infusoria, however, I will refer to Peridiniwm tripos, Miill.t, which appears in great abundance during the summer and autumn in the bay of Kiel as a luminous animal, and is of importance as food for Copepoda and the swarming embryos of other Invertebrata. * Translated by W. 8S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the concluding remarks appended by the author to the list of the Invertebrata of the Baltic, pre- ared by him with the assistance of Profs. K. Kupffer, E. Hackel, W. Echmidt and of Dr. Biitschli, and published as part of the report on the scientific results of the expedition of the steamship ‘ Pommerania’ in 1871 (pp. 188-141). t Ehrenberg, ‘ Infusionsthierchen,’ p. 255, pl. 22. fig. 18, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 82 Prof. K. Mébius on the The shell-bearing Mollusca, to which the second volume of the ‘ Fauna der Kieler Bucht’ is devoted, are particularly well fitted for comparisons between animals of the same species inhabiting both the North Sea and the Baltic. In all the shells are lighter than in specimens of the same dimensions from the North Sea*. Stunting occurs also in the other classes of animals. Thus at Kiel the fore part of the body of Temora longicornis is, on the average, only 1 millim. in length, whilst it becomes 2 millims. long in individuals from Arendal. At Kiel Pectinaria belgica only attains a thickness of 5 millims. in front; at Arendal this worm becomes so large that it attains a transverse diameter of 12 millims at its anterior end. Another worm, Travisia Forbesit, becomes 15 millims. long, and 3-4 millims. thick at Warnemunde, and 26 millims. long and 7 millims. thick (according to Rathke) on the Norwegian coast. In the eastern basin of the Baltic the animals become far more stunted than in the western. Near Kiel Mytilus edulis becomes 8-9 centims. long; in the eastern basin (e.g. on the Stolper Bank, near Gotland, near Dularé) this mollusk only attains a length of 8-4 centims. Mya arenaria, Tellina bal- thica, and Cardium edule differ less in the eastern basin, as far as Gotland, from the individuals of the same species in the western basin, than the individuals of Mytilus in the two basins differ from each other. This phenomenon is due to the fact that even in the western basin these mollusca are sur- rounded for the greater part of the year with but slightly salt water, as they inhabit the smaller depths. In Mytilus edulis and Tellina balthica, of the eastern basin, the calcareous layers of the shell are extraordinarily thin. After the death of the mollusk, the calcareous mass of the shell seems to disappear very speedily ; for among the rocks of eastern Sweden, between Sweden and Gotland, and in the Cal- marsund, we found in the clayey mud of the sea-bottom a great many cuticular membranes of Mytilus edulis and Tellina balthica most perfectly preserved. The two brown membranes were often united at the dorsal margin by the ligament, as in the perfect shell. If a sea-bottom of this kind were upheaved these cuticular shells in the clay would appear just like thin impressions of Posidonic, with all the curvatures and deforma- tions by pressure with which we are acquainted in those fossils of the fine shales of secondary formations; and we should fall into a great error if we were to conclude from these bendings of the cuticular shells that the strata of clay had been bent after they were laid dry. * See ‘ Fauna der Kieler Bucht, Bd. ii. p. xvii. Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic. 83 By far the greater number of the Invertebrata of the Baltic are also inhabitants of the North Atlantic Ocean. Of many of them we know that they are spread into the icy polar sea, and as far as the African coast. With regard to the shell- bearing mollusca, this was demonstrated in detail in the ‘Fauna der Kieler Bucht.’ This wide distribution of the Baltic animals, their ability to live in warm, temperate, and cold seas, becomes intelligible when we have made ourselves acquainted with the temperatures which they have to endure in the Baltic. In the physico-chemical section of this Report it is shown by a table (xxxi.), founded upon three years’ observations by Dr. H. A. Meyer, that the differences of temperature in the superficial layer rose to 14°-9-20° (=26°-8-36° F.), attained 13°°3-17°°3 (=23°°9-31°14 F.) at 5 fathoms, and even at a depth of 16 fathoms still amounted to 9°°2-12°2 (=16°:56-21°96 F.). In all the strata of the water, even in the deepest, at the coldest season, the animals of the Baltic have to endure a temperature which sinks to the freezing-point of salt water, therefore below zero (=382° F.). In summer and autumn, on the contrary, they are exposed to a pretty high temperature. ‘The different temperatures which the individuals of a species experience in the course of a year in the Baltic are undergone at the same time by other indi- viduals of the same species which live in the Mediterranean, the North Sea, and the north polar sea. The Baltic contains only a selection of such Atlantic and Polar animals as are capable of supporting great differences of temperature. Yor this reason they may be called euwrythermal* animals, in con- tradistinction to those animals which thrive only in warm or cold and tolerably constant temperatures, such as the tropical and exclusively arctic marine animals, both of which may on this account be denominated stenothermalt animals. All the marine animals of the Baltic have further the faculty ° of living in sea-water containing a variable amount of salt ; those Baltic animals which also occur in the Mediterranean can bear a larger amount of salt than the Atlantic ocean con- tains. This faculty of the Baltic animals is by no means indicated by calling them brackish-water animals ; on the con- trary, this expression carries our thoughts away from one of their most remarkable peculiarities ; for animals which can live not only in slightly but also in strongly salt water are not brackish-water, but ewryhaline} animals. A very pertectly euryhaline animal is Hydrobia ulve. * From evpus, wide, and depyds, heat. + From orevds, narrow, and depyds, heat. { From eipis, wide, and dds, salt. 6* 84 Prof. K. Mobius on the This Gasteropod becomes developed in the slightly salt water near Gotland to the same size as in more than normally salt lakes on the shore of the North:Sea. Because the Baltic animals are eurythermal and euryhaline they are capable of living both at small and great depths and of maintaining their ground throughout long geological periods. Among the animals catalogued there is only one true brackish-water animal, namely Cordylophora lacustris, a polype which lives only in very slightly salt water, and perishes both in fresh water and in water containing a larger amount of salt*. Besides this brackish-water animal and the euryhaline ani- mals, a number of freshwater animals live in the eastern basin. These are such as can bear slightly salt water. Nature has not succeeded in habituating them to the larger amounts of salt in the western basin, although probably she makes fresh attempts every year to diffuse freshwater animals from the mouths of rivers and brackish-water bays further into the sea. The pioneers constantly sent out, however, have been unable to force their way into the -salter region. Such miscarriages of Nature in her constant forward march must render us very cautious in estimating the value of experiments made in aquaria for the purpose of habituating freshwater animals to salt water and marine animals to fresh water. I refer here especially to the recent experiments of Plateau upon Asellus aquaticus and some other animalsf. The number of species diminishes suddenly when we pass from the shallow and more saline western basin into the deeper and less saline eastern basin. We found most of the species of the latter at depths from 0-20 fathoms; they became | fewer at 20-50 fathoms, and very few from 50-95 fathoms. The following animals are inhabitants of the greater depths , of the eastern basin :— Astarte borealis... .. . . . down to 46 fathoms. Tellina balthica...... sia ama Slee! a Cia ae es! 8s Be sy. = ed es Idotea entomon ...... foe ye ODE Astemma rufifrons ...... 3) nO ae Nemertes gesserensis ..... spon OUP Wis. Halieryptus spinulosus ... . “Pah 5 | baa de Scoloplos armiger ....... yj Nae | Terebellides Strémit ..... Soap gee let Eolynoe comata J. Pe ay oO) Ba * See p. 100 of the Report, and also E. Schultze, ‘Bau und Entwick- lung von Cordylophora lacustris,’ 1871, pp. 43-48. + Mém. Acad. Belg. 1870, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. vii. 1871, p. 362. Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic. 85 Thus the Crustacea and Vermes go deepest. Bivalve mol- lusca were no longer found in the great depths, although organic substances still existed there, as is shown by Dr. Behrens from his investigations of samples from the bottom. As the bivalve mollusca are among those important animals which are capable of converting dead organic substances of the sea- bottom into living animal matter, the number of carnivorous animals must also be diminished where they are wanting, unless other mud-eaters carry out the business of the first preparation of flesh in their stead. Our knowledge of the physico-chemical conditions of the greater depths is not sufficient to explain satisfactorily the disappearance of the animals. Besides the small amount of salt and the persistently low temperature, one of the causes of the impoverishment of the fauna in the greater depths of the eastern basin of the Baltic must be sought in the wéakening of the currents which assist the change of gases and carry food with them. The ten species which were found at depths of 46-95 fathoms are all inhabitants of higher regions. In general, the animals of the eastern basin of the Baltic, as may be seen from the list of their localities, accommodate themselves to various depths and to the most various conditions of the bottom. They possess a greater capacity of adaptation to differences in the amount of salt, in temperature, depth, and bottom, than those species which occur only in the western basin. ‘This very plable nature has given them the predomi- nance over the whole eastern region ; and here, therefore, they can develop into enormous multitudes of individuals without having to maintain a contest for their dwelling-place and nourishment with fresh immigrants from the west. The species which occur in particular abundance are the following :—Hydrobia ulve, Mytilus edulis, Tellina balthica, Cardium edule, Palemon squilla, Cuma Rathkei, Mysis spinu- losa, M. vulgaris, Gammarus locusta, Pontoporeia femorata, Idotea entomon, I. tricuspidata, Jera marina, Temora longi- cornis, Polynoé cirrata, Scoloplos armiger, Nephthys ciliata, Nereis diversicolor, Terebellides Strémii, Halicryptus spinu- losus, Membranipora pilosa, Alcyonidium mytili, and Medusa aurita. i The simultaneous production of many individuals of the same species at the same place is of importance for the nutri- tion of the edible fishes. As soon as these have found the dwelling-place of a great multitude of individuals of bivalve mollusca, worms, crustacea, or other eatable animals, they can feed themselves with ease. This also explains why we often find in the stomachs of fishes many animals of the same spccies. 86 Prof. K. Mobius on the A great quantity of uniform nourishment in a region is therefore favourable to the growth and fertility of fishes ; and it is this that collects the fishes in particular places in such quantities that a profitable fishery can be carried on there. The value which great quantities of animals of the same species may attain as fish-nourishment may be shown by an example. The oldest fishermen of Ellerbeck can number no year in which they took so many herrings in Kiel harbour as in the winter and spring of 1872. According to the estimates of MM. F. Holm and J. Schmidt, fish-dealers of Kiel, for three weeks, especially in January and February, 5000 walls of herrings (mixed with sprats) were taken daily. Each wall consists of 80 fishes. ‘The contents of the stomachs of the herrings captured consisted chiefly of a small crustacean, Temora longicornis, the fore body of which is only 1 millim. in length. Here and there among them there was another equally small Copepod, Dias longiremis. Very rarely some larger crustacea (Mysis flexuosa, Idotea tricuspidata, or Gam- marus locusta) were intermixed with the food. Very often nothing but Zemora longicornis was to be observed in five or six samples of the contents of the stomach when examined microscopically. These little crustacea filled the stomachs of the herrings as a stiff paste of a pale reddish colour ; in the intestines there was a soft red excrement, in which the legs, antenne, and spermatophora [egg-sacs ?] of the same Copepod were still recognizable. On the 28th of February I took from the stomach of a female herring, of 25 centims. length, 1°5 cubic centim. of the above-mentioned stiff Zemora-paste, and placed it in spirits, in order to undertake subsequently an estimate of the number of animals eaten. ‘The whole volume of the mass diluted with spirits amounted to 9 cubic centims. It was shaken up in the bottle in order to diffuse the crusta- ceans equally, and 1 cubic centim. of it was taken out. By counting this in portions [ found in it 2130 specimens of Temora longicornis ; this number multtplied by 9 gives 19,170 Copepods in the contents of the stomach, consisting of 1°5 cubic centim. of Temora-paste. This gives 12,780 specimens to 1 cubic centim. of the contents of the stomach. A female herring, with a particularly full stomach, opened on the 24th of February, contained 4 cubic centims. of Temora-paste, three specimens of Mysis flexuosa, and one [dotea tricuspidata. ‘The Temora-paste was diluted with spirit until the whole mass made 19 cubic centims. Of this 1 cubic centim. was poured off after the Copepods had been uniformly diffused by shaking the bottle. At my request, Dr. Biitschli counted the animals existing in it and found 3205 specimens. Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic. 87 3205 x 19=60,895 was therefore the number of the Copepods devoured. 1 cubic centim. consequently contained 15,223 specimens. Counting the two ascertained numbers together and dividing them by two, we obtain 14,000 specimens as the average number in 1 cubic centim. of Temora-paste. I did not find Temora-paste in the stomach of every her- ring or sprat that I opened, and in many only 1, or 0°75, or 0-5 cub. centim. But if we consider that those specimens whose stomachs contained from 1 to 4 cubic centims. of Temora-paste were taken quite at random from a great quan- tity of freshly caught animals, we shall certainly not go too far if we assume that every herring caught in Kiel Harbour had devoured 10,000 individuals of Zemora during its sojourn there. Then, to the take of one day, of 8000 ‘ wall,” each of 80 fish, we get 3000 x 80 x 10,000 =2400 millions of indi- viduals of Temora longicornis, and to the take of three weeks 43,200 millions of these little crustaceans. That Temora longicornis existed in great abundance in Kiel Harbour at the time of the productive herring-fishery, was also proved by fishing with fine surface-nets. It was easy to collect many thousands of these animals. In herrings which had been taken near Kckernforde I also found many of them. For the capture of Copepoda and other small swimming animals the herring possesses an excellent arrangement—we might say, a narrow-meshed Jlobster-pot, to which its mouth forms the entrance. ‘This’ pot consists of the four branchial arches on each side, and of a close series of teeth on each arch. In herrings 20-23 centims. in length these teeth are of the following lengths :—on the first branchial arch 7-10 millims., on the second 3-4 millims., on the third 2-3 millims., and on the fourth 1°5-2 millims.; and they stand so close together that there are two teeth at least in a space of 1 millim. As these teeth are biconvex, the passages between them are much narrower than $ millim. In the neighbourhood of the inner margin of each tooth, or that turned towards the cavity of the mouth, there stand two rows of spines—one row on the anterior, the other on the posterior surface of the tooth. These spines are from 0°2-0°3 millim. from each other. As the anterior row of spines stands a little nearer the inner edge of the tooth than the posterior row, the anterior spines of each tooth overreach the posterior spines of that preceding it. The spines of neighbouring teeth also frequently push in between one another. The narrow-spaced latticework which is thus produced allows the passage of the water which is to flow over the branchial lamella; but small animals (down to 0-2 and 0°1 millim. in diameter) which get into the mouth of the 88 On the Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic. herring with the water are separated from it by this branchial basket, and accumu- lated at the back of the buccal cavity so as to be swallowed (see woodcut). The branchial bas- ket is constructed in the sprat exactly as in the herring. In most other fishes which occur in abun- dance in Kiel Bay, such as Belone rostra- ta, Zoarces viviparus, Anguilla fluviatilis, Platessa vulgaris, P. flesus, Gadus mor- rhua, Gasterosteus aculeatus, and Gaste- rosteus sptinachia, the teeth of the branchial arches are shorter and further apart than in ai Clupea harengus and C. sprattus. These fishes, therefore, can- not be competitors for food with the herrings and sprats. And that * they are not so is Three teeth of the second branchial arch of the proved by the contents. right side, from a herring 23 centims. long. of their stomachs, Inside view from the cavity of the mouth, which usually consist s and so that the hinder side of the teeth may also be seen. The two rows of spines stand of Mollusca and mo- at unequal distances from the inner margin derate-sized Crustacea of the tooth, as shown by the annexed out- (Gammarus — locusta, line of a cross section of a tooth. Mysis spinulosa, and Palemon squilla) or of small fishes, which they must seek chiefly at the bottom. The mackerel (Scomber scombrus) alone is furnished with a branchial basket almost as close as that of the herring. As in the herring there are long teeth on their outer branchial arches; in a small mackerel, 18 centims. long, the longest were 8 millims. long, and 0°8 millim. from each other. At the sides also these teeth are furnished with spines, which are even longer and thinner than in the herring. The following 1} {3(]| iii AA On new Species of Stromatopora. 89 three branchial arches of the mackerel, however, bear no long teeth, but an outer and inner series of tubercles with spines. By means of this latticework of teeth and spines the mackerel, hke the herring, can easily filter great masses of Copepods from the water. According to A. Boeckh (Forhandl. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1864, p. 227), the autumn mackerel on the Norwegian coast become fattened by abundant Copepod nourishment. On the east coast of Schleswig and Holstein the mackerel appears in considerable quantities only from the beginning of July to the end of September ; from autumn to spring therefore, when the shoals of sprats and herrings appear here, the mackerel does not deprive them of any of their best food. Where multitudes of food-animals occur, there also, as a general rule, multitudes of fishes collect. The herrings pursue the Copepods; and the cod (Gadus morrhua) follow the herrings. For a long time there had not been so many large cod taken between the fortress of Friedrichsort and the village of Labi as in the winter of 1871-72, when the herrings were so plentiful. For carrying on the fishery, such a gathering together of great shoals of fishes belonging to the same species is of great value. Social animals of the same kind lead a similar life. They seek their food in common, become sexually mature at the same time, and collect, for the purpose of spawning, at definite spots. Thus the fisherman finds them at certain times in great numbers together, and can reckon beforehand on making a good haul with properly designed instruments of capture. But where many different species live, the fisherman cannot take an equal weight of fish with the same amount of labour, even when the sum of all the individuals in the same space is as great as the number of individuals of a single species, because each different species has a different nature, and con- sequently must be circumvented in a different manner. Hence, whilst the rich southern fish-fauna breaks up the work of the fishing-population and renders it less remunerative, the northern fish-fauna, which, although poorer in species, is rich in individuals, leads to a powerful and remunerative concen- tration of the business of fishery. XI.— On some new Species of Stromatopora. By H. ALLEYNE Nicnotson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., &c., Professor of Natural History in University College, Toronto. , [Plate IV.] THe affinities of the singular genus Stromatopora have always been more or less uncertain, though there has been a general 90 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on some tendency to regard the genus as being referable either to the Foraminifera or to the sponges, or as constituting a connecting link between these two orders of Rhizopoda. dn the present communication I propose to describe four new species of the genus from the Silurian and Devonian formations of Western Canada, all of which show certain points of relationship to the Spongiida which have not been noticed in the species already recorded by paleontologists. 1. Stromatopora ostiolata, Nich. Pl. IV. figs. 1, La. Spec. char. Fossil forming large hemispherical masses, several inches in diameter, composed of innumerable delicate lamine, arranged concentrically, and separated by interspaces which are broken up by numerous slender vertical pillars, giving the whole a finely reticulate structure. The lamine are as thin as writing-paper; and, with the intervening inter- spaces, there are about ten of them in the space of one line. The upper surface of the mass is undulated and is quite smooth, except for the presence of small rounded or conical elevations, perforated at the apex with rounded openings (PI. IV. fig. 1 a) and arranged with tolerable regularity in diagonal lines. These elevations have a width of about half a line, and appear to be of the nature of exhalant apertures or oscula. The lines of oscula are placed at distances apart of from four to five lines ; and the oscula in each line are about the same distance from one another. When the mass is broken, similar oseuli- ferous surfaces are found to exist throughout the whole, ar- ranged concentrically with one another, and separated by spaces varying from two to three lines in thickness, these spaces being occupied by the ordinary laminated or reticulated tissue of the fossil. Laterally the laminz and osculiferous surfaces, instead of being concentrically arranged as regards the entire mass, terminate in a series of rounded, nipple-shaped prominences, each of which is composed of thin concentric lamin which scale off like the coats of an onion. ‘The lateral surfaces of the fossil thus come to exhibit an extraordinary nodulated and botryoidal appearance (PI. IV. fig. 1). It is impossible to give in a few words any adequate diagnosis of this most remarkable fossil, which appears to throw con- siderable light upon the affinities of the genus Stromatopora, if, indeed, it does not truly constitute a new genus. In the fact that its main bulk consists of a succession of thin calcareous lamin, with intermediate vertical props, pillars, or dissepi- ments, marking off minute cellular compartments, S. ostiolata agrees entirely with the typical species of Stromatopora; and in the great number of lamine in a given space it closely new Species of Stromatopora. 91 resembles S. striatella, D’Orb. It exhibits, however, two pecu- liarities which, so far as I am aware, are altogether unique. In the first place, it is not composed, as are S. striatella, D’Orb., and S. concentrica, Goldt. (which it most nearly re- sembles im general form), of a succession of laminz concen- trically arranged round an imaginary centre or centres. On the contrary, in the present species, intercalated amongst the general enveloping concentric lamine of the mass is a series of cylindrical masses, each composed of lamine concentric with its long axis, and each terminating (probably at both ends, though this is not shown; in a rounded nipple-shaped extremity. Superiorly these laminated cylinders are enveloped by laminee which are concentric to the whole mass, so that the outermost surface is simply undulating. On two of the sides of the fossil the ends of the above-mentioned cylinders protrude as so many nipple-shaped conical prominences, giving these aspects of the mass very much the appearance of the peculiar inorganic structure known as ‘‘cone-in-cone.”’ In the second place, a still more remarkable feature is pre- sented by the upper surface of the fossil. ‘The specimens are so highly mineralized (as is always the case with the fossils of the dolomites of the Guelph formation) that the smooth un- dulating upper surfaces of the lamine exhibit no structure that can be made out with the lens. If any pores existed, as is most probable, they cannot now be detected. The upper surface, however, exhibits tolerably regular diagonal lines of small conical papille, some of which at any rate are unmis- takably perforated by rounded apertures. It is true that some of these eminences do not show any sign of being perforated ; but this is probably, indeed almost certainly, due to the peculiar condition of mineralization of the fossil. The perforated eminences are distant from two to four lines from one another ; and the diagonal rows stand about as far apart. ‘The appear- ance presented by the upper surface, with its perforated papilla, thus comes to simulate somewhat the root of a fossil plant like Stigmaria, with the points whence the rootlets proceeded. The eminences themselves are but slightly elevated above the general surface ; and the apical aperture has a diameter of about one thirtieth of an inch. Not only does the outermost or highest lamina of the fossil exhibit the above appearance, but the same structure reappears at intervals of two to three lines all through the mass, each surface being concentric with the preceding one, and separated from it by reticulated tissue. It is probable, therefore, that we should regard the fossil as really consisting of thin crusts, which are only accidentally super- imposed one above the other. 92 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on some A structure apparently analogous to the above has been described (M‘Coy, Pal. Foss. pp. 12 & 65) as occurring in Stromatopora striatella, D’Orb., S. concentrica, Goldf., and S. (Caunopora) placenta, Phill. In the first of these, according to M‘Coy, the general laminated structure of the mass is traversed nearly at right angles by “ vertical vermicular per- forations about one fourth of a line in diameter,” at distances varying from one to two lines apart ; and essentially the same thing is seen in the other two species above mentioned. In the present species, however, there is no evidence that the apertures on the surfaces of the successive osculiferous layers communicate internally with vermicular tubes, though it is possible that they do; whilst the apertures are placed at the summit of small rounded or conical elevations, and are com- paratively remote and large. It can hardly be doubted that the perforated eminences of Stromatopora ostiolata correspond with the “oscula” of the genuine sponges. Indeed the surface of this species reminds one very strongly of the well-known genus Porospongia or Manon. The probability that Stromatopora is truly referable to the Calcispongie is thus rendered stronger than it would have appeared from the evidence formerly in our possession. If, however, it should be found that these oscula are not present in all the species at present referred to Stromatopora (and they have certainly not hitherto been recognized in the majority of forms), then it might be advisable to divide the genus into two, retaining Stromatopora for the species without oscules, and forming a fresh genus for those in which these apertures are present. ‘The former would thus be nearly allied to the Foraminifera, whilst the latter would lead from the Forami- nifera to the Calcispongie. The specimens of Stromatopora ostiolata from which the above description was taken were presented to the Museum of the University of Toronto by their discoverer, Mr. John Wilkie. ‘The species itself cannot possibly be confounded with any previously described form. Loc. and Form. In the yellow crystalline dolomite of the Guelph formation (Middle Silurian), Guelph, Ontario. As- sociated with numerous specimens of Stromatopora concentrica, Goldf. 2. Stromatopora tuberculata, Nich. PI. IV. figs. 2, 2a. Spec. char. Fossil forming crusts of varying thickness and often covering large surfaces, composed of numerous concentric calcareous Jamine, separated by delicate calcareous rods of new Species of Stromatopora. 93 pillars, which are disposed at right angles to the laminz and mark off minute cellular compartments or interspaces. ‘The lamin and intervening spaces are about five in the space of a line; and the vertical pillars are comparatively strong, and placed at proportionally remote intervals. The upper surface of the mass (PI. IV. fig. 2) is more or less strongly undulated, and is covered with close-set, conical, clavate, or fungiform tubercles, the elevation of which is about one twenty-fifth of an inch above the general surface. ‘The tubercles appear to be sometimes perforated, but are more commonly imperforate, and they are placed in irregular sinuous lines. They are separated from one another by about their own width (more or less), one twenty-fifth of aninch. Where this fossil is broken it is seen that similar tuberculated surfaces occur at various depths in the mass, concentric with one another, and separated by laminated and reticulated tissue. This singular species is readily distinguished by its very coarse reticulation (coarser than in any other species of Stro- matopora with which I am acquainted), and by the tuberculated nature of the surface. ‘here is no proof that the vertical pillars which separate the different lamine of the mass are hollow; and there is reason to believe that they are cer- tainly solid. Asa rule, also, no perforations can be detected in the surface-tubercles ; and the true nature of the latter is thus rendered a matter of question. In some specimens, however, the tubercles appear to be distinctly perforated at their apices. Many examples exhibit rounded openings or tubes, from half a line to a line in diameter, descending at right angles to the mass, and placed at varying intervals. These openings are not elevated above the general surface. They are not constant in their occurrence, though very generally present ; and I have not been able to satisfy myself that they are not truly extra- neous to the fossil. They may, perhaps, be annelidous in their nature ; or they may be due to the fact that the organism has enveloped a colony of Syringopora, which has subsequently been dissolved away. In one specimen the crust seems to have been supported upon a wrinkled calcareous base, very similar to the epitheca of Favosites gothlandica. ‘he crusts vary in thickness from three or four lines to two inches or more ; but the latter specimens are to be regarded as being composed of a succession of crusts superimposed, the younger upon the older. Loc. and Form. Common in a silicified condition in the Corniferous Limestone (Devonian) of Ridgeway and Port Col- borne, on the north shore of Lake Erie, Canada West. Collected by the author. 94 On new Species of Stromatopora. 3. Stromatopora granulata, Nich. Pl. IV. figs. 3, 3a. Spec. char. Fossil forming thin crusts (usually about half an inch in thickness), often occupying very extensive surfaces. Composed of concentric calcareous lamine, about ten in the space of a line, separated by interspaces which are minutely broken up into cells by numerous delicate vertical rods, Surface regularly undulating, often raised into chimney-like or conical elevations, which, however, are never perforated. The entire surface is covered with a fine miliary granulation, constituted by minute conical pustules, placed close together, about one hundredth of an inch apart, and apparently imper- forate. Exfoliated and broken specimens show that similar granulated surfaces occur at small intervals throughout the crust. Stromatopora granulata is nearly allied to S. tuberculata, from which, however, it can be readily separated, even in small fragments. Itis recognized by the much finer reticulation ot the lamin and vertical rods (PI. LV. fig. 3a), and by the minute crowded tubercles which cover the whole surface being so closely placed as to be often nearly in contact. Though many of the specimens show larger or smaller crateriform elevations, I have been unable to detect any perforations or apertures in the surface. Usually the surface-layers exfoliate round numerous points, giving the upper surface of the fossil quite a characteristic appearance, which is wanting in S. tu- berculata. One specimen observed by me covered a slab about three feet in length by two feet in width, with an average thickness of about half an inch. Loc. and Form. Not uncommon in a silicified condition in the Corniferous Limestone (Devonian) of Port Colborne and Savage’s Quarry, Wainfleet, on the north shore of Lake Erie, Canada West. Collected by the author. 4, Stromatopora mammillata, Nich. Pl. IV. fig. 4. Spec. char. Fossil forming thin crusts, about two or three lines in thickness, often covering extensive surfaces. Crust composed of successive concentric calcareous laminz, separated by interspaces, broken up by vertical rods. Surface un- dulating, and exhibiting a series of large conical elevations, about one fifth of an inch in height and the same in diameter at the base, placed at distances apart varying from one fifth of an inch to half an inch. Most of these conical elevations show no signs of being perforated; but some appear to have apertures at their summits. The surface between these eleva- tions is roughened by small tubercles and irregular ridges. Nothing could be more distinct than the aspect of this very Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on new Crustaceans. 95 remarkable species, the large conical elevations which cover its surface giving it exactly the appearance of an undulating plain covered with numerous small volcanos. Superficially examined, it presents a striking resemblance to many recent sponges; but [ have not been able to satisfy myself that the conical elevations just alluded to are really of the nature of oscula. Some of them certainly look as if they were perforated ; but most show no signs of any aperture. This may be due to the manner in which the fossil has been preserved ; but I can- not speak positively upon this point. The internal structure of all the examples which I possess of this species is much more imperfectly preserved than is the case with the other species here described, and I have simply been able to satisfy myself that it is essentially the same as 1s characteristic of Stro- matopora in general. I have seen crusts of this species covering an area of several square feet ; but it is by no means common in its occurrence. Loc. and Form. Rare, in a silicified condition, in the Cor- niferous Limestone (Devonian) of Port Colborne, on the north shore of Lake Erie, Canada West. Collected by the author. 5. Stromatopora concentrica, Goldf. Besides the preceding three species I have found in the Corniferous limestone of Canada specimens which are un- distinguishable from Stromatopora concentrica, Goldfuss. As, however, none of these specimens exhibit their surface it cannot be positively asserted that they belong to this familiar Devonian species. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Fragment of Stromatopora ostiolata, Nich., natural size. Fig. 1a. Fragment of the same, enlarged, to show the oscula on the surface. Fig. 2. Fragment of Stromatopora tuberculata, Nich., natural size. Fig. 2a. Lateral view of a fragment of the same, enlarged, to show the reticulate structure. Fig. 3. Fragment of Stromatopora granulata, Nich., natural size, showing the granulated surface. Fig. 3a. Lateral view of a fragment of the same, enlarged to show the reticulate structure. Fig. 4. Fragment of Stromatopora mammillata, Nich., natural size. XII.—A Spheromid from Australia, and Arcturide from South Africa. By the Rev. THomas R. R. Steppin, M.A. [Plate III. A. figs. 1-8 a.] THE crustaceans described in this paper presented themselves among the sand and fragments shaken in transit from a variety 96 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on new Crustaceans. of sponges and gorgonias sent me by Mr. Wilson Saunders. The Sphxromid, shown in fig. 1, occurred in a collection from Swan River, 8.W. Australia; the Arcturide, figs. 2 and 3, in one from Fort Elizabeth, Algoa Bay, South Africa. Fig. 1 appears to be a Cymodocea; it has the setose tail and tail-appendages of that genus, the tail-piece terminating in a deep notch, occupied by a produced central plate or lobe. The body is very convex, with the sides parallel; the flagella of both pairs of antennz are multiarticulate; the branches of: the tail-appendages do not close one under the other. The species would be appropriately named Cymodocea tu- berculosa; for though the first segment of the pereion is smooth and marbled, the five following segments are adorned and almost covered with rows of shining tubercles. ‘Tubercles can be detected among the matted hairs of the pleon and uro- poda; and notably a row of three is conspicuous on the lobe which runs out into the notch at the end of the tail-piece. The branches of the uropoda have a pair of smooth shining tips at the extremity of each. The head, which is nearly as broad as the body, is long and sloping ; its frontal border has two small nostril-like prominences in the centre; a lower frontal margin is adorned with ten teeth or turrets, divided: into two sets of five, and exhibiting between them a still lower frontal plate with two shining lobes. The colour of the mouth is red, of the claws brown. The length of the animal is rather under half an inch; but, in spite of the small size, the beauty of the details makes it an object of considerable interest. Fig. 2 represents an animal of still more remarkable ap- pearance, which pretty clearly belongs to the genus Arcturus of Latreille, a genus described by Spence Bate and Westwood as “remarkable among the Jsopoda for its slender cylindrical form, the length of its lower pair of antenne, and the delicate ciliated structure of the four anterior pairs of legs, whilst the hind ones are short and very robust.” Our African species agrees with all these details, except that the bulging character of the fourth segment of the pereion is scarcely consistent with such a descriptioa as “a slender cylindrical form.” It still seems an open question whether the British Arctur? ought not to be separated from A. Baffind, the type of the genus, which has the fourth segment of the body scarcely longer than the others, and the lower antenne terminated by multiarticu- late flagella. Were the genus Leacia or Leachia revived to receive them, the species now under consideration would join them in it, its fourth segment having a very conspicuous de- velopment, and the lower antennz bearing three-jointed in- curved flagella like those of our British species. Meanwhile Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on new Crustaceans. 97 it may be described as Arcturus corniger, taking its specific name from its numerous horn-like protuberances, seven of which surmount as many separate segments; while the fourth segment carries no less than six cone-like swellings, the two largest of which are on the median line of the back, the front one being preceded, and the hinder one in like manner fol- lowed, by a smaller flanking pair of heights. The upper antennz extend only as far as the second joint of the lower ones ; they are slender and apparently three-jointed, the last articulation being the longest and ending obtusely. ‘The lower antenne are stout, and equal i in length to half that of the rest of the animal: the second joint is notched ; the fourth joint is considerably the longest; the third and ‘fifth are also long and about equal in size. ‘The eyes are promi- nent. The marsupial pouch of the fourth segment has a row of tubercles just below the hinge-line; and in the rear of this, three small apertures are visible in the ventral surface. The Rev. A. M. Norman kindly informs me that the draw- ing of this species which I sent him comes near to Leachia nodosa of Dana, but that he should hesitate to unite the species on the evidence of the figures which he has seen, the spiny processes on the segments being somewhat differently arranged. Of fig. 3 four specimens occurred, obviously belonging to the same genus as fig. 2. Three of these had masses of red granular matter clinging to the lower surface ; but whether this consisted of the eggs or of some extraneous substance it is not easy to say. All these four lie flat, in a posture very dif- ferent from the strange angularity shown by Arcturus corniger in common with our British Arcturide: neither do they pos- sess any remarkable protuberances; the segmentation, how- ever, is the same. The anterior legs are slender and ciliated, the three hinder pairs being stout by comparison, though not absolutely very robust. The upper antenne extend beyond the second joint of the lower, and terminate in a point. The lower antennx display a prominent angle on the second joint ; the third and fourth joints are each respectively longer than those which precede them; the fifth is not quite so long as the fourth. The fourth segment of the body, viewed from above, is coftin-shaped, and has two small tubercles on the median line. ‘The eyes are prominent. ‘The whole length, antenne included, is about half an inch. ‘The colour of the specimens is a more or less purplish brown, closely speckled all over with dark spots. Arcturus lineatus may be offered as a specific name for these creatures, as they seem to hold Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol, xii, 7 98 Mr. E. Parfitt on a new Species of Cellepora. themselves with body, tail, and antenne all in one line, instead of assuming the angular prancing attitude of their congeners. A fifth specimen differs from the other four in having the head wider and the fourth segment of the body much narrower, and in being without any dark markings on the skin. This is probably the male. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL. A. figs, 1-3 a. Fig. 1. Cymodocea tuberculosa; 1 a, underside of tail-piece ; 14, leg. Fig. 2. Arcturus corniger. Fig. 3. Arcturus lineatus ; 3a, one of the upper antennex. XIII.—On a new Species of Cellepora. By Epwarp Parritt, Esq. [Plate III. B. figs. 1-6. ] To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, I beg to introduce to you a new species of Cellepora dis- covered by me at Exmouth in the aytumn of 1872, a descrip- tion and figures of which I enclose. Ihave named it Cellepora hemispherica, from the cells forming little hemispherical masses. It appears to be perfectly distinct from any thing I can find, either amongst the fossil or recent species. I am, Gentlemen, . Yours obediently, Exeter, June 11, 1873. EDWARD PARFITT. Cellepora hemispherica, n. sp. Cells heaped together irregularly into, generally speaking, hemispherical masses ; mouth simple, elliptical ; cells variously formed, but generally ovate, white, shining, and thickly per- forated ; sometimes they are very much inflated, and in other specimens they are more or less depressed ; many of the cells are mouthless, or open into other contiguous cells. Avicularium or vibraculum very rarely developed: I have only seen one; and this, I think, was abnormal, as it was in the back of the eell. Ovicell 2? Animal ? The minute masses of cells are attached by the somewhat flattened underside to the branches of Sertularia abietina : the edges of the mass slightly curve, so as to fix themselves firmly to the branch ; they measure generally about one 25th of an inch in diameter. On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 99 The mouths of the cells are generally placed so as to come between two other cells, and they are so pressed down as to be discovered with difficulty ; and it frequently happens that no mouth can be discovered over the whole upper surface, but one or two may be found on the edge of the mass. The arrangement of the cells, if arrangement it can be called, reminds me more of Cellepora informata, a Miocene species described by Lonsdale in the first volume of the ‘Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society,’ p. 506. The form of the cells, and their heaping together and being fora- minated, gives a certain resemblance to them ; but in the fossil rather regular layers of cells can be traced, similar to those in old specimens of C. pumicosa, while in the recent species we have in view they are so minute that I cannot satisfy myself on this point. Large masses of Sertularia were cast ashore last autumn and winter on the beach at Exmouth. I collected a good many of them, and on some I discovered this species ; they are principally on the lower branches of the Sertularian. [ shall send specimens to the British Museum. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL. B. figs. 1-6. Fig. 1. Groups of cells, natural size. Fig. 2. Enlarged. Fig. 3. Removed from the Sertularian. Figs. 4, 5. Front and lateral views of cells. Fig. 6. The beginning of a group with four cells, mouthless, or opening into a common elongated cell. XIV.—Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the British Museum. By FREDERICK SmiTH, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. {Continued from p. 55. | Family Crabronide. Genus TRYPOXYLON, Latr. Trypoxylon vagum. Female. Length 5} lines. Black, adorned with golden pubescence; abdomen pale testaceous at the base. Head opaque ; the face and clypeus with silvery pubescence, that above the insertion of the antenne and in the sinus of the eyes has a golden lustre; the cheeks silvery; the mandibles and the apex of the scape ferruginous. Thorax: the anterio 7 100 Mr. F. Smith on new Species margin of the prothorax transverse and elevated, the posterior margin fringed with golden pubescence; the mesothorax smooth and shming, its lateral and posterior margins with golden pubescence; a band of golden pubescence crosses the postscutellum from the insertion of the posterior wings; the sides of the metathorax, which is smooth and shining, with ‘pale golden pubescence ; the tibize and tarsi ferruginous, the posterior pair more or less fuscous ; the tips of the femora and the underside of the posterior pair ferruginous ; wings sub- hyaline, with a fuscous cloud in the marginal cell. Abdomen : the first and second segments above, the base of the third, and the apical margins of the following segments narrowly pale testaceous ; beneath, entirely testaceous, with a few irregular fuscous stains, and covered thinly with a fine changeable golden pubescence. Hab. St. Paulo. Trypoxylon superbum. Female. Length 6 lines. Head and thorax black, and adorned with bright golden pubescence; abdomen and legs pale rufo-testaceous. Head: the face and clypeus covered with bright golden pubescence ; the cheeks with a change- able pale golden pile, which, in certain lights, has a silvery brilliancy ; the palpi and mandibles testaceous yellow, the latter rufo-piceous at their apex; the scape, and four or five of the following jomts of the antenne, ferruginous. Thorax: the prothorax and tegule pale ferruginous, the posterior margin of the former, the margins of the mesothorax, the postscutellum, and the metathorax adorned with bright golden pubescence; at the base of the metathorax is a sub- triangular space covered with very short pubescence, or golden pile; the sides of the thorax and also beneath clothed with changeable fine golden pile, which, on the pectus, has a silvery lustre; wings flavo-hyaline and iridescent, the nervures fer- ruginous. Abdomen: the apical margins of the segments usually more or less black, sometimes rufo-piceous, and in some examples only faintly coloured with darker ferruginous. Hab. Ega. Trypoxylon rugifrons. Female. Length 64 lines. Head and thorax black, and adorned with golden pile; the abdomen and legs pale ferru- ginous. Head: an ovate space on the face, below the anterior stemma, rugose; the head otherwise covered with pale golden pile, that on the cheeks and clypeus having a silvery brightness in certain lights; the scape and two basal joints of the fla- of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 101 gellum of the antennz, as well as the mandibles, ferruginous. Thorax smooth and shining, and more or less covered with pale golden pubescence; the mesothorax, the scutellum, and metathorax usually destitute of pubescence; a deep longitudinal sulcation at the base of the metathorax, from which a groove runs down to its apex; wings flavo-hyaline, the nervures ferruginous. Abdomen smooth and shining, with the petiole more or less obscure at the base. Hab, Higa. Trypoxylon levifrons. Female. Length 64 lines. Head and thorax black, and adorned with golden pile. Coloured the same as rug?frons, with these differences: the two apical joints of the antenne ferruginous, and the petiole of the abdomen not discoloured. The specific differences are, that the space below the anterior stemima is covered with delicate shallow punctures, and it has a central longitudinal channel which terminates in a slightly raised tubercle above the insertion of the antenne ; the meta- thorax has no sulcation at its base, but has a central, broad, slightly impressed channel, which runs from its apex upwards, stopping short one third of its length before the base. flab, Kuga. Trypoxylon fabricator. Female. Length 53 lines. Black, smooth and shining, with the basal margins of the second and third segments of the abdomen rufo-testaceous. Head: the clypeus, lower part of the cheeks, and the sinus of the eyes clothed with golden pubescence ; the mandibles, base and apex of the scape, and the first joint of the flagellum at its apex, and also beneath, rufo-testaceous ; the defined space in front of the anterior ocellus with a few irregular shallow punctures; from its anterior margin an elevated cara runs down to the insertion of the antenne. Thorax: the margins of the pro- and meso- thorax with golden pubescence ; the sides of the metathorax have a paler pubescence ; at its base is a deep central sulcation, which is indistinctly and transversely striated; the oblique truncation has a second broad groove, which runs to the apex ; wings hyaline and iridescent, the nervures black ; the articu- lations of the legs are pale; the anterior tibie and tarsi yalest ; the basal joint of the intermediate tarsi white at the base. The male closely resembles the other sex, but has the detined space on the front rugose ; the legs are darker, and the trans- verse striation on the metathorax is stronger. Hab. Ega; Catagallo (Brazil). 102 Mr. F. Smith on new Species Genus CrABRO, Fabr. Crabro nasicornis. Female. Length 3-34 lines. Black, with yellow markings ; the clypeus covered with bright silvery pubescence, and having an acute tooth in the middle of its anterior margin. Head large, subquadrate, and a little wider than the thorax; the cheeks covered with silvery pile; the scape of the antenne bright yellow ; the mandibles yellowish white. Thorax: the collar, tubercles, an ovate spot on each side of the scutellum at its base, and another which is united to it at its side, yellow ; the wings hyaline and iridescent; the nervures black ; the tegule honey-yellow ; the cox and femora beneath yellowish white; the tibie pale ferruginous; the tarsi whitish; the femora above, and the intermediate and posterior tibiz outside, rufo-piceous, sometimes blackish. Abdomen: the apical margins of the segments narrowly rufo-piceous; the basal margins have on each side a yellow fascia, which widens into a large macula at the extreme lateral margins; the apical seg- ment canaliculated and bright ferruginous ; beneath, the second segment is usually almost entirely yellow, and the third has two pale yellow spots ; the markings beneath are variable in the three examples examined, as is also the colouring of the legs in its intensity. Hab. Ega; St. Paulo. Crabro pugnans. Female. Length 23 lines. Black ; head and thorax marked and spotted with yellow. The scape of the antenna, the palpi, and mandibles yellow ; the flagellum fulvous; the clypeus covered with bright silvery pubescence ; a longitudinal groove along the outer margins of the eyes, which is filled with silvery pubescence. Thorax: the collar, tubercles, an ovate spot at the lateral angles of the base of the scutellum, two curved lines on the metathorax laterally, immediately behind the insertion of the wings, yellow; the metathorax coarsely rugose; the mesothorax shining, and finely and closely punctured; wings subhyaline, iridescent, and with the nervures black ; the tibie and tarsi yellow. Abdomen smooth and shining; the fifth segment with a fine cinereous pile; the apical segment fer- ruginous. Hab. Para. Crabro megacephala. Female. Length 2} lines. Black; head very large, rather wider than the thorax, and oblong-quadrate. Head: the scape of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 103 of the antennz and a line at the base of the mandibles yellow, the latter otherwise ferruginous; the flagellum fulvous. Thorax: the collar, tegule, two ovate spots on the scutellum laterally, and a line united to them, running up to its base, as well as the postscutellum, yellow ; the legs yellow, with the posterior femora rufo-testaceous ; wings hyaline and iridescent, with the nervures fusco-ferruginous. Abdomen: an ovate yellow spot on the second, third, and fourth segments laterally, close to the outer margins. Hab, Para. Crabro carinatus. Female. Length 4 lines. Black; head and thorax marked with yellow; abdomen fasciated with the same. Head large, subquadrate above, and rather wider than the thorax ; ocelli ina curve; the clypeus with silvery pubescence, and the cheeks with bright, changeable, silvery pile ; the scape of the antenne and a line at the base of the mandibles yellow. Thorax: the collar, tubercles, a line at the base of the scutellum, the post- scutellum, and all the tibiz in front yellow ; the legs sometimes rufo-piceous ; the mesothorax with two elevated abbreviated earine on the disk anteriorly ; the disk rugose; the meta- thorax with a deep, central, longitudinal channel; the en- closed space at its base obliquely rugose ; the truncation with shallow, transverse, coarse striae; wings flavo-hyaline, the nervures pale ferrugimous. Abdomen: the first segment strongly punctured, the second less strongly so, the following impunctate ; the segments margined posteriorly, and with broad yellow fasci#, which extend over the margination; the first segment without a fascia; the apical segment yellow and canaliculated. Hab. St. Paulo; Ega. Crabro sculpturatus. Female. Length 53 lines. Black; the scape of the an- tenne, scutellum, postscutellum, and legs beneath yellow. Head as wide as the thorax; ocelli in a triangle; coarsely rugose with confluent punctures; clypeus sharply carinate and densely covered with silvery pubescence. ‘lhe anterior margin of the prothorax elevated into a sharp carina, which terminates laterally in an acute tooth ; the anterior portion of the mesothorax, before the insertion of the wings, coarsely sculptured with divergent strie or grooves; the posterior portion with oblong longitudinal punctures disposed in rows ; the metathorax with a coarse reticulation, composed of large shallow punctures ; at the sides it has an oblique coarse stria- 104 Mr. F. Smith on new Species tion; the rest of the thorax beneath has large shallow punctures ; the tarsi pale yellow, with the apical joimts black ; wings subhyaline, nervures fuscous. Abdomen: the basal segment strongly punctured, with its apical margin opaque and finely shagreened ; the second, third, and fourth segments are transversely and evenly striated at their base ; the middle portion is strongly punctured, and the apical is shagreened ; the following segments are smooth and shining; the fifth segment has a few punctures at its apical margin, and the terminal segment is canaliculated and punctured, and has a tuft of golden sete on each side ; beneath, smooth and shining, the second segment having, on each side, a large ovate space, which is semiopaque, and covered with fine, thin, hoary pile. Hab. Ega. This species belongs to St. Fargeau’s subgenus Ceratocalus, and is a most remarkably sculptured insect. Crabro dentatus. Female. Length 32 lines. Black, with yellow markings ; a stout tooth im the middle of the anterior margin of the clypeus, and a smaller one on each side at the lateral angles ; the cheeks have also a sharp tooth at their lower posterior angles. Head large, subquadrate, and wider than the thorax ; the ocelli in a curve on the vertex; the scape and mandibles yellow, the latter rufo-piceous at their apex; the flagellum fulvous. Thorax: the collar, tubercles, two spots on the scu- tellum and another on each side of it, which unite with the former ones, and the postscutellum yellow; the anterior legs reddish yellow ; all the coxe, the intermediate and posterior legs yellow; all the femora above, and the posterior pair with a line beneath, black; the semicircular space beneath the postscutellum with coarse, divergent, longitudinal grooves ; wings hyaline and iridescent, with the nervures fuscous. Abdomen subpetiolate; the basal margins of the segments more or less rufo-testaceous laterally; the second segment beneath, and the apical margins of the other segments, rufo- testaceous. Hab. Paya. Crabro verticalis. Female. Length 3 lines. Black ; two large, yellow, ovate spots on the scutellum, and two smaller spots on the post- scutellum ; abdomen petiolate. Head: the posterior margin of the vertex raised, forming a transverse carina which terminates laterally in a small tubercle; the ocelli in an equilateral of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 105 triangle; the scape in front and the mandibles yellow, the latter ferruginous at their apex ; the flagellum fulvous beneath ; the palpi pale testaceous; the lower part of the face and the clypeus covered with bright silvery pubescence. Thorax: the collar, tuLercles, anterior and intermediate tibiz and tarsi, and all the femora at their apex yellow ; the posterior tibiz spinose externally, and their calcaria pale ferruginous; the wings hyaline and iridescent, with their nervures fuscous ; the tegule testaceous ; two yellow spots on the scutellum, and also two on the postscutellum. Abdomen shining, and thinly covered with a fine, pale, sericeous pile. Hab. St. Paulo (Brazil). Family Philanthide. Genus CEeRceris, Latr. Jercerts reversus. Male. Length 3} lines. Black, with yellow spots and bands above; beneath yellow, with black markings. Head: the face, clypeus, mandibles at their base, and the scape of the antenne in front yellow; the flagellum fulvous beneath. Thorax: an interrupted line on the collar, the tegule, scu- tellum, postscutellum, and the metathorax yellow ; the latter with an abbreviated black line that runs halfway up from its base; and at its base a minute triangular black space, with a yellow dot in the middle; wings subhyaline, iridescent, and with a fuscous stain along the anterior margin of the fore wings; the legs are yellow beneath, except the posterior femora, which are only so at their base; an irregular-shaped yellow spot in the middle of the pectus; the anterior and in- termediate tarsi yellow, the posterior pair fuscous. Abdomen : the first segment, a line on the posterior margin of the second laterally, and an entire fascia on that of the four following segments, with the seventh entirely, yellow ; beneath yellow, with narrower black fascie. Hab. Para. Cerceris pullatus. Female. Length 44 lines. Black ; the wings fuscous; the legs varied with yellow. Head: the sides of the face, below the insertion of the antenne, yellow ; the clypeus black, its anterior margin slightly emarginate, and produced at the angles into a short acute tooth; the lower part of the face, on each side of the clypeus, with a bright silvery pubescence ; the scape, and two basal joints of the antenna, and the underside 106 Mr. F. Smith on new Species of the other joints, ferruginous ; mandibles ferruginous, with a yellow spot at their base. Thorax: an interrupted line on the postscutellum and the tegule reddish yellow ; wings fusco- hyaline, with a dark fuscous stain along the anterior margin of the superior pair; the anterior legs ferruginous; of the other pairs the tibiz and tips of the femora beneath are yellow, the posterior tibize being more or less black ; the basal joint of the tarsi white, the other joints more or less rufo-fuscous. Abdomen: a minute spot on the basal segment and the apical margins of the second, fourth, and fifth segments with narrow yellow fascie. The insect covered with strong confluent punctures. Hab. St. Paulo. The markings of this species are evidently variable: of two examples only, one has a minute yellow spot behind the eyes, and also a very narrow interrupted line on the collar. Cercerts modestus. Female. Length 44 lines. Black, and adorned with bright yellow markings. Head: a yellow line at the inner margins of the eyes, widening towards the base of the clypeus, which is also yellow and elevated; the base of the mandibles and a spot behind the eyes yellow ; the antennz fulvous beneath. Thorax: the collar, a spot beneath the wings, the tegule, scutellum, two spots on the postscutellum, and another on each side of the metathorax above yellow ; wings hyaline, iridescent, and with a dark fuscous stain in the marginal cell, which ex- tends to the apex of the wings; the nervures dark fuscous ; the tibiee with a yellow line outside ; the legs dark rufo-piceous. Abdomen: the second segment yellow, except its extreme base ; the apical margins of the other segments yellow, the apical one entirely so. ‘The head and thorax strongly punc- tured, the abdomen sparingly so. Hab. Kiga. Cerceris nigriceps. Female. Length 4 lines. Head black, and also the three apical segments of the abdomen ; otherwise of a reddish yellow. Head: the face yellow, and with a pale golden glittering pubescence ; a short conical tubercle at the base of the clypeus ; mandibles yellow, with their tips black; the scape and four basal joints of the antenne ferruginous, the following joints ferruginous beneath. ‘Thorax: the postscutellum yellow ; the tarsi and front of the tibiae and femora, as well as the coxz beneath, yellowish ; wings subhyaline, iridescent, and with a fuscous stain along the anterior margin of the front wings; of Fossorial Hymenoptera. 107 the nervures fusco-ferruginous. Abdomen: the apical margins of the segments yellow. The insect covered with confluent punctures. Hab. Paya. The colour of this species will probably be found to vary in being more or less red, and also in the amount of pure yellow with which it is variegated. It is unique in the National Collection. Cerceris ruficeps. Female. Length 44 lines. Head red, with the face and clypeus yellow; thorax and abdomen black, and spotted and banded with yellow. Head: the scape yellow in front, fer- ruginous behind ; the four basal joints of the flagellum ferru- ginous, the following are only so beneath; the mandibles ferruginous, with their apex black; a large black spot on the vertex, enclosing the ocelli. Thorax: the collar, two spots spots beneath the wings, the tegule, a minute spot on each of the scutellum, and the postscutellum yellow, and more or less tinged with ferruginous ; wings fusco-hyaline and iri- descent ; the costal nervures and the stigma pale ferruginous, the rest of the nervures dark fuscous ; the legs ferruginous and more or less variegated with yellow; the posterior tibie and femora blackish within. Abdomen: a broad yellow margin on the basal segment, edged with ferruginous ; the second and fifth segments with a narrow white fascia near their apical margins. The insect covered with confluent punctures. Hab. St. Paulo. Genus TrAcuypus, Klug. Trachypus disjunctus. Male. Length 5? lines. Black, variegated with yellow and white. Head shining on the vertex, which is covered with large confluent punctures; the face more closely and finely punctured, and covered with silvery pubescence ; the clypeus and cheeks with long fulvous pubescence ; the scape in front, and a very narrow line at the inner margins of the eyes, yellow ; six or eight of the basal joints of the flagellum yellowish beneath ; tips of the mandibles rufo-piceous. Thorax shining ; the mesothorax with three deep longitudinal furrows, which have a short impressed line between them and the tegule ; the scutellum, postscutellum, and an enclosed space at the base of the metathorax smooth and shining ; the latter has a small pitin the middle ; beyond, the metathorax is punctured ; wings 108 On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera. subhyaline, beautifully iridescent, the nervures rufo-fuscous ; an interrupted line on the collar, two spots on each tegula, and a small oblong spot on each side of the insertion of the abdo- men yellow ; the tibie and knees of the anterior and inter- mediate legs, and also the tarsi of the former, yellow ; the in- termediate and posterior tarsi white, with the tips of the joints black. Abdomen smooth and shining; the extreme base of the second segment ferruginous ; it has also a little before its apical margin an interrupted yellow fascia, which widens towards the lateral margins; the apical margins of the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments with narrow yellow fasciz, the first slightly interrupted. Hab. St. Paulo. This insect may possibly be the male of Trachypus basalis, since both are from St. Paulo. Trachypus basalis. Female. Length 53 lines. Black, and variegated with yellow and ferruginous. Head rather strongly punctured, the punctures shallow and confluent ; the face, as high as the an- tenn, the clypeus, and a bilobed spot above it, also a minute spot between the lobes, the scape of the antennee in front, the cheeks, and a line behind the eyes yellow ; tips of the man- dibles black; the flagellum of the antennz fulvous beneath. Thorax: the disk with fine shallow punctures; an oblong central broad depression and a narrower one on each side ; the base of the metathorax very smooth and shining; a slightly interrupted line on the collar, the tegule, tubercles, and two abbreviated lines at the apex of the metathorax yellow; the anterior and intermediate tibie, and femora in front, yellow, ferruginous above, and the tibie with a black line behind ; the tarsi ferruginous beneath and more or less fuscous above ; the posterior femora fusco-ferruginous ; the apical joints of the tarsi pale ferruginous ; wings flavo-hyaline, with the nervures ferruginous. Abdomen very smooth and shining, the second segment obscurely ferruginous ; an interrupted fascia at the apex of the petiole ; a fascia on the apical margin of the second segment, attenuated in the middle, and the margins of the fourth and fifth with a narrow fascia, yellow ; the sides of the apical segment yellow; beneath, the second segment yellowish white, with a furcate black spot at the base; the apical margin of the fifth segment yellow. Hab. St. Paulo. On the Tortoises of the ‘ Zoology of Mexico.’ 109 XV.—WNotes on the Tortoises of the ‘ Zoology of Mexico’ of MM. A. Duméril and Bocourt. By Dr. J. HE. Gray, F.R.S. &e. THIS is a part of the zoological researches of the scientific expedition to Mexico and Central America, published under the direction of M. Milne-Edwards, entitled, ‘‘ Etudes sur les Reptiles et les Batraciens, par M. Auguste Duméril, Membre de l'Institut, et M. Bocourt, Naturaliste-voyageur, Membre de la commission scientifique de Mexique.”’ The work seems to have been stopped by the Revolution; for this livraison appeared in 1870, and I have not seen any since. This part contains 10 plates, marked 1.—xii., the eighth and tenth not being published. The text only refers to the Che- lonians, with the exception of a few pages about crocodiles ; so I shall confine my observations to the Chelonians. The work is written in a very slight and popular style ; and the illustrations are more decorative than accurate, the figures appearing to be very much embellished. Indeed the descriptions are of the most prominent characters only, and far behind our knowledge of the structure of the Chelonians—no details of the skulls, or the palates, or the development of the sternum being given, which would at once have enabled us to ascertain the smaller groups to which the species belong, to determine easily their proper relations, and to be certain whether they are correctly identified. Indeed the whole work is a lamentable exhibition of the very backward state of zoological science in the French capital; the principal part of it seems to be merely the produc- tion of probably an excellent collector of animals in foreign countries, but who has had no preliminary education. Like many other zoological works of late years published in France, it isin great part a mere compilation by a “ prentice hand,” which often shows great industry but no zoological talent. It seems to be the system now for such works to be composed by a person who is taken from the zoolo- gical laboratory and sent out to collect, or desired to study the collections and works on a given subject, and write the best he can upon it, and publish it, generally in conjunction with the name of a Member of the Institute, who writes a few pages, differmg in number according to his leisure or inclination, puts their two names in the title, and, if I have not been very incorrectly informed, takes the lion’s share of “honorarium ”’ paid for the preparation of the work. 110 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Tortoises 1. Emys incisa, Duméril and Bocourt, l.c. p. 11, t. 1. & i. From the mountains of Conchavona, in the province of La Union, one of the ports of Salvador on the Pacific. The in- habitants say it is never found in water. It appears to be an Hmys ; but the head is so indistinctly ficured that it is impossible to determine what modern genus or species it may belong to. 2. Emys areolata, Dum. Arch. du Mus. 1852, tome vi. p- 223, t. xiv.; Bocourt, U.c. p. 13. Cholepus areolatus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1866, p. 128. M. Bocourt observes that fig. 1 in the plate cited repre- sents more plates than the species possesses, the artist being apparently misled by the irregularity in one side of the cara- ace. ' In the ‘ Supplement to the Catalogue of Shield Reptiles,’ p- 42, I observed that this species was probably a variety of Malaclemmys concentrica. ‘The examination of the palate, which would at once settle this question, is not noted in MM. Duméril and Bocourt’s essay, but the species is left in that magazine of incongruous species called Hmys by these authors. 3. Emys venusta, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. 1855, p. 24, t. xu. a; Bocourt, /.c. p. 13. He refers to a peculiarity in the genito-urinal organs de- scribed by Vautherin, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 5, p. 12. 4. Emys Grayt, Dum. & Bocourt, l.c. p. 18, t. ui. f. 2, 2 a. This species is described as allied to, but different from, Emys ornata, Bell, MSS.; Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. t. i. p. 286; Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 24, t. xii.; Bocourt, /.c. t. i. f. 1 & 1a, figured from a specimen presented by Mr. Bell to the French Museum. . Gray? is found on the east coast of Guatemala, at the mouth of the Nagualate. I believe that this species is the same as Callichelys con- cinna, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, x. p. 148; Hand-list Sh. Rept. p. 48%. Described from two specimens received from Tehuantepec, San Mateo. This species has nothing to do with Hmys Grayz of Ginther, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 504, t. 38, from Bussora (Emmenia Grayt, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 38, and Hand-list Sh. Rept. ). p- 36 * In the ‘Hand-list of Shield Reptiles,’ p. 48, the name accidentally dropped out in making up the pages, and the specimens are referred to as belonging to C. callirostris. of the ‘Zoology of Mexico.’ nt 5. “ Emys pulcherrima, Gray,” Dum. & Bocourt, /. ¢. pelid, te -vat hes. 1 aki 6: This they regard as “ the adult of the #. pulcherrima, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. ‘B. M. 1855, t. xxv. fig. 1 (young).” It is described from a specimen said to have come from Central America, which is living in the Menagerie of Reptiles. Only the external form and the colouring of the upper part of the animal is figured ; and the description is so general that it is impossible ‘to determine to what subgenus this species should be referred; and I greatly doubt its ‘being the adult of my Emys pulcher rima (from the colouring of the head, neck, and feet), which is, by the structure of its sternum, a Bhino-~ clemmys. ‘The species described by Duméril and Bocourt, from the shortness of the toes and the form of the streaks on the head, may belong to the same genus. If it does, it is quite a new species, characterized by the streaks of the head and the broad orange streaks edged with black on the fore legs, which separate it from all the species of hinoclemmys known. .I therefore propose to call it Rhinoclemmys Bocourtt. The colouring of the shell is somewhat like that of, but very dif- ferent from, 2. mexicana. 6. Emys marmorata, Baird & Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. vi. 1852, p. 177. MM. Duméril and Bocourt observe that there are two speci- mens of this species in the French Museum from the province of San Francisco, California, sent by Professor Agassiz; but their description adds nothing to our knowledge of this species ; they give the account of the synonyma compiled for Mr. Agassiz, which I believe contains two very different animals confused together. Mr. Girard’s figure very much resembles the animal which I described in 1855, from a specimen I purchased at Nantes, under the name of Hmys olivacea, Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 30, t. xi. c, and which I’now call Redamia olivacea; and the truth of this suspicion might have been confirmed if MM. Duméril and Bocourt had given us the details of its palate. Cistudo mexicana, Gray ; Duméril & Bocourt, /.c. p. 17, who add nothing new to the account of this species ; indeed it appears doubtful whether the authors had ever seen a specimen. Dermatemys Mawiti, Gray ; Duméril & Bocourt, lc. p. 17, t. vill. figs. 2, 2a. They merely observe that this species is found in the fresh 112 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Tortoises waters of Belize, where it is eaten in the early months of the year, and several specimens were received from Mexico. . They give a very poor figure of the head, from the living animal, which, if correct, has not the black spot on each side of the pupil, so common in American water-tortoises ; and this peculiarity 1s not noticed in the description. In the synonyma the authors refer Hmys Berardit of M. A. Duméril, so badly figured in the Arch. du Muséum, 1852, vi. p. 231, t. xv., and Plychemys (i.e. Ptychemys) Berardii of Agassiz without any doubt as synonyma of this species, which I suppose, settles this question; but the species was so very badly described that it was a matter of great doubt. Emysaurus Rossignonii, Duméril & Bocourt, 7. c. p. 18, tows dees This species, which is established on three young speci- mens, two from Guatemala and one from Mexico, is distin- guished from the young /. serpentina from Pennsylvania (which they figure t. v. f. 1) by having four beards, two on each side of the symphysis of the chin, a broader sternum, less- marked cuticular processes on the neck and limbs. This is a species that has not occurred to me among the many tortoises Mr. Salvin has brought from Guatemala. Ciauptus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1865. Claudius angustatus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1865, p. 187; 1869, t. ix. ; Duméril & Bocourt, /. c. p. 20, t. vi. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. Claudius megalocephalus, Bocourt, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 1868, x. p. 122. Described from a single specimen in the Paris Museum, received from Mexico. This species I have not seen. It is very interesting in the nose not being produced or cylindrical, the chin having two beards, the sternum being acute at each end and covered with four pairs of shields, and the lateral process of the second pec- toral plate being slender. The tail is very short and marked with four longitudinal tubercular ridges. 1. Staurotypus triporcatus, Wagler; Duméril & Bocourt, Lc. p. 2h's Gray, Cat. Sh Rept: t) xx: b: The authors add nothing to the account of this animal; indeed it is doubtful if they have seen it. of the ‘Zoology of Mexico.’ 113 2. Staurotypus Salvinii, Gray, Duméril & Bocourt, /. c. p. 22, t.v. f.3,3a@; Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 127; 1869, p. 179, fig. 5 (skull) ; Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 65. Received from Vera Paz, Guatemala, one of the affluents of the Polochie. The figure only represents the underside of the living animal. I do not see how Staurotypus marmoratus of J. von Fischer, from Tejas in Mexico, described and figured in Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturg. 1870, p. 265, t. x., differs from this species. 1. Cinosternon cruentatum, A. Duméril, Arch. du Muséum, 1852, vi. p. 238, t. xvi. 2. Ctnosternon albogulare, Duméril & Bocourt, /. c. p. 24. The Museum received three specimens from San José, Costa Rica. 3. Cinosternon leucostomum, A. Duméril, Arch. du Muséum, 1852, vi. p. 239, fig. 17. 4, Cinosternon hirtipes, Wagler, Icon. Amphib. t. xxx. The three former are only in the Paris Museum; and the characters separating them seem very doubtful. The last is only known from Wagler’s figure. The large number of specimens in the British Museum from different parts of tropical America show that the species of this genus are very liable to vary. Chelonia Agassizii, Duméril & Bocourt, /. c. p. 26, t. vi. Described from a single specimen in the Museum of Paris, taken at the mouth of the Naguale, on the Pacific shores of Guatemala. From the form of its head-shields, it appears to be a species of the restricted genus Chelonia. ‘The authors say it is well distinguished from Chelonia virgata by the dorsal disk being more elevated and sloping on each side like a roof, and more elongate and narrowed over the hinder limb, and by the resence of an interoccipital plate on the back of the crown. t may probably be a distinct species, perhaps one of those de- seribed by Mr. Girard. It is very difficult to distinguish species of turtles when they are divided into small groups by the form of the skull, number of head-shields, &c., unless you have a series of speci- mens showing all the ages of the species; for the bones undergo such a change of form during the development of the animal. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xi. 8 114 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Indian I have just seen Mr. Cope’s synopsis of the Chelydrine in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila- delphia’ for 1872, p. 22, which contains some remarks on M. Bocourt’s paper. He observes that 1. Staurotypus Salvinit, figured by Bocourt, appears to him to be very different from that described by Dr. Gray, and perhaps pertains to another genus. ‘ Dr. Gray describes the anterior lobe of the sternum in S. Salvinii as narrowed like the posterior, while it is broadly rounded in this animal.” Mr. Cope forms for this a species, which he names Claudius pictus; but he seems to have a doubt if it is distinct from a species which he calls Claudius severus, p. 24,—which I think are both the same as Stauremys Salvinit. Mr. Cope’s paper induces me to believe that the first section of his genus Claudius is synonymous with my genus Stau- remys, which differs from Claudius in having a broader sternal costal process and a distinct inguinal. 2. Claudius angustatus, Cope. He seems to consider that his species is different from that figured by M., Bocourt, and is inclined to think that Bocourt was right when he named it me- galocephalus in 1868, though he afterwards gave it up, believing it to be the same as Cope’s. From these observations it would appear as if the genus Claudius ought to be confined to this species, peculiar for having a very narrow costal lateral lobe and only a single or no inguinal shield. XVI.—Answer to Dr. Stoliczka’s “Notes on the Indian Species of Thelyphonus.” By A. G. Burter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. Dr. SroriczKa has just forwarded to me a paper recently read before the Asiatic Society of Bengal, containing a criticism of my monograph of Thelyphonus (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. x. pp. 200-206), and supplemented by descriptions of several new species. It is unfortunate that the author did not acquaint me with his intention to describe new Indian Thelyphoni, as 1 should willingly have deferred the publication of my own paper (Cist. Ent. vi. pp. 129-132) until his descriptions had appeared, and thus avoided adding to the synonymy of the genus. As it is, there can be little doubt that my paper has priority, since it was before the public on May 1, whereas the separate copies even of Dr. Stoliczka’s paper appear not to have reached the author much before the middle of that month, the one forwarded to me having left Calcutta on the 15th. Species of Thelyphonus. 115 I must now briefly refer to a few remarks which occur in Dr. Stoliczka’s paper. He says, in the first place, speaking of the sections into which I have grouped the genus, “‘ Turning now to the sections distinguished by Mr. Butler, there are some discrepancies to be noticed in the species referred to them by the author.” He then proceeds to point out, amongst other unimportant details, that Koch has not accurately figured the cheliceres of 7. brasilianus and T. linganus, provided that I have referred them to their proper sections. This I am at once willing to admit ; but Koch’s figures are exceedingly rude, and Dr. Stoliczka himself is evidently aware that that author laid no stress on the number of “denticles,” as appears in his note on T. brasilianus, where he says :—‘‘ Their number, it is true, is not mentioned in the description ; but if Koch’s figure has been found to be incorrect, the correction should have been noticed ;” and in his note on 7. linganus, “ Koch’s original figure gives six denticles on the second joint of the cheliceres, but does not refer to that number in the text. Is the figure incorrect in that respect ?” It is certainly remarkable, considering how little dependence can be placed on Koch’s figures of Thelyphonus, that any one can feel certain that ‘‘ Koch’s 7. rujipes is clearly not the same species as the one originally described by Lucas under the same name;”’ and, considering the admission that, as regards two other species figured by him, “the differences which he notices as distinguishing the two are decidedly of no specific value,” it is, I think, odd that Dr. Stoliczka should assume to believe that the “denticles”’ on the cheliceres were counted when Koch figured his specieg, though neglected when he described them. He says, however :—“If those descriptions and figures were found to be incorrect or not reliable, the mistakes had first to be pointed out and corrected before a determination, based upon them, was admitted or rejected.” To this I reply that I consider the descriptions reliable, and the figures give a vague notion of the general outline, whilst the localities given assist still more in the determination of the species. I did not consider it necessary to state in full my reasons for every little change which I made; for I consider brevity as much the soul of science as itis the soul of wit. As regards Guérin’s 7. caudatus, a figure is given, and by no means so careful a one as to enable any body with certainty to determine the species: the locality ‘‘ Antilles” is therefore the only clue to the species ; it is not the locality of 7. caudatus, which, as Dr. Stoliczka remarks, is stated to be Java. Nothing, therefore, could be more reasonable than to refer it to 7. an- tillanus. S* 116 On the Indian Species of Thelyphonus. My reason for considering Koch’s figure of 7. proscorpio identical with the 7. caudatus of Lucas is that there is a great similarity in their general appearance, whilst they both have five denticles on the second joint of the cheliceres ; the dif- ference of width of joints is one often noticeable in a com- parison of figures of the same species drawn respectively by German and French artists, and cannot be depended upon. As to T. angustus of Lucas, Dr. Stoliczka appears to be doubtful of his own identification of the species; and therefore I need not discuss it. Dr. Stoliczka seems indignant at my considering his 7° assamensis the adult form of 7. rufimanus; and certainly, if his later figures are taken from the type (in which case the earlier ones cannot be), I should myself allow the two species to be distinct, and should correct the synonymy by considering T. scabrinus of Stoliczka identical with 7. rufimanus, and T. assamensis of the later paper and plate as probably a malformed example of my 7’. psittacinus. I may be allowed to state my view of the really well- executed plate which accompanies Dr. Stoliczka’s notes, as follows :— Fig. 1. Thelyphonus scabrinus, Stol., = T. assamensis, Stol. (rufi- manus, Lucas). 2. T. assamensis, Stol., = ? 7’. psittacinus, Butl., malformed. 3. T. (conf.) angustus, Lucas, = ? 7’. proscorpio, Latr., junior. 4. T. formosus, Butl., = 7. formosus, Butl., variety. 5. T. indicus, Stol., = 7’. sepiaris, Butl. 6. 7. Beddomei, Stol., = n. sp. It appears, notwithstanding the author’s statement that “ ficures of single parts are undoubtedly very useful, but they are not sufficient,’ &c., that he has been successful in de- termining my 7’. formosus ; and he does not hint at the possi- bility of any of my other new species being wrongly identified. In conclusion, if in the above remarks [ have felt bound to defend myself, from a consciousness that my determinations are worthy of more consideration than Dr. Stoliczka has shown them, it must be understood that I have done so with a view to the advancement of science, and from no wish to contradict the author of a really useful paper; and I may add that I shall look forward with great pleasure to Dr. Stoliczka’s promised paper on the anatomy of the genus, which will, I doubt not, throw much light upon the affinities of this long neglected but most interesting group. Se Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 117 XVII.—A Monographie Revision of the Genus Phrynus, with Descriptions of Four remarkable new Species. By ARTHUR GARDINER BUTLER, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c. [Plates VI. & VII.] THE last list of the species of Phrynus was that published by Gervais in the third volume of his ‘ Aptéres;’ since then the two Kochs, Horatio Wood, and M. Lucas have all added spe- cies, bringing the total number of known forms up to twenty; one or two of these, however, will probably prove synonymous with species previously described. In the present paper I have added four new species, one of which possesses the cha- racter, hitherto unknown in the genus, of a strongly serrated front margin to the cephalothorax. In all published descriptions of Phrynides I have found one very important character overlooked, namely the arrangement of the teeth in the mandibles. This character will alone serve to distinguish most of the species, and therefore should not be neglected. The mandibles are easy to extract from dried specimens, whilst with specimens in spirit this is unneces- sary, for they can be drawn forward and examined without difficulty. I have sketched the mandibles of most of the species in the collection of the British Museum ; and I find that all the New- World forms are characterized by the distinct bifurcation of the first tooth in the lower mandible, this type of tooth being rare in Old-World species. The toothing of the upper man- dible differs more or less in the bulk of the species, even be- tween species in which the toothing of the lower mandible is identical. Genus Purynus, Olivier. American Species. 1. Phrynus chetracanthus. Pl. V1. fig. 1. Phrynus cheiracanthus, Gervais, Brit. Mus. 1842; Soc. Phil. Paris, in Journ. |’Inst. p. 72 (1842); Apt. iii. p. 3, n. 3 (1844). Hab. Type, Demerara (Bowers); New Granada (Stahl- schmidt). B.M. 2. Phrynus gorgo. Phrynus gorgo, Wood, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. xiii., n.s., p. 440 (1869). Hab. “ Peru” (Wood); Paré? B.M. We have one example of apparently this species, larger than 118 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. the type. The first pair of legs are enormously developed, as in P. chetracanthus ; and the palpi are longer and more slender than in Wood’s figure. 3. Phrynus Kochit, n. sp. Pl. VI. fig. 2. Phrynus medius, Koch (nec Herbst), Arachn. viii. p. 8, pl. 255. fig. 698 (1841). Hab. America (Koch). B.M. 4. Phrynus asperatipes. Phrynus asperatipes, Wood, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., n. 6., vol. v. pt. iv. p. 875 (1863). Hab. “ Lower California” (Wood). 5. Phrynus reniformis. Pl. VI. fig. 3. Phalangium reniforme, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. fase. ix. p. 45, pl. 3. fig. 3 (1772); Lichtenstein and Herbst, Natursyst. ungefl. Ins., Phalang. p- 79, pl. 5. fig. 2 (1797). Phrynus reniformis, Gervais, Apt. iii. p. 5. n. 6 (1844); Koch, Arachn. vili. p. 12, pl. 256. fig. 600. Cancellus araneoides, Petiver, Pterigr. pl. 20. fig. 12 (see Gervais). Hab. Haiti (Tweedie). B.M. Some young specimens in spirits of what I believe to be this species have the abdomen much elongated and the spines on the palpi very feebly developed. 6. Phrynus variegatus. Pl. VI. fig. 4. Phrynus variegatus, Perty, Delect. Anim. p. 200, pl. 39. fig. 10 (1830- 84); Koch, Arachn. viii. p. 10, pl. 259. fig. 599 (1841). Hab. River Amazon (Perty); Jamaica (Gosse); Venezuela; W. Coast. B.M. 7. Phrynus palmatus. Pl. VI. fig. 5. Phalangium palmatum, Lichtenstein and Herbst, Natursyst. ungefl. Ins, p. 82, pl. 4. fig. 2 (1797). Phrynus palmatus, Koch, Arachn., viii. p. 13, pl. 257. fig. 601 (1841). Phrynus mexicanus, Bilimek, Verh. zool.-botan, Gesellsch. Wien, xiii. p- 905 (1867). Hab. Colombia (Goudot); Mexico, Puebla (ouquette). B.M. 8. Phrynus pumilio. Phrynus pumilio, Koch, Arachn. viii. p. 15, pl. 257. fig. 602 (1841). Hab. Brazil (Koch). If correctly drawn, this species has a remarkably narrow cephalothorax ; it seems allied to P. fuscimanus and P. pal- matus. Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 119 9. Phrynus fuscimanus. Pl. VI. fig. 6. Phrynus fuscimanus, Koch, Arachn. xv. p. 67, pl. 523. fig. 1463 (1848). Hab. North America (Koch) ; Colombia (Goudot). B.M. Closely allied to P. palmatus, but with the legs conspicu- ously banded. Australasian Species. 10. Phrynus australianus. Phrynus australianus, Koch, Verh. zool.-botan. Gesellsch. Wien, xvii. p- 281 (1867). Hab. “ Upolu” (Koch). Asiatic Species. 11, Phrynus Whiter. ~ Pls VI. fig. 7. Phrynus Whiter, Gervais, Brit. Mus. 1842 ; Bull. Soc. Phil. Paris (1842) Journ. l’Inst. p. 72 (1842) ; Apt. iii. p. 6. n. 9 (1844). Hab. Burdwan (Hardwicke). Type, B.M. 12. Phrynus marginemaculatus. Phrynus marginemaculatus, Koch, Avachn. viii. p. 6, pl. 254. fig. 597. Hab. India (Koch). I think there can be little doubt that this is the P. Whitet of Gervais; the spines on the palpi, however, are so much more robust in Koch’s figure than in our type that I shall provisionally consider it distinct. 13. Phrynus Grayti. Pl. VII. fig. 1. Phrynus Gray, Gervais, Brit. Mus. 1842 ; Soc. Phil. Paris, in Journ. Vinst. p. 72 (1842) ; Apt. iii. p. 4. n. 4 (1844). Hab. Manilla (Cuming). In spirits and dry, B.M. 14. Phrynus ceylanicus. Phrynus ceylanicus, Koch, Arachn. x. pl. 336. fig. 776 (1843). Hab. Ceylon (Koch). Coll. O. P. Cambridge. A large and (according to the Rev. O. P. Cambridge) com- mon species; it is allied to P. scaber. I have examined a small example from Ceylon formerly in Mr. Saunders’s col- lection ; it is altogether much redder than Koch’s figure. A larger example from Siam is intermediate in colouring be- tween the two. 15. Phrynus nigrimanus. Phrynus nigrimanus, Koch, Arachn. xy. p. 69, pl. 523. fig, 1464 (1848). Hab. Kast Indies (Koch). Allied to P. scaber. 120 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. African Species. 16. Phrynus scaber. Pl. VII. fig. 2. Phryne scaber, Gervais, Apt. iii. p. 3. n. 2 (1844). Hab. “Mauritius” (Gervais); Round Island (Pike). B.M. 17. Phrynus medius. Phalangium medium, Lichtenstein and Herbst, Natursyst. ungefl. Ins., Phalang. p. 77, pl. 4. fig. 1 (1797). Phrynus medius, Gervais, Apt. ili. p. 4. n. 5 (1844). Hab. Fernando Po; Sierra Leone. B.M. Gervais says that we once possessed a specimen of this species from Brazil; he probably means the P. medius of Koch, which is certainly distinct. 18. Phrynus bassamensis. Pl. VII. fig. 3. Phrynus bassamensis, Lucas, Archiy. Entom. ii. p. 434 (1858). Hab. “Grand Bassam in Guinea” (Lucas); W. Africa; Congo (Curror). B.M. Nearly allied to, if not a mere variety of, P. medius of Herbst; the mandibles are identical in structure. 19. Phrynus lunatus. Pl. VII. fig. 5. Phalangium lunatum, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. i. p. 549. n. 9; Lichtenstein and Herbst, Natursyst. ungefl. Ins., Phalang. p. 71, pl. 3 (1797). Phrynus lunatus, Koch, Arachn. viii. p. 4, pl. 254. tig. 696 (1841). flab. Port Natal (Argent). B.M. This is an African species allied to P. scaber; Koch says, however, that it comes from the East Indies. 20. Phrynus annulatipes. Pl. VII. fig. 4. Phrynus annulatipes, Wood, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. xiii.,n. s., p. 441 (1869). Hab. “ Zulu country” (Wood); Port Natal (Guetnzius) S. Africa; Cape of Good Hope. B.M. A very common South-African species. 21. Phrynus Batestvi,n. sp. PJ. VI. figs. 8, 9. Cephalothorax dull black, mottled with ferruginous, irregu- larly reniform, somewhat truncated anteriorly, sparsely granu- lated, with well-marked marginal ridge, teebly denticulate posteriorly; median sulcus sharply defined, with four ill-defined lateral depressions ; much elevated in front; the central ocu- liferous tubercle very prominent, subquadrate, projecting obliquely forwards ; the eyes wide apart ; lateral tubercles less y] Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 121 prominent, smaller; eyes yellow. Abdomen dull pitchy, sparsely granulated at the sides, and with regular series of minute granules in front of each segment; covered sparsely with short bristles ; four longitudinal ochraceous parallel sulce on each side. Legs dull pitchy, becoming castaneous towards the tarsi, which are distinctly castaneous, ochraceous at the joints; the femora coarsely granulated and slightly pilose ; tibiz and tarsi covered with short hairs; palpi dull black, ochraceous at the joints, very long and slender, sparsely gra- nulated; the coxx pitchy, their opposing edges with nume- rous short tawny bristles; mandibular process pronounced ; trochanter bearing four well-marked unequal spines on its antero-inferior margin (one of them considerably longer than the others), and a strong cylindrical process with ochraceous clavate termination on its postero-inferior margin; femoral joint cylindrical, its interior surface flattened and depressed, with nine well-marked spines on its basal half, most thickly grouped and longest at its basal extremity ; tibial joint similar in general form to the femoral, but not flattened internally, with eleven well-marked unequal spines, the first three emit- ted above the middle, increasing in size, the first being about a line in length, the third about two lines; the three next, on the supero-interior margin, are the longest, being about 4 lines in length; nearly opposite to the first of these, but emitted from the inferior margin, is a fourth long spine, about 24 lines in length; four short curved spines on either side of the distal end complete the series: last joit elongate, cylindrical, coarsely granulated, quadrispinose at base, the anterior spines being long and curved; terminal claw long, curved, pilose internally. Mandibles pitchy, clothed internally with long tawny hairs, long, slightly roughened anteriorly above ; upper mandible with four well-developed conical teeth, the three external ones slightly shorter than the other, equal in length, united at base; lower mandible with five teeth, the first and the last being the longest, the first unequally bifid at apex (as usual in American species). Ventral surface pitchy; the coxe and trochanters of legs of normal type, but the coxe of second pair of legs with un- usually well-developed anterior process; abdomen rather less granulated than above; ligular process tawny, rather shorter than usual, terminating in two short bristles. Length of body 14 lines, of mandibles extracted and opened 3 lines, of palpi 56 lines; first pair of legs about 88, second 41, third 42, fourth 43. Hab. Upper Amazons (Bates). ‘Two dried examples, B.M. A fine species, with remarkably long and slender palpi. 122 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. I have taken measurements from our larger specimen, the other being apparently not full-grown, and consequently paler in colour. The nearest allies of this species are P. gorgo of Wood and P. chetiracanthus of Gervais. 22. Phrynus granulosus, n. sp. Pl. VII. figs. 10, 11, 12. Cepbalothorax dark castaneous, reniform, slightly truncated in front, coarsely granulated, with fairly well-marked mar- ginal ridge; slightly elevated in front; the central oculife- rous tubercle ovate, with central keel; eyes wide apart; lateral tubercles rounded, smaller; eyes yellow. Abdomen reddish fuscous, the segments and sides (especially the lateral sulci) ochraceous ; unequally granulated transversely. Legs bright reddish castaneous, with paler bands on the femora; the ligaments of the joints pale ochreous ; femora coarsely gra- nulated and clothed with very short bristles; tibie and tarsi finely granulated and pilose; palpi blackish pitchy, pale ochreous at the joints; the first four joints coarsely granu- lated ; cox castaneous, their opposing edges pale ochreous, clothed superiorly with short hairs; mandibular process well developed; trochanters covered in front with short spines; femoral joint semicylindrical, bearing internally about thirty- two longer or shorter spies, eleven on the upper and nine on the lower edge being longer than the remainder, but still varying considerably in length; tibial jomt subcylindrical, divided longitudinally into four surfaces, formed externally by spinose ridges, bearing internally fifteen distinct and nu- merous obsolete spines, three alone at the distal end above being well developed, the second and third being longest, divergent, curved, and springing from the same basis; ter- minal joint shining black, trispinose, the two external spines much longest, curved; terminal claw long, curved, pilose in- ternally. Mandibles pitchy, clothed internally with tawny hairs; moderately long, granulated above; upper mandible with four well-developed teeth, the first and third from the base largest, the three external ones united below; lower mandible with five teeth, the first and last the longest, the first unequally bifid at apex. Ventral surface reddish ochraceous; the coxee of legs sub- cylindrical, with anterior well-defined ridge ; abdomen nearly smooth ; ligular process moderately long, castaneous. Length of body 14 lines, of mandibles extracted and opened 3 lines, of palpi 22 lines; first pair of legs 66, second 25, third 26, fourth 26. Hab. S. America. Two in spirit, one dry, B.M. Egg globose, ochraceous, with two series of closely approxi- Mr, A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 123 mated lunate white spots on one side, the ends of the two series being united above and below so as to produce a distinct fusiform marking. This interesting species is allied to P. chetracanthus. 23. Phrynus longicornis, n. sp. Pl. VII. figs. 6, 7. Cephalothorax dull black, mottled with ferruginous, irregu- larly reniform, somewhat truncated in front, sparsely granu- lated, with tolerably well-marked marginal ridge; median sulcus sharply defined, radiating depressions ill defined ; moderately elevated in front; central oculiferous tubercle very prominent, subovate ; eyes wide apart; lateral tubercles much smaller, rounded; eyes yellow. Abdomen black, pitchy at the sides, irregularly transversely granulated. Legs pitchy, becoming castaneous towards tarsi; ligaments yellow ; femora coarsely granulated, with strong, conical, terminal, internal tooth ; tibie and tarsi finely granulated and pilose ; palpi dull black, yellow at the joints, and with coxe and under surface of terminal joint castaneous, coarsely granulated; the cox with short hairs on their opposing edges ; mandibular process well developed; trochanters with four or five short denticles on antero-superior edge, otherwise exactly as in P. Batesii ; femoral joint semicylindrical, with ten spines on its interior margins—five above (that next to the proximal end double), and five below; tibial joint similar to the femoral, with thir- teen spines on its inner margins, seven above and six below, the third, fourth, and fifth above considerably longer than the others (44 lines) and subparallel; terminal joint long, shining, coarsely granulated internally, quadrispinose at base, the an- terior spines being twice as long as the others and slightly curved ; terminal claw long, curved, pilose internally. Man- dibles black, pitchy behind, clothed internally with long red- dish hairs, roughened and sparsely granulated above ; wpper mandible with four well-developed teeth, the first and third from the base the largest, the three external ones united below ; lower mandible with five teeth, the first and last the largest, the first unequally bifid at apex. Ventral surface ferruginous ; the cox of legs subcylindrical, with anterior well-developed ridge ; abdomen nearly smooth ; ligular process castaneous. Length of body 16 lines, of mandibles extracted and opened 34 lines, of palpi 29 lines; first pair of legs about 99, second 44, third 45, fourth 43. Hab. Paré (Bates & Wallace). ‘Three specimens, B.M. We have only one example of this species full-grown: our smallest specimen is nearly as dark as the one described; the 124 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. third specimen, however, is of an olive-green colour, with the stigmatiform depressions on the abdomen and the spines on palpi pale ochraceous. It must, I think, have been killed in an immature condition. P. longicornis is allied to P. gorgo, and agrees with P. chei- racanthus in the terminal spines on femora, and with P. gra- nulosus in the toothing of the mandibles. 24. Phrynus coronatus,n.sp. Pl. VII. figs. 8, 9. Cephalothorax pitchy or reddish castaneous, irregularly reniform, distinctly truncated in front; the anterior margin dentate-serrate (the larger denticles, about sixteen in number, pale ochreous), coarsely granulated all over; median sulcus sharply defined; lateral radiating grooves about five on each side; central oculiferous tubercle very prominent, subovate, black ; eyes wide apart, pale yellow; lateral tubercles small ; eyes yellow. Abdomen dull pitchy, crossed by dirty ochreous bands, or castaneous, more or less granulated transversely. Legs covered with short hairs ; the femora dirty reddish ochra- ceous, becoming darker towards the knee, and then suddenly ochraceous, covered with coarse dark granules, which are more or less denticulate above and below; terminal compressed spine on exterior margin well developed; tibize and tarsi reddish pitchy, more or less finely granulated; palpi reddish ochraceous, covered above and more sparsely below with distinct blackish granules ; coxee smooth ; mandibular process prominent; trochanters with three spines on their anterior surface, one emitted from antero-inferior angle longest, also a number of small denticles, all blackish ; femoral joint semi- cylindrical, bearing a number of spines on its internal margins —ten, moderately long, on the superior, and six, rather longer, on its inferior margin, besides a number of smaller spines: tibial joint three-sided, sparsely covered with short hairs; in- ternal surface flattened, its superior margin bearing fourteen black-tipped spines, the first, third, fifth, sixth, and eighth very short, the seventh and thirteenth moderately long, the ninth and eleventh longest (23 lines); twelve spines on the inferior margin, the second, fourth, ninth, and twelfth some- what prominent, the seventh and tenth moderately long (14 line); terminal joint subcylindrical, its upper and lower interior surfaces each bearing a long curved spine and two denticles ; terminal claw curved, long, hairy internally. Man- dibles moderately long, smooth; upper mandible with four conical teeth, the first and third longer than the others ; lower mandible of the ordinary American type, becoming blackish towards the tip. Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Phrynus. 125 Ventral surface smooth, dull ochraceous; coxe and tro- chanters of legs normal; ligular process moderately long, ilose. ' Length of body 15 lines, of mandibles extracted and opened 24*, of palpi 22; first pair of legs 80, second 34, third 34, fourth 33. Hab. California. Coll. Rev. O. P. Cambridge. The measurements of this remarkable species are taken from an adult female. ‘ The following species has just come to my notice :— Phrynus bacillifer. Phrynus bacillifer, Gerstacker, Reisen in Ost-Africa, vol. iii. Abth. ii. p- 472. n. 18 (1873) fF. Hab. “ Zanzibar” ( Gersticker). Belongs to the P. lunatus group. It differs from P. scaber in size, and in the number of teeth on the shank of the palpi, &e. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PraTeE VI. Fig. 1. Mandibles of P. chetracanthus. Fig. 2. A P. Kochi. Fig. 3. 9» . L. rensformes. Fig. 4. - P. variegatus. Fig. 5. “/ P. palmatus. Fry. 6. + P. fuscimanus. Fig. 7. i" P. White. Figs. 8,9. P. Batesii and mandibles. PraTe VII. Fig. 1. Mandibles of P. Grayi. Fig. 2. cf P. scaber. Fig. 3. 3 P. bassamensis. Fig. 4. 7 P. annulatipes. Fig. 5. P. lunatus. Figs. 6, 7. P. longicornis and mandibles. Figs. 8, 9. P. coronatus and mandibles. Figs. 10, 11, 12. P. granulosus, egg, and mandibles. * They may be a little longer, as I was obliged to take the mandibles from a small example. + In the above work several species of Gasteracantha are described, amongst these G. resupinata of Gerstiicker (which is, figured) is probably identical with my G. falcicornis, recently published in my Monograph of the genus (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 158. n. 18, pl. iv. fig. 10, May 1873) ; it, however, differs slightly and may be distinct. Amongst the Lepidoptera figured on the plates, I notice “ Ismene Anchises”’ very close to I. Pansa of Hewitson, previously described by Latreille and Doumet under different names. 126 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine XVIII.— Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GrorGeE Stewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.8., and Davip Rosertson, F.G.S. * No. VIII. On Marine Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. [Plates VILL & IX.] . THE following notes embrace the chief results of our work amongst the marine Copepoda during three visits to the coasts of Galway and Mayo. Had these little creatures been the primary object of attention, the list would doubtless have been very much longer. In addition to our own collections we have been favoured with some interesting gatherings made by means of the surface-net, off the coast of Ireland, by Mr. E. C. Davison, to whom our best thanks are due. Our notes have been considerably enriched from this source. Fam. Calanide, Dana. Subfam. Cazayrvz, Dana. Genus CALANUuS, Leach. ( Cetochilus, Roussel de Vauzéme.) Calanus finmarchicus (Gunner). Abundant in the open sea and between tide-marks. Genus ParaAcALaNnus, Boeck. ( Calanus, Claus. ) Paracalanus hibernicus, n. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 1-3. Antero-inferior angle of the cephalothorax slightly produced. Anterior antenne of male and female alike, slender, a little longer than the cephalothorax, thick at the base and tapering gradually to the extremity, twenty-five-jointed ; the nine basal joints (except the first, which is very large) broader than long, the succeeding joints being from twice to thrice as long as broad, except the terminal one, which is very short; each joint bears on its outer margin one or two short sete; and the seven or eight proximal joints are produced into a short median spine or tooth; the last joint has one long and two small sete; the penultimate, one very long seta. Both branches of the posterior antenne stout, and nearly equal in size, densely setose at the apex. Mandibles strong, with a largely developed palp. Maxille and upper maxillipeds stout, and densely beset with marginal sete. Lower maxillipeds tapering, slender, and bearing fine plumose sete. Swimming-feet having the inner Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 127 branch very short, about half the length of the outer branch, the last joint of which is very long and truncate at the apex ; marginal and terminal spines very small. The fifth feet in both sexes are cylindrical and one-branched ; in the male four- and in the female three-jointed, those of the female, however, being much shorter than those of the male, and having joints of nearly equal length terminated by two or three fine short sete. Inthe male the first and fourth joimts are much elongated, the foot of one side being swollen, and bearing a long, slender, curved process. Abdomen of female four-jointed (including caudal segments), first jot equal in length to the second and third. Caudal sete scarcely equal in length to the last three segments. Length * =; of an inch. Taken plentifully in the open sea in several places off Treland: off the mouth of the Shannon; Galway Bay ; off Loup Head; Dingle Bay; near Valentia; Rockall Bank; in lat. 51° 22’N., long. 12° 25’ W., and lat. 53° 24' N., long. 15° 24’ W. Genus PsEUDOCALANUS, Boeck. (Clausia, Boeck, 1864.) Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck. Abundant in the open sea and in tide-pools. The generic term Clausia has been recently (1872) with- drawn by M. Boeck, it having been previously applied by Claparéde to a genus of parasitic Copepoda. M. Boeck pro- poses instead the name Pseudocalanus. Genus Dias, Lilljeborg. Dias longiremis, Lilljeborg. Abundant in the open sea and between tide-marks. Genus Tremora, Baird. Temora longicornis (Miiller). Occurring very abundantly in the open sea as well as in tidal pools. Genus Istas, Boeck. Isias clavipes, Boeck. On the fronds of Laminarie in Clifden and Roundstone Bays. Rare. * The measurements are in all cases exclusive of the tail-setz. 128 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine Genus CENTROPAGES, Kroyer. ’ 1. Centropages typicus, Kroyer. Frequently taken in the surface-net in the open sea, but never in any great abundance. 2. Centropages hamatus (Lilljeborg). o, and often in Taken in similar situations to the foregoing, company with it. Genus PsreuDocycops, Brady *. Forma Cyclopi similis: antenne antice mediocres, multiarticulate, maris dextra in medio tumefacta non geniculans ; antenne postice parve biramose; mandibularum palpus biramosus; maxilla et maxillipedes iis Paracalani fere similes; pedes quinti paris femine biramosi, maris complexi, laminati, spinosi. Though distinctly Cyclopoid in general appearance, this curious genus, like the Misophria of M. Boeck, exhibits a distinct affinity to the Calanide in the structure of its mouth- apparatus: this, taken in conjunction with the biramose second antenna and the structure of the fifth pair of feet in the female, has induced us to transfer it to the position it here occupies. M. Boeck thinks that this genus belongs to the male of his Misophria ; but in this opinion we are unable to agree. Of the species described in a previous paper, Pseudocyclops crassi- remis, it is true that we found only the male; but of that here noticed we have taken many specimens, both male and female. From Misophria the genus is clearly distinguished by several characters, notably the following: the basal joint of the secondary branch of the posterior antenna is excessively broad and truncate, the succeeding joint or joints being very narrow, and the fifth foot in the female is distinctly two-branched, each branch being triarticulate. Pseudocyclops obtusatus, n. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 4-7. Cephalothorax very tumid, obtusely rounded in front down to the rectangular and almost obsolete rostrum; dorsum strongly arched; first segment very large, nearly equal in length to half the cephalothorax; abdomen slender, in the male five-, in the female four-jointed. Anterior antenne eighteen-jointed, stout, and about equal in length to the first cephalothoracic segment; basal joints (except the first) ex- tremely short, gradually increasing in length to the terminal joint, which is twice as long as broad, closely beset on the * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. x. p. 7. Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 129 anterior margin with hairs of moderate length; right antenna of the male swollen in the middle, but having no true hinge- joint : posterior antenne four-jointed, with a large biarticulate secondary branch springing from the basal joint. Mandible- palp large, having a uniarticulate secondary branch. First four pairs of swimming-feet stoutly built, with short sete and broad marginal lancet-shaped spines ; branches subequal, tri- articulate ; the sete of the imner margins are peculiar, con- sisting of short, slender, abruptly truncated rods, from the extremities of which spring solitary short hairs. Fifth pair in the female having the inner branch very short, and beset with a few short transverse rows of minute setz ; those of the male largely developed, each formed apparently of two modified three-jointed branches, the outer branch on each side forming a strong terminal spine, and on the left (?) having also a very large falciform claw ; the remaining processes form a number of irregularly laciniated plates. Abdominal segments short ; caudal segments scarcely twice as long as broad; the longest tail-seta about equal in length to the abdomen. Length 5; of an inch. P. obtusatus was taken, but ia no great numbers, by the surface-net in Roundstone Bay, on a moonlight night in July 1871. Subfam. Powrerrin 2. Genus ANOMALOCERA, Templeton. Anomalocera Patersonii, Templ. Often in great abundance in the open sea. Genus PonTeLua, Dana. Pontella brevicornis, Lubbock. Taken sparingly in the surface-net in Westport Bay and Kinsale Harbour ; also amongst Zostera and other weeds near low-water mark in Westport and Clifden Bays. Fam. Cyclopide. Genus Cycuops, O. F. Miiller. Cyclops equoreus, Fischer. In a pool near high-water mark, south of Clifden. Genus THORELLIA, Boeck. (? Euryte, Philippi, Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1845.) Thorellia brunnea, Boeck. Taken sparingly in the ee in Westport and Ventry Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xu. 130 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine Bays and in Kinsale Harbour; also on the fronds of Lami- narta saccharina in Clifden Bay. We can scarcely doubt that this genus is identical with Dr. Philippi’s Huryte; but, considering the somewhat vague de- finition and figures given by that author, we should not feel safe in discarding M. Boeck’s more recent generic name. Genus Orrnona, Baird. Oithona helgolandica?, Claus. Of not uncommon occurrence in surface-net gatherings: Westport Bay, Kinsale Harbour, near Valentia, off the Skelligs. We are not satisfied that the species referred to here, as well as in the previous list of the Copepoda of the north-east coast of England, is really identical with any of those described by Claus, Boeck, and other authors; but the differences appear to be so small that we are unwilling to run the risk of proposing another specific name, not having had the oppor- tunity of examining undoubted specimens of the previously described forms. Fam. Harpactide. Genus LonerpepiA, Claus. Longipedia coronata, Claus. In rock-pools, Great Isle of Aran; and on Laménarie in Clifden Bay, where it was also dredged on a gravelly bottom in a depth of four fathoms. Genus Ectinosoma, Boeck. Ectinosoma melaniceps, Boeck. In rock-pools, Great Isle of Aran. Genus MICROSETELLA, nov. gen. Corpus angustissimum, fere lineare, antice attenuatum ; fronte arcuata, appendicibus falciformibus carente. Antenne antice breves, tenues, articulo tertio appendicem gerentes; antenne posticee ramo secundario preedite. Partes manducatoriz omnes perminute ; maxillipedes posteriores perbreves, uncinati. Pedes natatorii tenues, elongati; quinti paris foliacei. Seta caudalis longissima. Microsetella atlantica, n. sp. Pl. IX. figs. 11-16. Body not unlike Hetiénosoma in general shape, somewhat Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 131 curvate, tapering before and behind. First segment of the cephalothorax attenuated, nearly equal in length to the follow- ing five segments. Anterior antenne slender, five-jointed, sparingly setose ; posterior antenne comparatively large, three- jointed, the first joint bearing a long secondary branch. The mouth-organs are all extremely small, and similar in structure to those of the Harpactide generally ; lower maxillipeds having an ovate hand terminated by two (?) slender claws. Four pairs of swimming-feet long and slender, having both branches three-jointed and of nearly equal length ; fifth pair with three very long and three smaller sete. Caudal segments very short, each bearing two principal sete, one of which is short, and the other as long as the body of the animal. Length 3; of an inch. Taken in the surface-net by Mr. E. C. Davison in the open sea as follows :—lat. 53°24! N., long. 15°24! W.; lat. 53° 15! N., long. 11° 51’ W.; lat. 51°22! N., long. 12° 253’ W.; and at 40 miles off the Skelligs. This very minute species appears to differ from Setella chiefly in the absence of the double falciform rostrum, described as belonging to that genus by both Dana and Claus, and in the presence of a secondary branch of the lower antenna. The mouth-organs are so excessively minute and crowded together that we have not been able fully to examine the mandibles, nor even to find the maxille at all. The mandibles probably have a palp, though we have not seen it. Genus Euterpe, Claus. Euterpe gracilis, Claus. A few specimens taken in the surface-net in Kinsale Harbour by Mr. E. C. Davison. Genus PARATACHIDIUS, noy. gen. Corpus lineare, rostratum. Antenne antice breves 7-articulate, apud marem appendicem vesiculiformem gerentes, apicemque un- guiculatz ; antenne postice parve, ramo secundario minuto bi- articulato. Mandibule maxilleque iis Z'wchidii fere similes. Maxillipedes anteriores parvi, 3-digitati; posteriores 4-articulati cheliformes. Pedum quatuor parium priorum rami interni 2-, externi 3-articulati; paris primi ramus internus magnopere elongatus. Pedes quinti paris foliacei. Sacculus ovifer unicus. Paratachidius gracilis, n. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 8-16. Body slender, resembling Tachidius in general appearance. Anterior antenne of the female seven-jointed, having a small * 135 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine flagelliform appendage ; that of the male much swollen, the last joint forming a sort of claw in front of the large vesiculi- form swelling.. Mandibles bearing a small one-branched (?) palp. Second pair of maxillipeds setose on the anterior margin, terminating in a long and slender claw. Inner branch of the first pair of swimming-feet nearly twice as long as the outer, its first joint longer than the entire outer branch ; second joint short. Fifth pair of feet well developed, biarticulate in the female; in the male uniarticulate, much broader, rounded and Spe with shorter and stronger spines. Length 3}; of an inch. This species was taken plentifully in a pool above high- water mark on the shore south of Clifden in Connemara. Genus Ipya, Philippi. ( Tisbe, Lilljeborg.) Idya furcata (Baird). Extremely common in littoral situations on weeds; also taken in the surface-net in sheltered bays. Genus WeEstwooptIA, Dana. 1. Westwoodia nobilis (Baird). On weeds in Ventry Bay, taken by Mr. E. C. Davison. 2. Westwoodia minuta, Claus. Dredged in Westport Bay ; rare. Genus ILYOPSYLLUS, nov. gen. (iAds, mud; Widros, a flea.) Corpus tumidum, gibbosum. Antenne antice brevissime, appen- dicem ensiformem gerentes, 5-articulate, parte basali magnopere dilatata; antennz posticee valide, ramo secundario carentes. Mandibule parvule, palpo simpliei biseteso. Pedes primi paris valide armati, ramo interno 1-, externo 3-articulato ; sequentium parium rami ambo 3-articulati. Abdomen breve, versus extremi- tatem attenuatum ; sete caudales spathulate. Ilyopsyllus coriaceus, n. sp. Pl. [X. figs. 1-5. Body very tumid; seen laterally the ventral line is almost straight, the dorsal excessively arched, so that the cephalo- thorax forms almost a semicircle ; seen from below, the outline is like that of a spear-head rounded off in front; greatest width situate in the middle, and equal to half the entire length of the body ; posterior half abruptly tapered. First cephalo- thoracic segment very large, forming half the length of the Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 133 animal. Anterior antenne five-jointed, sparingly setose, very minute, the basal joint excessively dilated and produced an- teriorly into an overlapping hood-like beak ; posterior antennee simple, biarticulate (?), the second joint armed with six strong spines, one of which is very long. Mandibles extremely small, with a small bisetose palp. First pair of feet short and thick: internal branch one-jointed, and bearing two strong terminal spines, one longer than the other; external branch three-jointed, bearing at the truncated apex of the last joint two spines similar to those of the inner branch, and also two very long curved sete: second, third, and fourth pairs of feet having both branches triarticulate and nearly equal, more slender than the first pair, each joint bearing at its apex a sub- verticillate series of sharp slender spines. Abdominal segments beset round the posterior margins with fine spine-like sete, the last two cut into rectangular notches. Caudal segments very small, each bearing one large and two small sete, the larger ones curved, their anterior halves dilated and spathulate. Colour dark vinous red; skin excessively thick and tough. Length 54, of an inch. The habitat of this remarkable species is amongst the black peaty mud of the upper end of Roundstone Bay, near high- water mark. It is to be regretted that the specimens were not noticed until after the mud in which they were taken had been completely dried; had we been able to preserve them in spirit it is possible that more accurate knowledge of the mouth- apparatus and some other organs might have been obtained. As things stand we have been unable, with the most careful dissection, to find any trace of maxille or maxillipeds except (doubtfully) of a very feeble posterior maxilliped, neither have we seen any trace of a fifth pair of feet.. The remarkably short and thick limbs of this little creature, together with its flattened ventral surface, its short, stout, and dilated tail-sete, and general absence of delicate setose encumbrances, seem to fit it admirably for the sort of locality in which it was found, to which and similar situations it is probably exclusively con- fined. Genus Harpacticus, Milne-Edwards. 1. Harpacticus chelifer (O. F. Miiller). On weeds in Westport Bay, Valentia Harbour, and in brackish pools near Clifden. 2. Harpacticus fulvus, Fischer. Frequent in pools at and above high-water mark: coasts of Galway and Great Isle of Aran. 134 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine 3. Harpacticus flexus,n. sp. Pl. LX. figs. 17-21. Anterior antenne rather short and stout, eight-jointed, first four joints in the female of nearly equal length, last four also subequal and less than one half the length of the preceding ; anterior antenne of the male short and stout, joints coalescent, so as to form four only, terminating in a large vesiculiform swelling: second antenne having a minute biarticulate branch. Posterior maxilliped small ; hand elongated, oval, with a slender, gently curved terminal claw. First pair of feet not materially different from those of H. chelifer, but more slender ; fifth pair of feet in both sexes broader than in ZH. chelifer ; third pair of feet in the male, as in all other species of this genus, largely developed and armed with very strong spines. Body suddenly bent forward at the junction of thorax and abdomen. Length 3; of an inch. é' Taken in the surface-net in Westport Bay ; moderately plentiful. We at first thought this might perhaps be a young form ot some better-known species; but the uniform size of the speci- mens, the different proportions of the antennal joints, and the form of the posterior maxilliped point it out as entitled to distinct specific rank. Genus ZAus, Goodsir. Zaus spinosus, Goodsir. On weeds in Ventry Bay: dredged by Mr. E. C. Davison. Genus ALTEUTHA, Baird. 1. Alteutha oblonga (Goods). Carillus oblongus (2), Goodsir, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. (1845), pl. xi. figs. 12-15. ? Sterope interruptus ( 3), Goodsir, loc. cit. pl. xi. fig. 10. Alteutha bopyroides, Claus, Die frei-lebend. Copepod. p. 143, Taf. xxii. figs. 10-17. ; Taken commonly all round the British Islands in the open sea. Both males and females occur in surface-gatherings ; but females with ova we have only rarely found, and those always in dredgings from several fathoms depth. 2. Alteutha purpurocincta, Norman. On the fronds of Laminaria saccharina in Clifden Bay. Genus Asprpiscus, Norman. Aspidiscus fasciatus, Norman. On Laminaria in Clifden and Ventry Bays. Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 135 Genus SCUTELLIDIUM, Claus. Scutellidium tisboides, Claus. Two specimens taken on weeds in a rock-pool in Clifden Bay. Genus THALESTRIS, Claus. 1. Thalestris harpactoides, Claus. Taken in the surface-net: Roundstone Bay, Ventry Bay, Killybegs. 2. Thalestris mysis, Claus. In the surface-net, Westport and Roundstone, and on the fronds of Laminarie at Clifden. 3. Thalestris helgolandica, Claus. On the fronds of Laminaria, Clifden Bay. The fifth feet and gnathopods of our specimens differ slightly from the figures given by Dr. Claus; and the body and an- tenne of the animal, especially in the male, are beautifully banded with dark vinous red. 4. Thalestris hibernica, n. sp. Pl. VIII. figs. 17-19. Body slender, rostrum of considerable length. Anterior antenne nine-jointed, of moderate length, rather thickly clothed along the anterior margin with shortish hairs; second, third, and fourth joints nearly equal in length, about twice as long as broad; fifth, sixth, seventh, and ninth also nearly equal, and about half the length of the foregoing ; penultimate jot much smaller: anterior antenne of the male shorter and swollen, third joint very short and constricted, fourth much the longest and as wide as the two basal joints, armed with a long falciform appendage, fifth and sixth joints about half the length and breadth of the fourth, seventh and eighth very small, last jomt as long as the fifth, but very narrow; a few crowded setze on the margin of the second joint, and three small ones at the apex of the last jomt: posterior antenne and mouth-organs as usual in the genus. esters maxillipeds terminating in a slender clawed hand, in shape approaching that of 7. longimana, the propodos being irregularly angular and suberescentic, with the internal angle slightly setose; the unguis strong and well curved. First pair of swimming-feet almost as in 7. longimana, except that the terminal claws and sete are longer and more slender, the two branches being nearly equal, and the long claw equal in length to the branch itself. ‘The ianer branch of the second pair of feet in the 136 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine male is only two-jointed. Longest tail-seta about as long as the body of the animal. Length ;!> of an inch. T. hibernica was taken in no very great numbers in the surface-net in Westport Bay. Anatomically it bears a very close resemblance to, and we have some doubt whether it ought not to be considered as a variety of, the following species. It is, however, very much more slender in all its parts, has not the same tough leathery skin, the same vivid colouring, nor the gibbous outline. That it is not a young form of 7” longi- mana is proved by many of the female specimens bearing fully formed ovisacs. 5. Thalestris longimana, Claus. Valentia Harbour and Killybegs (Mr. H. C. Davison). Genus PARATHALESTRIS, nov. gen. Generi antecedenti similis; pedum vero secundi paris rami interni biarticulati; mandibule parve, tenues, palpo tenui elongato, ramo secundario minuto, ramo majore setis longis numerosis fim- briato, Parathalestris Clausti (Norman). Thalestris Clausii, Norman, Last Shetland Dredging Report, p. 297. On weeds in Birtirbuy, Clifden, and Westport Bays. We here follow M. Boeck in restricting the generic name Thalestris to those species of Claus’s genus which have both branches of all the swimming-feet three-jointed, and the mouth- apparatus constructed as in T. mysis and harpactoides. The second pair of feet and the mandibles in the present species do not fulfil these conditions. Genus Dacryopts, Claus. 1. Dactylopus Stromii (Baird). On weeds in Ventry Bay, Valentia Harbour, and Killybegs, 2. Dactylopus tisboides, Claus. In pools near Clifden, and taken in the surface-net in West- port Bay ; moderately abundant, 3. Dactylopus (?) cinctus, Claus. Taken in the surface-net in Westport Bay; only four or five specimens, all males. 4, Dactylopus (?) minutus, Claus. In the same locality as the preceding species ; scarce. Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 137 Genus Niroxra, Boeck. Nitokra tenuicornis (Claus). Dactylopus tenwicornis, Claus, Die frei-lebend. Copepod. On Laminaria saccharina in Clifden Bay ; taken also in the surface-net in Westport Bay, and more abundantly in Roundstone Bay. Genus Mrsocura, Boeck. Mesochra Lilheborgii, Boeck. One specimen, apparently referable to this species, and agreeing closely, so far as our observation extended, with drawings kindly sent to us by M. Boeck, was taken in the surface-net in Westport Bay. M. Boeck doubtfully identities the present species with that figured by Lilljeborg as Cantho- camptus Strom. ‘This reference may possibly be correct, seeing that that author shows the inner branch of the second pair of feet as consisting only of two joints ; but the descriptions of Baird and Claus refer to a species in which both branches of the second, third, and fourth pairs of feet are said to be three-jointed—not, therefore, to any species of the genus Mesochra. Genus ASELLOPSIS, nov. gen. Corpus depressum, segmentis caudalibus laminatis, rotundatis. Pedum primi paris rami ambo biarticulati, interni elongati, valde uncinati, externi perbreves ; quinti paris rami ambo subeequales : ceterum Laophonti omnino similis. Asellopsis hispidus, n. sp. Pl. EX. figs. 6-10. Body elongated, much depressed, lower thoracic segments distinctly narrowed, the margins of the first three abdominal segments produced downwards at the sides in an imbricated manner. Anterior antenne short, densely setose, seven-jointed, first two joints not much longer than broad, third about the same length but much narrower, fourth very short and broad, fifth about twice as long as the fourth, sixth and seventh equal andvery small, the proportionate lengths of the joints, beginning at the base, being as follows—9, 9, 9, 3, 5, 2, 2: posterior antenne nearly as large as the anterior, biarticulate, bearing a very small one-jointed secondary branch. Mouth-apparatus as in Laophonte ; second pair of maxillipeds three-jointed, with an oval hand and long slender claw. First pair of feet having the inner branch very long, biarticulate, the first joint much elongated, terminal claw thick and strong ; outer branch also biarticulate, the entire length being less than half that of the 138 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine first joint of the inner branch ; second, third, and fourth pairs of feet with the outer branch long and three-jointed, the inner very short and two-jointed; fifth pair rather narrow and elongated, the two lamine being of nearly equal length. Caudal segments very broad, rounded ; surface hispid towards the margins ; terminal sete very short, the longest not much exceeding the length of the segment itself. Length !, of an inch. Several specimens of A. hispidus were taken in the surface- net in Westport Bay. We have also dredged it sparingly in a depth of from four to ten fathoms off the Durham coast, and more abundantly on a bed of fine clean gravel off Glen Sannox, Arran (N. B.). Genus LAopHoNTE, Philippi. 1. Laophonte similis (Claus). In tidal pools on Great Isle of Aran; and on Laminarie and other weeds in Westport, Clifden, Roundstone, and Ventry- Bays: not uncommon. + 2. Laophonte forcipata (?) (Claus). Amongst weeds in Westport Bay. Genus CLETODES, Brady. Cletodes limicola, Brady. Dredged in Westport Bay. Genus ORTHOPSYLLUS*, nov. gen. Lilljeborgia, Claus. Cletodes, Boeck (not of Brady). Orthopsyllus linearis (Claus). One specimen, taken on a sponge dredged in Westport Bay. The name Lilljeborgia having previously been applied to an Amphipod Crustacean, it became necessary to rename the genus so called by Dr. Claus. M. Boeck considers it to be identical with Cletodes, Brady, and applies to it that name ; but the dif- ferences between the two are not unimportant. Lilljeborgia is stated by Claus to have the first antenne four-jointed, the second antenne with a secondary branch, the first pair of swimming-feet to have a two-jointed well-developed inner branch, while the three following pairs of feet have the mner * 6pO0s, straight ; WudNos, a flea. + Nye Slegter og Arter af Saltvands-Copepoder, 1872. Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 139 branch quite rudimentary. Cletodes, however, has the first pair of antenne six-jointed, the second antennae without a supplementary branch, and the four pairs of swimming-feet all alike, the inner branch ending in two long filaments. Under these circumstances we propose to call Claus’s genus Lilljeborgia by the new name Orthopsyllus. Genus PoRCELLIDIUM, Claus. 1. Porcellidium fimbriatum, Claus. ? Sterope ovalis, Goodsir, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. (1845), pl. xi. fig. 11. Dredged on a bottom of decaying vegetable mud in Bir- tirbuy Bay, and on Laminarie in Clifden and Ventry Bays. It seems to us most probable that Goodsir’s figures and description (/oc. cit.) apply to this species, and not to Zaus ovalis as supposed by Dr. Claus. If this could be ascertained with certainty, Goodsir’s nomenclature would have to be adopted on the ground of priority. 2. Porcellidium viride (Philippi). Thyone viridis, Phil. Archiv fiir Naturg. 1840, p. 190, Taf. iv. fig. 2. Porcellidium dentatum, Claus, Die frei-lebend. Copepod. (1863) p. 140, Taf. xxii. figs. 2-5; and Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Entom. (1860), Taf. ii. figs. 19-22. Dredged in Birtirbuy Bay in company with the preceding species ; on weeds in Clifden, Westport, and Ventry Bays. There can be little doubt that Dr. Philippi’s figure applies to this species; and we therefore adopt his specific name; but the generic term Thyone is preoccupied, having been applied by Oken to a genus of Holothuriade. 3. Porcellidium subrotundum, Norman. P. subrotundum, Norman, Last Shetland Dredging Report, p. 297. Dredged in Birtirbuy Bay with the foregoing; also on the fronds of Laminarie in Clitden Bay. 4. Porcellidium tenuicauda, Claus. P. tenuicauda, Claus, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Entom. (1860), p. 6, pl. ii. figs. 10-15; and Die frei-lebend. Copepod. p. 140. A few specimens taken from the interior of the “bulb” of Laminaria bulbosa in Birtirbuy Bay ; also on weeds in Clifden and Ventry Bays. Scarce. 140 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Marine Fam. Coryceide. Genus Corycaus, Dana. Coryceus anglicus, Lubbock. C. anglicus, Lubbock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. (1857), pl. x. figs. 14-17. C. germanus, Leuckart, Archiv fiir Naturg. (1859), Taf. vi. fig. 9; Thorell, Bidrag till Kannedomen om Krustaceer (1859), tab. xi., xil. fig. 17; Claus, Die frei-lebend. Copepod. (1863), p. 156, Taf. ix. figs. 1-4, Taf. xxiv. figs. 5, 6, Taf. xxviii. figs. 1-4. Taken in the surface-net in several localities, but nowhere plentifully. Between Cornwall and Cape Clear; Kinsale Harbour, Dingle Bay; in Valentia Harbour, and near the Skelligs. or all these gatherings we are indebted to Mr. E. C. Davison of Sunderland. Fam. Sapphirinide, Thorell. Genus Licnomo.eus, Thorell. 1. Lichomolqus furcillatus ?, 'Thorell. L. furcilatus, Thorell, Bidrag till Kannedomen om Krustaceer, som lefva 1 Arter af Slagtet Ascidia (1859), p. 74, tab. xiii. fig. 20. One specimen, which is probably referable to this species, was taken in the surface-net in Roundstone Bay. 2. Lichomolqus fucicolus (Brady). Macrocheiron fucicolum, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. (1872), p- 9, pl. iii. figs. 9-18 ; and Nat. Hist. Trans. North. and Durham, p. 434, pl. xviii. figs. 9-18. This was described by one of us last year under a new generic name, the fact of its being taken amongst alge having caused us to omit reference to M. Thorell’s work, which deals only with species parasitic in Ascidians. ‘The genus Cyclo- picera proposed in the same paper seems also to be very closely allied to, though scarcely identical with, the previously established Ascomyzon of Thorell. One specimen of L. fucicolus was found amongst weeds in Westport Bay, and one in a similar situation in Clifden Bay ; two or three specimens have also been found on the Durkam coast. Fam. Ascomyzontide, Thorell. Genus Ascomyzon, Thorell. Ascomyzon Lilljeborgit, Thorell. A, Lilbeborgiti, Thorell, loc. cit. p. 78, tab. xiv. fig. 21. Taken in the surface-net: three specimens in Roundstone Bay, and three in Westport Bay. Copepoda taken in the West of Ireland. 141 This species is described by Thorell as being a common parasitic inhabitant of Ascidia parallelogramma. Genus SOLENOSTOMA, nov. gen. Generi antecedenti simile. Antenne vero primi paris breves, 12- articulate ; secundi paris magne, biramose, ramo principali 4-articulato, in apice spinis 2 fortibus aculeatis armato. Maxil- larum rami secundarii obsoleti, setis 2 ciliatis compositi. Solenostoma scutatum, n. Sp. Body subpyriform ; cephalothorax broadly ovate, first seg- ment equal to half the entire length of the animal. Anterior antenne very short, equal to scarcely one third the length of the first segment of the body, densely setose: posterior about equal in length to the anterior, stout; primary branch ter- minating in two strong lancet-shaped spines, one of which is much longer than the other, and bearing also one moderately long and two small sete ; secondary branch simple, uniarticu- late, and bearimg a long terminal seta. Mandible tubular, excessively long, reaching as far as the middle of the caudal segments ; palp long, filiform, and setose. Caudal segments three or four times as long as broad, each bearing one short lateral and five long apical sete, two of which are strongly plumose. Length =); of an inch. Found sparingly on the fronds of Lamdnarie in Clifden Bay. A very remarkable animal, differmg from the genus Asco- myzon chiefly in the structure of the maxille and second pair of antenne, but agreeing with that genus in the general con- formation of the mouth-apparatus. Genus ASTEROCHERES, Boeck. Asterocheres Lilljeborgit, Boeck. A. Lilljeborgii, Boeck, Tvende nye parasitiske Krebsdyr (1859), p. 6, tab. 2. Three specimens were found on a sponge dredged in West- port Bay. M. Boeck’s specimens were taken on the disk and rays of Hehinaster sanguinolentus ; but though after its first discovery that author sought for the little parasite diligently on many examples of the starfish, he did not succeed in finding any further specimens. It would appear, indeed, from the various positions in which we have found many of these sucto- rial or parasit’c species, that they are not very fastidious as to the source from which they draw their nourishment. 142 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Angola. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuaTE VIII. Fig. 1. Paracalanus hibernicus, anterior antenna. Fig. 2. Fifth pair of feet of male. Fg. 3. Fifth pair of feet of female. Fig. 4. Pseudocyclops obtusatus, right anterior antenna of male. F%g. 5, Right anterior antenna of female. Fig. 6. Posterior antenna. Fig. 7. Foot of fifth pair (female). Fig. 8. Paratachidius gracilis, anterior antenna of female. F%g.9. Anterior antenna of male. Fg. 10. Mandible and palp. F%g. 11. Maxilla. Fig. 12. Anterior maxilliped. Fig. 13. Posterior maxilliped. Fig. 14. Foot of first pair. #%g. 15. Foot of fifth pair (female). Fig. 16. Foot of fifth pair (male). Fig. 17. Thalestris hibernica, anterior antenna of female. Fg. 18. Poste- rior maxilliped. %g. 19. Foot of first pair. PLATE IX. Fig. 1. Ilyopsyllus coriaceus, femal& seen from below : a, anterior antenna ; b, posterior antenna; c, foot of first pair. ig. 2. Anterior antenna. J/%g. 3. Posterior antenna. Fig. 4. Mandible and palp. ig. 5. Foot of second pair. Fig. 6. Asellopsis hispidus, female, seen from side. Fig. 7. Anterior an- tenna of female. %g. 8. Posterior maxilliped. Fig. 9. Foot of fifth pair. F%g. 10. Posterior abdominal segments. Fig. 11. Microsetella atlantica, female (?),seen from side. Fig. 12. Posterior antenna. J%g. 15. Mandible. Fig. 14. Anterior maxilliped. Fig. 15. Posterior maxilliped (?). Fig. 16. Foot of fifth pair. Fig. 17. Harpacticus flerus, anterior antenna of female. Fig. 18. An- terior antenna of male. F%g. 19. Posterior maxilliped. Fig. 20. Foot of fifth pair (female). Fig. 21. Foot of fifth pair (male). XIX.—New Fishes from Angola. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER. Mr. Monterro has brought home a small collection of fishes from Angola. Some of them were collected in a lake some 100 miles inland of Ambriz. Besides Pellonula vorax and Ophiocephalus obscurus (with thirty rays in the anal fin) and some other known forms, the following undescribed species were in this collection. Gymnallabes apus. D. ca 140. A.ca 126. Body exceedingly elongate, its depth being one twenty-third of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head one thirteenth. Pectoral fins reduced to a minute rudiment, ventrals entirely absent ; vertical fins only half as high as the body. The maxillary and outer mandibulary barbels are nearly equal in length, ex- tending somewhat beyond the gill-opening, and rather longer Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Angola. 143 than the other barbels. The distance of the vent from the end of the snout is two fifths of its distance from the root of the caudal. The branchial accessory organ is dendritic. Uniform brownish-black. _ Length 84 inches. Interior of Ambriz. This very singular form differs so materially from the type, described in the ‘Annals’ for August 1867, that it may be regarded at all events as a subgenus, for which the name Channallabes may be used. In appearance the head and body and the vertical fins resemble very much those of G. typus; but with the greater elongation of the body the paired fins became useless and disappeared. The typical specimen of G. typus has the postbranchial organ of a much more simple form than G. apus; but this is, perhaps, only due to age, as in Anabas. : BRYCON ZTHIOPS. This genus is the African representative of the American Brycon, from which it is distinguished by its very small, toothless maxillary. Dorsal fin placed in the middle of the length of the body, opposite to the ventrals; anal rather long. Body oblong, covered with scales equal in size. Belly rounded. Cleft of the mouth rather narrow. Intermaxillary with three series of teeth, the teeth of the two outer series being subconical, those of the inner broad, molarlike, with several cusps. Maxillary small, short, enveloped in the skin, toothless. Mandible with a series of strong tricuspid teeth, and with a pair of conical teeth in the middle behind the front series. Gull-openings wide, the gill-membranes being united for a short space in front, but not attached to the isthmus. Gillrakers short, feeble, slender, lanceolate. Bryconethiops microstoma. Dio, Aj.20. Veo? Esa srt: Wi. transy.’ 6/5. The height of the body is one third of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head two sevenths. The large eye is covered with an adipose eyelid in front and behind ; it is equal in length to the postorbital portion of the head, and longer than the snout. ‘The maxillary terminates under the front margin of the eye. Dorsal fin nearly midway between the extremity of the snout and the root of the caudal. Ventral nearly opposite to the middle of the dorsal. Pectoral not extending to the ventral.. There are three series of scales between the lateral line.and the ventral. Silvery; a bluish 144 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Angola. spot at a short distance behind the gill-opening is more distinct after the scales are removed. Dorsal fin with a blackish line behind and parallel to each of the rays. Two specimens, 4+ inches long, from the River Congo. Alestes holargyreus. D.10. A. 21. LL. lat. 23. LL. transv. 43/3. Alhed to A. tenturus. The height of the body is a little more than one third of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head two sevenths. The origin of the dorsal fin is immediately behind the base of the ventrals; pectoral just reaching the ventral. Bright silvery, without spots. Caudal with a very indistinct blackish median band. Several specimens, 24 inches long, from the River Congo. Distichodus affinis. DotG., Avot lat od. li. transy.1o-70- Allied to D. notospilus. The height of the body is two fifths of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head a little less than two sevenths. Nose scarcely protruding. Teeth ina double series, the lower jaw with fourteen teeth in the front series. Body uniform greenish, without spot. The membrane between the anterior three or four dorsal rays black. A young specimen, only 2 inches long, from the River Congo. Mormyrus Monteir?. D300. Assse Slat. Allied to M. Petersii and M. senegalensis. Snout subconical, nearly straight, of moderate length, with a mandibular fleshy appendage in front, which is about as long as the eye. Kye of moderate size, situated before the middle of the length of the head, and one half of the length of the snout (without appendage). Pectorals extending beyond the middle of the length of the ventrals. The height of the body is two sevenths of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head two ninths. The free portion of the tail as long as the head (without appendage). Coloration uniform, shining silvery. Three specimens from Angola, the largest being 84 inches long. On Lizards with Rudimentary Limbs. 145 XX.—WNotes on, and Descriptions of, some Lizards with Rudimentary Limbs in the British Museum. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S. Delma Fraser. I have recently examined the typical specimen of Delma Gray? (Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Rept. pl. 76. fig. 2). It is identical with D. Fraseri, and there can be no doubt that it came from Australia, as supposed by Sir A. Smith himself. I am also of opinion that Delma Molleri, Liitken (Nat. Foren. Vid. Medd. 1862), is not specifically distinct. The specimen to which this name was given has the supranasal and anterior frontal of each side united into one shield, a peculiarity which I consider to be individual. Confluence of two shields into one is by no means of uncommon occurrence in this lizard; and the distinctness of the markings on the head is subject to great variation. ‘Ten specimens in the British Museum are from Western Australia. Aprasia pulchella. All the eight specimens in the British-Museum collection (including the types) have 12 series of scales round the body, and not 14, as found by Prof. Peters (MB. Berl. Ak. 1863, p- 233). With regard to coloration, there is a gradual passage from specimens which show only a few faint rows of brownish dots to such as are ornamented with six or eight longitudinal black bands. Therefore Aprasia octolineata (Ptrs.) cannot be regarded as distinct from A. pulchella (Gray). Some of our specimens are from South, others from West Australia. Chelomeles pseudop us. Scales round the middle of the body in 22 series; about 104 scales in a longitudinal series between the fore and hind limbs. Four large preanal scales. Subcaudals not enlarged. A longitudinal groove runs along each side of the abdomen for a distance of about 24 scales, commencing from the axil of the fore limb. Fore limbs very short, about as long as the snout, with three rudimentary claws; hind limbs still shorter, undivided. ‘The anterior frontal forms a rather broad suture with the rostral and vertical—this latter being bell-shaped, longer than broad. Four supraciliary shields. A pair of anterior occipitals ; central occipital elongate. Seven upper labials, the third and fourth separated from the orbit by a series of shields which are as large as the labials below them. Mental as broad as the median lower labial. Ear entirely hidden. Coloration uniform. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xi. 10 146 Dr. A. Giinther on Lizards One specimen, 14 inches long, the body measuring 7+ inches. A portion of the tail is reproduced. It is not known where this specimen was obtained. Chelomeles sumatrensis. Scales round the middle of the body in 22 series ; about 84 scales in a longitudinal series between the fore and hind limbs. Four large preanal scales; subcaudals scarcely en- larged ; no longitudinal groove along the side of the abdomen. Fore limbs very short, a little longer than the snout, with two claw-like prominences; hind limbs longer than fore limbs, with a terminal claw, and a second, lateral one. The anterior frontal forms a rather broad suture with the rostral and vertical, this latter being scarcely longer than broad. Three supraciliary shields. Two anterior occipitals as long and as large as the central occipital. Six upper labials, the fourth of which enters the orbit. Mental as broad as the median lower labial. ar entirely hidden. Uniform brown obove; middle of the abdomen white; lateral scales with a brown central spot. EGhie specimen, from Agam, has a body 34 inches long, only about 14 inch of the tail being preserved. We obtained it, with other reptiles, from Dr. Bleeker. . Chelomeles reticulatus. Scales round the middle of the body in 24 series; about 100 scales in a longitudinal series between the fore and hind limbs. Dorsal scales larger than the others ; two large pre- anal scales; subcaudals enlarged. No lateral groove on the side of the abdomen. All the limbs three-toed, the toes being extremely short, clawed. Fore limbs somewhat longer than the snout, and rather shorter than the hind limbs. ‘The anterior frontal is in contact with the rostral; but the nasal shields are closely approximate. The vertical forms a short suture with the anterior frontal, and is rather longer than broad, penta- gonal, the ‘anterior side being the shortest. The anterior occipitals form a broad suture together, whilst the posterior are nearly entirely separated by the intercalated central occi- pital. Four supraciliary shields. Mental as broad as the median lower labial. Ear entirely hidden. Upper parts olive-coloured, finely punctulated with brown; sides and abdomen bluish white, with black lines following the edges of the scales. One specimen, from the Clarence river, 12 inches long, sent by Mr. Krefft (no. 26) : the tail is 4 inches ; but a great portion of it is reproduced. with Rudimentary Limbs. 147 SoripIA and PHOLEOPHILUS. In the British Museum there are :— 1. The types of Soridia lineata, Gray (1839), renamed Prepeditus by Duméril and Bibron. They were collected by Gilbert in Western Australia; and their Australian origin is confirmed by other specimens received by Mr. Buchanan from the same country, and by the occurrence of a second, closely allied species, Soridia miopus (Gthr.), in Champion Bay. 2. The types (two specimens) of Pholeophilus capensis, Smith (Ill. S. Afr. Rept. App. 1849). This author says, p- 15 :—‘‘ The two specimens I possess were obtained in Little Namaqua Land, and were found under a loose stone, in a burrow like what is formed by an earthworm.” Now all these specimens are specifically identical* ; and as I am not yet prepared to admit that so singular a form as Soridia is common to South Africa and Western Australia, I can at present arrive at no other conclusion but that Sir A. Smith, who does not say that he himself found the examples, received them from some other person, either at Cape Town or in England, and was misinformed as regards their locality t. Herpetosaura } inornata. Lithophilus inornatus, Smith, Ill. 8, Afr. Rept. App. p. 12 (1849; generic name preoccupied). Herpetosaura arenicola, Peters, Wiegm. Arch. 1855, p. 48. Scales in 20 series round the middle of the body; 104~ 112 scales in a series between the chin and vent. In one specimen a minute rudiment of the hind limb is visible. The very small shield behind the nostril is sometimes confluent with the first upper labial. There are three specimens in the British-Museum collection :— a. Type of the species. S.Africa, Presented by Sir A. Smith. 6. Adult. Port Natal. Presented by the Rev. H. Calloway. ce. Half-grown, Port Natal. Purchased of Mr. T. Ayres, Herpetosaura atra. Scales round the middle of the body in 23 series; about * Bibron has already recognized this fact; but he thought the species to be from the Cape. + In this respect it may be of some importance to mention that these two specimens had been previously preserved in turpentine—a method which, as Mr. Ford in‘orms me, had been frequently adopted by one of the Verreauxs, who is known to have collected in Australia, and from whom Sir A. Smith procured many specimens. t This genus, as well as Sepomorphus caffer (Peters, 1861), is to be added to my Synopsis of Sepide in Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 7 10 148 Mr. H. W. Bates on the 160 scales in a series between the chin and vent. Dorsal scales not larger than the others; four preeanal scales, the two middle ones largest; subcaudals not enlarged. No trace of limbs. Frontal separated from rostral by a pair of small intervening shields, but forming a short suture with. the vertical; this latter shield is subtriangular in shape, with the posterior side the longest, and forms a very broad suture with an occipital shield, which is likewise triangular, its anterior side bemg the longest. The first upper labial is very large, ascending to behind the nostril, which is situated in a notch of the rostral. ar entirely hidden. Black. One specimen, from the Zambesi, is 8 inches long, the body being 6} inches, and part of the tail reproduced. XXI.—On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Bates, F.L.S. THE large collection of Coleopterous Insects made, during a residence of five years in Japan, by Mr. George Lewis, on which the present account of the family Longicornia is founded, furnishes materials for enabling entomologists for the first time to form a definite idea of the nature of the Japanese fauna in this department. Hitherto the number of species of Longicornia recorded from these islands has not reached a score. Mr. Lewis’s collection contains 103, the total number now known being 107. Of these, 62 are new species discovered by Mr. Lewis. In a former paper, on the Geodephaga*, 1 have recorded a similar great augmentation of our knowledge due to the labours of this entomologist, the number of known Japanese species in that group having been trebled by him, and 120 new species added to science. With regard to the nature and relations of the Insect-fauna, an analysis of the list of Longicornia quite confirms the leading results arrived at in the memoir on the Geodephaga above cited. In the introductory notes to that paper, after describing the geographical position of the Japanese archipe- lago, and alluding to the views of many Russian and English entomologists in favour of the fauna being considered as forming part of the great Palearctic province, I showed that the very large mixture of tropical genera and the striking absence of characteristic European and north-temperate forms were opposed to those views. ‘The conclusion implied was * Trans. Entom. Soc. 1873, part ii. p. 219. Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 149 that the composition of the Japanese Coleopterous fauna was essentially different from that of the Palearctic province, and required to be accounted for by a different set of antecedents. A similar conclusion has been arrived at long ago by Giinther with regard to the Reptilia, and by other authors; and it is interesting thus to find the various groups of the animal kingdom corroborating these generalizations. The total number of genera of G'eodephaga known from Japan is 84, of Longicornia 64. The number of tropical genera in both cases is 21, of genera peculiar to Japan (so far as at present known) 9 and 7 respectively, genera common to Europe and Japan (most of them being widely distributed temperate forms) 44 and 22, characteristic: or peculiar Kuropean genera absent from Japan 52 and 40 (more than one half the total number in each case). In the Longicornia there are 8 genera common and peculiar to Eastern or North-eastern China and Japan ; in the Geodephaga there are only 2. The number of Longicorn species actually identical in Japan and Europe is only 4; but 6 others are so closely allied that they would be considered by some entomologists local varieties, making the total number 10. The general aspect of the Longicorn collection is much more tropical and anti-European than that of the Geodephaga. This is owing to so many of the large and striking species being well-known Indo-Chinese and Malayan forms. Such are Xystrocera, Neocerambyx, Pyrestes, Erythrus, Melanauster, Batocera, Apriona, Olenecamptus, Alara, Glenea, and others. Besides these, we find :—fhodopis, hitherto known only from Sylhet ; Distenda, a tropical and subtropical genus in both hemispheres, unknown to the Europxo-Siberian and Mediter- ranean faunas; Thranius, hitherto known only from the Moluccas and Ceylon; and a few common tropical genera repre- sented in Japan by numerous species, such as Cerescum, Praonetha, Apomecyna, and Sybra—all totally foreign to the north-temperate continental fauna. The absence of many of the most familiar and characteristic European genera is equally striking, such as Cerambyx, Hylotrupes, Hesperophanes, Gra- cilia, Necydalis, Stenopterus, Molorchus, Parmena, Dorcadion, Morimus, Lamia, Rhagium, &e. Many entomologists, authorities in their respective groups, are at work on other portions of Mr. Lewis’s magnificent col- lection ; and it is to be hoped this enterprising traveller may be enabled to republish all the scattered memoirs in a collected form, as a contribution to the fauna of Japan. Mr. Lewis’s collections were made chiefly at Nagasaki, Osaka, and Hiogo. 150 Mr. H. W. Bates on the List of Species. Fam. PRIoNID®. Prionus insularis, Motsch. Egosoma sinicum, White. Fam. CERAMBYCID2. Spondylis buprestoides, Linn. Criocephalus rusticus, Linn. Xystrocera globosa, Oliv. Mallambyx japonicus, n. sp. Pachydissus (?) fulvidus, Pascoe. Neocerambyx chrysothrix, n. sp. Ceresium sinicum, White. holophzum, n. sp. Stenodryas clavigera, n. sp. Stenygrinum quadrinotatum,n. sp. Gracilia pygmea, F. Obrium longicorne, n. sp. Stenhomalus cleroides, n. sp. Distenia japonica, n. sp. Toxotus czeruleipennis, n. sp. Acmezeops criocerinus, n. sp. Leptura scotodes, n. sp. tenuicornis, Motsch. —— dimorpha, n. sp. xanthoma, n. sp. ~— ochraceofasciata, Motsch. anaspidoides, n. sp. Thranius variegatus, n. sp. Pyrestes cardinalis, Pascoe. Erythrus congruus, Pascoe. Callichroma tenuatum, n. sp. Sympiezocera japonica, Lacord. Semanotus rufipennis, Motsch. Phymatodes albicinctus, n. sp. Clytanthus notabilis, Pascoe. oppositus, Chevr. quinquefasciatus, L. & G. muscosus, 0. sp. —— diminutus, n. sp. annularis, Fab. Xylotrechus Grayii, White. pyrrhoderus, n. sp. Clytus caproides, n. sp. Dere thoracica, White. Purpuricenus Temminckii, Guér. spectabilis, Motsch. Fam. LaMIap»®. Echthistatus gibber, n. sp. Monohammus subfasciatus, n. sp. tesserula, White. —— luxuriosus, n. sp. —— fraudator, n. sp. sejunctus, n. sp. degener, n. sp. Psacothea hilaris, Pascoe. Melanauster chinensis, Forst. —— glabripennis, Motsch. ?) ruber, Dalm. Batocera lineolata, Chevr. Apriona rugicollis, Chevr. Urecha bimaculata, Thoms. Mesosa Jeporiee, n. sp. i a Pascoe. ongipennis, n. sp. Rhodopis Lewisii, n. sp. Olenecamptus cretaceus, n. sp. Bumetopia oscitans, Pascoe. /Elara furcata, n. sp. Praonetha caudata, n. sp. zonata, Nl. Sp. jugosa, n. sp. — Bowringii, Pascoe. — rigida, n. sp. angusta, nl. sp. leiopodina, n. sp. Apomecyna neglecta, Pascoe. nevia, 0. sp. Sybra ordinata, n. sp. cribrella, n. sp. Microlera ptinoides, n. sp. Atimura japonica, n. sp. Lasiapheles obrioides, n. sp. Pogonocherus seminiveus, n. sp. Aulaconotus pachypezoides, Thoms. Pothyne silacea, Pascoe. Smermus bimaculatus, n. sp. Calamobius japonicus, n. sp. Acanthocinus griseus, F. Leiopus guttatus, n. sp. Exocentrus fasciolatus, n. sp. lineatus, n. sp. tonsus, n. sp. —— guttulatus, n. sp. Asaperda rufipes, n. sp. —— agapanthina, n. sp. Agapanthia pilicornis, 7. Saperda sanguinolenta, Thoms. Thyestes Gebleri, Fulderm. Glenea Fortunei, Saund. galathea, Thoms. —— ocelota, n. sp. —— relicta, Pascoe. Phytcecia simulans, n. sp. ventralis, Chevr. Oberea japonica, n. sp. hebssestie n. sp. mixta, n. sp. —— nigriventris, n. sp. —— marginella, n. sp. —— fulveola, n. sp. Chreonoma Fortunei, Thoms. Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 151 Fam. Prionide. Prionus insularis, Motschulsky. Prionus insularis, Motschulsky, Etudes Entom. 1857, p. 36,9; zd. 1861, p- 21, 5; Solsky, Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. t. vii. P. tetanicus, Pascoe, Ann. N. H. xix. p. 412 (1867). P. fossatus, Pasc. Trans. Ent. Soc. ond ser. iv. p. 90 (1857) ? Japan, common; also North China. I see no difference between Japanese specimens and others from Northern China, whence Pascoe described his P. fossatus ; his description, however, does not precisely agree with the insect, especially as regards punctation, and I cite the syno- nymy with doubt. Aigosoma sinicum, White. 4 Aigosoma sinicum, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 30, 2. Many examples; on fir trees. White only knew the female, which resembles the same sex of 42. scabricorne. The male is much more different from the corresponding sex of that species, having much shorter and thicker antenne, with the scape shorter and more cubical. The thorax differs in shape, being gradually widened from apes to base, at which latter it is nearly equal in width to the elytra. Fam. Cerambycide. Section A. Eyes coarsely faceted. Habits nocturnal. Spondylis buprestoides, Linn. Spondylis buprestoides, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. 2. p. 621. Also found in N. China. Criocephalus rusticus, Linn. Criocephalus rusticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. xii. 2. p. 634; Kraatz, Berl. ent. Zeit. vii. p. 107. Maiyasan ; running over fir trees at night. Japanese examples have punctured elytra and sutural apices briefly spinose, as in German specimens. Xystrocera globosa, Oliv. Xystrocera globosa, Oliv. Entom. no. 66. p. 27, t. 12. f. 81. Stenocorus vittatus, Fab, Syst. El. ii. p. 309. Many examples, agreeing with others from Cambodia, &e. Fabricius erroneously cited Brazil as the locality of his Stenocorus vittatus, which is evidently the same as Xystrocera globosa. 152 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Pachydissus (Mallambyx) japonicus, n. sp. P. minus convexus, olivaceo-fuscus, pube subtili fulvo-grisea vestitus ; thorace elytris multo angustiore, medio paulo dilatato, antice fortiter angustato, supra minus profunde flexuoso-plicato ; elytris levibus, apice singulatim rotundatis angulo suturali spi- noso; antennis ( ¢ ) corpore dimidio longioribus, omnino inermibus, articulis tertio quartoque apice paululum incrassatis, 4° quam 5° multo breviore. Long. 1 in. 5 lin. to2in. ¢ Q. Japan. eae with the typical (Australian) species of Pachydissus in the unarmed antenne and thorax and the finely pubescent sur- face; but differs much in faces and in the very slight nodosity of the 3rd and 4th antennal joints. The combination of characters which the species offers renders it ill-placed in any of the genera hitherto proposed in this group; and it may be found conve- nient to separate it under the generic name Mallambyx. The sockets of the anterior haunches are angulate externally ; but this character is not even of generic importance, although La- cordaire founded a section upon it ; for some Australian species of Pachydissus possess strongly angulated acetabula, whilst others, very closely allied, have them only circular. The pro- sternal process is a little prominent at the edge of its posterior declivity ; the mesosternum plane. The crown of the head has a single (central) groove, extending behind to the neck, as in Cerambyx and Hoplocerambyx, and not ending in a trans- verse groove at the level of the posterior margin of the eyes as in Pachydissus. Pachydissus (?) fulvidus, Pascoe. Pachydissus(?) fulvidus, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. new ser. iv. p. 236. One example, Nagasaki; also North China. The elytra are clothed with rather coarse, uniform, laid, tawny pubescence, and are rounded at the apex. The species may possibly come within the proposed genus Mallambyz ; but I have seen only a female specimen, and therefore cannot decide. Neocerambyx chrysothrix, n. sp. NV. forma et colore Cer. aurifabro (White) similis, at differt antennis nullomodo spinosis, nec thorace transversim plicato. Elongatus, subcylindricus, fulvo-fuscus, tomento sericeo mutabili vestitus ; thorace utrinque medio spinoso, supra grossissime irregulariter ru- goso et tuberculato, ad basin sulcis binis transversis; elytris apice breviter oblique truncatis, angulo exteriore paulo producto acuto, suturali longe spinoso ; antennis ( ) articulis 3°-6"™ singu- Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 153 latim quam quinto distincte brevioribus ad apicem tumidulis. Long. lin. 3lin. @. Nagasaki. The pubescence is rich tawny golden, thick and adpressed ; it is laid or, as it may be described, brushed in different ways, sometimes convergent, and is of lighter and darker shades, the darker forming two indistinct flexuous bands across the elytra. The tomentum is also thick and coarse on the head and thorax, and clothes the whole of the antenne. The thorax has no trace of transverse furrows or of central smooth plate, as in Cer. holosericeus, I. The species belongs, but imperfectly, to the genus Neo- cerambyx, differmg from it in the spined thorax, and in the sockets of the anterior haunches being scarcely opened ex- ternally. Cerestum sinicum, White. Ceresium sinicum, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 245. Nagasaki. Ceresium holopheum, n. sp. C. quam C. sinico minus elongatum, omnino fulvo-testaceum, flavo- pubescens ; capite grosse inwqualiter punctato ; thorace oblongo- ovato, punctis magnis et parvis subcrebre impresso, linea abbre- viata, elevata, dorsali, levi; elytris crebre equaliter punctatis ; antennis articulis tertio quartoque subequalibus, quinto vix lon- giore. Long. 43 lin. © Hiogo ; three examples, apparently males. STENODRYAS, nov. gen. Genus inter Callidiopsides et Gracilides (Lacord.) locum tenens. Corpus elongatum, gracile, subglabrum. Caput thorace latius ; oculi magni, convexi; genis brevibus. Palp? maxillares labialibus duplo longiores ; articulis ultimis omnium dilatatis, triangularibus. Antenne ( g ) corpore dimidio longiores, tenues, filiformes, nullo- modo sulcate, basin versus infra ciliate; articulo quarto quam tertio vel quinto multo breviore. Thorax elongatus, cylindroideus, medio paululum dilatatus, vix ineequalis. Hlytra apice rotundata. Coxe anteriores conico-globose exserte ; prosternum inter coxas angustissimum. Mesosternum angustum, coxis globosis, acetabulis clausis ; episterna metathoracica angusta, postice attenuata. Pedes elongati, gracillimi, femoribus abrupte elongato-clavatis ; tarsi graciles, articulé primo secundo tertioque conjunctis equali. The numerous examples of this species that I have seen all appear to be males ; at least I have observed no difference in the antenne or the abdomen, which latter is quite normal ; and consequently I am unable to say whether the ? offers the 154 Mr. H. W. Bates on the curious abnormal structure presented by Obrium and many allied genera. The genus has much general similarity to Ceresium, except in the long slender legs and abruptly clubbed femora. The exserted anterior coxe bring it, so far, within the definition of the Gracilides (Lacord.); but the tightly closed middle sockets exclude it from that group. Stenodryas clavigera, un. sp. S. angusta, fulvo-testacea, sparsim pubescens; antennarum scapo, femorum clava tibiarumque apice piceo-nigris; capite supra rugoso-punctato; thorace subsparsim punctato, subopaco, plaga elongata mediana levi, disco utrinque inequali; elytris passim eequaliter discrete punctatis. Long. 4?lin. 6. Hiogo. STENYGRINUM, noy. gen. Facie generis Stenygre, gen. Ceresio affine. Thorax cylindricus, sed femoribus abrupte valde clavatis et tibiis intermediis fortiter cur- yatis. Corpus elongatum, sparse setosum. Caput, cum oculis convexis, thorace paulo latius; palporum articulo ultimo dilatato triangulari, maxillaribus elongatis. Antenne robuste, filiformes, articulis 5°-10"™ apice extus productis, articulo quarto parvo, quam tertio vel quinto dimidio breviore. Cowe antice globose ; pro- sternum inter coxas modice angustum; mesosteruum planum. This new genus is closely allied to Ceres¢um, and still more so to the Australian genus Bethelium, from which latter it differs in the cylindrical (instead of cordate) thorax and less hirsute antenne. The elytra are similarly coloured to the Tropical-American genus Stenygra, and they are also distin- guished by two oblique depressions on each, one near the suture towards the base, and the other on the posterior part of the disk. The legs are rather short and stout ; the femora of all abruptly and strongly clavate. The intermediate tibie are strongly bent outwards, as it appears, in both sexes. The antenne in the ¢ are a little longer (in the ? a little shorter) than the body. Stenygrinum quadrinotatum, n. sp. S. elongatum, convexum, sparse setosum, rufo-castaneum ; elytris medio fusco-nigris, maculis duabus utrinque discoidalibus flavo- testaceis, una paulo ante, altera apud medium; thorace juxta apicem constricto, ante medium paululum dilatato, subcrebre haud profunde punctulato, punctis majoribus rugulisque intermixtis, linea dorsali levi; elytris punctis piliferis discretis, versus apicem minutissimis. Long.5lin. 6 Q. Tpongi ; three examples. Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 155 Gracilia pygmea, Fab. Gracilia pygmea, Fab. Syst. El. ii. p. 339. One example, Osaka; not distinguishable from the Eu- . ropean species. Obrium longicorne, n. sp. O. brunneo paulo majus et latius, fulvo-testaceum, subtiliter dense pubescens et longe setosum, haud nitidum; oculis (¢) max- imis; antennis corpore duplo longioribus; thorace ut in O. brunneo tuberculato, postice magis angustato, sparsim punc- tulato ; elytris supra subplanis, crebre punctulatis. Long. 2z lm. ¢. One example. By the magnitude of its eyes this species approaches Sten- homalus (White). Stenhomalus cleroides, n. sp. S. nigro-fuscum, pubescens, antennis pedibusque rufo-testaceis, fe- moribus tibiisque medio infuscatis; thorace aureo-pubescente, tubere laterali valido, basi constricto, supra sparsim punctato ; elytris basin versus sparsim punctatis, pallido-testaceis macula communi basali rhomboidea, altera subquadrata pone medium antice obliqua, tertiaque parva transverse ante apicem nigro-fuscis. Long. 33 lin. 9. Two examples, Ipongi. Differs from St. fenestratus (White) by the design on the elytra. Their ground-colour is pale testaceous, with a large spot at the base, touching the base on the scutellum, ending in a point on the suture posteriorly, and leaving the shoulders pale; a subtriangular spot follows this behind the middle, narrowing to a point towards the suture. These two black patches leave between them a very oblique V-shaped pale fascia. The pale apical part has in the middle a faint dusky spot. The abdomen of the ? has asimilar abnormal structure to that of Obrium, the 2nd ventral segment having a long fringe of hairs, and the 3rd to 5th being hidden in its posterior concavity. Distenia japonica, n. sp. D. magna, elongata, fusca, subtiliter pubescens, antennis pedibusque subrufescentibus ; capite pone oculos tumido; thorace lato, crebre punctulato, disco utrinque bituberculato; elytris apice angulo suturali longe dentato, supra sparsim lineato-punctatis, dimidio apicali levi; femoribus inermibus. Long. 11-l4lin. g Q. Maiyasan, Hiogo ; many examples, found at night running over fir trees. Cini A typical Distenia, allied to D. undata, but differing from 156 Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises. all the American species, even those with only one apical spine to the elytra, by the spine (or sharp tooth) being a pro- longation (a little divergent) of the sutural angle, and not distant from it; from the spine the apex is gradually rounded to the sides. The punctation of the elytra is scanty and in lines. The thorax is rather wider than usual in the middle, and the discoidal tubercles are very obtuse. ‘The head is tumid behind the eyes, more distinctly so in the g than in the ?. The scape of the antenne is roughly punctured. There is no long pubescence on body or limbs. [To be continued. | XXII.—Notes on Chinese Mud- Tortoises (Trionychide), with the Description of a new Species sent to the British Museum by Mr, Swinhoe, and Observations on the Male Organ of this Family. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. [Plate V.] Mr. SwINHOE has most kindly sent to the British Museum several specimens, preserved in spirits, of Mud-Tortoises from the neighbourhood of Shanghai. ’ The collection contains :—a large specimen of the most beautiful species of Mud-Tortoise which I have yet observed from any country; and I believe it to be new to science ; three specimens of a very plain olive Mud-Tortoise, which are peculiar for having the crown of the head and nose covered with a hard very thin skin, somewhat like the skin whick covers the head of the Terrapins; and several specimens 0’ different ages, but all young, of Landemania perocellata, showing the change of colour in the young animals of this species as they increase in age. This collection is also interesting as showing the form of the male organ and the external sexual character of the males of this group of Chelonians. The specimens having been killed by being placed in spirit, the male organ has been exserted in two of the specimens. It is expanded and fan-shaped, wit! the urethral grooves on the lower side forked and ending in conical claw-like terminations. In both specimens the tail is short, tapering to a very fine point, and ending in a hard spine ; while the tails of the other specimens are all without points, soft, and rather blunt at the end. The armed tail is the cha- racter that Leconte gives of the males of Ainosternon. The Reptiles have been divided into :—those which have a single male organ for intromission, as the Tortoises, the Crocodiles, &c.; and those which have a pair of organs for the Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises. 157 same purpose, as the Lizards and Snakes. In the ‘ Annals’ some time ago I showed that the two organs above referred to were not for the purpose which they have generally been considered to serve, but claspers or cramps, like those found in Skates; only, instead of being exposed as in those fishes, they are retractile under the skin of the body when not required for holding the female. I am now able to show that Tortoises or at least the Mud-Tortoises (‘Trionychide), are provided with a well-developed organ for the intromission of the semen, differing in outline in two allied species. OSCARIA. Skull broad. Nose short, not half the diameter of the orbit. Palatal groove wide, deep, gradually narrowing from the back edge of the internal alveolar process, and rounded in front. Internal nostrils large, roundish, about half the length of the internal alveolar margin, with a deep broad concavity in front. The alveolar process of the lower jaw simple, concave in front, with a slight indication of a longitudinal ridge on the outer side of the middle of the front end, deeply concave and rather widened on each side, with a slightly elevated end and much more elevated outer edge. Tympanic cavity very deep, sub- triangular, with a rounded front edge. This genus is very like 7rionyx, but differs in the shape of the palatal groove and in the form of the alveolar surface of the lower jaw. The genus Oscaria has the short broad face of Trionyz, and the internal nostrils more anterior than in Jsola. ‘The skull of Trionyx Levthii is very like the skull of sola pegu- ensis; and perhaps this species ought to be referred to the genus Isola, and called Isola Leithit. ‘These species, in the form of the skull, the palatine, in the hinder position of the in- ternal nostrils, and in the form of the alveolar surface of the lower jaw, bear a considerable resemblance to the skull of Aspilus. 1. Oscaria Swinhoet. Pl. V. The body oblong, nearly flat, only slightly convex ; upper surface smooth and polished, uniform dark olive-green, with very numerous yellow spots, and a great number of minute yellow circular dots between them, sometimes forming more or less irregular circles round the larger spots. The dots on the fore part of the back, and on the sides and hinder part of the back, are the largest, sometimes confluent into short curved lines, at others forming a ring enclosing a small olive dot. 158 Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises. The middle of the front of the back covering the oblong bony shield marked down its centre on each side with diver- ging, more or less elongate, transverse lines. On the sides of the broad central convex part of the back there are a number of short parallel longitudinal lines, placed in clusters between the diverging lines of elongated spots on the sides of the middle of the back. The head, neck, and upper part of the limbs blackish olive above and yellow below, the underside of the hinder margin of the disk and the sternum more or less varied with lead- colour. The upper part of the head to the occiput with close, very irregular-shaped yellow spots, which are somewhat alike on each side, but can scarcely be called symmetrical. The sides of the neck and chin yellow, with narrow olive reticula- tions. The back of the neck and the upperside of the legs and feet olive, with numerous small yellow dots, giving it a mottled appearance. ‘Tail very short, conical. Skull 2} inches long, and 2 inches wide, very like Trionyx gangeticus in external appearance; but the palatal groove in front of the internal nostrils is very wide, and gradually nar- rowed and rounded in front ; indeed the internal edges of the upper alveolar surface form continuous converging lines from the back to the front of the broad concave palatal groove. The alveolar surface of the lower jaw slightly concave in the front half; the centre of the front with a very slight longitudinal elevation, which is most visible on the outer edge; the sides deeply concave, with a well marked inner and a more elevated outer edge. The palatal groove is very broad and short, as in Trionyx gangeticus, but is wide behind and rather narrowed in front, very unlike the narrow, deep, much longer groove of 7. Lezthit. The alveolar surface of the lower jaw differs from that of 7. gangeticus in being slightly concave in front without any pit on each side of the keel in the centre of the hinder margin. The specimen sent had the front and hind legs of the left side tied together by a string passed through the web of the feet, as if this were the way in which the Chinese fishermen prevented the specimen from escaping after it was caught, as it would cause the animal to constantly progress in a small circle. This seems to be the common way of the fishermen ; for I find the feet of several other specimens of Mud-Tortoise so united. Length of dorsal disk 12 inches, width 10} inches. This is the most beautiful species of Trionychide that has yet occurred, and most distinct by its beautiful coloration ; the lines on the back have some resemblance to Chinese printing. Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises. 159 2. Landemania perocellata. Mr. Swinhoe has sent a series of five young specimens of this species in spirit. They are all dark olive-green above, with more or less distinct black spots on the dorsal disk; beneath white, with a black triangle which reaches nearly across the middle of the sternum, the front angle being continued in a longitudinal line up to the ‘front margin of the sternum. There is an oblong black spot on each side of the front por- tion of the sternum, and a pair of large black spots nearly united in the middle line of the hinder portion. The sides of the dorsal disk, the front of the thighs, the front of the hind legs, and each side of the hinder part of the thigh black. These black marks are very distinct in one of the indivi- duals ; in the other specimens they are more or less obliterated, but what spots do remain show that the above is the normal colouring. The upper part of the head is marked with peculiar bridle-shaped black stripes; the underside is marked with more or less symmetrical oblong white spots surrounded by a black edge, which are sometimes more or less confluent ; and those on the hinder part of the gullet are the largest. Those on the sides of the throat sometimes form two lines converging towards the centre of the throat, the first one commencing trom the black streak from the middle of the back edge of the eye. Mr. Swinhoe had previously sent eight specimens of this species, of a rather larger size, the dorsal disk of the largest one being 7 inches long. The backs of the dorsal disks of all these specimens are black-spotted like the younger ones ; the chin and throat dark, and spotted and varied with white. The underside of the body is white—the smaller ones being varied, like the smaller ones before described, with more or less dis- tinct black marks. Among the specimens of Landemania perocellata is a well- developed one (about 5 inches long and 43 broad) that has a contracted very convex dorsal shield, somewhat like a large limpet. It agrees with the other young specimens of this species by its having the narrow black bridle-like lines on the sides of the face, and the white spots on the throat, exactly like specimens of the usual form. ‘There are in the British Mu- seum, from North America, two specimens of Platypeltis ferox exhibiting the same malformation, which seems to be inci- dental to the species of this family. The Shanghai specimen is a male with the penis exserted, probably from its having been killed by being put in spirit; but the form of the dorsal disk is not a sexual character. The penis is very peculiar in shape, being expanded and 160 Dr. J. E. Gray on Chinese Mud- Tortoises. folded together longitudinally ; when it is spread out it is nearly triangular, rather longer than broad, and marked on the underside with a groove with raised edges, which is simple at the base and forks off into two branches about two thirds of its length, which fork again before they reach the margin, the margin of the end of each groove being fur- nished with two short, conical, curved, claw-like, fleshy ten- tacles; and in the middle, at the end of the central fold, is a broad half-ovate fleshy lobe, probably formed of two united processes, which are dark-coloured like all the rest. ‘The end of the short tail of this male is also produced into a sharp conical claw-like point. 3. Landemania trrorata. Head covered with a very thin skin. ‘Temples, sides of oc- ciput, and lips marked with a number of small sinuous and often anastomosing spots. Upper part of animal and margin of the dorsal shield olive, with very numerous distinct white dots, which are largest on the margin of the shield. Chin, throat, and underpart of body white. The expanded hinder part of the dorsal disk is only slightly tubercular, not so rough as the same part of the disk of L. perocellata of the same size. There are no bridle-like marks on the sides and top of the head, as in L. perocellata, but only a slight indication of a streak from the side of the nose to the front side of the eye. The front odd bone of the dorsal disk is very long and band- like, and united to the front edge of the first rib and vertebral disk by a straight continuous suture. The back does not show any indication of black spots, as in L. perocellata, nor the neck any indication of the white spots so characteristic of that species. On reexamining the original specimen on which I esta- blished Landemania trrorata (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 212 & 216, fig. 18; Suppl. Cat. Shield Rept. p. 96, fig. 31), I have no doubt that it is of the same species as the specimens here de- scribed, and that they establish the fact that it 1s a second species of the genus Landemania, and not a half-dried specimen of Landemania perocellata, as I have considered it in the ‘Hand-list Shield Rept.’ p. 81. The first-described specimen shows the white marks much more distinctly than the two specimens in spirit received from Mr. Swinhoe; and the underside of the head and throat are marked with minute brown spots not seen in the new specimens. The under jaw of the half-dried specimen is figured in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 53, fig. 6 a, showing that it is a true Landemania, and dis- tinct from L. perocellata. On the Deer of the West Coast of South America. 161 One of the specimens is a male with the penis exserted, which is of quite different form from that of L. perocellata. The penis is ovate, lobed and hooked on the edge, folded to- gether, ending in a broad, oblong, triangular hard claw, with a groove on its underside; the two sides of the expansion are folded, but not exactly in half, so that the fold is on one side of the terminal claw. There is a distinct groove at the base, with raised edges, which fork off to each side a little above the base, and which again fork off on each of its sides just above their base ; and on the end of one side of each groove are a couple of small, more or less hard, curved hooks. The end of the tail is tapering, acute, and hard. XXIUI.—On the Deer of the West Coast of South America, with the Description of a new Species from Peru (Cervus Whitelyi). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Mr. Wnuirety, Junior, has sent to the British Museum from the mountains of Peru the skull of an adult female, and the skull of a young smaller deer from the valley of Cosnipata, which, from its having rudimentary canine teeth, is perhaps that of a male. The skins belonging to these skulls were destroyed in the journey from the Indian country to Cuzco, he having been caught in the rain. These skulls, and the other skulls of deer from the west coast of America, distinctly show that there are four deer, besides the Pudu (Cervus chilensts), which inhabit the Cor- dilleras from Patagonia to Peru, specimens of the skulls of which are all in the British Museum—and most distinct from each other, differmg in the general form, size, and depth of the preorbital pit, and in the form and size of the intermaxillary bone. It is to be observed that the two skulls of the adult female Xenelaphus in the Museum have well-developed, very slender, rudimentary canines ; so that the existence of canines is not a certain mark that the skulls belong to the male sex. Canine teeth are observed in the two sexes of Xenelaphus, and in the skull of Cervus Whitelyi; I see no indication of the canine teeth in the skulls of the male or female Huamela leucotis or in those of Furcifer antistensis in the British Museum. The Peruvian Roebucks may be thus defined :— 1. Nenelaphus chilensis. On recomparing the skull of the female from the Andes Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xu. Ll 162 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Deer of with M. Gay’s figure of the skull of the animal on which he established Cervus chilensis, [have confirmed my former opinion expressed in the ‘Annals,’ 1873, xi. p. 309, and have very little doubt that it was described from a very young specimen of this species. The figure exhibits the triangular preorbital pit peculiar to the species, though it does not appear so deep as in our specimens ; and the conical prominences on the sides of the forehead, which are found in the two skulls of this species in the British Museum, are well represented. Both the adult skulls have the hole on the side of the lower jaw in the centre of the diastema; but in M. Gay’s figure of the young skull it is much nearer the front end of the jaw. The skulls of the males and females have small, slender canine teeth. The very young animal figured by M. Gay is darker than those brought by Mr. Whitely, and appears to be in its summer coat. One of Mr. Whitely’s specimens, which appears to be changing its fur, has some patches of hair of this dark colour. It is quite clear that, even if the horns of the male brought home by Mr. Whitely are not of the normal form, they must be quite different from those of the much larger Huamela leu- cotis from Magellan’s Straits. As M. Gay’s specimen was first described, I adopt his specific name, and thus avoid the inconvenience that might result should the horns I have described prove to be malformations and not the usual horns of the species, although I lay myself open to the objection of the purist that I use the name chilensis for a Peruvian species. Huamela leucotis trom Magellan’s Straits is at once known from this species by its very much larger size: the animal belongs to a larger type; and the horns are peculiar. The skull of Huamela has the large, very deep, subtriangular tearpit of Xenelaphus; the upper outer edge of the orbit is thickened and produced behind into a conical prominence on the side of the forehead, somewhat as in Xenelaphus, but in a much greater degree ; and the intermaxillary bones are broad behind, and reach up to the nasals. The skulls of the males and females are destitute of canine teeth. 2. Hurcifer antisiensis. The skull of the female, which has been received from Mr. Whitely, is very like the skull in the British Museum received from the Zoological Society’s museum under the name of Cervus antisiensis, a species that is only known from a figure of the animal by M. d’Orbigny, the skull of which has not been described or figured. the West Coast of South America. 163 The skull of this species differs from that of Xenelaphus chilensis in having a small, shallow, triangular pit in front of the orbit, and in the intermaxillary being narrowed above and not reaching quite so high as the nasal bones. The skull of the female has no prominence on the side of the head behind the orbit, as in the two preceding species. The skull of the male, from the Society, has only rudi- mentary anomalous horns, that of the right side being forked, and of the left simple; it is therefore impossible to compare them with the figure of the horns given by D’Orbigny. ‘The front of the upper jaw between the intermaxillary bones is much larger in the male than in the female; the front edge of the intermaxillary bone in the male is bifid, rugose on the underside. The forehead between the eyes and horns in both the male and female skulls is strongly keeled, the keel being highest in the male. The reception of this skull from Peru proves that Dr. Philippi was wrong, and probably misled by believing that there was only one species of deer on the Andes instead of four, when he observed (in Wiegmann’s ‘Archiv,’ 1870) that D’Orbigny’s Cervus antisiensis was the same as Gay’s Cervus chilensis ; or at least this skull proves that there is another species found in the Peruvian Andes distinct from Gay’s Cervus chilensis. Cervus ( ?) Whitely?, n. sp. It is impossible to refer this skull from the valley of Cosni- pata to any of the modern genera, as it is quite destitute of any appearance of horns. It is the skull of a rather young animal, with only five grinders on each side, which yet appear to be fully formed, and is unlike the skull of any South-Ame- rican deer in the Museum collection, the brain-cayity being much larger and more ventricose compared with the compressed face than in any other known skull; and it has rudimentary canines, which are not to be observed in any species of Coassus or smaller South-American deer. The skull is 62 inches long, and 33 inches wide in the lower edge of the middle of the orbital opening (which is the widest part of the skull), and 33 inches from the end of the occiput to the front of the oibit, and 33 inches from the front of the orbit to the end of the intermaxillaries. There is a rather elongate groove over each orbit, as in the skull of Coassus nemorivagus ; but the brain-case of this skull is very much narrower, and has a keel in the centre of the forehead, which is entirely absent in the flat broad forehead of Cervus Whitelyi. There is a moderately deep, concave, rounded pit for the tear-gland, and [is 164 Royal Society :— two perforations for the passage of vessels through the orbit, just behind the lachrymal pit. The brain-case is oblong, narrowed above, at the upper edge of the orbits. At the lower edge of the orbits it is much expanded out, being the widest part of the skull. The face, from the upper edge of the orbits is gradually, and from the lower edge rapidly, attenuated as far as the front end of the grinders. The nose, from the front end of the grinders, slender, compressed, with the front half of its length rather narrowed on the sides. The nasal bones moderate, the middle of the hinder end being broadly produced between the fore part of the frontals, which I have not observed in any other deer. The intermaxillary bones very slender in front, the hinder half becoming much broader above, and attached to the sides of the front of the nasals—more so than in any South-American deer that I have yet observed. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL SOCIETY. Feb. 6, 1873.—Sir George Biddell Airy, K.C.B., President, in the Chair. “On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide.” By Dr. W. Kowaxevsky. The paper laid before the Society is intended to fill a certain deficiency in our knowledge of the extinct creation by giving a complete osteology of a family of Paridigitate Ungulata, which, by the completeness of its skeleton, unreduced number of digits, and rich development in generic and specific forms, I deem to be of great importance in our speculations on the pedigree of living Un- gulata Paridigitata. On theoretical grounds, as well as from the consideration of rudi- mental parts im living Paridigitata, anatomists have always sup- posed that fossil representatives of this family, which could be regarded as the progenitors of the recent Paridigitata, would cer- tainly exhibit a much less reduced skeleton and a more complete number of digits than the recent genera do. Yet, strange to say, such complete forms were not forthcoming; and if assumed on the evidence of their teeth, very little was known about the structure of their bony frame. My statement will sound like an exagger- ation; but still it is true, that since the time of Cuvier, who shortly noticed the tetradactyle Dichobune, and Blainville, who gave a very imperfect description of Carnotheriwm, we have absolutely On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 165 not a single paper in which the osteology of an extinct genus of Paridigitata has been fully given*. ‘This may partly be the reason that the pedigree of living genera has hitherto been so obscure. The Paridigitata of the Paris gypsum, described in a masterly way by Cuvier (the Anoplothevium and Xiphodon), were clearly ex- tremely reduced descendants of some earlier more complete forms ; their feet presented, in fact, nearly the same degree of reduction which we find in our recent Ruminantia, save the confluence in a cannonbone. Seeing the reduced state of their skeleton, how could they be taken as progenitors of the very rich family of Ruminants, some of which have retained, even till our times, a tetradactyle limb? However, so great was the want of some form from which the living Ruminantia could be assumed to be derived, that nearly all comparative anatomists and paleontologists who speculated on these questions of descent, placed the Anoplotheriwm and Xiphodon at the head of the series, as the fons et origo wherefrom all living Ruminantia have descended. The present paper is an attempt to introduce to paleontologists a new form, which, though known by its dental system more than twenty-five years ago, has remained totally unknown, so far as its skeleton is concerned. This skeleton, by its completeness, has proved to be a very interesting one, not only in a concrete way, but as furnishing a clue to the understanding of the skeletons of those forms which, though totally unknown, must have preceded Anoplotherium and Xiphodon in time, and from which these two may have descended. Besides, the greater importance of the Hyopotamide in comparison with Anoplotherium and Xiphodon lies in the fact, that, while these two last were but poorly differentiated, presenting only two or three distinct specific forms, the Hyopotamide, on the contrary, strike us by the extreme diversity and richness of their specific and generic forms. Beginning in the Middle or Lower Eocene of Mauremont, they existed until the Lower Miocene period; and, judging by the great number of species and genera, they must have filled in the fauna of this period the same important place which the greatly diversified Ruminantia fill in the fauna of our own times. Indeed the differentiation of Hyopotamide may be said to be even greater, in point of size, as they range from the Hyopotamus Reneviert, not larger than a rabbit, to the great Anthracotheriuwm of Rochette, which is as big as our Hippopotamus—all the intermediate stages between these two extremes being represented by different genera, subgenera, and spécies of the same family. I hope that the rich development of this much neglected family will arouse the attention of paleontologists, and that the skeletons of the different members will be more thoroughly investigated. For * No doubt we have excellent memoirs, like the works of Gaudry, Riitimeyer, Fraas, and H. v. Meyer; but the Paridigitata described in all these do not materially differ from those now living, at least so far as the skeleton is con- cerned. 166 Royal Society :— my own part, though fully convinced that many of the Eocene Hyopotamide from Mauremont and Egerkingen present, even in their teeth, characters enough to separate them into distinct genera, I shall not do this, as the multiplication of fossil genera, founded solely on dental characters, without adequate knowledge ot the skeleton, is more an obstruction than a help to the progress of paleeontology. This refers to the Eocene Hyopotamide of Mauremont and Eger- kingen ; for, having found that among the Eocene members of this family there is one which has lost its lateral digits and acquired a didactyle foot, very like an Anoplotherium, L was obliged to separate this reduced form from its tetradactyle congeners under the name of Diplopus (double foot), while the tetradactyle species of the same family will form the genus Hyopotamus. ‘This diversity among the representatives of the same family is very interesting ; something of the same kind, however, is to be found in our own times in the Hyomoschus, subsisting side by side with the more re- duced ruminants, though this is not an entirely parallel case. More- over, as we have in the Hyopotamide, so to say, father and son existing together (the complete form together with the reduced), and as, besides, this son bears a great likeness in the typical struc- ture of his limbs to the Anoplotherium, we may infer that the fathers of both reduced forms bore also a general likeness; and this gives us a clue to the skeletons of the ancestors of the Anoplotheride, which is still further strengthened by many other considerations, of which I speak more fully in my paper. Whilst trying to gain a more complete knowledge of the skeleton of the extinct Paridigitata, I became convinced that we must make some change in our zoological classification of the Ungulata in order to admit the great quantity of genera which have no place in the present system. After the breaking up of the Pachy- dermata (a name that has long enough obstructed science and really checked progress by holding together the most heterogeneous assemblage of animal forms), all the Paridigitata came to be divided into Suina and Ruminantia. This introduction of a physiological function into a system based on the structure of the skeleton is objectionable in the highest degree; besides, in this classification there is no room for those fossil genera which are certainly not Suina, and most probably did not ruminate. The greater the number of such genera, the better their organization and history are known, the more pressing the necessity to give them some adequate place in our zoological system. As an instance that such a necessity is keenly felt,we may cite Professor Leidy, who, in describing the Oreodontide, Agriocheride, &c. of Nebraska, says that they were “ruminating hogs ;” but in reality they were not hogs at all, and most probably did not ruminate; what is, then, to be done with them ? The introduction of Professor Owen’s* strict division between * Proposed before him by French anatomists, but never carried out completely On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 167 Paridigitata and Imparidigitata was a great gain to science ; it radi- cally separated two groups that previously were always hopelessly mixed together ; but now the same principle must be carried further. The separation of the two groups of Paridigitata and Imparidigitata took place in very ancient time, not nearer than the Cretaceous period; and the striking diversity exhibited by both groups from the lowest Eocene is a proof of their ancient separation. But one of the branches, the Paridigitata, in its turn, split very anciently again into two distinct groups, one with tubercular, the other with crescentic teeth. This occurred at nearest in the Lower Eocene, perhaps even in the Cretaceous period. These groups, once sepa- rated, kept entirely apart and followed different lines of descent, although the modifications which both undergo along the descend- ing lines are parallel and analogous even to the greatest details. Following these two divergent lines of descent, both groups culmi- nate in the recent fauna in such forms as the Phacocherus and Dicotyles for one group, and the Bovide for the other. Links Lower Cretaceous Ungulata. ve \ x \ ‘ . . \ Paridigitata. Imparidigitata. AO VA J OF. ©. Parid. with Parid, with tuberc. teeth. crescentic teeth. between them we discover none; and to discover their parentage, we must pass along the ascending lines to the point at which they diverge, as the linking genera, which doubtless existed at the time of separation, are long ago extinct, and both groups are ~ now widely separated. I suggested this view, whilst studying in the British Museum the remains of Hyopotamide, to Professor Owen ; and he finds no objection to it. He aided me in finding for the two groups convenient names ; and by his suggestion I should call the Paridigitata with crescentic teeth Par. selenodonta, and those with tubercular teeth Par. bunodonta. To the first greup would belong all the ancient and living Pari- digitata having crescentic teeth, as the Anoplotherium, Xiphedon, Dichobune, Anthracotherium, Bothriodon, Hyopotamus, Rhagatherium, and the living Ruminantia. The second would embrace all the Suina, Hippopotamina, and Entelodon. Each one of these two groups may be again subdivided on the principles adopted in this paper. 168 Royal Society :— By such division, we shall gain the advantage of having the Pari- digitata arranged into two distinct lines of descent; every new discovered form will at once have its place along one of the lines, and the true pedigree of both will be ascertained much sooner and with greater accuracy. Whilst now making no such clear division, paleontologists, in projecting their genealogical tables, mix both groups together; and, according to the need of the moment, they — place forms belonging to one line of descent in the other, and vice versd. Thus, for instance, all the Hyopotamoids and Anthraco- therium are constantly moved about from one line to the other *, while their true place is along the line of Selenodont Paridigitata; and they have nothing to do with the Bunodont Suina, although groups quite parallel with them may be found on the descending line of Bunodont Paridigitata. Such parallelism, however, does not imply direct links along parallels drawn across both diverging Divergence of Selenodont and Bunodont Paridigitata. / g / % Shi} \ iy, 2 / \ o/ \% xs / \et: J / La / Dicotyles. Hyomoschus. and descending lines; the links are to be found only by climbing along the ascending lines to near the point of separation. For instance, Dicotyles and Hyomoschus occupy analogous positions ; but there is no link between them along the dotted parallel. Links will be found only by going up to the point near their separation. : There are, no doubt, to be found around the points of divergence many forms of which it is difficult to say whether their teeth are tubercular or crescentic, so thick are the lobes; but once this uncertain stage is passed, both groups keep unmistakably distinct. Having once become convinced that these two groups of crescent- toothed and tubercular-toothed Paridigitata, after branching off from a common progenitor in the early Eocene (perhaps the Creta- ceous) period, followed diverging lines of descent, never mixing to- gether, I tried to ascertain accurately, by such data as were fur- * In fact described constantly as Suina, See Gervais, ‘ Paléontologie de France.’ On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 169 nished by fossil remains and by lawful induction, what are the exact modifications of the skeleton exhibited by each group along the ascending and descending lines. As these modifications were most clearly given by greater or less reduction of the manus and pes, I subjected these to a detailed comparison. In tracing the Paridigitata in time, we cannot mistake the ten- dency clearly manifested by them to a gradual reduction of the manus and pes in sucha way that each descendant is always some- what more reduced than its immediate predecessor. ‘The limbs in the Ungulata serving only for the support of the body, and not for prehension, the organism seems to derive a great advantage from their reduction and simplification. By a comparative study of the least-reduced representatives on both lines, I tried to ascertain the probable structure of the manus and pes in the progenitor that has given rise to both groups, or to the whole assemblage of Ungulata ; and this led me to construct a typical manus and pes. On the correctness of this scheme we may to a certain extent rely, as it is exhibited im nearly all its details by the living Hippopotamus, the most complete form of the living, and by the Hyopotamus and Anthracotherium, the most complete of the extinct, Paridigitata. Though such typical foot may be supposed to have been pentadactyle, still, as not a single living or fossil form has ever shown a trace or a rudiment * of the first digit (still less this first digit in a developed state), | thought it more con- venient to adhere to facts, and give the foot as it is found in the most complete types, the first digit being always lost, and its carpal and tarsal bone helping to support the second digit. This fun- damental typical structure of the manus and pes may be stated, in a few words, to be as follows :— Supposing the foot to be pentadactyle, the two outer digits (the fourth and fifth) are always supported in the manus and pes by one single bone—-the unciform in the manus, the cuboid in the pes ; the three succeeding inner digits are supported each by a separate bone —the third, second, and first cuneiform in the pes, and the os magnum, trapezoideum, and trapezium in the manus. Besides, in the manus, the third digit, bemg supported by the magnum, also touches the unciform by a small ulnar projection, and the second, supported by the trapezoides, goes to touch the os magnum; the second digit of the pes is supported by the second cuneiform, and by its fibular projection is connected with the third cuneiform. The first digit is lost in all Ungulata, and its typical bone, the trapezium, or first cuneiform, helps to support the second digit. \ * Prof. Huxley noticed this absence of rudiments of the first digit in his An- niversary Address of 1870 (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.). Such rudiments of the first digit, described in many cases, have proved always, on examination, to have been mistaken, the trapezium or the first cuneiform being taken as the rudiment of the first digit. 170 Royal Society :— Diagram of a Typical Foot in Ungulata Paridigitata. Manus. Pes. Cunei- / form 1. Cunei- Trape- form 2. ( zium. Trape- ° Cunei- ovat Cuboid. form 3. \ \ Os \ | Unciform. Beginning from this typical structure of the manus and pes, which was probably exhibited by the progenitors of the Paridi- gitata, we may follow its gradual reduction along both lines of descent in the crescent-toothed (Selenodont) and tubercular-toothed (Bunodont) Paridigitata. Both lmes present a series of parallel modifications, and the parallelism is often carried to the minutest details. The only difference is, that along the crescent-toothed line (Selenodonta) the reduction is proceeding at a much quicker rate than along the tubercular-toothed (Bunodonta). The reason of this may consist perhaps in the commencing faculty of rumination in the former group, which faculty gave it an immense advantage over the latter. For the comparative anatomist this slow rate of change in the Suina is exceedingly welcome, as it brings the medi- fication of the Suilline foot to our own time, and allows us to dis- cover all the intermediate stages of modification, which, being passed over very rapidly, and in ancient periods, by the crescent- toothed group, have left none or but few traces of their existence. By the reduction of the foot in Paridigitata, I simply mean that the function of locomotion which has been performed primitively by all the four (or five) digits begins to be carried on chiefly by the middle two, the lateral digits undergoing a gradual decrease. This, as I have said before, seems to be of great advantage to the er- ganism, and is manifested by all descending limes of Ungulata. In trying to ascertain the exact method of this reduction and its final results in recent and fossil genera, we come to yery interesting facts that have not been duly noticed before, and which furnish us with the explanation of the presence of so many very reduced forms even in old Eocene and Miocene deposits. In both groups, the crescent-toothed (Selenodonta) and the tubercular-toothed Paridi- gitata (Bunodonta), we meet with a twofold mode of reduction of the manus and pes—a simple or inadaptive, and an elaborate or adaptive mode. Following the first or inadaptive mode of reduction, the foot, whilst losing its lateral digits, acquires no better adaptation to altered conditions of locomotion and support of the body than that which is derived from the mere thickening of the remaining On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 171 digits. The relation between the carpal and tarsal bones and the remaining two middle metacarpals and metatarsals remains just the same as it was in the tetradactyle ancestor. The remaining digits do not exhibit any modification by which they receive more ample support from the carpal and tarsal bones, by taking the place formerly occupied by the now reduced and lost lateral digits. This mode of reduction I call enadaptive, or reduction in which znheritance is stronger than modification. As an instance of this inadaptive mode of reduction, I may point out the foot of Ano- plotherium and Xuphodon. The annexed diagram clearly illustrates i Anoflotherium = this mode of reduction. The fourth digit does not even take the whole of the unciform, and a part of this bone is still occupied by the useless rudiment of the fifth digit; the third has not ex- tended over the whole os magnum; and the useless rudiment of. the second digit occupies its typical place on the trapezoid, 172 Royal Society :— touching the os magnum, and being additionally supported by the trapezium. Following the second or adaptive mode of reduction, the middle digits grow larger and thicker than in the first mode ; but whilst broadening transversally they do not adhere to the ancestral pat- tern, but tend to gain a better support on all the bones of the carpus and tarsus; they deviate from the ancestral type, push the lateral digits (while these are yet completely developed) to the side, and usurp their typical carpal and tarsal bones for their (the middle digits’) own use, thus gaining a better and more complete support for the body. ‘The lateral digits, deprived of their typical carpal and tarsal bones, and taking henceforth no active part in locomotion, tend to disappear; and every millimetre that is lost by the lateral digits is immediately taken possession of by the enlarged middle ones; so that even before the entire disappearance of the lateral digits the two middle digits have usurped the whole of the distal surface of the carpus and tarsus, the fourth digit has spread over the whole unciform (manus) and cuboid (pes), and the third has. taken possession of the trapezoid (manus) and second cuneiform (pes). This once attained, the two middle digits, bemg pressed from both sides by the carpal and tarsal bones, begin to coalesce, forming the so-called cannon of the recent Ruminantia, or of the hind foot of Dicotyles. This mode of reduction I call the adaptive, or reduction in which such modification keeps pace with inheritance. As an instance of this mode, I may cite the foot of Sus, Di- cotyles, Hyomoschus, Ruminantia. Every anatomist will acknow- ledge that this second mode of reduction is much more useful to the organism than the first. If we inquire further what are the genera which follow the first or inadaptive mode of reduction, we find that all eatinct genera of Paridigitata follow it, while all living * genera follow the second or adaptive mode of reduction. Early Eocene Paridigitata, Tubercular-toothed Crescentic-toothed Paridigitata. Paridigitata. This being the state of the case, the questions arise, Did they not become extinct because of their incapacity to adapt themselves completely to altered circumstances ? and did not the others survive because they adapted themselves more fully to these circum- stances? I will try to consider both cases in reference to the living and fossil Paridigitata. * Or fossil forms which continue to live, or have left direet successors, as Paleocherus and the Miocene Ruminantia from Auvergne. On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 173 I said before that early in the Eocene period the group of Pari- digitata split dichotomously into two secondary groups, one with crescentic teeth, the other with tubercular; the first [ have called the Selenodonta, the second Bunodonta (or Suina). Now each of these secondary groups followed a twofold mode of descent, one of which I term the inadaptive, and the other the adaptive, thus, finally, giving rise to four distinct groups :— (A. The group following the inadaptive re- ductions develope enormously in Eocene and Middle Miocene times: all have distinct me- tacarpalia and metatarsalia, five-lobed upper molars, smooth distal extremities of the me- tapodials. Genera: Bothriodon, Dichobune, Rhagatherium, Cainotherium. They reached their highest development and culminated in the didactyle Anoplotherium, Xiphodon, and Paridigitata with crescentic teeth (Selenodonta). Diplopus, which all became extinct without direct successors. B. The group following the adaptive re- duction separated from the group A some- where in the Middle Eocene, by some of the small Hyopotamide acquiring four-lobed upper molars, as met with at Mauremont, and be- coming Dichodons. Intermediate stages little known; the Gelacus is one of them. The least-reduced living form is Hyomoschus. Cul- | minating in recent times in the didactyle Bo- | vide and Antilopide. , A. Group following the inadaptive redue- tion very little known. Acotherulum and an- other larger hog-hke animal from the Middle and Upper Eocene may belong to this group ; they were certainly tetradactyle. Culminated | in the lowest Miocene in the didactyle Ente- lodon ; no successors. hee : B. Group following the adaptive reduction, OE ae eae | branched from the BioiiD A in the Eocene ; the (Bunodonta or < most typical representative is the Cheerothe- Shitta) rium from Sansans, with the phalangeal ridge : not yet extending over the whole distal end of the metapodium. Palwocherus : reduction has \ fairly set m on the adaptive mode, the pha- langeal ridge passing over the whole end of metapodial. Sus still more reduced. Dico- tyles: all the distal surface of the carpus and tarsus taken by the enlarged middle digits. | Tending to become didactyle. We must briefly consider each of these groups. The Paridigitata with crescentic teeth following the tnadaptive 174 Royal Society :-— mode of reduction, and whose skeletons are known, are the Anoplo- therium, Xiphodon, Anthracotheride, and Hyopotamide. Lit should be asked why they followed this mode of reduction, the reason is obvious. Admitting that an advantage is gained by the simplifica- tion of the foot and the reduction of the number of digits, this mede of reduction is the most simple course to be taken. We must ima- gine the enlargement of the middle digits to be accompanied by a broadening of their correspondent bones in the carpus and. tarsus ; the trapezoideum and the second cuneiform were simply pushed aside (not made use of) by the enlargement of the third digit, and their reduction kept pace with the reduction of the second digit. If we think how the process must have gone on “ in natura,” we shall find that it required quite an unusual occurrence, some happy chance, for the third digit to go over the separating line between the magnum and trapezoideum, or the third and second cuneiform, and get a footing on these last bones, which typically belonged to the second digits. This was evidently the most advantageous mode ; but it did not occur at once, and the organism has taken the more simple and obvious inadaptive mode, which, once fairly set in, could not be changed. This branch of the Paridigitata then, starting from their tetra- (or penta-)dactyle progenitors in the Cretaceous or earliest Eocene, arrived at the close of the Eocene (from which strata alone we have Paridigitata whose skeletons are known) to the re- duced didactyle forms, known as the Anoplotherium and Xiphodon. That these last had tetradactyle ancestors is supposed, on theoretical grounds, by the evolutionists ; besides, their rudimental second and fifth digits pomt clearly to some form in which these rudiments were completely developed and used for locomotion. Whilst trying to ascertain the structure of the skeleton of an extinct family (Hyopotamide) allied to the Anoplotheride, but which was supposed to be chiefly Miocene, I found that the Miocene genera could be regarded only as the last representatives of this exceedingly numerous family, whose chief development fell in the Eocene times, when it was represented by numerous subgeneric and even generic forms. I was fortunate enough to find, in the collection of M. Aymard, at Puy, a large assemblage of bones belonging to the oldest Miocene representative of this family, the Hyopotamus ; indeed so much, that I could completely restore the limbs and nearly the whole skeleton. The limbs prove to be tetra- dactyle, with well-developed lateral digits. The same family is so richly developed in the Eocene, that we have a full right to suppose that the older genera had even a more completely developed manus and pes. Tron Puy I came to London to complete my study, as teeth which were not to be distinguished from the Hyopotamus of Puy were known to be numerous in England; and whilst studying the bones found in England, I was struck by the fact that some of these belonged to a didactyle genus of the same family, which in England proved to be associated with the tetradactyle genus. To this new genus of the Hyopotamoid family I gave the name Diplopus. This On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 175 was indeed a welcome discovery—ancestor and descendant existing together, the complete with the reduced form living about the same period*. Moreover the didactyle form bore a great general likeness in the structure of the limbs to Anoplotherium and Xi- phodon, being perhaps only a little more elaborate and better adapted than these first experiments of the Eocene times. The likeness of the descendants allowed me to make inferences as to the likeness of the ancestors ; and, taking into consideration the structure of the limbs in the tetradactyle Hyopotamus, and the rudimental second and fifth digit still existing in Anoplotherium, Xiphodon, and Hyopotamus, I feel confident that the supposed an- cestor of the first two did really possess a manus and pes very like the projected typical diagram ; indeed we may be nearly as con- fident of this as if we had found the actual thing imbedded com- plete in some early Eocene or even Cretaceous rock. This, then, was the state of things in the earliest Eocene ; large numbers of Paridigitata with tetradactyle feet like our Hyopo- tamus, and the supposed progenitors of -Anoplotherium and Xi- phodon, represented the group of Paridigitates with crescentic teeth (Selenodonta). Reduction in the number of digits, being an ad- vantage to the organism, was steadily going on. But, be it ob- served, we follow now the inadaptive line of descent ; and while the whole weight of the body was, by gradual steps, entirely trans- ferred to the two middle digits, these thickened and grew larger, but entered into no special adaptation by means of which they should better perform the work which had fallen to their share ; they did not enlarge so as to gain additional support from all bones of the second row of the carpus and tarsus; the reduction was inadaptive: inheritance is in them stronger than modification. Seeing that old Paridigitata present only two free metacarpals and metatarsals, and that recent Ruminantia have the same two metacarpals and metatarsals coalesced into a single cannonbone, evolutionists generally rush at the seemingly obvious conclusion that once the tetradactyle foot reached the reduced state of two digits, these coalesced together, and were transformed into the can- nonbone of Ruminants. No such thing, however, happened ; nor could it have happened with the old didactyle Paridigitata, as the Anoplotherium, Xiphodon, and Diplopus; and the reason why it could not is clearly indicated by the structure of their feet. We have already shown that, following this inadaptive reduction, the two middle digits, whilst growing larger, continue to occupy only the inner half or more of the unciform and the greater part of the os magnum ; so tha‘ from the outer as well as from the inner side the carpal bones which support useless rudiments overhang the two middle functional digits. In consequence of this, the distal surface of the carpus was much broader than the proximal surface of the two functional digits—an arrangement not calculated for firm equi- * Such cases are numerous. In the Sewalik Hills the Azpparion is associated with the horse. 176 Ltoyal Socvety :— librium. Now the confluence of the two middle digits is always followed by a considerable contraction ; and if this coalescence should occur in the imperfectly adapted foot of Anoplotherium, and especially Xiphodon, all equilibrium would be lost. If ever such confluence occurred, by reason of the tendency to the greatest pos- — sible reduction, the resulting form had not the least chance of being propagated and of holding its ground against the competing genera. The broadening of the middle digits could not occur after the entire loss of the laterals ; and we shall see that, in genera which have left immediate successors (Sus, Hyomoschus), the lateral digits are not allowed to go until the middle ones have obtained a secure footing on the entire distal surface of the carpus and tarsus. However, these inadaptively reduced genera of the Eocene could perhaps have lived till our own days ; but the development of the competing and better adapted forms pressing them on all sides, they had no chance to stand their ground against them, and became extinct without any direct posterity, while the succession of the Paridigitata Sele- nodonta was carried by a side branch, and reached its culminating point in the Miocene, continuing from then to our own days. We turn now to the same mode of inadaptive reduction as mani- fested by the tubercular-toothed Paridigitata (Bunodonta), or Suma. The old representatives of this group are very little known. The Cheropotamus is a very doubtful genus, and may be inclining towards the crescentic-toothed Paridigitata, bemg supposed to be the pro- genitor of the Anthracotheride and Hyopotamide. Besides it we have the Acotherulum saturninum, Ger., a truly tubercular-toothed Paridi- gitate from the Upper Eocene, Acotherulum Campichii (Dichobune Camp., Pictet) from the Lower Kocene of Mauremont, and a larger pig-like animal from the same deposit not yet described or named. These are undoubtedly the oldest tubercular-toothed Paridigitates we know ; but unfortunately our knowledge is based only on dental characters. However, considering that even the recent Suina have not yet completely lost their two lateral digits, it may, with the greatest probability, be inferred that these old Eocene forms were tetradactyle. Our knowledge of the development of this group is very incomplete ; but there can be no doubt that, though not nearly so rich as the Selenodont group, they were still numerous, as may be inferred from the great quantity of the Suina in the Miocene, and such forms as the Listriodon splendens*. We are so accus- tomed to look on the Suina as a group of tubercular-toothed tetra- dactyle Paridigitata, that no one ever thought of the possibility of a didactyle hog ; but, strange as it may seem, such a Suilline animal existed ; stranger still, it existed in such an ancient period as the close of the Eocene in the lowest strata of Ronzon at Puy. This is the Entelodon, Aym. (Elotherium, Pom., Archeotherium, Leidy). The Suilline characters are so striking in this form, that it was at * T have not been so fortunate as to see any bones of the Listriodon; but as this miocene hog died without any successors, ] should not be astonished if it prove to be didactyle, thus being a parallel to Hyopotamus in the same sense as Entelodon is parallel to Anoplotherium. On the Osteology of the Wyopotamide. 177 once placed among the Suina, and pronounced tetradactyle, though _ the confluent tibia and fibula (mentioned by Leidy) might have been taken as a warning against rash conclusions. I have found in the cabinet of M. Aymard, in Puy, some bones of this animal ; few, it must be acknowledged, but still leaving no doubt as to the di- dactylism of Entelodon. Of this I shall try to adduce more extensive proofs in a forthcoming memoir on this genus. How can the pre- sence of a hog with such reduced limbs be explained in such ancient deposits, when even the living Swide have not yet reached this stage of reduction? The fact, however, is intelligible when we consider that the Entelodon is the final result of the inadaptive development and reduction along the line of tubercular-toothed Paridigitata ; it is the culmination point of this group, and in this sense quite parallel to the Anoplotherium in the other group. Thus the Paridigitata, which split dichotomously in the earliest Eocene (?) into two groups, the tubercular-toothed (Bunodonta) and the erescent-toothed (Sele- nodonta), following the inadaptive mode of reduction, reached their culmination-point in the Upper Eocene or just above it, im such forms as Entelodon for the first group, and Anoplotherium, Xiphodon, Hyopotamus for the second group, which all became extinet with- out any direct posterity. The living Suina and Ruminantia are not directly connected with them, but are the issue of lateral branches which followed the adaptive mode of development and reduction. We may now consider the results of the adaptive mode of reduc- tion. As I said before, the rate of this reduction is much slower in the tubercular-toothed Paridigitata, or Suina; and this gives us the means of following more closely all the stages of reduction. I propose, therefore, in the first place, to consider these. Though the published materials, as far as the skeleton is con- cerned, are very poor, we have the means of giving nearly all the intermediate stages between those genera in which the manus and pes are conformable to the true tetradactyle type, every digit (except the fourth and fifth, which are always borne by one) being carried by a separate carpal and tarsal bone, and those in which the en- tire distal surface of the carpus or tarsus is taken by the enlarged two middle digits. The adaptation of these two middle digits on the adaptive line forms a striking contrast to their rigidity exhibited by the other mode of reduction; and we shall briefly indicate the stages by which the typical Suilline foot actually passed to reach the stage exhibited now by Dicotyles. ; We are at a total loss to indicate the precise time when the adaptive branch separated from the inadaptive; it was certainly somewhere in the lowest Miocene, as in the Middle Miocene we find already a large quantity of Suine in which the adaptive re- duction has fairly set in. As the first stage IT must consider a small Suilline animal, though not the oldest, but perhaps a remnant of the older type; this is the Cherotherium, Lart., from Sansans. The primitiveness of this small pig is indicated by the fact that, the carpal and tarsal bones retain their typical relation to the four Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 12 178 Royal Society :-— metacarpals and metatarsals; the humerus is very Anoplotherium- like; and the distal extremity of the metapodium is smooth an- teriorly, the phalangeal articular ridge being limited only to the palmar side, as in all ancient Paridigitata. First Stage, Cherotherium, Lart. (Sansans).—The middle digits are enlarged, but the laterals still retain their typical relation to the sup- porting bones of the carpus and tarsus*. Distal end of humerus Anoplotherium-like (ancient); the proximal end of the radius, in correspondence with the humerus, is also Anoplotherium-like. The distal end of metapodium is smooth, the phalangeal ridge being limited to the palmar side. Second Stage, Palwocherus (Allier).—The adaptive reduction of the manus and pes has fairly set in, its first indication being that the radial margin of the third digit (in the manus and pes) is raised in such a way as to exclude the second digit from going to its typical facet on the os magnum and third cuneiform, though leay- ing it still in the full possession of the trapezoid and second cunei- form. The phalangeal articular ridge is passing from the palmar side round the distal extremity to the anterior face of the meta- podium. Third Stage, Suidw.—Adaptive reduction is proceeding further : the middle digits are greatly enlarged ; and the third digits of the manus and pes spread over one half the trapezoideum and nearly the whole of the second cuneiform. The lateral digits touch the ground only very slightly, and are not important for locomotion. Fourth Stage, Dicotyles.—The middle digits are so enlarged and adapted that the entire distal surface of the carpus and tarsus is taken by them; the lateral digits have no distinct facets on the distal surface of the carpus, and are merely hanging to the enlarged middle digits. The fifth digit of the pes is lost, and the two meta- tarsals are coalesced into a cannonbone; the metacarpals are also so closely pressed together that their confluence is imminent. . The complication of the stomach, which is divided into three chambers, shows a beginning of rumination, slight traces of which are even exhibited by the common hog; the premolars become complicated, and begin to assume the shape of molars’, the first premolar is lost (as in all Ruminants), the incisors reduced to four, the canines are small. Fifth Stage——The culminating point is not yet reached by the tubercular-toothed Paridigitata following the adaptive mode of re- duction ; but as it was reached by the same group on the inadaptive mode (Lntelodon), and as the parallel group of crescent-toothed Paridigitata, whose reduction is going at a quicker rate, has already reached it, there can be no doubt that the Suina are tending also * That is, the second digit is supported by the trapezoideum, and has besides a facet on the os magnum, as in Hippopotamus, or in the typical tetradactyle foot generally. _ + Avery important circumstance, considering that we meet with the same fact in other groups where the premolars assume the shape of molars, as in Paleo- theride, horses, rhinoceros, &c. On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 179 to the same culminating point. In reaching it the lateral digits will be entirely lost, the trapezium will coalesce with the magnum, and the second cuneiform with the third ; the middle metacarpals and metatarsals will coalesce into a complete cannonbone; and probably the stomach will become still more complicated, and they will ruminate. That this state is the goal towards which the Suina tend I have little doubt; but it is more than probable that man by his influence will prevent them from ever reaching it. Our task is more difficult when we come to inquire into the line of descent which has given rise to the Ruminantia. As stated before, 1 cannot put the Anoplotherium, nor the Xiphodon, in their pedigree. In my opinion, the line which ends in Ruminantia branched off from the smal] tetradactyle Hyopotamida@, which were - so numerous in the Eocene period. I find in the Eocene of Maure- mont all stages of transition between the five-lobed upper molars of these Hyopotamide and teeth having a true ruminant four- lobed pattern; these last have belonged to some small species of Dichodon. Unfortunately we have no clue to the skeleton, though, seeing the tetradactyle living Hyomoschus, it may fairly be assumed that these early progenitors of Ruminantia were also tetradactyle. The small tetradactyle Cainotherium is a very tempting genus in speculations about the descent of Ruminantia; but I must exclude it for many reasons, though I cannot here give them in full. Some of these are as follows :—the Cainotherium retained till the Middle Miocene five-lobed teeth on the Dichobune pattern (with the three lobes on the posterior half of the tooth), while we have truly ru- minant teeth already in the Eocene ; it retained its upper incisors and free metatarsals, while the much older Gelacus, Aym., which is already a true ruminant, had no upper incisors and the meta- podials were confluent in the adult. Cainotheriwm seems to be a direct descendant of Dichobune, and to have become extinct, without leaving any successors. Supposing that the Dichodon had a foot true to the tetradactyle type, we do not find the earliest stages of reduction; they were passed rapidly, and in very ancient times: but there can be little doubt that the Ruminantia began with a tetradactyle foot, and ended by a cannonbone adapted to the whole distal surface of the carpus and tarsus. Such adaptation of the two middle digits could not be obtained at one leap; and certainly all stages between a tetradactyle foot (in which every digit was supported by a separate bone in the carpus and tarsus) and a didactyle foot (in which the two enlarged middle digits have taken the whole distal surface of all the carpal and tarsal bones) were passed by this group in the same manner as we have seen it in the Suina; but only a few traces of this passage remain. From the tetradactyle Dichodon, the group of adaptive Selenodonts may be said to have split into two subordinate groups. In one of these, represented by the Hyomoschus, the lateral digits are retaied, and only the metatarsals become confluent, while the two middle metacarpals continue to be 12* 180 Royal Society :— free*. In the 7'ragulide the two middle digits coalesce, in both fore and hind limbs, into a complete cannonbone, but the lateral digits are still retained in their whole length as useless (nearly filiform) appendages. The distal surface of the metapodium re- mains smooth ; the rumination is incomplete. In the other group, as the representative of which we may cite the Gelacus, Aym., the lateral digits were soon lost, and the re- maining two middle digits have taken the entire distal surface of the carpus and tarsus; still they remain separate, perhaps through life, in some of the Eocene G'elaci whose remains IL have seen from the phosphatic limestone deposits in the south of France, near Cahors, in a locality called Caylux. In this deposit the bones of Gelacus are found, together with large Anoplotheria and Palco- theria; and even the completely ossified and not epiphysed meta- tarsals are found entirely free. In the lowest Miocene of Puy, however, we find a Gr'elacus whose metacarpals and metatarsals are free only in the young, and coalesce in the adult; but, even after their coalescence, the distal end of the metapodium is smooth, and the articular ridge is limited to the palmar side. In the somewhat newer (about the upper part of the Lower Miocene) deposits of Allier, in Auvergne, we meet at last with metatarsals and meta- carpals entirely coalesced into a complete cannonbone, and the articular ridge taking the whole distal extremity of the meta- podium. Small rudiments of the lateral digits (second and fifth) still remain as styliform appendages on both sides of the cannon- bone, in the fore and hind limbs. Such true ruminant forms are exceedingly numerous in the Mi- ocene of Aller; they are all hornless, and some retain seven molars in the lower jaw, as in all ancient Selenodonts. In most, how- ever, of these newer Miocene forms the first premolar of the lower jaw is lost, and they exhibit the same dental formula as the living Ruminantia, from which they seem not to differ in any of the essential characters. These true ruminant forms of the Lower Miocene may be considered to have reached the culmination point of their reduction, and we shall consider them as such. Thus the Selenodont Paridigitata, after branching off from the common stock in the Lower Eocene, reach the utmost stage of reduction on the adaptive mode a little below the Middle Miocene; this we consider to be the fifth stage, or the culmination. The fifth stage, or the culmination point of the Paridigitata Sele- nodonta, following the adaptive mode of reduction, means that the reduction of the manus and pes was carried so far that it could not'proceed further ; this point was attained already in the Lower Miocene. When once the metapodium was reduced to one bone, and this one had taken the whole distal surface of the carpus and tarsus, any further reduction or improvement was quite impossible. Besides, the completely developed faculty of rumination gave these * These middle metacarpals and metatarsals are enlarged and adapted to the whole distal surface of the carpus and tarsus. On the Osteology of the Hyopotamide. 181 forms an enormous advantage over the other, non-ruminant, Pari- digitata occurring in the same strata. They could live on such matters as twigs, bark of trees, mosses, lichens, on which no other Ungulata can subsist ; such food is found everywhere, requires no cunning and very little struggle to get it. All essential modifications were attained very early, and the chief of these are the confluence of the two middle digits in a complete cannonbone and rumination. Then began the luxury of all sorts of appendages—excrescences on the frontal bones covered with skin, uncovered by skin in the form ef prickly simple horns (Pudw), or double (Dicroceras of Sansan, Muntjac), then branched and palmated. In other groups these bony cores were covered with horny sheaths, which at first differed but little from agglutinated hairs (Antilocapra americana), then became more compact, as in the smooth and hard horny sheath of the hollow-horned Ruminantia. These secondary characters were all acquired, thanks to abundant time, after the essential characters of the type had been assumed ; if man had come on earth a little later than he did, he certainly would have found nearly parallel cases in the group of Suina, monodactyle (with cannonbone) hogs with different appendages. As it is, he stopped the course of events; all further improvement is out of the question, or only possible in such groups as the Rodentia, who prey on man’s food, being at the same time independent of him. It may be asked, How stands the matter in the Imparidigitate Ungulata? And though I cannot enter fully into the case, I may state that the same course of events is observable in them; only there could be no tnadaptive reduction, as the body could not, under any circumstances, be held in equilibrium upon one single third digit, if this one had not taken the whole distal surface of the carpus and tarsus. But the task in this group was much more difficult ; to get one middle digit to perform the work shared in the ancestors by five, and in the immediate progenitor by three, required time. To accomplish this, two geological periods were needed ; but still, by the incessant tendency to reduction, the work was done, and the monodactyle horse spread over the surface of the globe, superseding all other Imparidigitata, which are evidently rapidly dying out. The only two genera which remain still, the Rhinoceros and the Tapir, cannot last long. But this spreading and multiplication of the Hgwide was also accompanied by a total change of diet : from an omnivorous animal it became a grass-eater ; and indeed, by its teeth and many other characters, the horse is very analogous to the Ruminantia, beg, as they are, the culmination- point of the group \of Imparidigitata. The reduction of the horse- foot, however, is not fully accomplished yet; to attain this, the styliform metatarsals and metacarpals (the second and fourth) have to be lost. 182 Miscellaneous. MISCELLANEOUS. Further Additions to the Ichthyological Fauna of Zanzibar. By Dr. A. GtnTHer. In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for 1868, 1. p. 457, I have mentioned several species of fishes previously not known to exist on the coast of Zanzibar; and I have now the pleasure of adding some others, contained in a collection brought home by Bartle Frere, Esq., who accompanied his father, Sir Bartle Frere, on his mission to Zanzibar, and who kindly allowed me to select desiderata for the British Museum. The new additions to the Zanzibar fauna are the following :— 1. Serranus seamaculatus. 2. Diagramma crassispinum.—This fish is new to the collection of the British Museum. The specimen differs from the description given by Riippell and Klunzinger in having rather irregular oblique black bands on the body. It is nearly 8 inches long. 3. Diagramma reticulatum.—The Zanzibar specimen agrees very well with the typical specimens (see Fish. i. p. 334); but I have some doubt whether this species is not identical with D. feetela. Riippell had ascribed twelve dorsal spines to this latter species; but Klunzinger states that it has thirteen ; so that the number of dorsal spines can no longer be considered a specific difference. This species extends to Australia. A. Seriolichthys bipinnulatus.—A. +1; | II. 5. Acanthurus lineatus. 6. Pseudoscarus strongylocephalus. 7. Carcharias Bleekeri—Previously known from a single specimen from the Seychelles. ; 8. Galeocerdo tigrinus. On the Skull of the Spectacled Bear of Peru and of the Helarctos from Malacca and Java. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.RS., &e. The British Museum has lately received from Mr. Whitely, jun., two skulls of different ages of the spectacled bear of Peru, which are interesting as we have never before received any, and only knew it from the figures of the skeleton and skull in Blainv. Ostéogr. t. iv. and t. vili., which belonged to a specimen described when living by Frédéric Cuvier. The skull of this bear has been referred to the genus Helarctos, of which the Malayan bear is the type. The skull is very peculiar in the form of the large scar left by the temporal muscle at the hinder part of the lower jaw, the scar only occupying the end and the upper process, and being separated from the rest of the jaw by a very large elevated plate occupying the whole of the front edge of the muscle, thus giving a considerable extent of attachment and consequent power to the latter. The outer side of the lower jaw, just in front of this elevated plate, is furnished with a large, oblong, subtriangular coneavity, about an Miscellaneous. 183 inch in each direction, and so deep that it is only separated from the inner surface of the jaw by a thin translucent layer of bone. In the more perfect adult skull the upper jaw is furnished with three nearly equal small false grinders, which are so compressed together that the middle one is on the outside of the othertwo. The front one is rather larger than the other two ; but they are very nearly equal and have a slightly lobulated surface. The lower jaw has three similar, but rather larger lobulated teeth placed rather further apart, the two in front being the closest, and the front one rather the largest, and very close on the back edge of the canine. It is very clear that this bear should not be referred to Helarctos, which ought to be thus characterized :— 1. Hetarcros, Horsfield ; Gray, Cat. Carniv. &e. p. 234. False grinders 1.1 in the upper and 2.2 in the lower jaw: the upper one small, at the base of the canine, between it and the front edge of the flesh-tooth; the two lower ones smaller. Scar of the temporal muscle subtriangular, occupying the greater part of the end of the lower jaw, gradually shelving into the surface of the jaw. Claws compressed, very much curved. Helarctos malayanus, Gray, Cat. Carniv. p. 234. There is no difference between the skulls of Ursus malayanus and U. euryspilus. As the skulls of the Malay bear in the Museum had lost their false grinders, in the paper on bears in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ I took the account of them from De Blainville’s figure of Ursus ornatus, which had them all complete ; and therefore they do not agree with the proper generic character of Helarctos of Horsfield. 2. NEARCTOS. False grinders in upper jaw 3.3, crowded together between the canine and the base of the flesh-tooth, forming an arched line, the middle one being more outward: in the lower jaw 4. 4, conical, slightly 3-lobed, in a straight continuous line ; the two middle equal, small; the front larger, and the hindermost largest. The scar of the temporal muscle oblong, deep, with a well-marked raised margin on its front edge, separating it from a large deep concavity on the hinder part of the outer surface of the jaw, which is only separated from the inner surface by a thin translucent layer of bone. Nearctos ornatus. Helarctos ornatus, Gray, Cat. Carniv. p. 236, Hab. Cordilleras\ ( Whitely). De Blainville seems to have overlooked the peculiarity of the form of the lower jaw in the young skull which he figured (t. viii.), although it is represented in the figure, but not nearly so well defined as in the adult specimens; and I was induced by his observations to refer this bear to the genus Helarctos before I had the opportunity of observing its skull. And he appears also to have overlooked the differences in the numbers of the false grinders, although the artist figures them. 184 Miscellaneous. On the Appearance of Danais Archippus in Australia. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. University of Melbourne, 19th May, 1873. GuntLeMEN,—Referring to the notice I sent you last month of the sudden appearance of the American butterfly, Danais Archippus, over a north and south area of ten miles about Melbourne, and my having the year before recognized it as an abundant visitor over the north- east part of the continent of Australia, I beg to say that I have since received specimens in a letter from Mr. Eastwood, showing that it ap- peared in abundance for the first time within the same week at Bel- fast, about two hundred miles west of Melbourne. I have now a letter showing that it appeared about a week later in the north of the island of Tasmania, to the south. I have, &c., Frepertck M‘Coy. On the Habits of unequal Bivalve Shells. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Burton-on-Trent, July 3, 1873. GrnxtLemEeN,—Dr. Gray asks for information as to the habits of unequal bivalve shells. In May last I found many specimens of Pandora inequivalvis, L., in St. Aubin’s Bay, Jersey. They were exposed at very low water, and were lying in furrows of sand which were filled with water. They lay indifferently on either valve, and were quite destitute of byssus or any marks of attachment. The animals were all alive and apparently healthy. Putte B. Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S. On the Skeleton of Kogia Macleayii. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. The British Museum has received two skeletons of this interesting whale from Australia, of different ages. The skeletons have not been mounted yet; but the larger is about 9 feet long. The larger skull is about 16 inches, and the smaller one 134 inches long. The two skulls are very similar; but the opening between the upper surface of the intermaxillary bones is much wider in one than in the other. The comparison of these two skulls with the very young one figured as Physeter simus by Prof. Owen (Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. t. 12, 13, 14), obtained by Mr. Elliot on the coast of India, shows that they are only different ages of the same species. The young one chiefly differs in the sides.of the frontal cavity being more convex and swollen, becoming sharper in the older specimens. The vomer is much more exposed below in the two young skulls than in the more adult one, where it becomes partly covered by the under inner edge of the intermaxillaries. The large ridge just over the very large left blower is much higher and more convex.in the older specimens than in the middle-aged and young. ‘ ~ Miscellaneous. 185 There is a good deal of difference in the shape and form of the blade bone, probably dependent on age. The blade bone of the smaller specimen is subtriangular, being about one 10th part wider than it is high from the front of the condyle to the upper edge ; the acromion and coracoid processes are directed forwards, and only slightly bent outwards; the acromion is much broader, and rounded at the end. In the larger specimen the blade bone is much wider than high; that is to say, it is more than once and a half as wide as high ; the coracoid and acromion processes are much elongated and strongly bent upwards. This difference may be sexual; for the young bone does not appear to be like a portion only of the larger one: and if there is a change of form, the whole bone changes as it grows; that is to say, the angular prominence on the front edge is lower down the front margin in the larger one. In all these specimens the bones of the face are shorter than the distance from their edge to the crest round the nostrils; and in this respect it differs from De Blainville’s figure of Physeter breviceps, which is said to have come from the Cape of Good Hope; but I have never had the opportunity of examining the skull, and there- fore cannot vouch for the correctness of the figure. A partial Comparison of the Conchology of Portions of the Atlantic and Pacific Coasts of North America. By Roserr EK. C. Stearns. A striking feature in the conchological fauna of that part of the Pacific coast included in the Californian-and-Vancouver zoological province, when compared with the molluscan fauna of the Atlantic coast from the arctic seas to Georgia, is the preponderance in the former of those forms of mollusean life which are embraced in 1 the order of Seutibranchiata*. The Scutibranchiate Gasteropods, or shield-gilled crawlers, com- prise a great number of mollusks, all of which are marine, and which inhabit the sea-shore, principally the littoral and laminarian zones, subsisting on marine vegetation ; thus we find the beautiful group of Calliostoma upon the larger alge, as well asthe unique T’rochiscus (T. Sowerbyi), and Chlorostoma crawling over the sedimentary rocks, upon which grows the green Cladophora or some allied vegetable form upon which it feeds, and which also is the favourite food of several species of limpets. The order of Scutibranchiata, according to Messrs. Adams, in- cludes :—the family of Neritide (none of which are found in the alifornian and Oregonian province, though they begin to appear on the coast of Lower California) ; the Trochide, which is largely re- presented by the follewing genera—Hutr opia one species, Leptothyra three species, Pachypoma and Pomaulaw one species each, Liotia one (perhaps two) species, Z'halotia and Trochiscus one species each, Calliostoma, Chlorostoma, Omphalius, Margarita, and Gibbula, each by several species ; the family of Haliotide, which is represented by several species, all of large size, widely distributed and exceedingly numerous in individuals—Fissurella, including Lucapina, Glyphis, * Vide Adams, ‘ Genera of Recent Mollusca,’ vol. i. p. 876. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xi. 13 186 Miscellaneous. and Clypidella, also Puncturella and Emarginula ; Dentaliade by two or more species; Tecturide by several species of Acmea, also by Scurra, Gadinia by one and Nacella by six or more species ; Chitonide by numerous species and great numbers of individuals. It may be that some of the groups included by the Messrs. Adams in the order referred to, as our knowledge increases, will require to be separated or removed; but so far as the purposes of comparison as made herein are concerned, the result will not be materially impaired. The total number of marine molluscan species and well-marked varieties within the Californian and Oregonian province, so far as known and determined, is not far from 630, of which about 200 are Bivalves; and of the remaining 430, 123 are included within the Scutibranchs ; of this latter number about 40 belong to the Chitonide, and the same number to the Trochide. Of the 247 marine gasteropods enumerated by the late Dr. Stimp- son, in the Smithsonian-Institution Check-list, as found from the arctic seas to Georgia, 32 only, or less than one eighth, come within the order mentioned ; of this comparatively small number, seven are Chitons and fourteen belong to the T’rochide, while Haliotis* is with- out a representative: the Zvrochidw within this province are not characterized by such marked or unique characters as distinguish their relatives on the west coast. Some revision may be required hereafter in the number of Scuti- branchiate species credited to the west-coast province, as forms now catalogued as distinct may, in some instances, be united; but, on the other hand, it is not unlikely that new forms undoubtedly distinct will be detected when the coast is more thoroughly explored.— Pro- ceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, October 7, 1872. The Megalops Stage of Ocypoda. By 8. I. Surrs. The Monolepis inermis, long ago described by Sayt, and partially figured by Danat, is undoubtedly a stage in the development of Ocy- poda arenaria. The large size and peculiar structure of this megalops render it one of the most interesting forms of the group of larve to which it belongs. It is closely allied to the Monolepis orientalis, Dana, from the Sooloo Sea, figured in detail on plate 31 of the Crustacea of the Wilkes’s Exploring Expedition. The carapax is very convex above and narrowed toward the front. The front is deflexed and the extremity tricuspidate, the median tooth being long and narrowly triangular, while the lateral teeth are small and obtuse. The sides are high and impressed, so as to receive the three anterior pairs of ambulatory legs. The third pair of ambulatory legs are closely ap- pressed along the upper edge of the carapax, and extend forward over the eyes, the dactyli being curved down over the eyes and along each side of the front. The posterior legs are small and weak, and * A solitary specimen of Haliotis, of small size, was obtained through dredging in the Gulf-stream, four or five years ago, by Count L. F. Pour- tales, of the U. S. Coast Survey, but south of Georgia. ¢ Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1817, vol. i. p. 157. { Crustacea of Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. pl. 31. fig. 6. Miscellaneous. 187 each is folded up and lies in a groove on the latero-posterior surface of the carapax. The external maxillipeds have almost exactly the same structure as in the adult Ocypoda; and, as in the adult Ocy- poda, there is a tuft of peculiar hairs between the bases of the second and third ambulatory legs. This megalops is common upon the coast of the Southern States; it has been found at Block Island ; and [ have myself collected it, late in August, at Fire-Island Beach, Long Island. In the largest specimen from the last locality the carapax is 9-4 millims. long and 5°6 broad. A large number of young specimens of the Ocypoda, collected at Fire-Island Beach, indicate plainly that they had only recently changed from this megalops. Some of the smallest of these specimens, in which the carapax is 5-6—6-0 millims. long and 6-1—6-5 broad, differ from the adult so much that they might very easily be mistaken for a different species. The carapax is very slightly broader than long, and very convex above. The front is broad, not narrowed be- tween the bases of the ocular peduncles, and triangular at the extre- mity. The margin of the orbit is not transverse, but inclines obliquely backward. The ambulatory legs are nearly naked ; and those of the posterior pair are proportionally much smaller than in the adult. The adult Ocypoda is terrestrial in its habits, living in deep holes above high-water mark on sandy beaches; but the young in the zoéa state are undoubtedly deposited in the water, where they lead a free- swimming existence like true pelagic animals, until they become full- grown in the megalops state. Say mentions that his specimens were found cast upon the beach by the refluent tide and “appeared desi- rous to protect themselves by burrowing in the sand, in order to wait the return of the tide;” but they were more likely awaiting the final change to the terrestrial state. The tufts of peculiar hairs be- tween the bases of the second and third ambulatory legs, and in the adult connected with the respiration, are present in the full-grown megalops, and are undoubtedly provided to fit the animal for its ter- restrial existence as soon as itis thrown upon the shore. The young in the megalops stage occur on the shore of Long Island in August, and perhaps earlier. At Fire-Island Beach, in 1870, no specimens of Ocypoda were discovered till the last of August; and those first found were the smallest ones obtained ; by the middle of September, however, they were common on the outer beach, and many of them were twice as large as those first obtained. Although careful search was made along the beach for several miles, not a specimen of the adult or half-grown crab could be found, Every individual there had evidently landed and developed during the season. Probably all those living the year before had perished during the winter; and it is possible that this species never survives long enough to attain its full growth so far north.— Amer. Journ. of Science and Arts, July 1873. The Torpedo or Electrical Ray. A specimen of this remarkable and somewhat rare fish was brought up in the trawl yesterday off Portland. It was about 40 inches in length. Weymouth, July 10, 1873. R. Damon. 188 Miscellaneous. On a Salamander (Sieboldia) from Shanghai. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. Mr. Swinhoe has sent to the British Museum a skin, including the bones of the head and feet, of an animal of this genus from Shanghai. It is about 27 inches long. I do not see any character by which it differs from the Steboldia from Japan, and am inclined to regard it as a specimen of that species. I have compared the head with the skull on the skeleton of the latter animal, but do not find any differ- ence, except that the Japanese specimen in the Museum is older than the one which Mr. Swinhoe has sent from Shanghai. M. Blanchard, in the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 1871, lxxiii. p. 79, describes a new species of this genus under the name of Sieboldia Davidiana, from Western China, which is noticed in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1871, viii. p. 212. M. Blanchard, though he gives it a name, gives no distinctive characters between it and the Japanese species. The Ribbon Seal of Alaska. By T. Gitt. This species of seal (Phoca fasciata, Shaw, or P. equestris, Pallas) is found in the waters of Northern Alaska, and is, so far as known, only represented well in the museum of St. Petersburg. In the Smithsonian collection there are two skins, obtained by Dr. Dall from Cape Romanzoff, but no skull or other parts of the skeleton. The species is remarkable for colour as well as for structural pecu- liarities. The male is at once recognizable by the colour: this may be said to be a chocolate-brown, except (1) a band of whitish yellow bent forwards towards the crown around the neck, (2) an oval ring of the same colour on each side, encircling the fore feet, and passing in front just before them, and (3) another band, also bent forwards above, behind the middle of the trunk. There is considerable varia- tion in the extent of these bands; and sometimes the peribrachial rings are more or less confluent with the posterior band. The females are simply whitish yellow, or have very indistinct traces of. the postmedian band ( fide Von Schrenck). The structural (and especially dental) characters of this species, according to Von Schrenck, indicate a generic distinction from all the familiar forms of the subfamily Phocine. The moiars (except the first) are two-rooted, as in the typical Phocine—but in external form are simply conic or have rudimentary cusps, thus resembling Halicherus. ‘The genus may be named Histriophoca. The special object of this communication is to call the attention of travellers in Alaska to the species; and skeletons (especially skulls) and skins are earnestly asked for. The species has been found also in Kamtschatka, and at the mouth of the Kamtschatka river in March and April, arriving there later than the other seals named. One of the skins in the Smithsonian collection has been peeled off from the animal almost entire, and by a cross slit below and between the fore feet, and, being tied in front, has evidently been used as a bag.— American Naturalist, vol. vil., March 1873. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES. ] No. 69. SEPTEMBER 1873. XXIV.—On a new Species of Synocladia from the Carboni- ferous Limestone Series of Midlothian. By R. Eruertpar, Jun., F.G.8. [Plate X.] ONLY one species of Synocladia is at present recorded, so far as I am able to ascertain, from rocks of Upper Paleozoic age in Great Britain—the S. virgulacea, Phillips, from the Magnesian Limestone of Tunstall Hill and other localities in the north of England. A bed of bluish-grey shale was lately discovered overlying the Gilmerton Limestone (Lower Carboniferous Limestone series) at Gilmerton, near Edinburgh, by Mr. J. Bennie, crammed with the remains of Fenestelle and other Polyzoa. Amongst a number of such fragments I was much interested with certain pieces evidently not referable to that genus, but clearly allied to Synocladia. The specimens present the same habit as the Permian genus, but differ from the latter in the arrangement of the cell- apertures on the celluliferous or obverse face. ‘This arrange- - ment departs considerably from the hitherto recognized Syno- cladia type, in many points approaching that seen in Fenestella, yet distinct from it. Were it not that the other characters displayed in the habit of the carboniferous form so closely resemble those seen in Synocladia, I should feel considerable diffidence in referring my specimens to that genus. If it, t. é. the carboniferous form, is not a new species of Synocladia, then a new genus must be created for its reception—allied to Synocladia, yet differing from it. As in the typical species, S. virgulacea, the frond is com- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 14 190 Mr. R. Etheridge on a new posed of numerous rib-like stems, rising from a common root and frequently bifureating. The branches are short and simple, and spring at an ascending angle from one stem to meet those of the opposite stem, and thus form the peculiar arch-like dissepiments so characteristic of the genus; these are sometimes modified into stems. ‘The form of the dissepi- ments is regulated by the proximity to or remoteness from one another of the stems or interstices: when far apart the usual arch-like character is preserved ; but when brought close together, the normal form is lost, and the dissepiments become irregular connecting bars, passing from rib to rib, either hori- zontally or at a more or less acute angle. So far the resemblance between the Carboniferous and Per- mian forms is complete; but, as before stated, a considerable difference is noticeable in the detailed arrangement of the cells on the celluliferous face, although the general plan is the same. In S. virgulacea the cell-apertures on the stems are arranged in from three to five furrows, separated by sharp or angular ridges or keels, on which may be seen small, open, node-like elevations (‘‘ gemmuliferous vesicles,” King) ; the cell-apertures on the branches are restricted to two rows, with a dividing ridge between them, the cellules set alternately. In the Carboniferous species, on the other hand, there is only one dividing ridge or keel on each stem, separating two rows of cell-mouths, and that not angular, but somewhat round, with the open node-or pore-like elevations arranged in the same manner as in S, virgulacea. Furthermore, scattered in a most irregular manner amongst the cell-apertures proper are a number of supplementary openings, without any attempt at arrangement ; sometimes one may be seen between two of the cell-apertures proper, more commonly at the side of a primary opening, or occasionally as many as three have been observed clustered close together; this usually takes place at the base or setting-off of one of the branches, upon which they are also to be found. The disposition of the cells on the branches is similar to that seen in S. virgulacea, with this one exception ; viz. the ‘ eemmuliferous vesicles’ (?) are continuous from the keel of the stems on to that of the branches. This I can- not ascertain to be the case in the Permian form. From the foregoing remarks it is evident that ‘our Carbo- niferous Polyzoon, whether it is a Synocladia or not, differs from that genus, as defined by King, as follows :— Ist. Obverse of the main stem supplied with two rows of cells only, separated by a rounded keel. 2nd. Reverse provided with irregularly scattered supple- mentary cell-apertures. Species of Synocladia. 191 3rd. Keel of the branches supplied with node-like pores, the “ gemmuliferous vesicles ’’(?) of King. The points of difference expressed in the first paragraph do not to my mind present an insurmountable difficulty to the admittance of the Carboniferous specimens into the genus Synocladia. I feel the greater confidence in so placing them, because Prof. King in his generic diagnosis does not lay par- ticular stress on the number of rows of cellules, but simply says “distributed in longitudinal series,” whereas it is only in the specific diagnosis we find it stated that the cellules are “in from three to five furrows.’’* The second and third points of difference are those only, which make me doubt the propriety of referring these peculiar Polyzoa to Synocladia, viz. the possession of the supplemen- tary irregularly scattered cell-apertures (if that is their true nature) and the occurrence of the gemmuliferous vesicles on the keels of the branches as well as on the stems. The reverse or non-celluliferous face of S. virgulacea is represented by Prof. King as smooth ; but in the Carboniferous specimens it 1s seen to be delicately and regularly striate, with (scattered over the surface of both stems and branches) small, round, open, pore-like apertures. The question arises, are these the bases of the “ root-like processes ’’ on the underside of the fronds mentioned by Prof. King as seen in the Permian specimens ? or, if not, what are they? If the former, then the processes must have been broken off in the course of fossilization. They occupy exactly the position of the root- processes as shown in the ‘ Permian Fossils’ f. I propose to describe this form provisionally as a new spe- cies of Synocladia, under the specific name of Synocladia carbonaria, sp. nov. Polyzoarium a flattened plumose expansion, springing from a small root of attachment. Interstices or stems rib-like, frequently bifurcating, much stouter and stronger than the branches; obverse celluliferous, with a median rounded keel; reverse rounded and striated. Dissepiments or branches short and simple, opposite branches given off at an oblique angle from their respective stems, which meeting, give rise to arched interspacesyor fenestrules ; obverse celluliferous ; reverse rounded au striate ; sometimes modified into stems. Dividing ridges or keels on both stems and branches se- * Permian Fossils, pp. 58 & 39. + Plate iv. figs. 7 & 8. 14* 192 On a new Species of Synocladia. parating the two rows of cell-apertures; those on the stems rounded, those on the branches slightly angular; both bear the wart-like bodies termed by King “ gemmuliferous vesicles ”’ (?). Fenestrules, when the stems and branches assume their normal condition, are arch-shaped, otherwise irregular; mar- eins not indented by cells. Cell-apertures arranged in two subalternating rows, both on the stems and branches, separated by the median keel; with prominent margins. Supplementary cell-apertures scattered irregularly amongst .the primary cell-apertures, either singly or in twos and threes. Gemmuliferous vesicles (2) open node-like protuberances placed on the keels of both stems and branches, alternating with the cell-apertures. Reverse or non-celluliferous face regularly and finely striate, or rather granulo-striate ; scattered at random over the sur- face are open wart-like projections, which may be the broken bases of the “ root-like processes ” of King. EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Fig. 1. Synocladia carbonaria, nat. size. The dotted lines show the extent of the specimen and direction of the stems and branches. Fig. 2. Portion of a specimen, showing the celluliferous face : (a) the cell- apertures, and indistinctly the keel (d). Fig. 3. Portion of another specimen, showing the celluliferous face, on which are seen :—a, cell-apertures; 6, gemmuliferous vesicles ; ec, smaller cellule apertures; d, median keel; e, the same on the branches; f, gemmuliferous vesicles (?) on the keels of the branches. Figs. 4 & 5, Reverse or non-celluliferous face, showing the arch-like dissepiments and the bases of the root-like appendages (?). Figs. 2 to 5 are all very considerably enlarged. Note. Since writing the above I have submitted the facts mentioned in the foregoing remarks to Prof. King, who considers this to be a species of Synocladia. The late Dr. Prout described, in the ‘ Trans- actions of the Academy of St. Louis,’ a form very similar to the above under the name of Septopora cestriensis (vol. i. p. 448, pl. xviii. fig. 2). Dr. Prout established the genus Septopora on cha- racters which cannot begdistinguished from those of Synocladia, King, with this exception, that the cell-apertures on the interstices are in from one to four rows; whereas, so far as I can ascertain from Prof. King’s description and figures of Synocladia, there never appear to be more than two rows in the latter genus. This could scarcely be construed into a generic difference, but may be regarded as specific only. In framing the genus Septopora it is strange that so La 4 On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 193 acute an observer as Dr. Prout should have overlooked the characters of Prof. King’s genus Synocladia. Our Scotch form and S. ces- triensis, Prout, agree very closely, so far as I can judge from descrip- tions and figures, and. appear to differ only in a much greater irregu- larity of branching in the case of S. carbonaria, and also in its having, as in Synocladia, the cell-apertures arranged in two rows on the in- terstices. Dr. Prout’s figure does not give a good idea of this peculiar polyzoon; but Ihave been favoured by Prof. King with extracts and photographs from a letter to himself from Mr. F. B. Meek, of Springs field, Ulinois, regarding the question of Septopora and Synocladia. These photographs show that the American specimens are in a much better state of preservation than the Scotch; and although the points of difference between the two are slight, I think they are of sufficient importance to warrant a specific separation; however, should Mr. Meek have previously elsewhere described any form nearer S. carbonaria than Septopora cestriensis, my designation can give place to his; in the mean time I retain for the Scotch fossil the name of S. carbonaria. Mr. Meek states that fuller descriptions and figures will be given in the forthcoming fifth volume of the ‘ Geological Survey of Ilinois.’ Edinburgh, August 11, 1873. XXV.—On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By H. W. Barss, F.L.S. [Continued from p. 156. ] Fam. Cerambycide. Section B. Hyes finely faceted. Habits diwrnal. Toxotus ceruleipennis, n. sp. 7. clongatus, subparallelus ( ¢ ), niger, thoracis margine antico vit- taque laterali, et annulo basali femorum anticorum ilayo-testaceis ; elytris saturate ceruleis, planis, confertim ruguloso-punctatis, in- terstitiisque subtilissime coriaceis, apice truncatis, angulo suturali dentato, exteriore late rotundato. Long.9 lin. ¢. Japan ? (Fortune). Possibly from North China, as Mr. Fortune’s collections from the two countries were mixed to- gether when I saw them. Elytra more elongate than in the same sex of 7. meridianus, and of quite different shape, being broad and rectangular at the base, then slightly narrowmg to beyond the middle, and widening again before the apex; the whole surface roughly, but not very coarsely, sculptured. The thorax is much more strongly tuberculated, glabrous on the disk; there are two strong rounded tubercles on each side the median suicus, and 194 Mr. H. W. Bates on the the lateral tubercle is much larger and more conical. The antenne are more slender, but the proportions of the joints are very similar. Mr. Lewis did not meet with this species. Acmcops criocerinus, 0. Sp. Pachyta minuta, Gebler, Nouv. Mém. Moscou, ii. 1852, p. 69? A. parvus, Criocert puncticolli similis, niger, nitidus, sparsim subti- liter setosus, elytris cyaneis; capite et thorace sparsim punctulatis, hoe convexo, levi, medio haud dilatato sed antice valde angustate ; elytris breviter oblongo-ovatis, apice rotundatis, supra sparsim setifero-punctulatis ; corpore subtus, pedibus et antennis cinereo- pubescentibus ; antennis ( ¢) corpore multo longioribus. Long. 3 lin, Awomori, Nipon (Mr. Moor). Distinguished from Acm. collaris by its shorter and broader form and much finer and scantier pubescence, as well as by its colour. It agrees with Gebler’s description of his P. minuta, except in the scutellum—black and glabrous in A. eriocerinus, and ‘‘ albo-tomentosum ” in P. minuta. Mr. A. Adams obtained a species from the coast of Man- churia considerably larger (4 lines) and rather more strongly punctured, which can scarcely be separated from the present one. Leptura scotodes, n. sp. L. cincte forma simillima, nigra, opaca, subtus cinereo-pubescens, 2 elytrorum basi sanguinea; capite et thorace confertissime re- ticulato-punctatis, illo postice ante collum recte truncato, hoc antice sensim angustato, lateribus ¢ vix, 2 paulo, rotundatis, angulis posticis rotundatis, basi transversim modice depresso, linea dorsali obsoleta ; scutello cinereo-tomentoso; elytris apice recte truncatis, supra confertim punctatis, punctis singulis seta minuta ferentibus. Long. 44-6 lin. g segmento ultimo ventrali late sinuatim truncato et concayo ; tibiis posticis rectis. 2 pygidio elongato-triangulari, apice obtuso ; segmento ultimo ven- trali late rotundato, apice depresso; elytris basi fascia angusta sanguinea, supra callum humerale dilatata, marginem haud at- tingente. Three examples, Nagasaki. Leptura tenuicornis, Motsch. Leptura tenacornis, Motsch. Etudes Entom. 1861, p. 25. Nagasaki; many examples. Motschulsky’s description applies tolerably well to the 9 of Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 195 one of Mr. Lewis’s species, which appears not uncommon in Japan. It is closely allied to LZ. atra (Laich.), the g having similar flexuous hind tibiz ; but it is longer, and has the elytra of a tawny-testaceous hue, with the shoulders, tips, and sutural edge dusky. The thorax has the same form as in L. atra, but is clothed with tawny-golden pile. The antenne of the male are very long and black; of the female almost equally long and slender, and generally of a tawny-testaceous hue, but sometimes nearly black, except the three or four apical joints. It is in this latter point that the chief discrepancy with Motschulsky’s description lies; for he states “ articulis duobus penultimis albidis.”” On the twofold consideration that the antenne are variable in colour in the female, and that Motschulsky’s de- scriptions are well known to be recklessly inaccurate, I do not venture to give a new name to the species. Var. g. Mr. Lewis has a male variety in which the elytra are blackish, with a curved streak on each side of the scutellum and a fascia near the apex tawny yellow. The anterior and middle femora and tibie are also varied with tawny yellow, thus resembling the female, in which yellow is the prevailing colour. Leptura dimorpha, n. sp. L, atre (Laich.) simillima, differt solum thorace feminz supra rufo. Nigra,vix nitida, supra breviter nigro-setosa, infra griseo-pubescens’; capite thoraceque confertim punctatis, hoc convexo, juxta basin fortiter depresso, angulis posticis productis ; elytris apice sinua- tim truncatis, angulis externis productis, supra crebre punctu- latis. ¢ tibie postice versus apicem dilatatee et intus flexuoso-carinate ; segmentum ultimum ventrale quadratum, apice late rotundatum, medio late sulcatum. ¢ thorax supra et lateraliter saturate rufus. Many examples. L. atra (Laich.) is apparently common in Kastern Siberia I have several examples from Maack’s collection which do not differ from German specimens. L. aterrima (Motsch. Schrenck’s Reisen, Coleop. p. 147) is no doubt the same spe- cies ; in fact the author indicates no difference of the slightest importance in his description. \ Leptura xanthoma, n. sp. L. nigre (Lin.) forma similis, at major. Elongata, supra lon- gitudinaliter convexa, nigra, nitida, pubescens, humeris macula subquadrata, femoribusque et tibiis anticis subtus flavis, palpis rufo-testaceis ; capite medio usque ad collum suleato, punctulato ; thorace elongato, ad trientem anticum rotundato-dilatato, deinde sinuatim angustato, angulis posticis longe productis, supra juxta 196 Mr. H. W. Bates on the basin transverse (lateraliter profundius) impresso, subsparsim punctulato, fulvo-pubescente ; elytris postice gradatim attenuatis, apice oblique truncatis, punctulis nigro-setiferis passim impressis, corpore subtus cinereo-pubescente. Long. 6lin. 6. One example. Leptura ochraceofasciata, Motsch. Leptura ochraceofasciata, Motsch. Etud. Entom. 1861, p. 21. Taken by Mr. Lewis in great abundance. A handsome species, allied to L. quadrifasciata (Linn.), but with head and thorax densely clothed with golden pubescence, and elytra with — four golden-yellow pubescent belts. 3 tibia postice flexuose, a medio abrupte dilatate, intus flexuose carinate. Segmentum ultimum ventrale apice truncatum, angulis rotundatis, medio vix concavum. In Nipon and on the hills the antenne are always, as Motschulsky describes, black ; but in the plains near Nagasaki they have the five terminal joints tawny (var. ochrotela). I can discover no other differences. Lepiura anaspidoides, n. sp. L. figura Anaspidis (Sectionis Heteromerorum), elongata, subparallela, convexa ; capite et thorace brevissimis ; antennis elongatis, ro- bustis ; nigra, elytris fusco-rufis, pilis elongatis decumbentibus rufis vestitis; thorace campanuliformi, angulis posticis productis, subtiliter punctulato, fulvo-pubescente ; elytris oblique obtusissime truncatis, subtiliter punctulatis. Long. 5-7 lin. 9. Segmentum ultimum abdominale longe productum ; pygidio et seg- mento ventrali apice late obtuse truncatis, Two examples. Thranius variegatus, n. sp. T’. fusco-obscurus, opacus ; corpore subtus medio, femoribus subtus, tibiis et tarsis, fasciisque duabus elytrorum (prima prope basin latiore et valde irregulari) fulvo-testaceis; thorace disco antice compresso-gibboso, cum capite punctato-scabroso, cinereo-tomen- toso. Long. 9 lin. One example, found in the window of a house, Nagasaki. In the gibbosity of the thorax resembling Thr. gibbosus (Pascoe) of Ceylon. The anterior tawny fascia of the elytra is irregular, and may be described as a broad basal belt, in- dented from the base by a bicuspid black spot on each side of the scutellum. The second fascia is very narrow and trans- verse. The elytra are each narrowed from the base to the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 197 middle, thence continuing as a narrow blade to the apex, which is pointed; their surface is thickly punctured throughout, with a faint raised line down the middle. The abdomen is pro- longed much beyond the tip of the elytra (female ?), the pygi- dium being very long, convex, and sinuate at the apex; its surface, as well as that of the preceding segment, is fulvous. The antenne are three fourths the length of the body, filiform, stout, and ruddy brown. Pyrestes cardinalis, Pascoe. Pyrestes cardinalis, Pascoe, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 50. Three examples. Found also at Hongkong. Erythrus congruus, Pascoe. Erythrus congruus, Pascoe, Journ, Entom. ii. p. 51. One example; Hiogo. Found also at Hongkong. Callichroma (Chloridolum) tenuatum, n. sp. C. angustum, elongatum, quoad colorem et elytrorum sculpturam Aromice moschate simillimum, sed antennis ut in gen. Chloridolo gracillimis; viride, subtus subtiliter cinereo-tomentosum, an- tennis pedibusque violaceis; thorace angusto, tuberculis laterali- bus validis, supra passim transversim et oblique strigoso ; elytris creberrime subtiliter scabrosis, lineis duabus tenuibus elevatis ; pedibus elongatis, gracilibus, tarsis posticis articulo primo longis- simo. Long. 8 lin. ¢ 9. Kobe, several examples; also taken by Mr. Fortune on the island of Nipon. This remarkably slender species differs from Chloridolum in having the fourth antennal joint distinctly shorter than the third, instead of being of the same length. It does not agree either with Leontium, having the antennz long and slender, instead of robust, and serrate or spinose. ‘The antenniferous tubercles, however, are obtuse, as in Leontiwm argentatum. In the naked and finely scabrous elytra, and also in colour, it agrees with Aromia moschata; but it differs in its antenne and long slender hind legs and tarsi. As the genera allied to Calli- chroma are at present very unsatisfactorily defined, I hesitate to add to the confusion by instituting a new one for this insect. Sympiezocera japonica, Lacord. Sympiexocera japonica, Lacord. Genera des Coléopt. ix. p. 47. Rare, in pinewood, on Maiyasan, Miogo. 198 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Semanotus rufipennis, Motsch. Callidium rufipenne, Motsch. Etudes Entom., 1860, p. 19. Many examples. Varies in size from 31 to 6 lines. The prosternal process is much narrower, and the mesosternum more attenuated behind, in the male than in the female; but their breadth in the former sex is much greater than in the genus Callidium. 'The femora are less clavate, especially in the female, and the thorax less dilated in the middle than in Rhopalopus. Breeds in fir rails, and appears in first warm days in March. Phymatodes albicinctus, n. sp. P. vario (Fab.) affinis, at differt colore nigro, elytris fascia angusta alba. Niger, pubescens, elytris medio fascia angusta alba ; capite retractili, fronte et vertice planis, punctulatis; thorace creberrime sed discrete punctulato ; elytris planatis crebre punctu- latis. Long. 33 lin. 9. One example; Omura. Closely resembling in size and form the North-American P. varius. ‘The pubescence is much shorter and more adpressed ; the thorax is narrower, rather more narrowed behind than in front, very evenly punctulated over its entire surface. The elytra have in the middle a nearly straight, narrow, pure white belt. Clytanthus notabilis, Pascoe. Clytus notabilis, Pascoe, Journ. Entom. i. p. 360. Clytanthus alphabeticus, Chevy. Clytides d’Asie et d’Océanie (1863), p. 56 (Anthoboscus). Many examples. Taken by Mr. Fortune also at Yokohama. Clytanthus oppositus, Chevr. Clytanthus oppositus, Chevy. Clytides d’Asie et d’Océanie, p. 52. C.japonicus, id. p. 46? Many examples. Abundant in June. The markings agree best with Chevrolat’s description of C. opposttus ; but they vary a little in the direction of C. yaponicus, and I suspect the two to belong to one and the same species. Clytanthus quinquefasciatus, Lap. & Gory. Clytanthus quinquefasciatus, Lap. & Gory, Mon. p. 101, t. 19. f. 120, Many examples. Clytanthus muscosus, 0. sp. C. elongatus, gracillimus, pube viridi-grisea vestitus ; elytris utrinque maculis duabus transversis nigris, una mox pone medium, altera Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 199 inter medium et apicem; antennis pedibusque plus minusve obscure rufescentibus. Long. 53 lin. 9. Hiogo, three examples. Of the same ashy-green colour as C. 4-punctatus, F., but of much narrower and more cylindrical form. The antenne are slender and half the length of the body in the female. The thorax is long, very gradually narrowed in front and abruptly narrowed near the base. The elytra are sharply and obliquely truncated, with the exterior angle dentiform ; each has, behind the middle, two transverse black spots, the first a little after the middle, and the second nearly midway between the first and the apex; near the base there are also two small black specks, one near the scutellum, the other on the humeral callus. The legs are long and slender; and the hind femora reach the tips of the elytra. Clytanthus diminutus, n. sp. C. parvus, cylindricus, angustus; niger, elytris macula communi pone scutellum, altera utrinque discoidali longe ante medium, fascia pone medium et margine apicali griseo-albis; antennis pedibusque piceo-rufis. Long. 2 lin. Nagasaki, two examples. Smaller and much narrower than C. massiliensis, Linn. , more cylindrical. Antenne filiform, as long as the body ; third joint twice as long as the fourth. Front broad and plane, without ridges; antenniferous tubercles slightly ele- vated. Thorax oblong-ovate, rather more narrowed behind than in front, closely punctured; the base on each side bor- dered with light grey. Scutellum black. Elytra cylindrical, transversely truncated, exterior angle dentiform; a sutural spot behind the scutellum, a discoidal spot behind, a fascia remote from this behind the middle, and the apical border light grey. The sides of the breast and abdomen are spotted with light grey. The legs are moderately elongated, the thighs rather thickened. Clytanthus annularis, Fab. Clytanthus annularis, Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 387. This widely distributed eastern-tropical insect is abundant in Japan after the second week of August. Xylotrechus Grayii, White. NXylotrechus Grayti, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 261, pl. vi. f. 4. Nagasaki; also taken by Mr. Lewis at Shanghai. 200 On the Longicarn Coleoptera of Japan. Xylotrechus pyrrhoderus, n. sp. X. clongato-oblongus, niger, thorace globoso-ovato, rufo, grosse reticulato-punctato, sparsim nigro-pubescente ; elytris regione seu- tellari fulva, fasciisque duabus flavis, prima paululum obliqua (ad suturam versus scutellum ascendente), altera longe post medium recta. Long. 5-6 lin. Nagasaki; Yokohama. Belongs to that section of Xylotrechus which has only the marginal ridges of the forehead distinctly raised; the whole head is coarsely scabrose-punctate. The antenne are rather short and much thickened from the fifth jot ; velvety black, with the basal part inclining to piceous. The thorax is oblong-ovate, as broad as the elytra, strongly convex and rounded on the sides ; it is blood-red above and beneath ; its vestiture consists in very short black bristles planted in the large closely packed punctures. The scutellum and a patch around it are tawny testaceous. The apex of the elytra is obtusely rounded; but the exterior angle is marked by a strong pointed tooth. The legs are black; all the femora gradually thickened, not clavate. The mesosternum is red, like the prothorax; the metasternum and abdomen are deep black, coarsely punctured; the episterna and the second (sometimes also the first) abdominal segment have a stripe of whitish tomentum. Clytus caproides, n. sp. C. capre (Germ.) proxime affinis, at differt elytrorum humeris late fulvo-testaceis ete. Valde elongatus, parallelus, nigro-fuscus, fulvo-hirsutus, fronte vittis duabus, thoracis marginibus anticis et posticis, fasciisque duabus elytrorum (antica valde obliqua, angulata, abbreviata) late flavis ; elytris humeris plaga magna fulvo-testacea ; antennis et pedibus testaceo-rufis. Long. 74 lin. Two examples, Ipongi. Of very similar shape to C. capra; elongate and parallel. Body and limbs rather less densely clothed with long pale hairs. Thorax globose-ovate, rather narrower than in C. capra; very densely granulate-punctate. The humeral tawny patch of the elytra is triangular, obliquely defined posteriorly, and not extending to the humeral margin; it encloses in the middle a dusky spot (and there is no oblique yellow linear fascia as in C. capra); behind this, on the margin, is a short yellow streak, as in C. capra; the oblique yellow stripe towards the middle is much shorter than in C. capra, and is bent in the middle ; the posterior belt is much widened towards the margin; and there is no yellow apical On the Primary Divisions of the Brachiopods. 201 fascia. The femora, as well as the tibie and tarsi, are rufous. Beneath, the colour of the abdomen is shining black, with yellow belts across the segments. Dere thoracica, White. Dere thoracica, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 249, pl. 8. f. 1. On flowers in June. Found also in N. China. Purpuricenus Temminckii, Guérin-Ménev. Sternoplistes Temminckit, Guérin-Ménev. Icon. R «A. Ins. texte, p. 224. P. sinensis, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 189. P. japanus, Motsch. Etud. Entom, 1857, p. 87. Not uncommon in Japan; also N. China. The conical tubercle of the mesosternum being present in other species of the genus, there is no reason for retaining Sternoplistes of Guérin. As to the form of the thorax, short and transverse, Purpuricenus including a great diversity of form of this organ (e.g. P. Angasti, White), this character 1s quite insufficient as a generic difference. Purpuricenus spectabilis, Motsch. Purpuricenus spectabilis, Motsch. Etud. Entom. 1857, p, 56. Mr. Lewis did not meet with this species (or variety ?), which is distinguished from P. Temminckii (according to the description) only by the suture and a point on the posterior disk of the elytra being black. [havea specimen of P. Temminckit possessing the black discoidal point, but none in which the suture is black. [To be continued. ] XXVI.—On the Primary Divisions of the Brachiopods. By THeopore Gu, M.A., M.D., Ph.D. THE article in the July number of the ‘ Annals & Magazine of Natural History’ (xu. pp. 1-17), by Prof. King, on Lingula, exhibits the insight into relations and skill in discussion cha- racteristic of its author ; and his views respecting the classifica- tion of the Palliobranchs or Brachiopods into two primary groups will probably be accepted. Indeed they had already been quite generally adopted; but as Prof. King had over- looked the fact, it is presumed that it is not as well known as might have been supposed; and the object of this note is to direct attention to the anticipation by others of Prof. King’s views. ‘The essential distinctions of Prof. King’s groups are that in one (Tretenterata) the intestine has an anal aperture, 202 On the Primary Divisions of the Brachiopods. and in the other (Clistenterata) none. With these characters, be it remarked, are generally coincident structural modifica- tions of the hinge of the shell—the species with an anal aper- ture having an inarticulating hinge generally, and those with- out the anal aperture having a more or less interlocking one. On one or other (or both) of these characters (and with coor- dinate ones) these groups have been repeatedly recognized, first by Owen, and then by Bronn, Huxley, and others. Owen, it is true, vigorously opposed the assertion that any forms had a cecal intestine ; but the groups he recognized were, as to their constituents, exactly equivalent to the Tretenterates and Clistenterates, although based only on the simple or interlock- ing hinge and relative proportions of the viscera and brachia. All other naturalists who have adopted the groups, however, have especially recognized the perforation or non-perforation of the intestinal tube in their diagnoses ; and the groups have been adopted by the following naturalists, viz. :— Ht, Lyopomata, Owen, Encycl. Brit. 8th edit. vol. xv. p. 801, 1858*. Pleuropygia seu Ecardines, Bronn, Klass. u. Ordn, Thierreichs, p. 301, 18624. Inarticulata, Huxley, Int. Class. An. p. 116, 1869. Lyopomata, Gill, Arr, Fam. Moll. p. 26, 1871 ; Dall, Am. Journ. Conch. vol. vil. p. 71, 1871. Tretenterata, King, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) vol. xii. p. 15, 1873. IT, Arthropomata, Owen, Encycl. Brit. 8th edit. vol. xv. p. 336, 1858 §. Apygia seu Testicardines, Bronn, Klass. u. Ord. Thierreichs, p. 301, 1862 ||. Articulata, Huxley, Int. Class. An. p. 116, 18694]. Arthropomata, Gill, Arr. Fam. Moll. p. 25, 1871; Dall, Am. Journ. Conch, vol. vii. p. 60, 1871. Clistenterata, King, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) vol. xii. p. 15, 1873. The conclusions of Prof. King (he being unaware of the labours of his predecessors) are noteworthy, as being inde- * “Shell-valves inarticulated, and, save in the annectant family Cra-* niade, subcalcified ; viscera occupying one half, brachia the other half, of the shell-cavity ” (J. ¢. p. 839). + “Nahrungskanal (in den fossilen Sippen nur vermuthungsweise) lang, gewunden, durch einen After (rechterseits?) ausmiindend,” &e. de. p. 801). i Y The aan terminates in an anus on one side of the body” (Zc. p. 116). Sie Snell-valves articulated, calcareous; viscera occupying one third, brachia two thirds, of the shell-cavity ” (/. c. p. 336). || “ Nahrungskanal (bei den ganz fossilen Familien nur vermuthungs- weise) mit einfachem abwirts gebogenem blind endigendem Darm- -Anhange (Afterlose),” &c. (de. p. 301). {| “The intestine ends in a blind sac” (/. ¢. p. 116). On the Siliceous Spicules of Sponges. 203 pendent corroboration, by an acute naturalist, of the importance of the groups in question ; but it will be obvious that, if we follow the rules of priority, the names of Owen must be adopted ; and even if we feel obliged to accept more charac- teristic names (those based on intestinal characters), Bronn’s excellently chosen ones had already long existed, and there is no obvious reason why they (if any should supersede Owen’s) should not be adopted. Smithsonian Institution, July 28, 1873. ¥ XXVIT.—Notes on the Siliceous Spicules of Sponges, and on their Division into Types. By Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ; THE existence of spicules was mentioned by Ray, Ellis, and others ; but I believe that Savigny was the first zoologist who exhibited them én sztw in living sponges, in Napoleon’s great work on Kgypt—though, lke many of the plates drawn by Savigny in that work of imperial ostentation, confined to the libraries of the few, the figures were without text, as the ob- ject for which the Emperor had undertaken the work was past. These figures have been greatly overlooked by zoologists, and the importance of the spicules in the determination of species and genera has only been more recently recognized. Savigny, in the plates of the work above-mentioned, which he executed in 1805 to 1812, letters his plates “ Eponges charnues,”’ “ Kponges 4 piquans,” and “ Eponges A réseau,” and gives admirable figures of the spicules forming the second division, and of the horny skeletons of his “ Eponges a réseau.”’ The figures of the sponges are superior to any thing that has been done since. ‘These groups were afterwards regarded as genera :—1. Halisarca; 2. Halichondria; 3. Spongia. Prof. Ehrenberg names the spicules of these sponges as if he were describing a perfect animal or the shell of a mollusk, and gives to each kind of spicule a generic and specific name! overlooking the fact that there are several forms (and therefore what he considers different genera and species) of spicules in the same specits of sponge. Dr. Bowerbank, in his paper in the ‘ Philosophical Trans- actions,’ which was reprinted and forms the first part of his work on British Sponges, figures a number of the different forms which these spicules assume, and names them, but in an irregular manner; and some of the names are of extraordi- nary length and composition. He gives different names to 204 Dr. J. E. Gray on the spicules which are only modifications or more or less imperfect developments of the same spicule. The spicules are divided by Dr. Bowerbank into classes ac- cording to the uses to which he believes them to be applied, and the positions which he says they occupy in the sponge; but as Dr. Bowerbank had no preliminary study of ana- tomy, many of his ideas are most crude and not consistent with physiological knowledge. I am not aware of any attempt to divide the spicules into regular types ; but Dr. Oscar Schmidt, in his work on Atlantic Sponges, proposes to divide the Sponges into four great divisions or orders, to which, however#he does not as yet give definite names, thus :— I. Spicules of sexradiate type: Hewactinellide and (extinct) Ventriculitide. II. Spicules anchor-shaped or of pyramidal type: Lithis- tide, Ancorinide, Geodinide, and (extinct) Vermiculate. III. Spicules monaxial, polyaxial, or wanting: Halisarcina, Gumminee, Ceraospongie, Chalinee, Chalinopside, Lenie- rine, Suberitide, Desmacidine. IV. Spicules calcareous : Calcispongie. I do not understand what spicules Dr. Schmidt means by mono- and which by polyaxial. The siliceous spicules of Sponges are divisible into a few types; and it has often occurred to me that it would greatly simplify the determination and the description and figuring of the species and genera of sponges if the spicules were ar- ranged in series, showing the forms and modifications in which the different types present themselves to our notice. If this were done after study of the subject and with considera- tion, it would only be necessary in describing a sponge to mention the kind of spicule that occurs in it, instead of figur- ing the same modification of spicule over again every time that it occurrs in any species of sponge. I have made such a systematic distribution of the spicules in my own mind. As I am unable, from my bodily infir- mities, to draw them myself or use the microscope, I have tried to induce several persons who do draw spicules and use the microscope to carry out the idea, and have even offered to pay the expense of drawing and lithographing four or five octavo plates, which I believe would be sufficient to show all the chief forms under which spicules occur, and how the spi- cules of each type vary by abortion, position in the dif- ferent parts of the sponge, and by accidental circumstances. I have hitherto failed in having the plan carried out (though more than one person has undertaken to do it), and therefore Sthiceous Spicules of Sponges. 205 think it better to write a short essay on the subject, referring to the figures that are at present accessible in the works of Bowerbank, Schultze, Oscar Schmidt, Carter, and others. The spicules are sometimes entirely absent in some horny fibrous sponges; and at others there are only a few, sunk in the substance or in the fibres ; but these become gradually more abundant until the sponge seems formed of groups of spi- cules only kept together by a very small quantity of animal matter, Others are scattered on the external surface of the horny skeleton. They are generally quite separate from one another; but in some sponges, which have been called Coralloid Sponges, the siliceous matter secreted by the animal is so abundant that it is deposited round the spicules, more or less uniting them together by a hard siliceous coat; but the spicules ought to be described in their separate state, in which they can almost always be seen through the siliceous matter by which they are agglutinated together. Such agglutinated spicules are figured in the ‘ Bri- tish Sponges,’ t. xv. f. 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, and also in Schmidt’s ‘ Atlantic Sponges,’ t. 1., ii., & iii. In observing the spicules of sponges, one should look out for the normal forms, and carefully abstain from being mis- led in the description of the species by the observation of the undeveloped or irregular forms which they sometimes assume, though it may be very interesting to trace these accidental forms to the usual state of the spicule. Dr. Oscar Schmidt, in his work on the Sponges of the Adriatic and Algiers, seems to delight in figuring the abnormal forms and the agglutinated spicules, instead of the regular typical forms which give the real characters of the species. The siliceous spicules may be divided into several types :— 1. Needle-like, subcylindrical spicules, sometimes tuber- cular. 2. Hamate spicules, which are unilateral, curved at each end, subcylindrical, or more or less expanded. 3. Quinqueradiate spicules, which have three rays diver- ging from a central point, from the sides of the more or __less elongated axis. 4. Sexradiate spicules, with four equidistant rays diver- ging from a central point from the sides of the more or less elongated axis. 5. Multiradiate or stellate spicules, with five or more rays arising and diverging from a common centre. 6. Spicular spherules, tormed of a multitude of needle-like spicules diverging from a centre, forming a solid glo- bular or oblong mass, with an areolated surface. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. xii. LS 206 Dr. J. E. Gray on the 7. Birotulate spicules, consisting of a cylindrical axis, which is furnished with a more or less circular disk at each end. 1. The needle-like, simple, subcylindrical spicule is the most usual, and is present in its various modifications in almost every spiculiferous sponge, very often by itself, but at other times in combination with one or more of the other kinds of spicules. The spicules are generally cylindrical, slender, and elon- gate; but they are sometimes short and thick. They generally become thinner at one end, like a needle (British Sponges, t.i. f.8); but they often taper at both ends, as in ‘ British Sponges,’ t. 1. f. 1, 2, 3. Some spicules are like a pin and have a more or less distinct rounded head at one end (B. S. t.i. f. 23, 24, 25, 26). Sometimes instead of one head they have several globular projections (B.S. t. x. f. 228 to 233). Some are swollen at each end or biclavate (B. S. t. 1. f. 18, 19, 20, & 27). In general the spicules are smooth ; but they are sometimes partially or entirely covered with small asperities (B.S. t. 1. f. 28-30, 32, 33, t. iv. f. 90, 91, 93, t. ix. f. 204-207). The surface of the simple spicules is often more or less tubercular or spinulose in part or over the whole surface (B.S. t.1. f. 28-32). Sometimes the spines on the spicules are placed in whorls (Bo S20. 1. oo, ted. d0N 6 OO te o8)e Sometimes the tubercles form conical elongate ‘spines (t. i. f. 35, t. ii. f. 72). : Sometimes these spines, instead of being scattered, are placed in whorls or transverse circular lines (B.S. t. i. f. 33, t. im. f. 66-68, 70, t. x. f. 238, 239, t. xi. f. 244-246 ft. xvii. f. 289-291, t. xviii. f. 296). . Sometimes the tubercles on the surface are very long and spose; but these may belong to another form (B. S. t. 11. f. 41, t. ii. f. 69). The simple, fusiform or cylindrical spicule sometimes has a subcentral belt (B. 8. t. i. f 4, t. iv. f 95); but this must not be confounded with the very much dwindled simple form of the sexradiate spine (B. 8. t. iii. £65), which has the cen- tral thickened belt marked with four internal radiating canals. 2. The hamate spicules are characterized by being unilateral, and having most generally three, but sometimes only one well- developed recurved hook at each end of the spicule ; but those that are attached (and they sometimes form groups and are fixed to the harder parts of the sponge) have the end Siliceous Spicules of Sponges. 207 by which they are attached more or less distorted, and have the parts well developed which are at the free extremity, like those free in the sarcode. Dr. Bowerbank calls the free form “ equianchorate,” and the attached spicule “ inequianchorate.” They are very abundant in their most perfect form; they occur free in the flesh of the sponges. The most perfectly developed spicule of this form has three eee spreading lobes at each end, all on the same side. The stem between the lobes is cylindrical, more or less arched (B. 8. t. vi. f. 140, “ tridentate equianchorate spicule,”’ and t. vi. f. 141-149) &e. Sometimes the part of the stem between the hooks is dilated on the sides, as in B. 8. t. vi. f£. 150. For the attached or in- equianchorate spicules of this form see B.S. t. vi. f. 135-137, 142, 146, 148. Sometimes the end of the spicule is more or less expanded, and only the central lobe or spine is developed: B.S. t. vi.‘ f. 138, with the central stem rather elongate and the expan- sion half-ovate; B. 8. t. vi. f. 1389, with the expanded ends half-oblong and the intermediate slenderer portion compara- tively short. Sometimes the spicule is very slender and only recurved at the end, as in B. S. t. vi. f. 144,145. Indeed one would not believe that they belonged to this series; but in B.S. fig. 145 there is a slight dilatation on each side below the hook, and fig. 146 is intermediate in form between them and the more typical hamate spicule. See Carter, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1871, vant tye £8 3-18720 1x. tex. f 5. Many of the spicules of this series are not so perfectly deve- loped, being much more simple, subeylindrical, unilateral, with recurved ends. In one, the ends are longer, recurved, sharp- edged on the inner side (see B.S. t. v. f. 112, “ trenchant contort bihamate’’). Others are cylindrical in the body; and Bowerbank calls them “simple hamate spicules” (B.S. t. v. f. 109, 114). These spicules sometimes have the terminal hooks turned in opposite directions, forming an §, thus losing their unilateral character; but this is only a malformation (B. 8. t. v. f. 110, 111). They have a close resemblance to the least-developed bihamate spicule, figured in B. 8. t. vi. f. 144, referred to above, showing the passage of the two forms of spicule into one another. Some of these more slender spicules have a pro- minence or knob on the middle of the inner side of the body (B.S. t. v. £116), some on the middle of the outer side (B.S. t. v. f. 115), and some on both the inner and outer sides (B. 8. 15* 208 Dr. J. E. Gray on the t. v. f. 117). Some of these unilateral spicules, instead of having a hook, have a broad rounded disk at each end. Bowerbank shows, by a series of figures of a spicule of this kind, which he calls “ bipocillated bihamate,” from [Halichon- dria Hyndmant (B.S. t. v. f. 123-127), the various forms which the spicule assumes before it is fully developed, and the various states in which it is to be seen in the same sponge ; and the biclavate and bihamate spicules (B.S. t. v. f. 118-120) appear to belong to the same series. ; The spicules which Bowerbank calls inequitrirotulate and eccentric trirotulate (B. 8. t. x. f. 131-134) are evidently allied to those last described and t. v. f. 118-120. g That these spicules are variations of the same spicule I think is proved by their occurring mixed together in the same sponge, and generally in conjunction with the bihamate spicules (see Schmidt, Spongienf. t. v. f. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, all different spe- cies of Esperiadee) ; indeed they may be undeveloped or rudi- mentary hamate spicules. The “ tricurvato-acerate”’ spicule (figured by Dr. Bower- bank, B.S. t. iv. f. 96-98, where the spicule is slightly sinuous and the end only recurved in the most perfectly developed spi- cule, f. 96), appears to belong to this type, or to be interme- diate between it and the simple needle-like spicule. 3. The guinqueradiate or “trifureate”’ spicules are distin- guished by always having only three equidistant lateral rays from the sides of the more or less elongated axis. They do not very generally occur in a perfect state of de- velopment, with an elongate axis having three equidistant rays coming from the middle of its length; but they are sometimes found in this state mixed with the more usual form, where the upper part of the axis is very short or absent, and the rays are very generally recurved (see B. 5. t. 11. f. 58, where the spines are directed towards the shorter end; t. un. f. 55, 56, where the spines are directed from the shorter end of the axis, which is bent outwards). Bowerbank calls the first spicule (fig. 58) ‘ spiculated por- recto-ternate,” and f. 55, 56, 57 “ spiculated recurvo-ternate,” keeping the term “ recurvo-ternate ” for the spicules nm which one part of the axis is entirely absent (f. 54). Most generally the axis does not reach beyond the rays, as in the last referred to; and the lateral rays are generally short and recurved, as in B.S. t. ii. f. 48, 54, t. iv. f. 81 & 82; but the rays are sometimes directed forwards (t. iv. f. 77-80, t. v. f.128, 129), and they are often expanded horizontally (t. 11. f. 45, 47, t. iv. f. 95). Of course, all these spicules have different names, though you may find them combined in the same specimen. Stliceous Spicules of Sponges. 209 Schmidt figures several spicules of this form (t. 11. f. 28, 29, t..iv..f..2, 7, &c.), and Bowerbank (P. Z. 8. 1872, t. v. f.x. & xi., t. xlvi. & xlvii.; 1873, t. iu. & vi. Sometimes one of the lateral rays (B. 8. t. ii. f. 48), more fre- quently all, especially when expanded, are forked at the end (t. 1. f.50, 51, called “ furcated attenuato-patento-ternate spi- cules,” and t. v. f. 180, where they are called “ bifureated expando-ternate ”’). The difference between the two spicules figured is that in f. 50 & 51 the rays are expanded horizontally, and in f. 130 they are directed rather backwards from the axis. Schmidt figures this kind of spicule at t. iv. f. 5; but he also figures (Suppl. t. iii. f. 3), with the forks well defined, spicules with only short recurved rays—one, two, or three of the rays being bifid at the end—showing how these forms pass into one another, even in the same sponge. Bowerbank figures (t. xxxi. f. 362) a portion of Tethea cranium, in which he shows the exceeding difference of form - of the spicules of this group which are found in a single frag- ment of a single species. If carefully examined, in it will be found almost all the forms of trifurcate spicule with simple rays I have noticed above, including those with the central axis produced beyond the rays, the rays bent from or recurved towards the axis of the same small slice of a sponge. The “ verticillately spined”’ triradiate spicule (B. 5. t. 1v. f. 84, t. x. f. 235, 236) appears to belong to this type, with its axis reduced to a minimum on each side. The quinqueradiate spicules generally have an elongated axis compared with their lateral rays ; but in one modification the axis is not produced on the outer side, and is very short and rudimentary on the other side; and the bifurcate rays are very broad and spreading, like the bifurcate rays of the more typical spicules of the series (B. 8. t. i. f. 52, the irre- gular furcated patento-ternate spicules, and t. i. f. 53, which has the axis slightly developed on both sides of the rays). Spicules of this form have sometimes on one side a very short axis, and a broad, expanded, terminal disk, which is sometimes orbicular, nearly entire, and at others crenated or divided into lobes on the edge. When lobed it is usually divided into three greater portions, which are lobed on their surface ; but whatever may be the form of the disk, they are always marked with three short lines diverging from the central spot, and sometimes forked at the end (B.S. t. iv. f. 102, 103, t. v. f. 104-108), and are called “ foliato-peltate.”’ Carter, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1871, vii. t. vii. & vil. These spicules occur in the different species of Coralloid or Lithisti- dine sponges, and show the existence of quinqueradiate spicules in that family, as the spherules which are character- 210 Dr. J. E. Gray on the istic of T'ethyade are sometimes found with well-developed quinqueradiate spicules (see Schmidt, Suppl. t. i. f. 8). Mr. Carter figures a beautiful modification of this spicule found in Corticiwm abyss’, which has branches at the ends of the lateral rays. The lower end of the axis and the lateral rays are crenated on the sides (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. t. i. f. 3-6). Dr. Bowerbank, in his representation of the spines of the very young Tethya cranium, represents the long clasping spi- cules as having only one hook, on one side, at the end (B. 8. t. xxv. f. 343). Mr. Carter has well observed that this is a ‘‘monstrous representation ” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, ix. p- 420, t. 20) ; and at p.430 (t. xxi. f. 16) he gives four repre- sentations showing how the one-armed spicule gradually de- velops into a three-rayed one, and (f. 17) the variations of shape that occur, and that the spicules belong to the quinque- radiate form, and (in t. xxii. f. 3) how the axis is sometimes produced beyond the lateral spicules. Bowerbank (B.S. t.ii. f.41 & 42) figures a curious spicule, which appears to have three diverging trifid rays on each end of a very short broad axis, and may be a reduplication of this. Indeed B. 8. fig. 197 may also be something of the same kind, but with a shorter axis; probably B. 8S. fig. 69 may be a series of branched rays arising from a cylindrical axis. B.S. figs. 199 & 200 may be modifications, of the same kind, of double series of three simple or branched rays arising from two centres of the axis; but these modifications have not occurred to me. 4, The sexradiate spicules form a large group. They consist essentially, in the most simple and perfect state, of an elongated axis giving out from the centre of its length four equidistant arms diverging at right angles from the axis, as in B.S. t. vi. f. 184, 185. The various modifications of this spicule have been well shown by Schultze in his essay on Hyalonema, t. iil. & iv. Bowerbank figures several variations in B.8. t. vii. f. 184— 195, as they occur in different parts of Alcyoncellum. Some- times 1, 2, 3, or all the lateral arms are wanting; in others, as fig. 183, the four lateral arms are complete, and one arm of the axis is wanting; but Bowerbank gives to each of these spicules a different name. The sexradiate spicules are abundant and of the usual form in Carteria, the sponge that grows parasitic on the top of the elassrope (fyalonema) from Japan; but when this sponge occurs, as it sometimes does, under the bark of the Hyalonema, then the spicules seem to change their character. Instead of Siliceous Spicules of Sponges. 211 the axis and arms being long, slender, and subulate, they are short, thick, and truncated at the end, and are more or less covered with spicules (see Schultze, Hyalonema, t. 111. f.14, 15). Dr. Bowerbank gives five figures of the spicules (all in a more or less imperfect state) of the sponge from this situation. He does not figure one in its perfect state, with all the six arms developed; but he figures one with one end of the axis wanting and the rest present (B.S. t. vi. f. 157). Then he figures other cross-shaped spicules with both ends of the axis wanting (B. 8. t. vi. f. 154-156), and one in which the un- branched axis alone is developed (B.S. t. vi. f. 153). O. Schmidt figures several modifications and adhesions of spi- cules of this type in his ‘ Spongienf.’ t..i. & i., showing many peculiarities. When all the lateral arms in this kind of spicule are want- ing, the axis, which is simple and needle-like, is known from the simple spicule by having a well-marked cross in the minute belt in the centre of the spicule (B.S. fig. 65). Schmidt figures a spicule of this type in which the axis and lateral arms are of equal length, all tapering and acute, and with irregular spines on the side (Spongienf. t.i. f. 5), so that it might almost be taken for a stellate spicule. When the sexradiate spicules are placed on the surface of the sponge, as they often are, forming a kind of armour to it, with the mner axes of the spicules diverging from the centre and the lateral arms forming the outer surface of the sponge, the outer part of the axis (which would otherwise project beyond the sponge) is more or less completely wanting. ‘This form of spicule is called “ the nail-like spicule” (see Schultze, Hyalo- nema, t. iv. f. 5-9). See Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. L869) varies ies B72, vats tae ke XV. 31872, 1x.0 ty K.; b. BRS aa. ASQ, 1x6 ti xx. t When these sexradiate spicules arise from the outer surface at the base of a sponge, and are used as anchors to keep the free sponge in its place, the axes of the spicules are often very long and hair-like, and have four short, recurved, broad rays at the end, the axis not extending beyond the rays (B.S. t. ii. f. 59). Bowerbank calls these ‘apically spied recurvo- quaternate prehensile spicula.” Probably the spicule figured in B. 8. t. i. f. 73-76 as “ spinulo-recurvo-quaternate spicula”’ is also a sexradiate spicule; but I have not seen it. The spicule figured B. 8. t. xvii. f. 292 also belongs to this modification of the sexradiate spicule. These spicules are not to be confounded with the “ fusiformi-recurvo-ternate spi- cula” (B.S. t. iv. f. $1, $2) with three terminal rays, which evidently belong to the quinqueradiate spicula. Myr. Carter 212 Dr. J. KE. Gray on the has shown the change of form in the elongated clasping basal or rooting spicules of this group in J?ossed/a, where the spicules often have, as well as the four recurved lateral rays (l. ¢. (t. xxi. f. 2), the shaft produced beyond the lateral rays, as in (igp.o-diegy EIEN Es 7 In some, especially of the superficial sexradiate spicules, the arms of the different spicules are placed so that the arms of the neighbouring spicules are parallel to each other; but in some sponges they are oblique, compared with the axis of the sponge, and in others they are perpendicular and transverse to the axis of the sponge, producing rhomboidal or rectangular areole on its surface, which are especially visible when the arms of the neighbouring ones, which form the square areole, coalesce and form a solid network, as in the genus Farrea (B.S. t. xv. f. 277, t. xxi. f. 311, which represents a part from the interior of a sponge which has the axis of the spicules developed at both ends). Most of the spicules of this division are smooth; but Dr. Schultze figures several varieties of forms which have the arms more or less tuberculated (Hyalonema, t. iii., t. iv. f. 6), and others, which are scattered, with elongated acute spines directed from the centre (Hyalonema, t. iv. f. 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, all being figured from one sponge, and showing the folly of naming spicules in Dr. Bowerbank’s way). The elongate tapering rays of the spicules of this form are sometimes furnished with a branch on each side not far from the base (B. 8. t. vil. f. 188, 189), which form a passage to the more stellate spicules of this group (see B. 8S. t. vill. f. 188, “bifurcated rectangulated hexaradiate stellate spi- cules,” and t. vi. f. 189, “ trifurcated attenuato-hexaradiate spicules”’). ‘These spicules show the passage between the long- armed forms and the short divided-rayed ones which follow. Many sexradiate spicules, instead of having long, conical, tapering, acute axes and rays, have all the rays short and of equal length, sometimes terminating in a kind of cup (B.S. t. vil. f. 196, “ pocillated hexaradiate stellate spicule’’), or in a broad expansion deeply divided into lobes (B. S. t. vii. f. 195, called “ coronato-hexaradiate stellate spicule”). In others each ray of the spicule ends in a cluster of four or more elongate linear arms, ending in a tubercle (B.S. t. vii. f. 190- 192). They are called spinulo-trifurcated, spinulo-quadri- furcated, and spinulo-multifurcated hexaradiate stellate spi- cules. In others the rays terminate, like the former, in a group of linear arms; but they assume a bell-shape, and each lobe is dentated and reflexed at the end (B.S. t. vii. f. 193, 194), and are called floricomo-hexaradiate spicules. Stliceous Spicules of Sponges. 213 In Carteria there is a very extraordinary form of the sex- radiate spicule, which, in its perfect state, has six short arms of nearly equal length, each arm ending im a series of four or eight elongate oblong reflexed radiating lobes. Dr. Bowerbank only represents this form of spicule, which he calls “ multi- dentate birotulate spicule” (B. 8. t. i. f. 62), as simple with the lobes at each end; and Dr. Schultze (Hyalonema, t. iv. f. 11, 12) has figured the same rudimentary spicule; but Mr. Carter has found it perfectly developed into six rays, and dif- ferent specimens with the lateral rays more or less perfectly developed, some with terminal radiating lobes, and others with the arms reduced to mere conical processes, as may be seen in Dr. Schultze’s figure. Schultze, in his ‘Hyalonema,’ figures a minute spicule having four short recurved conical arms at each end (t. iv. f. 10) ; and Bowerbank (B. 8. t. v. f. 122) figures this spicule, which he says is ‘dispersed in considerable abundance in the inter- stitial membrane” of Carteria, and calls it “ quadrihamate spicule ;” but this spicule, I suspect, from the spinules on its stem, is very probably only an imperfect state of a sexradiate spicule, like the one which Bowerbank calls “ birotulate,” having only four lobes instead of many. Mr. Carter figures a very minute birotulate spicule of this kind occurring in Cortictwm abysst (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. t.1. f. 7). In Hcehinospora there is a solid octa- hedral spicule, each of the six angles produced into a cylindrical ray dentated at the end; this is found with two flat three- rayed stars placed one on the other, figured in the ‘ B. Sponges,’ t. x. f. 197 (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1870, vi. pp. 272 & 340). Dr. O. Schmidt, in his ‘Atlantic Sponges,’ t. 1. f. 16, figures a hollow octahedral formed by marginal tubes, and having six diverging rays. 5. The multiradiate or stellate spicules have five or more rays, arising and diverging from a common centre or very short axis, as the stellate spicules figured by Bowerbank (B. 8. t. vi. f. 158-161) found along with the spherules in Pachyma- tisma and Tethea. (See also Bowerbank, P. Z. 8S. 1872, t. xlvi.-xlvii., and 1873, t.1.-11.. Schmidt, ‘ Sponges,’ t. iii. fi 22, 26, t. iv.\f. 1, 2,4, t. v. £ 15° Alpiers,” tuk £5234, t. iv. f. 5, 6, 8, Suppl. t. v. f. 5. Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, iv. t.1. & i.) , Probably the candelabrum-like spicule (Schmidt, Spongienf. t. ili. f. 25) should also belong to this series. There are very probably many more forms to be referred to this type; but all this will require much more study than | am able to bestow upon the subject. (See B.S. t. vi. f. 164, 165, 214 Dr. J. E. Gray on the the “sphero-stellate with conical points,” and f. 166, with “ eylindro-subfoliate rays.’’) It is doubtful if some of these stellate specimens are not produced by some of the layers being placed upon one an- other; but this must be left for further study, as also such elongate spicules with diverging spines as B.S. t.i. f. 35, and the “ elongato-attenuated ”’ spicule, t. mi. f. 72. Mr. Carter figures beautiful forms of this spicule as occur- ring in Chondrilla australiensis, and calls them sphero-stellate and radio-stellate (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xii. t.1. f. 16). 6. The spicular spherules differ from the isolated spicules before described by being formed of a multitude of parallel needle-like or clavate spicules diverging from a central point, and forming a solid globular or oblong mass with an areolated surface. These spherules sometimes form the greater part of the sponge, and at other times are found in conjunction with quin- queradiate or trifurcate spicules. (See B.S. t. xxii. f. 326- 328, t. xxiv. f. 329-334, t. xxvii. f. 353, t. xxvi. f. 354; P,.Z..8- 1872, t..x. & xi., and, 1873, tict f, 6) Sehmuidie Spongienf. t. iv. f. 4.) Dr. Bowerbank, who compares the anatomy of sponges to the anatomy of man, calls this mass of spicules an “‘ovarium ”’—as he does the spicules of the sponge, ot which he observes that “ those of Yarrea have a very close approximation to the tubular form of the bones of the higher animals.” The spherules certainly do not contain any eggs, and are not even allied to the spore-cases of Spongilla: the tubes of the latter are produced by the absorption of the spicule which the fibres originally enveloped. 7. The dirotulate spicules in their most perfect state of deve- lopment consist of cylindrical axes with an expanded more or less circular disk at each end. They are almost exclusively found in the substance of the case which surrounds the spore, or, as Bowerbank calls it, the ‘‘ ovary ” of freshwater sponges (Spongilla). Bowerbank figures several (B. 8, t. 1x. f. 210- 227). Sometimes the disks are very small, and the axis very long (f. 210, 211); and sometimes the axis is very short and the disk very large (f. 213). Sometimes one of the disks is partially and at others almost entirely wanting (f, 223, 224) 5 and at others there is only a single circular disk, with the axis reduted to a small central prominence (B. 8. f. 225, 227). In the two latter cases they have other names, being called “oletiform slender” and “ umbonate scutulate.”” The axes in several of these spicules are more or less spinulose. It is very easy to arrange the sponges which have only one of these types of spicules im company with simple unbranched Stliceous Spicules of Sponges. 215 spicules ; but it is much more difficult with those sponges where two or even more types of spicules are found in connexion with the usual simple ones (in fact, having the character- istics of more than one group)—as, for example, in the coral- loid sponges, where we have the sexradiate spicules well developed in conjunction with the more or less discoidal spi- cules, which have a resemblance to the trifurcate spicules, typical of another group. In the same way it is not uncommon to find the spicular spherules (which are spherical masses of spicules so character- istic of Geodia) in conjunction with quinqueradiate spicules (which are characteristic of a different group); and hamate spicules, which are frequently only found in conjunction with simple unbranched spicules, are also found with quinque- radiate spicules, and, I believe, rarely with sexradiate spicules. These facts only go to prove that there are in reality no very broadly marked groups, especially of a secondary degree, in Nature, and that there are a number of intermediate forms which are to be arranged along with the other genera of the group to which they bear the greatest resemblance in other respects. However, there is one evil particularly to guard against, especially with regard to hamate spicules—to make sure that they really belong to the sponge in which they are found, and are not accidentally intermixed with it from the sea and other external sources. When the spicules of a species are figured, it is very de- sirable that the comparative size of the different forms of spi- cules should be carefully preserved, and, if any spicule is figured of a larger size than the others, that the difference of its scale should be stated. The want of attention to this point greatly detracts from the value of Dr. Schmidt’s figures. I could not believe that the slides of the spicules of the different species that he had sent me were correctly named, when I com- pared them with his figures, until I-observed that he had paid no attention to this circumstance, and that in a figure that appeared to be taken from one group of spicules in a slide, the smaller spicules were represented on a much greater scale, and therefore appeared to be larger than the greater ones. One must not confound the siliceous spicules of sponges with the horny stars described and figured by Mr. Carter as oceurring in Aplysina corneostellata from the coast of Spain (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, x.-p. 105, t. vii. f. 1), which is most probably the sponge that the Germans have described and written so much about under the name of Darwinella ; but these horny-fibred, six-rayed stars have no relation to 216 On the Siliceous Sprcutes of Sponges. the siliceous spicules of other sponges, but seem to be modi- fications of the horny skeleton of the Aplysine and other horny sponges, as Mr. Carter considers them. ‘They differ from spicules in their mode of development, their structure, form, and the manner in which they adhere together; indeed it would hardly occur to any one but a theorizing German to regard them as such. The results of this paper may be thus epitomized :— 1. Needle-like spicules. Cylindrical. Tapering at each end. Tapering at one end. Club-shaped. With a head at one end. Sometimes this head is double or treble. With a head at each end. With a thick, belt in the middle. Each of these is straight or sinuous, has the surface smooth, tubercular, or spinulose, the tubercles or spines being some- times scattered, at others placed in whorls. SAP os is 2. Hamate spicules. a. The ends dilated and divided into three acute pro- cesses ; but sometimes the lateral processes are wanting. When free in the sarcode, both ends are equally dilated; when attached in groups, the attached end is only imperfectly developed. b. The spicules compressed, with a sharp edge at each end. | c. The spicule more or less cylindrical, curved at each end. These spicules are sometimes bent like an s, at others only slightly doubly curved or nearly straight. 3. Quinqueradiate. a. Spicules with the axis very long and the rays tapering and sometimes forked. b. Axis very short, the rays elongate, slender, forked, or expanded into a broad, circular or more or less lobulated disk. Bowerbank figures some spicules which appear to belong to this division, without any axis; but I have not had the op- portunity of seeing them. Dr. M.Coughtrey on the Tracheal Pouch of the Emu. 217 4. Sexradiate spicules. a. With the rays simple, elongate, attenuated, smooth or spinulose. 6, Rays cylindrical, blunt, rugose at the end. c. Rays short, thick, entirely rugose or spinulose. d. Kays attenuated, with side rays. e. lays enlarged at the end, simple or torn. f- Rays divided into elongated simple branches at the end. g. Axis elongate, ending in short recurved rays at the end used for anchoring. h. Axis and rays ending in 4 or 8 recurved lobes. 5. Multiradiate spicules. Rays tapering or cylindrical, smooth or tubercular. 6. Spicular spherules. Orbicular or oblong, smooth or tu- bercular. 7. Birotulate spicules, XXVIUI.—WNote respecting the Tracheal Pouch of the Emu. By Minzen Coucutrey, M.B., Demonstrator of Anatomy, Liverpool Royal Infirmary School of Medicine. (Com- municated by Dr. J. Murir, Professor of Anatomy, Royal Veterinary College, Edinburgh.) [AmoNnG other items of intelligence from my friend Dr. Coughtrey is one relative to some points in the anatomy of an Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie, Vieill.) examined by him, He mentions having found a hitherto unnoticed valve guarding the orifice of the right precaval vein, a detailed account of which he intends shortly to publish. As regards a probably similar structure in the ostrich (Struthio camelus), I have called his attention to Professor Macalister’s paper on the anatomy of this bird (Proc. R. I. A. 1864, p. 541). Dr. Coughtrey’s observations on the tracheal pouch I subjoin in abstract, his further minutiz forming a separate communication to the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. As his researches partially corroborate and partially differ from my own, | have thought a short notice might appropriately be inserted in the ‘Annals.’ Dr. Coughtrey says :] In a specimen of this creature which I had the opportunity of dissecting on the 8th of March last I found the tracheal pouch, which is a marked character of the Emu as distinguished trom other Struthious birds. The sac in question has already 218 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. been so well described by previous observers, that I shall con- tent myself with simply pointing out a few of the more impor- tant peculiarities in the present specimen. The slit in the anterior part of the trachea is caused by the deficiency of ten rings in front. The right lip of the slit has eleven cartilaginous elements, the left only ten. The extra or eleventh cartilaginous element is owing to a small bar of car- tilage being attached to the lower border of the right half of the uppermost incomplete rmg. This corresponds somewhat curiously with the adult male and adult female of Dr. Murie’s dissection (vide P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 409). In his specimens the lowest incomplete ring bifurcated ; in my specimen it was the uppermost incomplete ring, but it did not bifurcate. As regards the number of incomplete rings my specimen agrees with that described by Mr. Robert Anderson (quoted by Murie, /. c. p. 407). The sac markedly springs from the lips of the fissure, and is evidently continuous with the elastic band intervening between the cartilaginous rings. Its walls were composed chiefly of the white or areolar tissue, but with much of the yellow variety diffused through it. In Dr. Murie’s adult female bird there were certain band- like duplications of the wall of the sac partially dividing it ; in my specimen these were not present, the sac being simple and undivided. It may further be remarked of the latter that there was no cul-de-sac at the left upper end; but otherwise the general form agreed with that figured and described by Dr. Murie. I am rather inclined to take exception to the close nature of the homology between it and the air-sac of the chameleon. In the Emu we have undoubtedly a tracheal pouch ; in the chameleon it may be regarded more as a laryngeal pouch. The specimen herein commented on is preserved in the Liverpool Free Library and Museum; and I may mention that 1 am indebted to the courtesy of the curator, 'T. J. Moore, Ksq., for permission to examine the bird. XXIX.—List of Lepidoptera in a small Collection sent from Peru by Mr. Whitely, with Descriptions of the new Species. By ArtTHur GARDINER Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. THE present collection was made at Huasampilla, 9000 feet elevation. As regards the butterflies it is decidedly peculiar, Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 219 the whole of the species being referable to the subfamilies Satyrine, Morphine, and Nymphaline of the Nymphalide. The bulk of the species are either identical with or closely allied to Bolivian forms, ten of the butterflies previously described having come from Bolivia. RHOPALOCERA. Family Nymphalide. Subfamily Surrrrmx, Bates. Genus 1. Kuprycuta, Hiibner. 1. Euptychia rustica. B.M. Euptychia rustica, Butler, Cat. Diurn, Lep., Sat. p. 82, pl. 1. fig. 4 (1868). Previously known from Bolivia only. Genus 2. OrESSINOMA, Westwood. 2. Oressinoma sorata. B.M. Oressinoma sorata, Salvin, Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 144. n. 6 (1868). Hitherto only known from Bolivia and of a smaller size. Genus 3. LyMANopopa, Westwood. 3. Lymanopoda ocellifera, n. sp. B.M. Allied to LZ. obsoleta, Westwood. Above red-brown; a white point near anal angle of secondaries: primaries below ferruginous at apex; two large black ocelli between median branches, a third small one near external angle, and a white point between lower radial and third median ; secondaries with a discal irregular series of seven white points crossing the wing obliquely from apex to anal angle, the fourth to seventh with black circling. Expanse of wings 2 inches 2 lines. 4. Lymanopoda ferruginosa. B.M. Lymanopoda ferruginosa, Butler, Cat. Diurn. Lep., Sat. p. 169. n. 5, pl. 4. fig. 3 (1868). The type was from Bolivia. 5. Lymanopoda rubescens, n. sp. B.M. Wings above dark brown ; apical half of secondaries casta- neous in male, tawny in female, with the inner edge paler ; 220 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. the apex and outer margin diffusely fuscous: wings below as in L. Leena. Expanse of wings: ¢ 1 inch 7 lines; ?1 inch 8 lines. We have the allied LZ. Leena from Quito and Eastern Peru. 6. Lymanopoda venosa. B.M. Lymanopoda venosa, Butler, Cat. Diurn, Lepid., Sat, p. 171. n. 14, pl. 4. fix, 5 (1868). The type was from Bolivia. 7. Lymanopoda eubagioides, v. sp. B.M. Wings above white; base metallic green, irrorated with black: primaries with costa, apex, and outer margin dull ferruginous; apical area from costa to outer margin at termination of first median branch, apical half of discoidal cell, a spot at base of second median interspace, and another in first median interspace and almost touching apical area black ; an irregular sigmoidal spot at end of cell, an oblique fasciole halfway between cell and apex, and four unequal subapical discal points white. Wings below white: primaries with discocellular area from basal third of cell red-brown, in- terrupted by two obliquely placed whitish spots opposite to emission of second median branch; white spots as above; costa, apex, and outer margin pale ochreous ; base and apical area pale cinereous ; two dusky spots on median interspaces— the upper one white-pupilled, partly encircled by an ochraceous _lunule: secondaries dirty white, irrorated, especially towards the base, with fuscous atoms ; two costal, three discoidal, two internal, and three median oblique brown streaks on basal area; a strongly arched series of seven black dots running from apex to nterno-median interspace, near anal angle; cilia pale ochreous. Expanse of wings 1 inch 9 lines. Two examples. This species is more nearly allied to LZ. lactea of Hewitson than to any other Lymanopoda: it has somewhat the aspect of Hubagis pieridoides of Felder; but the secondaries above have no black margin. Genus 4. STEROMA, Westwood. 8. Steroma superba. B.M. Steroma superba, Butler, Cat. Diurn, Lepid., Sat. p, 172, n. 3, pl. 5. fig. G (1868), The type was from Bolivia. Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 221 9. Steroma umbracina, n. sp. B.M. Form of 8. pronophila. Wings above olivaceous brown ; primaries with the apical third slightly paler, the fringe alternately black and dull tawny: below nearly as above; secondaries with apical area cinereous brown, interrupted by a submarginal, interrupted, waved, dark brown line. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines. ‘Two examples. Genus 5. PEDALIODES, Butler. 10. Pedaliodes Ereiba, local form peruviana. B.M. Pronophila Ereiba, Felder, Reise der Fregatte ‘Novara,’ iii. p. 469. n. 800 (1867). A somewhat modified form of this species occurs in the col- lection. It differs from the typical race in its deeper coloration above and below, the obsolete character of the bands below, and the more ferruginous tint of the internal area; the white point is also rather further from the margin. The type of P. Ereiba was from Bogota. 11. Pedaliodes ferratilis, n. sp. B.M. Wings above pitchy: below, primaries paler, externally hatched with blackish; fringe greyish, varied with dirty white ; secondaries pitchy, hatched with blackish; internal area, excepting at base, ferruginous; a quadrate patch of the same colour, irrorated with fulvous, from first median branch to anal angle, bounded internally by an iregular central blackish line; outer margin broadly red-brown, bounded in- ternally by a waved submarginal black line; a white point on first median interspace. Expanse of wings 2 inches 5 lines. Allied to P. Pheretias of Hewitson. 12. Pedaliodes niveonota, n. sp. B.M. Wings above pitchy: primaries below ferruginous; the costa brown, hatched with blackish, and clothed towards the base with yellowish hair-scales ; a quadrate brownish spot at end of cell, beyond which, upon costa, is a cuneiform patch of pale yellowish scales ; outer margin broadly brown, the inter- nervular folds black ; a squamose submarginal grey band, en- closing three white points and sinuated externally, near apex ; secondaries olive-brown, hatched with blackish, and irrorated Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 16 222 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. at base with silvery grey; some squamose submarginal markings of the same colour, and a broad central band slightly undulated and widening from apical costa to inner margin, where it becomes distinctly white; also a silver-grey sub- quadrate spot, interrupted by subcostal nervure; five or six snowy white points passing through centre of disk, the three uppermost crossing the central band in an obliqué line; fringe erey. Expanse of wings 2 inches 5 lines. 13. Pedaliodes Pausia. B.M. Pronophila Pausia, Hewitson, Trans, Ent. Soc, Lond. ser. 5, i. p. 8. n. 16, pl. 4. fig. 25 (1861). Slightly different from the type from Bolivia, but scarcely sufficiently so to be worthy of a different name. Genus 6. OXEOSCHISTUS, Butler. 14. Oxeoschistus mirabilis, n. sp. B.M. Form almost of O. Prochyta; but primaries shorter, less faleated. Wings above pitchy, with beautiful green shot im certain lights; fringe alternately black and pale sulphur- yellow, more distinct. on primaries than on_ secondaries: primaries below dark brown; the apex varied with yellow scales; interrupted by a very irregular apical submarginal black line, edged internally with white, and bounding a series of three increasing black blind ocelli, bounded internally by a bifid white subcostal spot ; two or three obsolete ocelloid spots on disk: secondaries olive-brown, irrorated with white and yellow scales ; a broad, very irregular, and angulated central band, edged on both sides with black, bounded by diffused silver bands; a discal series of eight large black discal ocelli with white pupils and squamose yellow irides ; a very irregular submarginal black line. Expanse of wings 2 inches 10 lines. One of the most beautiful species in the collection, somewhat similar in the character of the under surface to some species of the genus Dedalma. Genus 7. Lastopuia, Felder. 15. Lasiophila orbifera. B.M. Lasiophila orbifera, Butler, Cat. Diurn. Lepid., Sat. p. 182. n. 4, pl. 5, fig. 6 (1868). Previously known from Eastern Peru, Bolivia, and Bogota. Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 223 Genus 8. DapaLMaA, Hewitson. 16. Dedalma Dorinda? B.M. Dedalma Dorinda, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 28 (1862) ; Reise der ‘ Novara,’ iii. pl. 67. figs. 3, 4 (1867). May be distinct, the type of Felder’s species being from Bogota. The one specimen in the collection is somewhat different from Felder’s figure, being larger, with the white mar- ginal spots of primaries elongated; there are also several differences on undersurface of secondaries. Genus 9. PRONOPHILA, Westwood. 17. Pronophila variabilis, n. sp. B.M. Allied to P. Porsenna; above more brilliantly shot with bronze, green, and purple, without indication of whitish spots, but with three black spots towards apex of primaries, and with two or three black spots towards anal angle of secondaries. General arrangement of markings below as in P. Porsenna, but no orange lunule in primaries; the latter brown, deeper on disk, with the nervures and a band enclosing the ocelli whity- brown; margin broadly brown: secondaries brown, more or less inclining to whitish, with central and subbasal bands darker than in P. Porsenna; eight discal ocelli black, white- pupilled, with pale brown iris, surrounded by darker brown, and encircled by a whitish zone ; a broad dark brown marginal border, edged internally with lilacine. Expanse of wings 3 inches 4 lines. The allied P. Porsenna comes from Quito and Bogota. 18. Pronophila venerata, n. sp. B.M. Upperside black, shot with purple; primaries with a quadrate white spot crossing the centre of the first median in- terspace ; three subapical white spots, the uppermost bifid, running obliquely from costal to just beneath lower radial nervure : secondaries with fringe ferruginous; a large white patch, crossed by the third median branch, and trisinuate ex- ternally, on disk beyond end of cell. Primaries below black, white spots as above ; apex broadly ferruginous, irrorated with orange; three subapical dusky white-pupilled ocelli, forming an angular series to second white spot: basal half of second- aries red-brown, the ordinary bands of Pronophila indicated by deeper brown; apical half variegated with yellow, red- brown, pale ochreous, and silver, as follows :—apex red-brown ; Ge 224 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. anal angle blackish; second median interspace to marginal border pale ochreous; anal margin to third median branch yellow irrorated with red-brown, deeply undate internally and edged with silver ; above the third median the margin becomes red-brown, and is partly edged with silver and partly with yellow scales; eight discal ocelli black, white-pupilled, with squamose yellow irides, excepting on second median interspace ; anal area irrorated with silver scales. Eixpanse of wings 3 inches 5 lines. One of the most remarkable butterflies that has come for years. It is utterly unlike any other Pronophila ; and inthe shape of the secondaries, which project somewhat at termina- tion of third median branch, it reminds one of the species of Hetera and Pierella. Genus 10. Corapes, E. Doubleday. 19. Corades Iduna, local form marginalis*. B.M. Corades Iduna, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vi. p. 437 (1850) ; Hewitson & Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 355. n. 2, pl. 63. fig. 1 (1851). The typical form is from Bolivia; the species has a third form in astern Peru (not Nauta on the Amazons), described at p. 185 of my Catalogue of Satyride, and which may take the name of C. peruviana. 20. Corades fusciplaga, n. sp. B.M. Allied to C. Cybele. Above like C. Sareba; differs below from C. Cybele in the dusky tint of all the wings,and in the orange patch of primaries being replaced by a somewhat smaller pale brown patch. Expanse of wings 3 inches 2 lines. C. Cybele is from Bogota, C. Sareba from Bolivia. 21. Corades Cistene. B.M. Corades Cistene, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. p. 72, pl. 36. figs. 4, 5 (1863). Specimens previously in the Museum from Quito and Bogota differ from the typical form in the smaller size of all the tawny spots above. * The orange patch on secondaries carried on to the margin, without marginal ferruginous border. Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 225 Subfamily Morpuivz, Butler. Genus 11. Morpno, Fabricius. 22. Morpho Lympharis, n. sp. B.M. Allied to M. Sulkowskyi; considerably smaller; the blue tint deeper on male, paler on female. 3. Above, primaries with costa more convex and outer margin more concave ; brown border of apex and outer margin less than half as wide: secondaries more produced at anal angle, with black margin reduced to a narrow line ; spots at anal angle considerably smaller, the red spots paler. Below, all the markings more dusky: primaries with markings in cell more regular, the fasciole at end of cell strongly angulated ; five distinct ocelli on disk ; marginal bands narrower : secon- daries with all the transverse bands, excepting the fourth and seventh from base, reduced to lines ; the ocelli blacker, broader, those on anal area subcordate ; submarginal band reduced to a dark brown line ; red spots obsolescent. Expanse of wings 3 inches 8 lines. ?. Above, primaries with outer margin less convex, less yellow-tinted ; costa pale brown to end of cell; discal brown band containing four distinct white spots; its outer edge nearly straight; submarginal white spots ill-defined, forming a continuous increasing band from subcostal nervure to inner margin ; submarginal brown band much narrower : secondaries with ochraceous area half the width, more dusky, especially internally ; the anal angle distinctly black, exhibiting three red spots; a distinct white spot on each side of the caudal process. Below, all the markings more dusky, the bands being either olivaceous brown or black: primaries with base brown ; bands in cell more regular, the first brown with black margin, the second black, its upper two thirds wide, the lower third suddenly narrower; terminal fasciole dull pale ochreous, with black margin; lunated transverse band beyond cell black ; ocelli larger, five in number, the first four being united and equal in size; aregular brown band on either side of the series ; submarginal band. dark brown: secondaries with the broader bands narrowed, olivaceous brown, with dark brown margins ; narrow bands black ; ocelli five in number, large, the lower four united, black, with large elongated silver pupils, brownish ochraceous irides, and indistinct whitish zones; area beyond them olivaceous brown, beyond which is a slightly undulated silver submarginal band, intersected by a narrow dark brown 226 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. band; anal angle dull griseous, intersected by a black band, and bearing two red spots, brighter than in M. Sulkowsky?. Expanse of wings 3 inches LO lines. Quite distinct from the New-Granadan WM. Sulkowsky?. Subfamily Nyrweuzazuimz, Bates. Genus 12. Paputa, Fabricius. 23. Paphia tyrianthina. B.M. Paphia tyrianthina, Salvin & Godman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 148, n. 17 (1868) ; Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv. Paphia, pl. 2. fig. 4 (1869). The type was from Bolivia. Genus 13. Hetrerocuroa, Boisduval. 24. Heterochroa Aricia. B.M. Heterochroa Aricia, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.xx. p. 268, pl. 21. fig. 11 (1847). The type was from Bolivia. Genus 14, CyBpELIs, Boisduval. 25. Cybdelis Whitely?, n. sp. B.M. Primaries above as in ©. Diotima; secondaries with broad silvery greenish outer border, from which to end of cell extends a metallic subtriangular blue patch: primaries below nearly as in O. Diotima, but with two lilacine spots between median branches ; secondaries as in C. Cecidas. Expanse of wings 1 inch 8 lines. C. Diotima has been taken in Bolivia and Quito, C. Cecidas in Eastern Peru. I have named this pretty little species after its indefatigable collector. Genus 15. Eurema, E. Doubleday. 26. Hurema Lethe. B.M. Papilio Lethe, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 80. n. 250 (1793). Hypanartia Demonica (part.), Hibner, Sammi. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 26, figs. 3, 4 (1806). Rather larger than the typical form from Brazil, Venezuela, and Mexico, and with the secondaries above darker. 27. Hurema Dione. B.M. Vanessa Dione, Latreille, in Humboldt and Bonpland’s Obs, Zool. ii, p- 87, pl. 37. figs. 1, 2 (1811-19). Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 227 Genus 16. Dione, Hiibner. 28. Dione Moneta. B.M. Dione Moneta, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. (1816-24). Agraulis Glycera, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vy. p. 102. n. 75 (1861). Felder erroneously renamed Hiibner’s species, supposing that the insect figured in the ‘Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera’ was a representation of it; the species there figured, however, is identical with that figured by Poey, and is clearly distinct from D. Moneta. I therefore propose to call it D. Poeyit. 29. Dione Telesiphe. B.M. Colenis Telesiphe, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 564. n. 8 (1867). The type was from Ecuador. HETEROCERA. Family Zygenide. Genus 17. Pacriosoma, Hiibner. 30. Pacilosoma Vesparis, n. sp. B.M. Wings hyaline, with nervures and a very slender marginal border black ; primaries above with base and costa irrorated with pale yellow ; secondaries with costa pale yellow, inner margin golden yellow; body blue-black, the thorax streaked with golden yellow, the abdomen banded with the same colour ; palpi yellow ; antennz black ; legs black above, yellow below : wings below nearly as above; primaries with basal half of inner margin yellowish white; secondaries with costa bright yellow. Expanse of wings 1 inch 3 lines. Genus 18. CurysocaLe, Walker. 31. Chrysocale florella, un. sp. B.M. Primaries above burnished copper, with greenish reflections ; apical third of cell, enclosing a hyaline spot, black ; outer and inner margins broadly dark brown; secondaries dark brown, costa whitish ; abdominal half of wings and a spot beyond the cell irrorated with metallic green ; apical third of cell hyaline ; body black, dorsum coppery red ; abdomen above clothed with metallic-green and brassy scales, a row of whitish spots on each 228 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. side; head black, with collar green ; tegule black, with large white central spot; antenne black: wings below altogether paler than above ; hind wings with costa metallic green. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines. Family Lithosiide. Genus 19. CuHrySAUGE, Hiibner. Group Flavinia, Walker. 32. Chrysauge limbata, n. sp. B.M. Wings above and below golden-yellow, with the margins rather broadly black-brown; body brown; abdomen with a lateral yellow streak ; a brush of white hairs, shghtly ochreous at base, emitted from side of thorax at base of secondaries. Expanse of wings 1 inch 6 lines. Family Arctiide. Genus 20. ANAxITA, Walker. 33. Anaxita sannionis, n. sp. B.M. Allied to A. decorata. Primaries above with basal half ochraceous, apical half crimson; the nervures and interner- vular folds black ; the median nervure and all the nervures on disk enclosed im greyish-olivaceous (“hoary,’ Walker) bands, edged with dark brown ; a fasciole of the same character at base, a second crossing basal third, and a third just before end of cell, the second continued to inner margin, and another, corresponding to the terminal discoidal fasciole (although not continuous with it), running from base of first median branch to inner margin; a basi-costal spot, a streak above median nervure (extending from the second to the third transverse fasciole), the interno-basal area, and a round spot between the two fascioles beyond it crimson: secondaries rosy-crimson ; the apex, outer margin, a triangular patch at anal angle, and the nervures from the median upwards, excepting at base, brown: body crimson ; collar and tegule golden-yellow, brown- edged; abdomen with brown dorsal line; anus and venter blackish, with three golden-yellow spots on each side; legs and antenne brown. Wings below nearly as above ; primaries with all the bands brown, a black costal spot on each of the discoidal fascioles, basal area rosy ; secondaries with a yellow subcostal striole. Expanse of wings 3 inches 2 lines. Much like A. decorata, but differing in colour and with Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 229 none of the nervular bands of primaries continued to the cell ; the nervular brown streaks of secondaries also continued nearly to base of wings. Family Erateinide. Genus 21. ERATEINA, Doubleday. 34. Erateina latipennis, n. sp. B.M. Primaries above as in L. undulata, but the transverse yellow band reduced to a line ; secondaries very similar to LZ. wndu- lata, but broader, with central band deep orange instead of red, and much broader: below somewhat similar to £. undu- lata, more orange in tint, with narrower central transverse band ; the silvery area reduced’ to a narrow squamose streak limiting a broad subbasal chocolate band; the discal yellow band much widened, especially on primaries ; the area between subbasal and discal bands orange; fringes varied with orange instead of pale yellow. Expanse of wings 1 inch 8 lines. 35. Erateina cometaris, n. sp. B.M. Nearer to H. Newra than to any other described species. Wings above with basal half greenish cinereous, with bronzy reflection, apical half black; primaries with central abbre- viated, broad, white, oblique, hyaline band: secondaries with central white streak, obsolescent towards costa; a subanal crimson spot; fringe alternately black and white. Wings below plum-coloured ; nervures of basal area and two oblique central bands, broadest on primaries, silver, an oblique transverse discal streak gold ; primaries with internal area silver, outer central band hyaline in the centre; secondaries with golden discal streak abbreviated, disappearing as it reaches outer central band ; fringe alternately black and white. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines. 36. Hrateina discalis, n. sp. B.M. Primaries above black, basal area and a trifid hyaline spot crossing median branches and end of cell snow-white; costal and subcostal nervures red ; secondaries snow-white, a broad marginal black border, fringe alternately black and white. Body black, thorax clothed with whitish hairs; abdomen white-banded above, white below, with lateral series of red spots ; head white, front and antenne red, palpi and legs black and white. Primaries below plum-coloured ; internal area and central transverse band silvery white, the band hyaline in the centre ; basal half of costa irrorated with orange; the base and 230 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to a small oblique dash in cell white : secondaries silvery white ; a cuneiform spot and two dots in cell; a large cuneiform patch on inner margin, asomewhat broad marginal band terminating above in a quadrate spot upon subcostal nervure, and spots on the fringe opposite to terminations of nervures reddish plum-colour irrorated with orange. Expanse of wings 1 inch 1 line. Alhed to £. Cynthia from Bolivia. Family Ennomide. Genus 22. AzeLina, Guenée. 37, Azelina, sp. ? Allied to A. aylinaria. The specimen is scarcely in a sufficiently good condition for accurate determination. XXX.—Additions to the Australian Curculionide. Part V. By Francis P. Pascoe, F.L.S8. &c. LEpTroPiInz. ATERPINZ. Leptops argillaceus. Rhinaria perdix. —— musimon. ; fasciata. —— muricatus. /Hsiotes leucurus. morosus. RHYPAROSOMINZA., BeLinz. Dysostines cellaris. Pachyura vestita. Belus ganglionicys. CYLINDRORHININZ#. Isacantha exigua. Perperus urticarum. variegatus, ByR ENCES: Ocynoma, n. g. Kurhynchus maculatus. —— nnata. pprenngta. L2&MOSACCINZE. cordipennis. f Decienus, n. g. Leemosaccus ocularis. sphasodes. —— longiceps. semlustus. GONIPTERINZ. funereus. a —— gibbosus. Oxyops Mastersii. —— querulus. memnonius. tarsalis. —— calidus. —— magdaloides.. pruimosus. —— fulvirostris. —— meles. sparsutus. CRYPTORHYNCHINZ. —— floreus. Tentegia, n. g. —— rutilus. favosa. Syarbis semilineatus. nervosus. Pantoreites cretatus. —— Breweri. Poropterus prodigus. Axides, n. g. dorsalis. Tychreus sellatus. the Australian Curculionidee. 231 Leptops argillaceus. Z. subovatus, niger, omnino dense albido-squamosus, squamis aliis elongatis setulisque adspersus; rostro prothorace vix breviore, modice robusto, medio carinato, lateraliter suleato ; scrobibus ante partem inferiorem oculi evanescentibus ; scapo modice tenuato, a basi ad apicem gradatim sed sat cito crassiore ; funiculo articulis ultimis subturbinatis; clava nigra, anguste ovata; prothorace subtransverso, rude irregulariter impresso; elytris lateribus parum rotundatis, humeris okliquis et fortiter tuberculatis, apice anguste rotundatis, striato-punctatis, punctis sublinearibus, interstitiis convexis, integris, dorso postice tuberculis quatuor subvalidis, acutis, transversim positis, instructis ; femoribus in medio modice incrassatis. Long. 5-7 (@ ) lin. Hab. Queensland. This species belongs to the section represented by L. qguadri- tuberculatus and allied forms. Its diagnostic characters will be found in the form of the scape, combined with those of the rostrum, scrobes, and the absence of tubercles on the elytra, except at the shoulders and the four at the posterior part. In the freshest of my specimens the scales have a very decidedly pearly lustre. Curculio clavus, Fab. (unknown to Schénherr, but referred to by him as probably congeneric with Hippo- rhinus, and so placed in the Munich Catalogue), is a Leptops, and belongs to this section. JL. Hopei, Fahr., seems to me to be identical with L. squalidus; indeed Fahreus himself queries “An femina Leptopis squalid?” Leptops musimon. L. ovatus, fuscus, opacus, sat dense umbrino-squamosus ; rostro crasso, antice profunde flexuoso-sulcato, supra oculum tuberculo » valido munito; scrobibus brevibus, subtransversis; antennis robustis ; clava brevi, funiculo haud crassiore ; prothorace trans- verso, basi quam apice paulo latiore, supra vermiculato-sulcato ; scutello transverso, apice late rotundato ; elytris ovalibus, singulis quadriseriatim tuberculatis, serie suturali tuberculis minoribus antice obsoletis, serie externa tuberculis tribus, seriebus inter- mediis sequalibus, singulatim sextuberculatis, interstitiis impresso- punctatis, haud granulatis ; corpore infra pedibusque dense squa- mulosis, parce griseo-setulosis. . Long. 7 lin. Hab. Rockhampton. In L. polyacanthus and L. ebeninus there are also interocular tubercles. The latter is a glossy black species with granules on the elytra as well as tubercles ; the former has the rostrum longitudinally grooved, the imterspaces forming five carine, and the scrobe is longer and not transverse. 232 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to Leptops muricatus. Z. ovatus, niger, subopacus, squamulis albidis preecipue in cavitatibus indutus ; fronte convexa, parum punctulata; rostro longiusculo, antice quinquecarinato ; scrobibus ad medium oculi currentes ; antennis tenuatis, parce squamulosis ; funiculo longiusculo ; clava elongata ; prothorace latitudine vix longiore, basi haud dilatato, supra granulis majusculis inzequalibus confertim munito ; scutello angusto ; elytris oblongo-ovalibus, singulis tuberculorum seriebus circa decem instructis, seriebus tertia, quinta, septimaque majo- ribus, postice tuberculis spiniformibus, interstitiis rude impresso- punctatis; corpore infra pedibusque, tibiis confertim squamulosis exceptis, squamulis parce vestitis. Long. 8 lin. Hab. Nicol Bay. Like the last in general appearance, but with slender an- tenn, which in thickness are nearly intermediate between the above and L. spinosus. From a comparison of various species the characters of the antenne, although very marked in extreme cases, do not appear to have more than specific value in this genus; the same may be said of the scrobes. The five carinz on the rostrum are very marked, the middle one is the narrowest. Dysostines cellaris. D. oblongo-ovalis, niger, supra pedibusque indumento fusco tectus, sparse setulosus; rostro latitudine sesquilongiore, antice paulo convexo; antennis subferrugineis, articulis quatuor ultimis sub- eequalibus ; prothorace modice ampliato-rotundato, in medio linea longitudinali impressa; scutello nullo; elytris prothorace vix latioribus, subcordatis, seriatim punctatis, interstitiis alternis eleyatis, pone humeros calloso-tuberculatis ; mesosterno verticali, haud producto; coxis anticis modice sejunctis; tibiis posticis paulo curvatis, intus fortiter bisinuatis ; tarsis ferrugineis. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Sydney. Probably most nearly allied to D. hoplostethus ; but with the posterior tibiz only slightly curved, and a normal meso- sternum. ‘That species has a slightly impressed line on the rostrum anteriorly, but partly hidden by the scales with which it is closely covered, and a short crest-like carina nearly be- tween the eyes, but of which there are no traces in the species before us. Mr. Masters says that it is common in the cellars of houses at Sydney. Perperus urticarum. P. fusco-squamosus, albo maculatim varius ; rostro prothorace parum breviore, antice subrotundato, apicem versus multo latiore; an- the Australian Curculionide. 233 tennis ferrugineis, pilosis et parce setulosis; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus sequalibus ; prothorace subtransverso ( 2 mani- feste latiore), apice quam basi paulo angustiore, rugoso, vittis tribus fuscis ornato ; lobis ocularibus prominulis ; elytris ovato- cordatis, tenuiter striato-punctatis, punctis linearibus, interstitiis latis, parum convexis, postice verticaliter declivibus, argenteo, presertim lateraliter, variis; corpore infra pedibusque argenteo- squamosis. Long. 23 (¢), 3(Q) lin. Hab. Queensland (Gayndah). Mr. Masters, to whom I am indebted for this prettily marked species, tells me that it is found on nettles. In two of my three specimens the principal white mark curves up from the shoulder to behind the middle of the elytron; the others con- sist of several well-limited spots; in the third specimen the spots are more broken up and indefinite; the rostrum is nearly as broad again at the apex than at the base. Perperus vartegatus. P. fusco-squamosus, albo maculatim varius ; rostro prothorace multo breviore, basi minus tenuato, antice subplanato ; antennis ferru- gineis, pilosis, parce setulosis ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus brevioribus; prothorace magis ampliato, apice quam basi magis angustiore, rugoso, albo, vittis duabus latis fuscis ornato, lobis ocularibus prominulis ; elytris ovato-cordatis, brevioribus, tenuiter striato-punctatis, punctis linearibus, interstitiis latis, paulo con- vexis, postice minus declivibus, niveo, precipue lateraliter, variis ; corpore infra pedibusque dense subargenteo-squamosis. Long. 23-3 lin. Hab. Rockhampton. Closely resembling the last species; but, enter alia, with larger prothorax, the apex considerably narrower than the base, especially in the female, and with two brown stripes only, separated by a well-defined narrow white line; the rostrum is shorter and nearly of the same breadth throughout. OCYNOMA. Rostrum modice elongatum, in medio tenuatum, versus apicem in- crassatum ; scrobes apicales, triangulares, postice cito evanescentes. Oculi rotundati. Antenne longe ; scapus pone marginem ante- riorem prothoracis attingens ; fwniculus articulis obconicis ; clava distincta. Prothorax lateraliter rotundatus, basi truncatus ; lobis ocularibus nullis. Scutellum invisum. Elytra subcordata, prothorace basi haud latiora, postice leviter declivia, apice rotun- data. Femora in medio incrassata ; tibie intus bisinuate, apice ampliate ; tarsi normales. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus 234 Mr. F. P. Paseoe on Additions to amplis. Processus intercoxalis truncatus. Corpus squamosum, setosum. The absence of ocular lobes and the greater length of the scape are the principal characters differentiating this genus from Perperus. The elytra, also, are not vertically declivous behind; and the eyes are round or nearly so and away from the prothorax, not contiguous to, or, im some cases, partly covered by the ocular lobes. The corbels of the posterior tibie, so far as I can make out from gummed specimens, are pre- cisely as in Perperus. Ocynoma antennata. O. fusco-castanea, squamis griseis fuscisque, setulis longis inter- jectis, subtus sparse argenteo-squamosa ; capite rostroque griseo- squamosis, hoc in medio carinulato, apice vage setuloso ; antennis ferrugineis, parcius niveo-pilosis ; funiculo articulo basali longiore ceteris gradatim brevioribus; prothorace vittis tribus fuscis valde indeterminatis notato ; elytris anguste cordatis, seriatim punctatis ; dorso utrinque vitta determinata fusca notatis; pedibus ferrugi- neis, tibiis tarsisque pallidioribus. Long. 12-2 lin. Hab. Swan River. Ocynoma cordipennis. O. fusca, squamis silaceis, setulis breviusculis interjectis, subtus sejunctim albido-squamosa ; rostro longiore, minus tenuato, haud - carinulato; antennis minus elongatis; prothorace longitudine vix latiore, vage nigro-punctato; elytris cordatis, tenuiter striatis, singulis linea pallida, in medio interrupta, indeterminata, notatis ; pedibus squamosis, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis. Long. 2 lin. Hiab. Swan River. DECIENUS. Rostrum modice robustum, breviusculum ; serobes flexuoss, postice leviter impressz, oculos attingentes. Oculi rotundati. Scapus medium oculi vix superans ; funiculus articulis quinque ultimis breviter obconicis, subeequalibus. Prothorax lobis ocularibus ob- soletis. Hlytra subcordata, postice leviter declivia. Pedes antici majusculi, elongati; tibi@ antice apice calcarate, posticz corbellis apertis. Czeteris ut in Perpero. From its appearance I had originally placed the species described below with Prosayleus ; but an examination of the mouth shows that it is phanerognathous, and is in many respects similar to Perperus, although from its open posterior corbels it is probable that Lacordaire would have found another place forit. Itisa dark, somewhat spider-like looking insect, with a few indistinct greyish stripes; in the female, the Australian Curculionide. 235 which is much more massive, the elytra are more uniformly grey, at least in my example. Decienus sphasodes. D. nigricanti-squamosus griseo varius; rostro antice tricarinulato ; antennis ferrugineis, griseo-pilosis; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus longitudine fere equalibus, primo vix crassiore; pro- thorace lateribus rotundatis, basi quam apice vix latiore, rugoso, vittis duabus griseis notato; elytris ovato-cordatis, substriato- punctatis, punctis leviter impressis, interstitiis latis, parum con- vexis, dorso lateraliter griseo maculatim variegatis ; corpore infra argenteo-squamoso; pedibus fuscis, parce argenteo-squamosis. Long. 23 lin. Hab. Western Australia. Oxyops Mastersit. O. angustior, nitide ater, squamis niveis omnino sejunctim vestitus; rostro latitudine parum breviore; oculis prominulis, postice abrupte subtruncatis; prothorace supra fere obsolete tricarinato, lobo seutellari yix emarginato ; scutello elongato, postice gradatim latiore; elytris modice ampliatis, convexis, humeris vix prominulis, apice rotundatis, insequaliter punctato-sulcatis, interstitiis fortiter convexis, tertio quintoque carinato-elevatis, sulcis suturalibus foveatis, squamis versus et paulo pone medium interruptis, fascias duas formantibus; tibiis anticis valde curvatis. Long. 4} lin. Hab. New South Wales (Rope’s Creek). I have only one specimen of this pretty little species, which will be found to have a leading character, if it be not a sexual peculiarity, in its strongly curved anterior tibie. In the (faintly) tricarinate prothorax and the sculpture of the elytra it approaches O. coneretus. ‘The species of Oxyops have in general a shortly oval contour, the apex of each elytron ap- pearing to be produced into a short blunt mucro; but this is almost entirely owing to a gradual thickening of the sutural interstice as it approaches its termination. Oxyops memnonius. O. obovatus, niger, omnino setulis parvis albis parce adspersus ; rostro crasso, rude punctato, in medio levigato ; funiculo articulis ultimis longiuse iis, obconicis ; prothorace transverso, sat rude crebre punctato, in medio haud carinato, basi lato, margine postico ferrugineo-squamoso ; scutello ovali; elytris amplis, convexis, humeris prominulis, punctis magnis seriatim impressis, interstitiis sat angustis, tertio basi tuberculo elevato alteroque postice in- structis, apicibus obsolete mucronatis. Long. 7 lin. Hab. Champion Bay. 236 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Additions to Compared with O. squamulosus, Boh., this species is more convex, the rostrum and prothorax not carinated, and the elytra with rounded punctures and with a prominent tubercle at the base of each. Oxyops calidus. O. obovatus, niger, tibiis tarsisque rufescentibus, setulis parvis albis omnino adspersus, supra squamositate rosea in cavitatibus obsitis ; rostro latitudine sesquilongiore, antice rotundato haud suleato ; antennis sat dense pilosis; funiculo articulis ultimis obconicis, haud elongatis ; prothorace transverso, basi minus lato, confertim granulato, disco utrinque granulis majoribus, singulis setulam gerentibus, munito ; scutello elongato; elytris amplis convexis, humeris prominulis, seriatim punctatis, dimidio basali et in medio punctis majoribus impressis, spatiis denudatis, ad latera ductis, notatis, interstitiis basin versus, presertim tertio, paulo elevatis, postice utrinque tuberculo parum elevato instructis, apice rotun- datis. Long. 64 lin. Hab. Nicol Bay. A well-marked species. The larger granules on the pro- thorax appear to the naked eye as two dark blotches ; on the elytra there are four indeterminate naked band-like spaces with punctures, the two intermediate bands slightly connected, the punctures much larger than on the rest of the elytra. Oxyops pruinosus. O. obovatus, niger, setulis parvis albis parce adspersus ; rostro lati- tudine fere sesquilongiore, apicem versus paulo excayato, in medio linea levigata instructo; oculis minoribus; antennis sat dense pilosis, funiculo articulo secundo quam tertio sesquilongiore ; prothorace angustiore, magis elongato, confertim granulato, disco utrinque granulis paucis majoribus; scutello oblongo; elytris ampliatis, modice convexis, humeris prominulis, seriatim punctatis, spatiis transversis denudatis elevatis munitis, interstitiis basi haud tuberculatis, postice tuberculis parum elevatis instructis, apice rotundatis. Long. 6 lin. Hab. Nicol Bay. Allied to the preceding ; but, besides the colour (which to the naked eye is dark ashy grey), the prothorax is longer and narrower posteriorly, and the elytra have several little elevated, transverse, slightly glossy patches. Oxyops meles. O. paulo angustior, fuscus, setulis albis omnino sejunctim adspersus ; oculis minusculis ; rostro latitudine paulo longiore, antice haud sulcato; antennis ferrugineis, funiculo articulo secundo quam the Australian Curculionide. 237 tertio paulo longiore; prothorace transverso, sequaliter crebre granulato-punctato ; scutello angusto, albo; elytris modice con- vexis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis latiusculis, subplanatis, crebre granulatis, singulis tuberculis tribus modice elevatis (uno basali, duobus posticis, exteriore marginem versus) instructis. Long. 5 lin. Hab. Champion Bay. Somewhat like O. crassirostris ; but with a longer rostrum, much smaller eyes, elytra with the interstices broader and more convex, and furnished with posterior tubercles ; the scales also are completely setuliform. Oxyops sparsutus. O. angustior, nitide ater, squamulis niveis maculatim adspersus ; rostro brevissimo ; oculis prominulis ; antennis ferrugineis ; scapo brevi; funiculo elongato ; prothorace transverso, profunde crebre, quasi reticulatim punctato, punctis plurimis squamigerentibus, in medio nigro bivittato; scutello angusto ; elytris convexis, haud tuberculatis, striato-punctatis, punctis sat profundis, approximatis, interstitiis latiusculis, convexis, granulatis, humeris haud pro- minulis, apicibus paulo divaricatis; pedibus tarsis subtestaceis, fuscis, sejunctim albo-setulosis. Long. 4 lin. Hab. Champion Bay. This prettily mottled species has a remarkably short rostrum ; and the scape is also unusually short. The black marks on the prothorax and elytra are due to the very slender bristle- like scales imperfectly clothing those parts. Oxyops floreus. O. angustior, nitide fuscus, squamulis niveis, supra modice, intra minus adspersus, elytris squamulis majoribus condensatis maculas formantibus ; rostro latitudine paulo longiore, antice leviter gib- boso; antennis ferrugineis, squamulosis; prothorace subtrans- verso, subconico, utrinque rotundato, granulato-punctato, granulis prominulis; scutello angusto; elytris modice convexis, rude striato-punctatis, interstitiis angustis, grosse granulatis, maculis numerosis niveis, singulis una pone medium majore, ornatis, apicibus obsolete mucronatis ; pedibus ferrugineis, albo-squamosis. Long. 43 lin. Hab. West Australia. The white scales on the elytra are somewhat fasciculate in their arrangement. Oxyops rutilus. O. angustior, rufo-fulvus, supra squamulis parvis albidis adspersus ; capite pone oculos constricto ; rostro brevi, crasso, granulato- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 17 238 On Additions to the Australian Curculionide. punctato; oculis prominulis ; antennis leviter pilosis ; prothorace subconico, basi minus lato, erebre granulato-punctato, fere esqua- moso ; scutello oblongo ; elytris modice convexis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis latiusculis, tertio quintoque basi elevatis, singulis postice subcallosis, apicibus obsolete mucronatis ; corpore infra pedibusque squamis albis adspersis. Long. 33 lin. Hab. Champion Bay. A fulvous species, with a sort of amber lustre ; the scales, principally confined to the elytra, have a slightly golden tint. It is more like a Gondpterus, but it has a prominent meso- sternum as in Oxyops. Syarbis semilineatus. S. obovatus, fuscus vel ferrugineus, squamulis albis lineatim con- gestis ornatus; rostro crasso, sparse albo-squamuloso; oculis subrotundatis ; funiculo elongato, articulis liberis; prothorace transversim conico, grosse punctato, vittis quinque, quarum tribus discoidalibus indistinctis, notato ; elytris subcordatis, modice con- vexis, fortiter striato-punctatis, humeris vix productis, lineis quinque bene determinatis, ad basin haud protensis, una suturali, duabus lateralibus, e squamulis albis condensatis, munitis ; corpore infra pedibusque squamulis albis plus minusve tectis. Long. 2-2 lin. fab. Western Australia. The well-marked lines on the elytra and sides of the prothorax—the former (except the outer line) not extending more than halfway towards the base—will at once differentiate this apparently common species from its congeners. Syarbis nervosus. S. oblongus, fuseus, squamulis albis, plerumque sublineatim ad- spersus ; rostro crasso, infra oculos longitudinaliter elevato, in medio sulcato; oculis ellipticis, minus prominulis; funiculo crassiusculo; prothorace subconico, rugoso-punctato, subtrilineato ; scutello elongato ; elytris subobovatis, modice convexis, substriato- punctatis, punctis majusculis, interstitio tertio dimidio anteriore elevato, sutura albo-squamulosis, singulis linea pallida, in medio obliqua, notatis ; corpore infra indumento fuscescente squamulisque albis adspersis munito; pedibus breviusculis, parce albo-squa- mulosis. Long. 2 lin. Hab. Queensland. Alhed to S. emarginatus, Roel., also from Queensland, but differently coloured and the third interstice elevated at the base. Of S. nubdlus, Roel., I have specimens from Sydney, Albany, and Champion Bay. Dr. A. Giinther on Fishes from China. 239 Pantorettes cretatus. P. ferrugineus, supra interrupte, subtus dense albo-squamosus ; rostro breviusculo ; scrobibus magis arcuatis, supra fere trans- versis; antennis paulo validis; funiculo articulo basali parum incrassato, quam secundo paulo longiore, tertio manifeste breviore ; prothorace subconico, utrinque leviter rotundato, basi dilatato et bi- sinuato, confertissime punctato, punctis singulis squamulam albam gerentibus, vittis quinque e squamis ovatis formatis, notato, punctis ceteris squamulis minutis piliformibus instructis ; scutello ovato ; elytris humeris prominulis, lateribus gradatim angustioribus, apice rotundatis, substriato-punctatis, punctis subremotis, inter- stitiis angustulis, vix convexis, lateribus suturaque irregulariter dense squamosis, reliquis denudatis; mesosterno producto ; pedibus validis ; tibiis intus fortiter dentatis. Long. 33 lin. Hab. Champion Bay. The mesosternum is also produced in P. scenicus, from which this species may be known, inter alia, by its prominent shoulders and more lightly sculptured elytra. Pantoreites Brewer. P. ruto-testaceus, squamulis piliformibus, aliis ovatis intermixtis, albis, plerumque sat dense tectus ; rostro antice leviter tricarinato ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus parum elongatis,fere zequalibus, tertio multo breviore; prothorace utrinque rotundato, basi quam apice haud latiore, illa truncata, in medio squamulis piliformibus, ad latera squamulis ovatis magis condensatis, tecto; scutello ovato; elytris humeris rotundatis, lateribus parallelis, apicem versus cito gradatim angustioribus, striato-punctatis, punctis elongatis, interstitiis latis, subplanatis, tertio postice leviter tuberculato; corpore infra minus squamoso; mesosterno hand producto; pedibus parce pilosis; femoribus in medio crassioribus, tibiis anticis intus bisinuatis. Long, 23 lin. Hab. Swan River. The tricarinated rostrum and narrow base of the prothorax will at once differentiate this species, which must be considered an aberrant form if retained in the genus. It is dedicated to Mr. Brewer, who has done so much by his collections to elucidate the entomology of Swan River. [To be continued. | XXXI.—Report on a Collection of Fishes from China. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S., Assistant Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. Mr. R. Swinnor, H.M. Consul at Shanghai, having sent to the 17* 240 Dr. A. Giinther on a British Museum a collection of freshwater fishes made at that place, I have thought it worthy of a separate report, as it contains an unusually large proportion of new species or such as are but imperfectly known. Their number would have been still larger if a great part of the collection had not un- fortunately perished during transit to Europe. Only too fre- quently specimens are sent off by collectors before they are thoroughly saturated with strong spirits; and the inevitable consequence is that they are softened by internal decomposition and knocked to pieces by the rough treatment to which packages are subjected during a long journey. All specimens collected in a hot climate and placed in spirits ought to be re- tained by the collector for at least four weeks before they are sent off, and the spirits changed two or three times. I have included in the following list only a few species obtained from other sources, which are therefore specially men- tioned. Where no locality is given, the species is from Shanghai, and collected by Mr. Swinhoe. 1. Stniperca chuatst, Basil. 2. Siniperca chuants?, Basil. This species has a much lower body than the first. 3. Percalabrax japonicus, C. & V. D.12:| gas Avg: Preoperculum with four or five spinous hooks. 4, Hapalogenys nigripinnis, Rich. 5. Dentex hypselosoma, Blkr. 6. Cottus pollux, sp. n. Dy Oui1Ose, BAS) Skin smooth. No spines on the head, except on the pre- operculum (which is armed with a small, flat, and shghtly curved spine) and on the suboperculum, the spine of which is still smaller. Lateral line reaching to the caudal fin. ‘The vent is conspicuously nearer to the root of the caudal than to the end of the snout. First dorsal very low. Origin of the anal opposite to the fourth dorsal ray. The ventrals extend somewhat beyond the vent. In general appearance and in colour very similar to Cottus gobio. Two specimens, 43 inches long, were found by Captain St. John in a river at Otarranai, Japan. “hla ee Ge q Collection of Chinese Fishes. 241 7. Platycephalus japonicus, ‘Tiles. 8. Trigla kumu, Less. 9. Lepidotrigla microptera, sp. n. DF ONG. AeA Tere Liolat.7 75: Scales regular, finely serrated. Lateral line without spines. Snout rather short, with the upper profile nearly straight. Preorbital terminating anteriorly in three or two conical spines. Dorsal spines rather strong, the first four fifths the length of the second, which is as high as the body. The pectoral reaches to the fourth anal ray. A large blackish spot between the fourth and seventh dorsal spines. ‘The whole of the inner side of the pectoral black, with the exception of the four lower rays. One specimen, 104 inches long. 10. Gobius hasta, Schleg. 11. Gobius stigmatias, Rich. LopHIOGOBIUS (g. n. Gobiin.). Body rather elongate, covered with scales of moderate size ; gill-openings rather wide. Head large, depressed; cleft of the mouth wide; jaws with a series of rather large subhori- zontal teeth distant from each other, and not covered by the lips. A series of very small teeth within the outer series. Palate smooth. The spinous is separate from the soft dorsal, and composed of seven spines, of which the first is stiff and pungent. Ventral fins united, not adherent to the belly. Pseudobranchie. 12. Lophiogobius ocellicuuda, sp. n. DIT TN LE lat, Cag: Head much broader than the body, its width being nearly as much as the length of the postorbital part ; eyes small, directed upwards, distant from each other, situated in the anterior part of the length of the head; lower jaw prominent, maxillary extending behind the eye. 'The length of the head is nearly one third of the tetal (without caudal). Tail very low; caudal pointed, elongate. Vent somewhat nearer to the root of the tail than to the end of the snout. Pectoral very large, ex- tending to the vent in females and beyond it in males. Scales thin, rather deciduous, finely crenulated. Light greenish, each scale with darker margin; a black white-edged ocellus on the base of the caudal rays ; lower parts white. Several specimens, fully mature, from 4 to 44 inches long. 242 Dr. A. Giinther on a 13. Tricnophorichthys trigonocephalus, Gill. 14. Tricnophorichthys barbatus, Gthr. This species has been collected by Mr. Swinhoe in con- siderable numbers ; and many of the specimens have the head less broad than the types, the greater or lesser fulness of the cheeks depending apparently on the abundance of food. 15. Eleotris potamophila, Gthr. 16. Eleotris Swinhonis, sp. n. This species belongs to the group with compressed body and head (2. cyprinoides, &e.). D.7|12. A.9. LL. lat. 32. Snout and interorbital space scaleless, the remainder of the head scaly. Body compressed, its depth being one fourth of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head two sevenths. ‘The diameter of the eye is one fourth of the length of the head, equal to that of the snout, and more than the width of the interorbital space. Snout pointed, with the lower jaw longest. The maxillary extends to the vertical from the front margin of the eye. Greenish olive (in spirits), with more or less distinct darker markings on the side of the body ; some- times the markings are in the form of seven broad cross bands, some of which may be divided into two; sometimes a vertical band below the eye. Dorsal fins black, the second with series of lighter spots. Several specimens, 2 inches long. 17. Eleotris sinensis (Lac.). 18. Periophthabnus Kelreutert (Pall.). 19. Boleophthalmus viridis (Buch. Ham.). 20. Callionymus olidus, sp. n. D.. 3-4 | 9 A. 9. Preopercular spine nearly as long as the orbit, cylindrical, slightly curved, terminating in from four to six hook-like pro- cesses directed upwards ; a straight process at the base of the spine points forwards. Gull-opening a very small foramen at the upper surface of the neck. The length of the head is con- tained thrice and one fifth in the total length (without caudal). Vent in the middle between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal. Upper parts greyish, powdered with darker ; Collection of Chinese Fishes. 243 the first dorsal black, with the rays somewhat elongate in the male. Numerous adult specimens, 2-3 inches long. 21. Mastacembelus sinensis. Rhynchobdella_ sinensis, Bleek. Versl. & Meded. Ak. Wet. Amsterd. 1870, p. 249, ec. fig. D. 30-34 | 60. A. 3 | 70. Preeoperculum without spines. Rostral appendage extremely short. The maxillary extends to below the front margin of the eye. Vertical fins continuous. Brownish, with a broad, straight, blackish-brown band along the side of the body ; the parts below the band marbled and reticulated with brown. inches. otalblenoth. ..< ctu stich ettio cate se (ft Benet of themheady so. te: 6am oe 13 Length. of the tail” Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 315 thorax, and sides of the elytra are chalky white, the rest of the elytra being ochreous. The underside and legs are varied with white and ochreous. Praonetha caudata, n. sp. P. subcylindrica, robusta; elytris apicem versus fortius angustatis et declivibus, apice ipse utrinque acuminato, ad suturam sinuatim exciso; antennis ¢ corpore triente longioribus, articulis 4°-11"™ subeequalibus, filiformibus ; corpore supra fortiter punctato: ely- tris carina centro-basali brevi, alteris duabus discoidalibus post medium elongatis; fuscis, nigro fulvoque conspersis ; medio griseis, ante declivitatem posteriorem macula transversa nigra. Long. 6-8 lin. ¢ Q. Common everywhere in May. Belongs to the section with elongate, filiform antenne— which in the female are equal in length to the body, and in the male a third longer. The antenne, body, and legs are dark brown; the elytra greyish in the middle, sometimes having a greyish fascia just before the posterior declivity, the fascia bordered behind with black. Praonetha zonata, n. sp. P. subcylindrica, robusta ; antennis ¢ corpore multo longioribus, ? vix brevioribus ; nigro-fusca, fulvo paulo variegata; elytris ante declivitatem posteriorem sordide albo fasciatis ; crista centro-basali brevi nigro-penicillata, disco bicarinatis, carinis ad fascia mar- ginem posticum nigro maculatis; apice intus breviter oblique sinuato-truncatis. Long. 53-63lin. ¢ Q. Nagasaki; Yokohama. Closely allied to Pr. caudata; but distinguished at once by the apex of the elytra not produced, and the sides near the apex much less gradually narrowed; the dingy or ochreous- white belt just above the posterior declivity is distinct in all examples; but the part of the elytra behind the belt is of a much lighter brown than the basal portion, and is varied with black and grey spots. The thorax 1s rather closely punctured. The antenne have filiform, elongated joints, not abruptly shortened after the fourth; they are reddish and variegated, with the’tips of the joints darker. The claws, and sometimes the whole claw-joint, are pale rufous. Praonetha jugosa, 0. sp. P. oblonga, convexa, nigro-fusca; elytris medio canescentibus, utrinque cristis duabus, prima centro-basali, brevi, subconica, altera posteriore elongata, fortiter compressa; declivitate posteriore abrupta utrinque unituberculata, apice oblique truncato ; antennis 316 Mr. H. W. Bates on the ¢ corpore paulo longioribus, 9 multo brevioribus, articulis 5°-11"" abbreviatis. Long. 43-5lin. ¢ @. Hiogo, Nagasaki. Of shorter form than Pr. caudata; the posterior discoidal ridge of the elytra very largely developed, long, high, and compressed, the disk between it and the short, almost conical, basal crests appearing concave; this part is clothed with a whitish-ashy pile, the same colour forming a margin to the scutellum and an indistinct patch on the posterior surface of the thorax; the colour of the rest of the body is blackish brown. The sexual difference in the length of the antenne is well marked—the male having these organs a third longer than the body, with joints 5-11 long, filiform, and subequal ; the female having them three fourths the length of the body, and joints 5-11 much shortened. The antenniferous tubercles are unusually elevated in this species, causing the concavity of the vertex to be deeper and more triangular. Praonetha Bowringtt, Pascoe. Praonetha Bowringui, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3rd ser. vol. iii. p. 170, note, Many examples. Also Hong-Kong, China. Praonetha rigida, n. sp. P. oblonga, atro-fusca, thoracis lineolis prope basin duabus, maculaque utrinque elytrorum versus apicem triangulari, laterali, albo-ochra- ceis; antennis brevibus, fusco et griseo annulatis ; elytris crista centro-basali et carinis duabus posticis (interiore magis elevata), apice brevissime oblique truncatis. Long. 3j—43 lin. Hiogo, Nagasaki. Moderately elongated, convex ; dark brown, with numerous lighter-brown spots, besides two distinct longitudinal pale lines on the basal part of the disk of the thorax, and an irre- gular triangular patch of the same colour on each side of the elytra towards the apex. ‘The antenne are much shorter than the body in the two examples before me (female ?), with joints 5-11 forming only one half of the total length. The thorax is very coarsely punctured. The elytra are very convex and laterally compressed (as in all the allied species), abruptly de- clivous at the apex, with the apex itself briefly and obliquely truncated. The ridges are not very elevated, the basal one moderately elongated, and the posterior one much longer, with an exterior raised line parallel to it; there is also a third, and shorter, raised line, exterior to the second, and a little nearer the apex. — Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. By Praonetha angusta, n. sp. P. elongata, angusta, fusca, nigro, fulvo et griseo indistincte varie- gata, elytris postice macula sublaterali grisea; antennis filiformi- bus, ¢ corpore paulo longioribus, articulis 4°-11™ basi testaceis ; thorace creberrime punctato; elytris postice gradatim declivibus, apice breviter peroblique truncatis, crista centro-basali subconica, nigro penicillata, carinis posticis obsoletis. Long. 3-3} lin. 3 Q. Wax-trees, Nagasaki. By its narrow form this species resembles the Apomecynine, particularly the genus Ropica; but the simple middle tibiz show that it belongs to the Mphonine ; and the elytral crest, thorax, head, and eyes are those of the genus Praonetha. The antennz are elongate ; the fourth joint shorter than the third, and the fifth to eleventh gradually and slightly decreasing in length. The head and thorax are short compared with the elongate elytra. Praonetha letopodina, n. sp. Leiopodi nebuloso simillima. Elongato-oblonga, modice convexa, fusca, nigro, fulvo et griseo variegata, elytris pone medium fascia griseo-alba ; antennis corporis longitudine, filiformibus, articulis basi griseis ; thorace crebre punctulato ; elytris modice compressis, postice oblique declivibus, apice brevissime obtuse truncatis, carina centro-basali elevata, arcuata, alteris duabus posticis ob- tusis, omnino (apice excepto) fortiter punctatis. Long. 3- 3} lin. On dead branches of wax-tree. Several examples. Much resembling in form and colour the common European Letopus nebulosus, but a true Praonetha in all its generic and group characters ; the head and thorax are rather small com- pared with the elytra, and the latter are less convex than in typical Praonethe ; the centro-basal ridge is moderately elevated and regularly arcuated. Apomecyna neglecta, Pascoe. Apomecyna neglecta, Pascoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iii. p. 152. One example. Mr. Lewis has:compared his specimen with the types of A. neglecta in Mr. Pascoe’s collection. Apomecyna nevia, Nn. sp. A. linearis, angusta, pallide fusca; elytris guttis cretaceis late con- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 22 318 On the Longicorn Coleoptera of Japan. spersis, lineatim punctatis, apice singulatim triangulariter pro- ductis ; thorace crebre punctulato. Long. 3-43 lin. Abundant on Cissus. Narrow, linear, light brown, thickly clothed with short, ad- pressed, yellowish, scale-like hairs, the elytra (very distinctly and evenly lineate-punctate) having a number of small, roundish, isolated, cretaceous spots, about 12 in number, on each ; the apex is on each side triangularly produced. The thorax is long and narrow, closely punctured, and having four short whitish streaks—one on each side, one in front, and one behind. ‘The antennz are pitchy red. Sybra ordinata, n. sp. 8. angusto-elliptica, elongata, fusca, rufescenti-fusco sublineatim variegata ; antennis( ¢ ) corpore triente longioribus, rufescentibus, scapo brevi ovato-clavato; thorace grosse subsparsim punctato ; elytris omnino striato-punctatis, apice oblique truncatis, angulis exterioribus productis. Long. 44 lin. Hiogo ; on dead Cissus-stems. An elongated species, tapering a little to both extremities ; scarcely convex, with elytra declivous from base to apex. The colour is dingy brown, clothed with laid pubescence, varied with tawny reddish, chiefly in indistinct lines down the flat interstices of the well-marked rows of punctures of the elytra. The thorax is nearly cylindrical, the sides being scarcely rounded. The sides of the breast have a few large punctures. Sybra cribrella, n. sp. S. elongato-oblonga, convexa; fusca, griseo-ochreo indistincte varie- gata; capite et thorace elytris multo angustioribus, fortiter punctatis, hoc breviter cylindrico, linea dorsali interrupta levi ; elytris convexis, postice declivibus, apice brevissime oblique trun- catis, crebre sublineatim punctatis, interstitiis nonnullis paulo elevatis. Long. 33-4 lin. Moon-temple, Kobé. Approaches Praonetha by its rather convex form and com- paratively narrow head and thorax. The notch of the middle tibize is placed near the end, and distinct, as in Apomecyna. The antenne are of the length of the body, and dull rufescent. There is a slight elevation in the situation of the centro-basal ridges of the elytra. The colour and markings are very ob- scure and variable; sometimes there is a trace of a lateral cinerous patch on the elytra. The breast beneath is closely and strongly punctured. [To be continued. } On the Bones of the Sternum of young Tortoises. 319 XLII.—Additional Notes on the Form of the Bones in the Sternum of very young Tortoises, and their Development. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. (Plate XII] Tue British Museum having received some young tortoises from North America, presented by the Smithsonian Institution, I have been induced to examine the form of the bones of the their sterna—and also the bones of the sterna of other young specimens that are in the Museum, some of which have been received since my former paper. As many of these specimens were in spirit before they were examined, it is necessary toobserve that if the sternum is looked at as it is taken out of spirit, even when perfectly cleaned inside, it appears to be a uniform opaque disk, and the form of the bones cannot be observed even when held up to the light—until it is dried, when the cartilaginous part becomes transparent, showing the opaque bones ; and it becomes again opaque when again placed in proof spirit. I have had great difficulty in obtaining young specimens for the purpose of determining the development of the bones of the sternum, and have thought myself very fortunate when I have obtained one or two of a species; and I thought that this arose from collectors thinking that young specimens would not be so much esteemed by Museum-directors as the others. But Prof. Agassiz, who lives and has collected in the country where tortoises are abundant, observes that the young Emydes live almost exclusively in water, much more so than their parents; and though the young are naturally in much larger numbers than the adults, they are still so rarely found that they are almost unknown to zoologists. He observes :— For example, Hmys insculpta is so common in the neighbourhood of Lancaster that I have collected more than a hundred specimens in one afternoon, and yet I have never been able to obtain one of the first year, though a whole school of young men were called in to search. Prof. Baird has found the same difficulty in obtaining young Emys rugosa for me, and though he offered a high price for them he could not obtain raore than a single specimen of the first year ; and yet this species is so common that, in the season, hundreds are daily brought to the market of Washington.” (‘Contribu- tions,’ 1. p. 294.) I have also been able to examine the sternum of the very young of two genera of land-tortoises that I had not before been able to examine and therefore to add them to my previous paper. 22* 320 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Form of the Bones The bones of the sternum of a specimen of Homopus siqnatus (Pl. XII. fig. 1), which is 14 inch long, are very little de- veloped. The front pair are very short; the front and hind lateral pairs are separated by a broad space, and form only a margin to the outer side of the front and hinder lobes of the sternum, the hinder pair the smallest; the anal pair very small. The gular plates are very short, band-like, and trans- verse ; the postgular plates are quadrangular, diverging ; the pectoral plates triangular. The sternum of the young Kinixys erosa (fig. 2) is like that of the other land-tortoises ; but the bones, except the anal pair of a specimen about 2 inches long, are very narrow, only margining the front and hind lobes. The odd bone very small. The anal pair entirely covered both above and below by a hard horny sheath. The front lobe with a narrow, and the sides of the hind lobe with a broader (expanded) margin, the latter covered above and below with the horny sheath of the plates, which is thicker in these parts than usual. In the younger specimens of Steganopodes (or Freshwater Terrapins) the front pair of bones is distinct, furnished with a lanceolate odd bone on their inner edge. The front lateral pair are more or less expanded, extending more or less across the shell, with a dentated inner edge and more or less straight hinder edge. The hinder lateral pair diverge backwards, and have a more or less dilated lobe on the truncated inner edge ; and the hinder pair are smaller, with a lobe on the middle or towards the end of the inner edge, which is dentated on its inner edge, leaving a small oval space on each side of the odd bone ; a large oblong or rhombic space between the hinder end of the front lateral and the front edge of the lobes of the hinder lateral bone, and a more or less square cavity between the hinder edge of the lobe of the hinder lateral and the lobe of the hinder pair. These spaces are diminished by the increase of the size of the bones; the central one, between the processes of the front and hinder lateral bones, is closed last. The sternal bones of the young Geoemyda spinosa (fig. 3) 2 inches long form only a ring round the sternum, and they are very like those of Lhinoclemmys; but the front lateral bone is broader and larger, more dilated at the upper front end near the odd bone, where it is divided into many narrow lobes, of which a few of the lower are separated from the others by a narrow space, and form a separate group. The sternal bones of Geoemyda grandis (fig. 4) 2} inches long (although the adult is a much larger species) are very like those of G. spinosa: but the front pair are broader ; the odd bone is longer and more slender, and the front lateral pair. in the Sternum of young Tortotses. 321 are furnished on the inner side with a lobe directed towards the centre of the sternum and torn at the end. The hinder lateral pair have a small conical prominence on the middle of the inner side: indeed they are very like those of Notochelys platynota ; but the lobe on the inner side is much smaller and less marked. The young sternum of this species is intermediate between the form that is found in G'eoemyda spinosa and that which is common to the species of Hmys. The sterna of the young specimens of Bellia (fig. 10) and Damonia (figs. 11 & 12) are much thicker and more solid than the sterna of the young of Malaclemmys, Pseudemys (fig. 9), Chrysemys (fig. 7), and Trachemys (fig. 8) of America, and Lmys (fig. 6), Emmenia (fig. 5), and Platysternon (fig. 13) of Europe and Asia. The skin that fills up the vacancies between the bones is much thicker, and so opaque when dried, that the sterna might be regarded as solid; but the cavities leave a sunken space visible on the outside, and they are easily pierced with a pin, showing that there is only a dried carti- J paren skin, though so thick and opaque that it looks like one. The development of the bones, and the changes in form which they undergo, in the Freshwater Turtles or Steganopodes may be arranged under four heads. I. Inthe more terrestrial animals the bones of the sternum in the young specimens are narrow, and form a marginal ring round the circumference of the sternum, leaving a large oblong central unossified space, which eventually becomes filled up, as in the genera Cyclemys in the Cistudinide, and G'eoemyda and Ehinoclemmys in the Emyde. The sternum of the young Geoemyda grandis (fig. 4) has rudimentary lobes diverging from the inner side of the anterior and posterior lateral bones, forming a passage to the next form; but this may be the way in which the central space is filled up, and is only a matter of growth. II. In the genera which have the second form all the bones of the circumference of the sternum are broader, and the front and hinder lateral pairs and the anal pair have a more or less broad lobe on the inner side, tending towards the central suture, dividing the central space into three parts: the front one is generally the smallest, and divided in the middle by the central odd bone, the middle one the largest and broadest, and the hinder one smaller and generally longer than broad, These processes enlarge, and unite and solidify in the sternum— as in Notochelys of the Cistudinide, in Chrysemys of America, Emys and Emmia of the Mediterranean region, Bellia and Damonia (from Asia) of the family Malaclemmyde, Pseudemys 322 = On the Bones of the Sternum of young Tortoises. and T’rachemys of the family Pseudemyde (which are confined to America), and Kachuga of the family Bataguride (which are confined to Asia, and have the internal lobes of the sternal bones in the young specimens broader than in any of the pre- ceding genera). In all the above genera the lobe of the in- ternal edge of the anal pair of bones is near the anal end of that bone, except in the genera Pseudemys and Batagur, where it is much nearer the fore end of the internal edge, leaving a broad vacant space, so that very young specimens appear to have three vacant spaces behind the hinder edge of the front pair of lateral bones. The bones of the sternum of the young Platysternon are intermediate in form between these and the next division ; that is to say, the front and hinder lateral bones are dilated into a triangle, dentated on the inner edge, and the anal pair have a broad lobe on the front part of the inner edge, as in Kachuga and Pseudemys. , III. The third form differs from the second in the lateral pairs of bones and the anal bones of the young specimens being dilated, ovate or triangular, leaving a space on each side of the odd bone, a large, more or less rhombic, space between the front and hinder lateral pairs, and a smaller rhombic space between the hinder edge of the hinder lateral pair and the front edge of the anal pair—as in Lutremys and Cuore (fig. 14) (both from the Old World) in the Cistudinide, and Malaclemmys (from North America) in the Malaclemmyde. The young Pelomedusa, the type of the African family Pelo- meduside, among the Pleuroderes, has the sternum very like that of Malaclemmys. IV. The fourth form, which appears to be peculiar to the family Chelydradz, has the four pairs of bones of which it is composed more or less dilated, leaving in the very young state an elongate central vacant space, which is generally pervaded in front by a very long slender odd bone ; this bone is entirely wanting in the most developed types of the family called the Trap Tortoises, as the genera Kinosternon and Swanka. Un- fortunately I have not been able to examine the sterna of several genera of this group: indeed I have only been able to see the sternum in a small well-developed specimen of A7ino- sternon. A very young specimen of Swanka has never oc- curred to me; and I am not aware that it has ever been seen or described by any American or other zoologist. I have figured the outside of the sternum of a very young A7vnosternon pennsylvanicum in my former paper (‘Annals,’ 1873, x1. pl. 5. fig. 6). On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata. = 323 yi EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Fig. 1, Tlomopus signatus. Fig. 2. WKinixys erosa. Fig. 3, Geoemyda spinosa. Fig. 4. Geoemyda grandis. Fig. 5. Emmenia Grayi. Fy. 6. Emys Fraseri. Fig. 7. Chrysemys picta. 8 Fig. 8, Trachemys Holbrookii. Fig. 9. Pseudemys concinna. Fig. 10. Bellia crassicollis. Fig. 11, Damonia macrocephala. Fig. 12. Damonia Reevesii. Fig. 15. Platysternon peguense. Fg. 14. Cuora amboinensis. XLIUTI.—On Spontaneous Division in the Echinodermata and other Radiata. By Dr. C. F. Lurken*. Ir is only in a few specimens of Ophiothela isidicola, sp. n.t ' (from Formosa), that | have found the six arms equal or nearly so: in most individuals of moderate size the three arms of one side are larger than those of the opposite side ; and in this re- spect we find all possible intermediate stages, from specimens with three arms well developed and three scarcely perceptible, to others in which the difference is insignificant. Moreover we find nearly as many specimens having only three arms and the corresponding half of the disk (as if they had been cut with a knife into two equal parts) as of completely developed individuals with six equal arms. There is no doubt that a division has taken place, at least in the case of those which have only three arms, or three large and three small ones, and that the halves produced by this division have the power of replacing the missing half both of the disk and arms. It is only with regard to the minority which are furnished with six equal arms, and in which the two halves of the disk are equally developed, that there can be any doubt; for although the greater part of the individuals of this species may be destined to un- dergo division, we must not conclude from this that all are so. Whether the division is repeated several times in this Ophi- urid I cannot decide with certainty ; but the series of specimens * Translated and slightly abridged by W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S., from a paper entitled “Ophiuridarum novarum vel minus cognitarum descrip- tiones nonnull,” published in the Oversigt over det K. Dansk, Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. 1872, pp. 108-158, French summary, pp. 380-54. + The Latin characters of the new species will be given at the con- clusion of this paper. 324 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous at my command gives the impression that if the act is not re- newed it generally occurs at an early age, and that the lost parts sprout forth as the general growth goes on. Hence the larger the specimens the nearer they approach the normal state (six equal arms, &c.), and the smaller they are (down to a certain limit) the more they approach the divided form with three arms. ‘This rule, however, is by no means without ex- ceptions. Sometimes also the division takes place unequally, so that we meet with specimens with four large and two small arms, or with four small and two large arms; but these cases are rare. In the case before us the phenomenon would certainly seem to be capable of another interpretation—namely, that these Ophiurids quit the larval state as half individuals, that is to say with three arms (exceptionally four or two) and half (one- third or two-thirds) of the disk, and that the parts deficient are gradually developed; but this interpretation would be imme- diately rejected as absurd. They might rather, originally, have the whole disk and three arms, so that the new arms might grow in the intervals between the old ones ; but although we sometimes meet with six-armed starfishes (Linckia) with three short arms and three longer ones alternating with the former, which would seem to support this hypothesis, this mode of development has not been observed in any Asterid or Ophiurid*. There is yet another question—namely, whether this division is entirely voluntary (7. e. a natural spontaneous division) or involuntary (¢. e. the consequence of exterior violence, of a special lesion so frequent that very few individuals can escape it). The faculty of regeneration is certainly great among the Ophiurids. The disk of an Ophiura deprived of all its arms might undoubtedly, under favourable circumstances, regenerate them all; and it is probable that an injury which at the same time removed a small portion of the disk, would be reparable in the same way; at least, I have met with Ophiurids, e. g. Ophioderma virescens, the disk of which bore indisputable traces of a partial regeneration of this kind after an aceidental in- jury ; and I should not be surprised if experiments of arti- ficial division were successful in many cases, especially with young Ophiurids. It would not, however, be right to con- clude from this that the phenomenon described in Ophiothela * In connexion with this, Ophiacantha anomala and O. vivipara are of interest as Ophiurids with more than five arms (six to eight) which originate with all their arms. It is only in some Asterids, in which the number of arms is very great, that new arms continue during growth te sprout forth between the old ones. To this we shall recur hereafter. Division in the Echinodermata. 325 tsidicola was simply the result of an accidental natural in- jury. The regularity with which it is manifested proves sutticiently that this is not the case, but that we have to do with a true spontaneous natural division, the olject of which is multiplication. ‘The specimens that we possess of the other species of Ophiothela are not numerous ; but I have ascertained that the four species with which I am best acquainted present an analogous peculiarity ; for together with regular individuals with six (exceptionally five) arms, we find others in which the three (or rarely two) pairs of radial plates on one side of the disk are smaller than the others, and the corresponding arms only developed in the same proportion: in the Japanese spe- cies the four very small specimens at my disposal were all in this unsymmetrical state of regeneration ; in the other species it was comparatively rarer. I believe, however, that this character is sufficiently general to allow us to reckon sponta- neous division among the generic characters of Ophiothela. As has already been mentioned by Steenstrup*, Sars}, and anyself {, the same phenomenon is observed in other small six- armed Ophiurids, especially those of the genus Ophiactis, which, like the Ophiothele, live upon corals and sponges ; but I have never found any trace of it in the species of that genus which have normally five arms, whilst, as far as I can judge, it may be observed in all the species with six arms. Asa supplement to the brief remarks which I have published upon this subject in connexion with Ophiactis Miillert, Krebsii, and virescens, | will here communicate the observations which I have made more recently. From a sponge from the Red Sea I extracted 16 specimens of Ophiactis Savignyt. Most of them (of average size, with a disk 2-3 millims. in diameter) are regularly furnished with six arms, which present no striking difference in length. In some of them, indeed, two or three arms on one side are shorter than the three or four others ; but the difference is so slight that it would hardly be remarked in other Ophiurids, and it might be supposed that these shorter arms had been broken and sprouted afresh. (One specimen has seven arms, one of which is distinctly shorter than the rest.) But it is very clearly seen that a division has taken place in the four larger and smaller specimens. In the smallest of all (with a disk a little more than 1 millim. in diameter) one half of the disk and the three corresponding arms are en- * Forhandl. ved de Skand. Naturforsk. syvende Méde i Christiania (1857), p. 230. * Bidrag til Kundskab. om Middelhavets Littoralfauna, i. p. 97. } Additamenta ad historiam Ophiuridarum, i, pp. 127, 129, and 146, tab. 4, fig. 5d, iii. p. 38, 326 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous tirely deficient, but the wound is already closed and cicatrized ; a larger specimen has in part regenerated its deficiencies, but the new half of the disk and the new arms are much less de- veloped than the others. This is also the case, although in a somewhat different degree, with the two largest of these four specimens (diameter of disk 3°54 millims. ; longest arms about 20 millims.); in one the three new arms are half the length and thickness of the others, and in the other they are only 2 millims. long and of proportionate thickness, the new half of the disk presenting a corresponding development. If we may draw any conclusion from this little series of observations, it would be that the division occurs twice in this species—first, in very small individuals, and then in those which are adult or nearly so. All the specimens of Ophiactis sexradia, Gr. (O. Rein- hardtt, m.), that I have examined have six arms, and in general, especially in the large specimens, there is no striking difference between the arms; it is only in some of the small ones that one of the groups of arms is in course of regenera- tion. Such is also the case in one of the two small specimens ot Ophiactis virens, Sars, from the Mediterranean, which | have had the opportunity of seeing. Sars says of this species that all his 23 specimens had six arms, and that in nearly half of them “the three arms situated on one side were much shorter and thinner than the others, and evidently regenerated after a loss or division.” With regard to O. virescens of the west coast ot America, Mr. Verrill* states that he has always found six arms, but that many young individuals had only three, the three on one side being entirely deficient or very small, as if in course of regeneration. Out of 13 specimens I found 12 with six arms, partly unequal; the thirteenth, which is one of the largest, has five equal arms. I have always found O. Krebsii with six arms: a great number of the small individuals show the regeneration; the large specimens always have the arms and the radii of the disk equally developed. Of O. Mil- lert most of the smaller examples have six unequal arms ; but there is a certain number with five equal arms; and most of the adult specimens seem to be in the latter condition. Except in the above-mentioned genera I only know of a single instance of heteractinism among the Ophiurids—namely, in the young individuals of a certain group of species of the genus Ophiocoma (O. pumila, Valencia). This case is parti- cularly interesting, because it is positively confined to the young individuals, which alone present unequally developed * Notes on Radiata, No, 2, p. 205. Division in the Echinodermata. 327 groups of arms and have more than five arms*. The trans- formation of the young six-armed individuals into individuals with five arms evidently requires a previous division. The can only lose the sixth arm by regenerating, after the last di- vision, only one or two arms instead of two or three. It would be very incorrect to conclude from the constant oceurrence of heteractinism (and of division if our interpretation of heteractinism is correct) in this tolerably long series of six- armed Ophiothele, Ophiactines, and Ophiocome, that the same things occur in the other Ophiurids which have normally more than five arms. These, however, are not numerous as far as I know ; for, leaving out of consideration the young Asterophyton with seven arms described by me (which is as puzzling to me as it was thirteen years ago, and which is still known only from a single specimen) and Asteromorpha Steenstrupi (in which the six-armed state is probably only an accidental anomaly), we have in this category only two species of Ophia- cantha,namely O. anomala, Sars, withsix, and 0. vivipara, Lem., with seven to eight arms; and inneither of these has any thing been observed to indicate a division. The necessary condition for spontaneous division would therefore seem to be that the species (at least when young) should have normally more than five (six) arms, although we must not conclude that it exists from this greater number of arms: in one of the above-men- tioned groups (Ophiocoma) it is evident that the spontaneous division is confined to the young; and it is not improbable that this is the case also with the others; but this does not at present appear with sufficient clearness from the facts, and the solution of this important question must be left to subsequent researches upon living animals. Its importance consists in the fact that if it is answered in the affirmative the laws of reproduction in these Ophiurids would fall under that of a/ter- nation of generations, the young individuals then representing the agamic generations, and the adults, after division, the sexual ones. Perfectly similar phenomena are manifested in certain As- * All the young individuals, however, or those which have not yet ac- quired the physiogi omy, coloration, &c. characteristic of the species, do not present six arms or the heteractinism which is associated with that number. I have already mentioned (Addit. ii. p. 146) that of 12 speci- mens, 8 had six arms, two or three of which were generally shorter and thinner than the others. Of 21 specimens now at my disposal (1 of O. Valencia and the rest O. pumila) I find that, with one exception, all the individuals below a certain size (4 millims.) have six more or less unequal arms, and all those which measure 5 millims. or more have five arms. The exception is a specimen with six arms rather larger than it should be according to this rule. 328 Dr. C. I. Liitken on Spontaneous terids—namely, in Asterias problema, Stp. (albula, Stimps.), and A. tenuispina, Lamk., and in some forms allied to these two species. In common with the fissiparous Ophiurids they have normally more than five arms; but this furnishes no ground for supposing that other Asterids with six or more than six arms have some tendency to division; indeed we have examples to the contrary in the Solasteres with many arms, and in the six-armed Asterias polaris, neither of which presents the least traces of this mode of reproduction. What strikes us immediately in looking at a series of A. tenuispina and problema is, that a great many of them have the arms unequally developed, and that the shorter and weaker arms form on one side a separate group, as if they had been deve- loped after the others, which no doubt is the case. MM. Steen- strup*, Sarst, Hiickelt, and Von Martens§ have already de- voted special attention to the former species; but I will, not- withstanding, communicate the result of my own observations. Of 23 specimens 11 (with seven to ten arms) have incontest- able traces of a regeneration of three to seven (most frequently four) arms: the smallest of these 11 specimens is 1} inch in diameter; the largest, if the weaker (younger) side were as much developed as the other, would measure 53 inches. The smaller the specimens the more clearly in general do we see that a regeneration of this kind (and the previous division ?) has taken place: of 15 specimens less than 4 inches in diameter, 9 are in this condition; whilst of 8 which vary in diameter from 4 to 7 inches, there are only 2. In the other 12 speci- mens (of the 23) the arms are either (approximately) of the same length, or the number of shorter ones does not exceed one or two, and the existence of a single arm shorter than the others indicates nothing more than an accident which is very common in all starfishes, namely that one or more of the arms may have been broken or torn away and regenerated. The series of specimens that I have examined does not indicate that this division and regeneration, perhaps frequently re- peated, must result in the number of arms in the larger and more developed individuals being on the average either greater or less than in the young individuals||. * Forhandl. ved de Skand. Naturforsk. syvende Mode i Christiania (1857), pp. 229 et seq. + Bidrag til Kundskaben om Middelhavets Littoralfauna, ii. p. 108. { Generelle Morphologie (1866), i. p. 350. § Archiv fiir Naturg. xxx. 1, p. 68. || See also some remarks by M. R. Greeff on the Asterids of the Canaries, and among others Astertas tenwispina. He says it is ‘‘ worthy of remark that on the rocky shore exposed to the action of the breakers, we scarcely meet with any but small and irregular specimens, whilst far from the Division in the Echinodermata. 329 What we observe in Asterias tenuispina probably occurs also in the allied species, A. acutispina, Stimpson* (Japan), A. microdiscus, Stimps.t (Bonin islands), and A. muricata, Verr. (New Zealand) ; but the specimens at my command are too few to enable me to assert that spontaneous division takes place in these species; it is, however, very probable. It is the same with A. atlantica, Verr. (Bermudas, Brazil), if it differs from A. tenuispina. Mr. Verrill mentions one speci- men of it with seven large unequal arms, and one with eight arms, four of which were smaller than the others. Of Asterias problema I have examined several hundred specimens obtained from Greenland by Prof. Steenstrup, and noted the characters of about half of them. It is extremely rare to meet with five-armed specimens of this species. Out of 136 I have only found 7 such (or about 1 in 20); their size is very variable (radius=5-19 millims.): in general the five arms are of the same length, and then it is possible that this number five may be original; less frequently there are two or three a little shorter, probably due either to an irregular divi- sion of a six-armed individual forming one with four arms, and another with two arms which has become a five-armed individual by regeneration, or to an individual with three arms having regenerated only two arms instead of three, the third having been aborted. If we carefully examine a specimen which apparently has only five or four arms, we shall fre- quently find at one of the angles of the arms the germs of two new arms in the form of minute buds; so that the small num- ber of arms is in this case only provisional}. It is rare, moreover, to find specimens with six or seven arms in which the arms are either equal or approximately equal, without our being able to recognize a fixed law in the slight difference which they present (fig. 1, e, p. 330): I have found this only in 12 of the specimens mentioned above; and these equal- armed specimens measured from 5 to 41 millims. in radius. The great majority (fig. 1, d, f, 2) are furnished with six arms, three of which, on one side, are shorter and in all respects less developed than the others ; and this difference between the two shores, in deep water and in sheltered places, we find much larger and more regular specimens.” * In 4 specimens belonging to this species, Mr. Stimpson found 5+4, 444, and 2+5 arms (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 262). + Sent under this name by the Smithsonian Institution. I do not find it described in Mr. Stimpson’s work mentioned above. { The appearance of five arms arises sometimes from the union of two arms; the double ambulacrum explains this apparent reduction of the arms. 330 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous groups of arms occurs in all possible degrees: the smaller group may sometimes scarcely differ from the larger ; or it may be reduced to 3 (1, 2) scarcely visible buds (fig. 1,4). Of the 3 (or 4) regenerated arms the middle one (or 2) generally ap- pears after the two outer ones. Numbers such as 4+2, or Fig. 1. Sketches of 9 individuals of Asterias problema, all represented of the natural size. In most the madreporic plate is indicated. 2+4, or 3+ 2, or2+3 must be regarded as exceptions, as also 4+3 (fig. 1,6,c), or 3+4, or 4+4 (fig. 1, a), or 4+5, or 542, in which the total number of arms exceeds six. Evidently in all cases the smaller group of arms is developed long after the other, and consequently there must have been a period when all these starfishes had only 3 (or exceptionally 2, 4, or 5) arms; in examining a sufficient number of specimens we find several with 3 arms, in which no trace of the deficient arms can be discovered, and among these some (fig. 1, g)in which the place where the division probably took place, and where the new arms will be formed, is still open. These specimens with 3 arms (exceptionally with 2) I have found of all sizes, from 3 to 25 millims. or more in radius; moreover, as the specimens Division in the Echinodermata. 331 in which one group of arms is less developed present all con- ditions of size and all possible degrees of development, we must conclude either that the division, supposing it only to occur once, may take place at very different periods in the life of the animals, or else that it is several times repeated, certainly more frequently than in A. tenuispina, at least four or five times, perhaps much more frequently. The comparative rarity of the regular individuals with 6 equally developed arms seems to me to furnish a decisive proof of the frequent repeti- tion of the division; but it is only by observations upon the living animals preserved for a long time in aquaria that this question can be settled. It may, perhaps, be supposed that the division ceases when, by the slow growth which accom- anies it, the individuals have attained the limit of their deve- icienb and acquired the faculty of reproducing in the ordi- nary manner ; but at present this is only an hypothesis. The largest of my specimens (radius 46 millims.) is at any rate far from having attained the point at which all trace of division has disappeared ; it has 7 arms, 4 of which (regenerated) are still only 15-28 millims. in length. If we refuse to admit that these abnormal phenomena, con- fined, however, within definite limits, may be explained by repeated division and regeneration of the deficient half, it would be necessary to suppose that what occurs is simply an elimination of a certain number of arms effected for some de- terminate purpose ; and the first explanation which would pre- sent itself to the mind would be that already indicated by M. Steenstrup—namely, that in this case we have something analogous to the formation of the hectocotyli in the Cephalo- poda, a group of arms charged with semen being thrown off to fulfil a special function of reproduction and afterwards rege- nerated. But there is absolutely nothing in favour of this hypothesis ; and it seems to me to have against it the fact that the regeneration of the arms is quite as frequent in the smallest as in the largest specimens. ‘he analogy with the Ophiurida with a supposed spontaneous division, in which this hypothesis would meet with still greater difficulties, is also a powerful motive for rejecting it for the Asterida also*. * An investigation of the organs of reproduction could not elucidate the phenomena under consideration, unless it be made upon a great num- ber of fresh specimens of all ages and all degrees of development. What is especially necessary to be ascertained is whether Asterias problema propagates by ova before the spontaneous division is concluded. I have examined some of my specimens with this question in view, but, as might be expected, without throwing much light upon it. I ascertained that the organs of reproduction were well developed in specimens measuring only 14-16 millims. in radius; on the other band I found no trace of them 332 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous I have found two madreporic plates placed far from each other in the large specimens of Asterias problema when the regeneration was so far advanced that the younger group of arms was scarcely behind the older one in development. At the next division, therefore, each half starfish would be furnished with its madreporic plate. Whether the division always takes place at the same part and in the same line, whether this changes in accordance with definite laws as in the Medusz, or, finally, whether there is no rule in this matter, 1 am absolutely unable to say ; and I do not think that this question can be cleared up until the spe- cies under consideration has been thoroughly investigated in the living state, for which, as it inhabits the north coast of the United States of America, we shall, perhaps, not have long to wait. It is much to be desired that such should be the case, in order that we may know with certainty whether we have to do here merely with a true division, or whether by it some secondary purpose is fulfilled. Asterias polyplax of New Holland, a species allied to A. problema, seems to present the same phenomena; but I have been able to examine only a few specimens of it. . This mode of division is not known with certainty outside the genus Asterias, nor even outside certain subdivisions of that genus*. There are, as I have already indicated, a great number of Asterids with multiple arms (Asterdas aster, Heli- aster, Pycnopodia, Solaster, Acanthaster, Labidiaster, Luidia, &c.) which do not present the least trace of this phenomenon. On the other hand there are certain species of Ophidiaster and Linckia which seem to be subject to another kind of division ; but whether it is perfectly natural, or artificial (in the sense of being provoked by some external violence), I cannot decide. in other specimens of the same or even larger size (15-18 millims.), and even in a large specimen with six equal arms (48 millims, in radius). Perhaps it may depend in part upon the season whether these organs are or are not developed. In specimens of moderate or pretty large size I have generally found the reproductive organs well developed in the older arms, but wanting in the younger ones; nevertheless in two cases (espe- cially in the specimen represented in fig. 1,a) they had attained more or less development in the regenerated armsalso. It would seem, therefore, that this starfish is sexwal (2. e. furnished with more or less developed sexual organs) long before spontaneous division has terminated; but it does not follow that it is capable of reproduction before that time. * The Museum possesses a small specimen of Cribella sanguinolenta which so much resembles Asterias problema that for a moment I took it for the latter; it has three large and three small arms, exactly like A, problema, It was brought up from a depth of 290 fathoms, to the west of Hetland. Division in the Echinodermata. 333 This singular phenomenon was briefly mentioned by M. Steenstrup ; and MM. Hiickel and Von Martens subsequently published observations made by them upon it in Linckia mul- tifora. I have rarely observed it in that species, although I have examined a great number of specimens; but I have frequently seen it in Linckia ornithopus and Ophidiaster cri- brarius. In both species, as in the fissiparous species of Asterias above mentioned, there are in general two madreporic plates; and they are more or less frequently provided with more than five arms. In examining a great quantity of spe- cimens of one of these species, we find a very variable number of arms (4,5, 6,7); and the proportions of these arms are very different—for example, 3 long alternating with 3 short ones, 4 long and 2 short, or inversely 2 long and 4 short; from time to time also we meet with the “ comet-form ”’—7?.e. one long and Fig. 2. Sketches of 4 individuals of Ophidiaster cribrarius, represented of the natural size. thick arm, and 3, 4, 5, or 6 comparatively short arms. The hypothesis which attributes this form to the production of the small arms after the large one, is confirmed by the circum- stance that other specimens in which these little arms are still less occur in various degrees of development; and, lastly, there are specimens in which they are in the state of mere buds—until we find them with a single arm, either closed at its adoral extremity or still presenting traces of the aperture through which it had communicated with the disk of the animal (see the outlines in fig. 2). From this it seems very clear that the regenerative faculty in these animals is so great that an isolated arm, without any portion of the disk, enjoys the power of regenerating a complete set of arms, with the disk, mouth, &c. ; and as we cannot suppose that one arm will be more favoured in this respect than the others, it follows Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 4. Vol. xii. 23 334 Dr. C. F. Liitken on Spontaneous necessarily that when such a Linckia or Ophidiaster (with 5 or 6 arms) divides, or, what is the same thing, throws off or loses its arms, it will give origin, under favourable circum- stances, to as many new Asterids as it possessed arms, per- haps even to one more if the disk is equally endowed with the faculty of regeneration. I have found in the same species such ‘‘ comets’ of small size and also of considerable dimen- sions. When the disk and the new arms were still but little developed, there was no madreporic plate ; in the contrary case I have always found two, one on each side of the principal arm. If we assume that this division is entirely spontaneous, it would be the first known example of a true natural division being more than binary and producing directly and at once a multiplicity of new individuals—the first true example of the “divisio radialis”’ of Hiickel. That this polymerous divisi- bility cannot serve to support the singular theory proposed by Duvernoy and taken up by Hiickel and other authors, accord- ing to which the Asterida and Ophiurida are compound animals, is quite evident. It may be further remarked that we may also meet with specimens of other Asterids which at the first glance remind us of the comet-shaped Linckie and Ophidiastres: I have myself found examples of Astertas rubens of this kind with 1 large arm and 4 small ones in course of sprouting ; and Sir John Dalyell* represents several of them which he kept alive for some time; but, so far as I can judge from my own expe- rience, this case is not precisely the same as the preceding, as, in fact, in A. rubens the disk remains, and it is by this and not by the single arm, as in Linckia ornithopus and Ophi- diaster cribrarius, that the new arms are regenerated. From this it follows that if an Astertas rubens lost all its five arms, none of them could continue to live or regenerate the complete animal; how far the disk alone might be capable of doing so, I do not know. I must add, however, that I have met with some very young specimens of A sterias problema in the ‘ comet- form,” in which the five or six small arms had the appear- ance of having been regenerated from the extremity of the only arm which had been detached, and consequently I cannot deny that a polymerous division may also take place in that species Tt. * It does not appear with equal clearness from all the figures that the disk continues attached to the oldest arm; and, to judge from the manner in which he expresses himself, the author does not seem to regard this as necessary. Similar regenerated specimens are represented by Forbes and Frédol. + M. Hiickel also has found two specimens of Asterias tenurspina with this comet-like form; and at the meeting of naturalists at Christiania in | Division in the Echinodermata. 335 I do not know that any direct experiments have been made on the divisibility and the faculty of regeneration in the Aste- rida, although it is easy to prove that they are considerable and general. They are not limited to the long-armed forms, and are manifested in full energy in those which are almost destitute of arms, such as the Asterine. It is sufficient that out of five or six normal rays two are retained, in order that the remainder shall be readily regenerated ; but from this we must not deduce an absolute divisibility. Most of the Asterida can, without difficulty, regenerate a lost fragment of an arm from the surface of rupture itself, whilst in the species of the genus Astertas (Asteracanthion) the disk alone is en- dowed with this property, as Steenstrup has indicated. 'The bifureate (Y-shaped) arms, sometimes met with in various Asterida*, may be attributed to an injury to these arms, just as the double tails of lizards and the corresponding abnormal formations in certain fishes (Syngnathi, Grymnotind) are due. to a lesion of the tail. The species of Astertas sometimes present an arm which is bifurcated in a somewhat different manner, a small branch or secondary arm issuing almost at a right angle from near its extremity, with its ambulacrum opening into that of the principal arm ; the origin of this ano- maly is also undoubtedly a lesion produced at the poimt where the lateral branch takes its rise T. 1856, M. Esmark indicated, in connexion with M. Steenstrup’s communi- cation, that he had likewise observed in Norwegian Asterida (no doubt in Asterias rubens) that an arm without disk had regenerated the deficient parts. M. von Martens describes a comet-like specimen of Echinaster ertdanella (fallax) with six arms. * For example, Oreaster gigas and 4 Bibliographical Notice. 337 of regeneration; but these are not the only conditions of division. It is especially easy in flat animals or in those which are slender and elongated ; when the animal is equally developed in the three dimensions, the softness and contractility of the body must be greater. Another condition is that the various sections of the body must not differ too much as regards their importance to the whole; but recent observations, showing that even the head and fore part of the body of the Cheetopod Annelides may be regenerated in many cases*, indicate that this condition is not one of the most difticult to fulfil. [To be continued. | BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Jottings during the Cruise of H.M.S. Curagoa among the South-Sea Islands in 1865. By Juxrus L. Brencutey, M.A., F.R.G.S. With numerous [lustrations and Natural History Notices. Roy. 8vo, pp- 487, pls. 50. Longmans, London: 1873. Tere can be hardly any lover of natural history who has not longed to visit the islands of the Pacific, and none who has not envied the good fortune of Banks, Solander, and the two Forsters—voyagers to whom nearly each plant and animal they saw was new, while they were conscious of its novelty. That golden age is, indeed, ra- pidly passing away; but the present generation need not sigh in vain for worlds to explore. There are still hundreds of islands, not to say clusters of islands, every one a world in itself, untrodden by any white foot save that of the missionary or the whaler; and it needs no saying that neither the fisher of men nor the fisher of parallel with that of the diameter; but from the time when the latter has acquired a certain magnitude, we do not see so clearly that there is a connexion between the two quantities. Individuality is manifested by one individual being provided earlier than another with the greater part of its arms, or by its growing more slowly, but devoting its growth to the formation of new arms. I have at my disposal only three specimens of 4. microbrachia, of which the diameter varies from 5 to 5 inches, whilst the number of arms at the same time increases from 32 to 38. In four specimens of 4. Ku- binjyt measuring from 1} to 6 inches, the number of arms varies only from 21 to 24, and there is no parallelism between the number and the diameter ; of A. Cummingit I only possess a single specimen (7+ inches, 41 arms). In A. (Pycnopodia) helianthoides also it seems that new arms spring between the old ones. * See Kinberg, “Om Regeneration af hufvudet och de friimre segmen- terna hos en Annulat”’ (4fvers. Vetensk. Akad, Forhandl. 1867), and Ehlers, ‘ Die Neubildung des Kopfes und des vorderen Kérpertheils bei polychaten Anneliden’ (1869). 338 Bibliographical Notice. beasts is much given to the promotion of natural history ; while of course that wicked traffic which has of late years sprung up among the isles of this broad ocean, and has excited the righteous indigna- tion of all Christian people throughout the world, is yet less likely to profit the naturalist. The author of this book enjoyed the opportunity of visiting some of these interesting islands as the guest of Commodore Sir William Wiseman, then commanding Her Majesty’s ship ‘ Curacoa.’ Mr. Brenchley was (for we regret to say we have to use the past tense in speaking of him) apparently one of those numerous Englishmen who go every where and do every thing short of writing books of travels. Herein they often show their wisdom ; for the most ven- turesome of wanderers and explorers are by no means always the best penmen, and Mr. Brenchley seems to have had an instinctive knowledge that this was his case. Though he had crossed the Rocky Mountains long ere the Pacific Railroad was projected, and had lived four years in the Sandwich Islands—though he had slipped down the crater of Pichincha and had coasted along Peru and Chili— though he had descended the Mississippi from its source and had made a ‘home tour” in such comparatively tame countries as Morocco and Algeria—though he had seen India and Ceylon, China and Mongolia, Japan and Australasia, and had finally returned home by the overland route of the Gobi Desert and Siberia, ‘‘ he was more interested,” we are told, ‘‘ in collecting material objects, illustrative and commemorative of his varied travels, than in devoting himself to literary descriptions of them ;” and the work now before us ‘* was the result of a promise.” By whom the promise was exacted we know not, nor does it sig- nify. Mr. Brenchley died in its performance. The preface to this book, begun by the author, recounts the death of two of his ship- mates, Mr. Foljambe and Mr. Meade, who had helped him in form- ing, and of two naturalists, Dr. Baird and Mr. George Gray, who had assisted him in determining his collections, and is finished by an unnamed friend. The narrative of the cruise, we must confess, is not very interesting. The “ jottings” taken while it lasted must have indeed been very brief; and the author seems to have been quite unaware of the chief points which deserved his attention, though he was accompanied by men who were at least practical naturalists :—one of the Messrs. Veitch; Mr. Wall, for many years Curator of the Sydney Museum ; and Mr. Brazier, the shell-collector. Indeed not a small part of the narrative is made up of extracts from very well-known books, those of Erskine, Hood, Mariner, Seemann, and Williams being especially laid under contribution. Of course the dates of arrival at and sailing from the different islands are duly given; but the original information concerning them and their products is meagre. Asan average specimen we subjoin (from Chap. V.) all that is said of the natural history of Vavau, an outlier of the Tonga group. ‘The island seemed entirely clothed with vegetation, among “which the casuarina, the pandanus, and cocoa-nut trees, were Bibliographical Notice. 339 ‘“‘ easily distinguishable ; the latter appearing to exist in greater “« abundance than J had ever before remarked in any one place. We “‘ saw a building resembling a church, with graves around it, and on ‘* the shore a whale-boat, two things indicative of civilization. There ‘“ were also a good many canoes and canoe houses. The Curacoa “‘ was speedily surrounded by canoes with red-headed men, their “‘ hair cut close to the scalp. These natives, who are of a brightish *“ brown colour, are very well made, but with faces which, owing to “ their extremely flattened noses and very wide nostrils, are by no ““ means pleasant to look on as compared with the natives of Savage “Island. The greater part of their canoes were small; I saw one “« double one, the ends of which were ornamented with milky cowrie ‘“* shells (Cypreea lactea). .. . . In the afternoon I went on shore ‘in the dingey. After crossing a reef, where I saw several varieties “‘ of madrepores, I found a convenient landing-piace on a jetty of ‘“coral. On reaching the shore there were a few natives, who ‘‘ treated me with great respect... . . The country appeared to “me very pleasing, pretty even, with convenient roads | the is!and is “« the seat of a missionary |, or rather paths, in all directions, continu- « ously shaded either by the leaves of the cocoa-nut tree, the bread- “ fruit tree, or the kukui (Alewrites). The temperature was slightly “ lower than that of the Samoan group, but the air so much dricr “that I found it much more enjoyable than at Pango-Pango or “ Apia, where I always felt as if I was in a vapour-bath. I saw *‘ but two species of land-shells, very small and like those of Apia ; “* the small birds, also, that I killed were similar to those I had pre- ‘‘ viously met with. I saw fields of yams, of taro of two kinds, sweet ‘* potatoes, bananas of three varieties, and pine-apples not yet ripe. «A hibiscus covered with large yellow flowers was in abundance “ everywhere ; the pawpaw apple, orange tree, pammelo or shad- ‘«* dock, the lemon, citron, and other trees grow marvellously well in ‘‘ the island, and yield, it appears, fine large fruit. No trees that I ‘‘ saw were at all remarkable for their circumference or height. A ““ species of ti-tree (Dracwna) here and there showed its flowers «and fruits of a fine red. I also saw some plantations of ava, and * frequently came upon patches of land in good condition for re- *‘ ceiving crops. The ferns did not appear to me very numerous ; “those I saw were of the same species I had previously met with “‘in the Samoan Islands. I passed through several villages, and ** met a good many natives ; the women for the most part had their «bosoms covered with a sort of small pinafore, which only reached “< to the waist, and all of them had their hair cropped so close as to ‘“‘ make them undistinguishable, as far as their heads were con- “cerned, from the men; and, by means of lime paste (chinam), “‘ they brought the colour of their hair into a kind of harmony with ‘“‘ that of their skin, making their hair of a redder hue than is usual “in Samoa.” e After speaking of some of their industries, and quoting from Erskine a description of their chapel, Mr. Brenchley briefly recounts his call next day upon the Governor to procure horses with which to visit 340 Bibliographical Notice. the interior. But his “ ride did not add much to the sum of our knowledge respecting the island.” He goes on :— “‘ The soil of Vavau is of a dull red, and of so friable a nature “‘ that it crumbles in the hand like the ashes of Pompeii. Lava is “to be found in many places, and a white stone riddled with holes, ‘‘ which some refer to the coral, but which appears to me to be ‘“‘ rather a species of lava, like that formerly thrown out by Vesu- ‘* vius, and which is still found in the Bay of Naples. This stone is *« very hard, heavy, and susceptible of a very fine polish. The igneous “ origin of these countries is, moreover, proved by the little island of “ Latte, situated some miles to the west, where there is now an ‘«‘ active volcano, which I was sorry not to have visited.” Then follows, from Mr. Meade’s manuscript journal *, an account of the singular cave with its submarine entrance, originally described by Mariner, and so ingeniously introduced by Byron into his poem of ‘ The Island, though the fact was unknown at the time to the writer. Mr. Brenchley concludes :— ‘“‘ The island possesses no indigenous mammifers, those now found “in it being of recent introduction. On the other hand, there is “a great quantity and variety of fish and crustacea. The birds, as I ‘‘ have already remarked, present no great variety of species, and «‘ resemble those previously met with during our cruise. “«« Besides the vegetables I have mentioned, cabbages and onions are cultivated. ‘The principal product of the island is cocoa-nut “ oil; sugar-cane is grown, but on a very small scale; the same ‘““ may be said of the cotton-plant.” This is not satisfactory ; yet it is a fair if not favourable sample. The author no doubt did do his best to redeem his promise of writing a book about the cruise ; but we are forcibly reminded of the old story of ‘Eyes and No Eyes.’ Yet the worst fault we have to find with the volume is the absence of any connexion between the author’s narrative and the “ Natural-History Notices” published at the end: nowhere in the former is the slightest reference made to the species figured or described in the latter: so that, if any of them be mentioned in the text, we can only hazard an identification. This is unfortunate ; for the plates (especially those by Mr. Ford) are very good. Many new species were brought home by Mr. Brenchley (some of them having been already described in our own pages, while others appear now for the first time); and the names of Mr. George Gray, Dr. Giinther, Dr. Baird, Mr. Frederick Smith, and Mr. A. G. Butler, the joint authors of these ‘ Notices,” are suffi- cient to require attention to them. It remains to say that 27 spe- cies of Birds are figured, 9 of Reptiles, 12 of Fishes (besides 3 more described), 33 of Shells (besides 1 more described), and 27 of In- sects. Mr. Brenchley’s collections, we are told, have been divided n ‘ ” * In the preface (p. vi) the author states that a variety of circum- stances prevented his making use of the papers of this intelligent and distinguished young officer, whose premature death was a severe loss to the service ; but both here and elsewhere Mr. Brenchley’s volume con- tains extracts from them. Miscellaneous. 341 between the British Museum and that of Maidstone. There is also a fair map, on which the ship’s course during the cruise is traced. This was as follows :—Sydney to Norfolk Island, thence to Niue or Savage Island, the Samoa group, the Friendly group (from Vavau, already mentioned, in the north to Tongataboo in the south), then to the Feejees and across to Anatom, then northward through the New Hebrides and Banks Islands to Santa Cruz, thence to some half dozen of the Solomon group, back again to Eramango in the New Hebrides, and thence by the Loyalty Islands and New Caledonia to Sydney. The book has the great merit of an Index. MISCELLANEOUS. On a new Species of Bubaline (Alcelaphus tora) from Abyssinia. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c. Tue British Museum in the early part of the year received a young specimen of a Bubaline from Abyssinia, which bore so much re- semblance to the Caama from South Africa that I did not venture to describe it as a distinct species until I should receive more materials. The Museum has just received the skin &c. and the skeletons of adult specimens of both sexes of this animal, which proves to Le a most distinct and well-marked species. These animals were sent to the Museum under the name of “Tora” or “ Thora” (for the word is spelt in both ways) ; I therefore propose to call it Alcelaphus tora, Alcelaphus tora. Bright pale bay; rump, inside of ears, and hinder side of legs whitish brown; tail with a tuft of black bristles. Horns slender, expanded, and rather recurved at the tip ; of the female slender. Hab. Abyssinia (Dembelas). The horns are slender compared with the other species of Alcela- phus, and have some relation to those of the Sassayby, or Damalis lunatus; but it has the long slender skull of Aleelaphus. The young specimen, which appears to be a male, has shorter and thicker horns than the two adults more lately received. The male of the Tora (Alcelaphus tora) has a large, round, convex tuft, abovt the size of a penny piece or larger, of darker hair in front of each eye. This tuft is marked, but not so distinetly, in the head of the young male and adult female. I do not find any such tuft in the head of the male Bubaline in the Museum, which was for many years alive in the Zoological Gardens ; but the hair of the sides of the head in front of the eyes is longer than on the rest of the face. A young specimen of the Caama is figured, from a living specimen in the Earl of Derby’s park, in the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie.’ 342 Miscellaneous. The species of Alcelaphus may be thus tabulated : — a, Animal, including the inside of the ears and rump, uniform brown, with a few black hairs on the underside of the tuft of the tail. A. bubalis (the Bubale). North Africa. 6. Animal, including the rump, pale brown above, separated from the pale beneath by a well-detined straight line on the sides ; inside of ears white ; end of tail black. A. Lichtensteinii (the Godonko), Eastern Africa (Peters’s ‘ Mossambique ’). c. Animal brown ; inside of ears, rump, and back of legs whitish. * Face, dorsal line, and outside of limbs brown, like the rest of the animal; end of tail black. Horns diverging. A. tora (the Tora). Abyssinia. ** Sides of the head, dorsal line, outside of limbs, and end of tail black. Horns thick, erect. A. caama (theCaama). South Africa. The British Museum has a pair of horns sent by Mr. Fraser from Tunis, which Mr. Blyth has described and figured as Boselaphus major (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 53, f. A, 1&2); and he says it has black marks above the hoof: but I have never seen this animal in the perfect state; and the horns are very like those of the common Bubale. On Rhopalorhynchus Kroyeri, a new Genus and Species of Pycno- gonida. By James Woop-Mason, of Queen’s College, Oxford. Much difference of opinion has prevailed with regard to the sys- tematic position of the Pycnogonida, as to whether they should be classed with the Crustacea or with the Arachnida. By one set of naturalists (including Johnston, Milne-Edwards, De Quatrefages, Kroyer, and Dana) they have been placed with the Crustacea; by another, including Latreille, Erichson, Gersticker, and Huxley—who separates them, as well as the Tardigrada and Pentastomida, from the typical Arachnida (spiders, mites, and ticks) as an aberrant order—with the Arachnida. Dr. Anton Dchrn*, who has recently studied the embryology of these animals, finds that they are in no way related to the Arachnida, that they resemble the Crustacea in having a naupliform first developmental stage, but that from this point the course of development ceases to exhibit any thing in common with that of the Crustacea. Under these circumstances I have thought it better to call the cheliceres, palps, and accessory legs (= mandibles and first and second pairs of maxille of Kroyer) of those who range the Pyecnogonida with the Arachnida, the /first, second, anl third pairs of cephalic appendages respectively, thus avoiding the use of terms implying affinities and homologies that may not in reality exist. RaHoPALORHYNCHtS Tt, gen. nov., Wood-Mason. Corpus lineare, gracillimum, annulis thoracis perdistinctis, cylin- * Jenaische Zeitschrift, 1869. + poradoy, clava; piyyxos, rostrum. Miscellaneous. 343 dricis, utrinque dilatatis, processibusque lateralibus magnis, ob- conicis. Rostrum uniarticulatum, elongatissimum (corporis lon- gitudinem pene squans), clavatum, ore triradiato. Annulus oculiger in collum vix coarctatus. Appendices cephalice prim paris absunt: appendices cephalice secundi paris tenuissime, rostro longiores, novemarticulate, articulis secundo tertioque elon- gatis: appendices cephalice tertii paris paulo longiores, ex decem confecte articulis—quorum quartus sextusque sunt elongatissimi, terminalesque quatuor prehensiles ac margine interiore serrati eiliatique—in utroque adsunt sexu; appendices utriusque paris, secundi ad tertium, tertii ad quartum articulum, sunt geniculate. Tuberculus oculiger in postica annuli parte est situs. Pedes gra- cillimi, inermes, equales, corpore (rostro incluso) duplo longiores, unguibus auxiliaribus armati sunt nullis. Abdomen uniarticu- latum, obtuse conicum, perbreve, vix distinguendum. Rhopalorhynchus Kroyert, n. sp. Body linear, smooth. The rostrum is almost as long as the rest of the body, movably articulated to the middle of the anterior end of the oculigerous somite, slender and filiform nearly to its middle, whence it expands and finally narrows to its obtuse extremity ; when examined in profile, the convex upper contour of the expanded portion is seen to carry two minute forwardly directed spines, the - one behind the other in the middle line. The mouth is situated at the extremity of the rostrum and has the form of a triradiate slit, the three slits being so disposed that a circle described from the point in which they meet so as to pass through their free extremities would be by them divided into three equal sectors. The ocular tubercle is erect, occupies the posterior half of the segment on which it is placed, and has the form of a short cylinder surmounted by a minute cone, the eyes being situated partly on the cylinder and partly on the cone, at points corresponding, as usual, to the extremities of the arms of a St. Andrew’s cross. A very distinct crescentic suture, bounding the base of the ocular tubercle posteriorly and curving forwards and outwards, so that (if produced far enough) it would pass out just in front of the first pair of legs, divides the oculigerous from the first thoracic somite. The cephalic appendages of the first pair are absent. Those of the second pair are about once and two thirds as long as the rostrum, with which they lie in the same horizontal line, being articulated one on each side of it to the anterior end of the oculigerous somite, are filiform, excecsively slender, and composed of nine joints: the first joint is subglobular, being nearly as broad as long, much broader than any of the succeeding joints ; the second greatly elongated and slightly expanded at the apex; the third is very short and slightly curved; the fourth is greatly elongated, but not so much so as the second; the fifth is shorter than either of the four equal terminal joints, which, together with the fifth and the distal half of the fourth, are fringed with short and very delicate cilia. Those of the third pair are also extremely slender, are articulated, a little 344. Miscellaneous. posteriorly and internally to the second pair, to minute processes springing from the ventral arc of the oculigerous somite and meeting in the middle line: they are composed of ten joints, of which the first is minute, the two next equal and cylindrical ; the fourth greatly elongated and just perceptibly expanded at the apical end ; the fifth short, scarcely longer than the second of the two basal joints, and curved ; the sixth is likewise greatly elongated, but more expanded at the apex and longer than the third; the four terminal joints are short, slightly decrease in length from the first to the last, which comes suddenly to a subacute incurved point forming a sort of claw, are curved, fringed on their inner and concave margins with cilia and minute spinules, and capable of being coiled tightly together so as to form a prehensile organ. Both pairs of appendages are elbowed at a short joint intercalated between two long ones, viz. the second pair between the second and fourth, the third between the fourth and sixth joints. In many other species the terminal joints of the thirdgpair of cephalic appendages (pedes accessorir) will probably be foun@ to be similarly modified as a prehensile organ; an examination of O. F. Miiller’s faithful figures of Nymphon grossipes, Fabr., in the ‘ Zoolo- gia Danica’* would, in fact, alone suffice to show the existence of such a modification in that species, even if Kroyer+ had not described it in his diagnoses of the genera Nymphon and Zetes, without, how- ever, offering any interpretation of the structure. The oculigerous somite has its anterior margin straight, and is but faintly constricted in front of the eye-tubercle. The first thoracie somite, if its distinctness from the oculigerous somite be admitted, is very short. Of the remaining somites the second and third are subequal, the former being, if any thing, the longer, are as perfectly cylindrical and nearly as long as, but slightly stouter than, the filiform proximal moiety of the rostrum, and are suddenly expanded at their articular ends, each somite presenting the appearance of a cylinder with a greatly truncated cone affixed by its truncated surface to each end. The fourth and last somite is scarce half the length of those that precede it, and is similarly ex- panded at its anterior end only. From the sides of the expansions at the posterior extremity of the second and third spring two some- what inflated outwardly directed obconic processes, which might at first sight be mistaken for the first of the basal joints of the legs from their close similarity to these, but which are in reality one with the somite from which they arise ; precisely similar processes carry the legs both of the first and of the last somite, in which, however, they diverge like the arms of the letter Y. Wedged in between the roots of these processes of the last somite and the posterior boundary of its ventral arc lies a minute obtusely conical tubercle with a large circular (anal) aperture at its extremity. This is the abdomen, a very evident, though rudimentary, structure in most Pycnogonida, and even biarticulate in one species (in Zetes hispidus, Kroyer); but * Op. cit. pl. exix. figs. 5 & 8. + Naturhist. Tidssk. 1844, pp. 108 & 116. Miscellaneous. 345 here so reduced in size as to be quite invisible from above, and only demonstrable with difficulty from below, whence it appears in ordi- nary positions under the microscope as a convex ovoidal or heart- shaped plate ; it, moreover, looks downwards and slightly backwards, instead of upwards and backwards or directly backwards, as it usually does. The legs are long, slender, simple, equal in length, rather more than twice as long as the body (including the rostrum), and are com- posed of eight joints, terminated by a weak slightly curved claw. Their three basal joints are as broad as long, equal, and almost glo- bular; the fourth is club-shaped at the distal end; the fifth is all but as long as the fourth, and, with the remaining joints, perfectly filiform ; the sixth is shorter and about twice the length of the two last together ; these are subequal. millims, Length of the body (including the rostrum) ............ 13 MRE ACESS etre RIN es stony eh ore, tae Tis cea ty ake che xe 26 - », second pair of cephalic appendages ........ 10 - Shae eere: 3 “5 SS ORS gether sah: 12 From the linear form of the body and the slenderness of the legs I conclude that my specimen is a male—a conclusion by no means invalidated by the presence of the third pair of cephalic appendages, which, being apparently invariably developed in both sexes through- out several genera (Nymphon, &c.), consequently possesses no value in the determination of questions of sex. Hab. Dredged by the writer at Port Blair, Andaman Islands, in 25 fathoms of water, at which depth the bottom was clothed with a dense tangle of delicate filamentous alge so closely resembling the animal in point of colour and form that the latter was with difficulty distinguishable. In conclusion, I dedicate the first species of Pyenogonida hitherto discovered in these seas to the memory of the illustrious Danish naturalist whose name is so indissolubly connected with the history both of the Pycnogonida and of the lower Crustacea.—Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. xli. part 2 (1873). On the Development of Distomum nodulosum. By O. von Liystow. The author has ascertained that Distomwm nodulosum is not pro- duced from the Cercaria Planorbis carinati as supposed by De Filippi, but from another form which was not previously known. To follow the migrations of this worm the author put individuals . full of ova into a vase containing freshwater mollusca (Lymneus, Paludina, Planorbis, Valvata, &e.). The Distoma were soon de- composed and their ova were set free. The first embryos were hatched in two or three days; they swam about rapidly by means of their vibratile covering. It was in the alimentary canal of certain Cheetopod Annelids by which they had been swallowed that M. von Linstow was best able to follow the first transformations of these larvee ; they had lost their cilia, and there was clearly to be 346 Miscellaneous. distinguished an anterior protuberance, which was already visible in the embryo when free in the water. The examination of the mol- lusea did not furnish conclusive results. Most of the individuals contained Cercariz ; but these belonged to several species ; so that it was impossible to make out which of them were derived from Dis- tomum nodulosum. However, by far the most abundant form in Paludina impura was a species furnished with an aculeus, and re- sembling D. nodulosum in the form and dimensions of its sucking- disks. This Cercaria is developed in sporocysts, completely destitute of structure, but often presenting a protuberance resembling that seen in the larvee which penetrated into the interior of the Annelids, The sporocysts increase by transverse division ; they never contain more than a few Cercariez, and sometimes only a single one. In the Paludina these Cerearize become encysted, losing their tails and at the same time their aculeus, which the author saw detach itself. Specimens of Paludina impura are found containing only sporocysts and free Cercariz, others which contain only encysted Cercarie, and ‘others, again, with all three forms. The author administered the cysts to four small perch. These fishes were opened two hours afterwards ; and in two of them M. von Linstow discovered a certain number of young Distoma which proved to be D. nodulosum. These experiments therefore seem to prove that the ova of these Trematoda fall into the water, from which the embryos pass into Mollusca, from which they reach the fishes without penetrating into an intermediate host. A curious fact observed in this species is its presence under a diffe- rent form in Acerina cernua. The author has found on the outer surface of the intestine of this fish delicate cysts which, when rup- tured, gave issue to young specimens of D. nodulosum, presenting all the characters of the species. Some of them already possessed the vitellogene and the germinogene, the testes and the cirrus-sac. He has also found the same cysts with the same contents, together with free young D. nodulosa in the same state of development, in the intestine of Perca fluviatilis, which they had evidently reached with an individual of Acerina cernua. The walls of the cysts are much more delicate than those occurring in Paludina impura ; the cysts are also much larger, measuring 0:4 millim, or more instead of 0:07 millim.; moreover the animal contained in them is much further advanced in development. The author explains in the following manner the presence of the parasite under these exceptional circumstances. There must be two modes of transport of the Cercariz into fishes. In the first case the fish eats a Paludina containing encysted Cercariz ; the Cercariz are set free by the digestion of the cysts and attain their sexual state in the intestine of the fish. In the second case the Acerina cernua eats a mollusk containing free Cercarix, or else these larve pass directly into the fish. They pierce the intestine by means of their aculeus and encyst themselves on the outside of the wall of that organ. During their course through the intestine they increase in size, because they find suitable nourishment there. Leuckart has laid down the principle that only the encysted Distoma Miscellaneous. 347 are transferable. M. von Linstow thinks that this opinion is correct if we understand thereby that a state of encystation is always neces- sary before a Distomum can be developed freely in the intestine. If a free Cercaria reaches its definitive host,it may continue to live there, but it becomes encysted.—Archi fiir Naturg. 1873, p. 1; Bibl. Univ. August 15, 1873, Bull. Sct. p. 328. Manufactured Glassrope. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S, &e. There have lately been sold at a natural-history sale two or three specimens of the glassrope (Hyalonema) from Japan of an extra- ordinary thickness, made up of a very large number of siliceous fibrous spicules, which at the free end diverge in the most extra- ordinary manner into a bunch six or seven inches wide. The size, and especially the fibres being separated from each other and twisted in different directions, so that the spiral turns did not match each other, excited my suspicions, which were confirmed by the mass of black pitchy matter with which their base was covered. The larger specimen was made to appear the most perfect, and was about four inches in circumference about three inches from the base. This part, above the black pitchy substance, is covered with the usual bark for about two or three inches height. When this animal coat or so-called bark was carefully examined, it was found to have no real connexion with the spicules, and to be made up of pieces of bark taken from other specimens and fixed across the bunch of filaments, the grooves between the pieces looking lke wrinkles. These specimens are evidently made for sale, probably by the same French taxidermist that made the specimens formerly noticed. I am sorry to say they found purchasers at prices which the separate glassy filaments of which they are composed would not have fetched. ‘The larger specimens have a usual-sized specimen, partly denuded of its bark, attached by a black pitchy substance to its base, Note on certain Species of Phasmide hitherto referred to the Genus Bacillus. By James Woop-Mason, of-Queen’s College, Oxford. The discovery which I have to announce, viz. that the true males of Bacillus insignis and its allies are to be sought in insects of the type of Lonchodes stilpnus, Westw., Lonchodes pseudoporus, Westw., Lonchodes Russellii, Bates, &c., affords another instructive illustra- tion not only of the extreme imperfection of our knowledge of this family of Orthopterous insects, but also of the utter futility of any attempt satisfactorily to distribute the species composing it into genera, until we shall be in possession of the true pairs of many more of the described species. In 1869 M. Henri de Saussure* proposed, prematurely as it turns out, to divide the genus Bacillus into three subgenera—one (Bacillus) for the reception of B. Rossii and its allies, another (Ramulus) for B. humilis, Westw., B. carinulatus, Sauss., &c., and a third (Baculum) for B. cunicularis, Westw., B. ramosus, Sauss., &c. ; and in the first part of my memoir on the Phasmide +, I provisionally referred to * Mél. Orth. fasc. ii. pp. 111 & 112. t Journ. A. 8. B. 1873, pt. ii, no. 1. 348 Miscellaneous. the last-named subgenus one known and three new species, pointing out that these agreed together in having the last dorsal abdominal segment longitudinally grooved, and mentioning, in the description of each species, the presence, in the posterior border of this segment, of an emargination filled by a well-developed supraanal plate, which is invariably to be found in the females of all species of Lonchodes. I have long felt convinced that the insect of which a description is appended was the male of my Bacillus (Baculum) insignis, but have thought it better to wait for evidence confirmatory of the fact. This has at length reached me from Ceylon, thanks to Mr. Hugh Nevill, C.C.C., who has been kind enough to send me, amongst other species of great interest andvalue, the two sexes of an insect agreeing admirably with M. de Saussure’s * description of L. pseudoporus, Westw. The discovery of the male of B. insignis will obviously also neces- sitate the transference of the following species to the genus Lon- chodes :—Bacillus cunicularis et hyphereon, West.; B. patellifer et scytale, Bates; B. ramosus, Sauss., B. Penthesilea et furcillatus, W ood- Mas.: and I strongly suspect that B. Woodwardi et scabriusculus will eventually have to follow them to the same genus. Lonchodes insignis. . Bacillus (Baculum) insignis, Wood-Mason, Journ. A.S. B. vol. xli. 1873, pp. 51 & 52, pl. v. figs. 1 & 2. g. Body of excessive tenuity. Antenne perfectly filiform, 24- jointed, reaching nearly to the apex of the anterior femora. The head is almost a complete miniature of that of the female, and, in the specimen from which the dimensions given below are taken, has two minute tubercles between the eyes, representing the well-developed horns of the opposite sex. Three dark dorsal streaks, one median and two lateral, pass along the whole length of the body from the head to the end of the sixth abdominal segment. Both meso- and meta- thorax are dilated at either end, but especially at the insertion of the legs, and have each a raised median dorsal carina. The six basal abdominal segments are slightly expanded at each end, as in spirit specimens of the female ; the seventh and eighth are shorter than the preceding, subequal, and gradually widen, the former from the base to the apex, the latter from the apex to the base ; the last is scarcely longer than these, and cleft for rather more than a third of its length, but the sides of the cleft are so closely approximated that no hiatus is visible as in many other species ; seen from the side, this segment terminates in an obtuse, scarcely deflexed tip. The legs are devoid of all traces of the foliaceous lobes so conspicuous in the female, but present the same generalstructure ; the intermediate femora are just perceptibly curved; and the four posterior tibize have a few incon- spicuous spinules towards the apical end. Total length 4 in. 74 lin., ant. 153, head 2, proth. 12, mesoth. 12, metath. 11, abd. 24+6=30 lin., ant. legs 194 224+ 63=4 in., inter. legs 12+1245=2 in. 5 lin., post. legs 154+16+443=3 in. Hab. Samagooting, Naga Hills, with the female. Collected by Captain Butler.—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, July 1873. * Op. cit. pp. 120 & 121. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES.] ‘No. 71. NOVEMBER 1873. XLIV.—On the HEXACTINELLID and LITHISTIDA generally, and particularly on the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and Farree, together with Facts elicited from their Deciduous Structures, and Descriptions respectively of Three New Species. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c. {Plates XTII.—X VII. ] THIS paper wascommenced with observations on some deciduous specimens of the Hexactinellide from the deep sea, in which the influence of an absorbing process (to be mentioned here- after) had rendered the sexradiate spicules, on which the vitreous fibre had originally been deposited, again recognizable. It was then found necessary to study the Hexactinellide and Lithistide (that is, Dr. J. E. Gray’s Coralliospongia ex parte) generally for a better understanding of this process, and par- ticularly the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and the Farree, as it was in the deciduous fibre of such sponges that the facts desired were, if possible, to be ascertained. During this study much information hitherto unknown has been obtained, and three new species of vitreous sponges discovered. I shall first, therefore, give the results of my investigations of Dr. Gray’s Coralliospongia &c., under the heads respectively of “Hexactinellide” and “ Lithistide ”—afterwards an ac- count of the specimens respectively to which I shall have to refer when the spicules of the Aphrocallistide, Aulodictyon, and the Farree in the living state have been described and I come to the identifying of them in the deciduous structures— and, lastly, a short summary of what these structures have Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xii. 24 350 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. revealed, together with a description of a new species of Farrea and a new genus of vitreous sponges. I must here premise that whatever value the contents of this paper may possess is all due to the unceasing exertions of my friend Dr, J. E. Gray to place before me all the oppor- tunities in his power, and afterwards to urge me to publish my observations. In 1867, Dr. J. E.Gray proposed the term “ Coralliospongia”’ for a certain group of sponges (“ Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges,” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 505), as follows :— “ Order I. CORALLIOSPONGIA. “Sponge hard, coral-like. Skeleton entirely formed of siliceous spicules anchylosed together by siliceous matter, forming a netted mass covered with sarcode.” Nothing can be more appropriate, both in name and defini- tion, than this diagnosis. Dr. Gray had before him in particular the great, stony, shallow, expanded, stalked, dish- shaped masses of Dactylocalyx pumiceus, Stutchbury (P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 86), and that of MacAndrewia azorica described by himself (P. Z. 8S. 1859, p. 438, pl. xv.), both in the British Museum, and each more than a foot in diameter. . In 1869, Dr. Bowerbank published his “‘ Monograph of the Siliceous Sponges” (P. Z. S. May and June 1869, parts 1. & ii. pls. xxi.-xxv. & pls. i1.-vi.), m which we find details of the same specimens, appearing respectively under the names of “ Dactylocalyx pumiceus” and “ Dactylocalyx MacAndrewit.” So far as the term “ Coralliospongia”’ goes, Dr. Gray was right ; but the details of Lens Aldous’s figures in Dr. Bower- bank’s monograph show that MacAndrewva azorica might be a family of that order, but could not be a species of Dac- tylocalyx—that is to say, that the elements of Dactylocalyx pumiceus are those of a sexradiate sponge, while those of MacAndrewia azorica belong to a quadriradiate system. (I call the “ quadriradiate system” that in which the shaft of the spicule divides into three branches, as in the Geodinide, more typically shown in the four-armed spicule of Pachastrella, where, the arms being nearly equal in length, that which might be termed the “ shaft” is often hardly distinguishable from the rest.) Yet Dr. Bowerbank has changed the name of “ MacAndrewia azorica” to Dactylocalyx MacAndrewii,” thus erring both in grouping and nomenclature. At the same time Dr. Bowerbank has distinctly shown in his figures, although he has not recognized the fact in his descriptions, that there are two systems, and that while sexra- Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 351 diate spicules characterize one, a trifid branching of the shaft or quadriradiate form characterizes the other system. In 1868, Prof. Wyville Thomson’s classification of these sponges appeared under the name of “ Vitrea,” to which Prof. Thomson added what Dr. Gray had excluded from his Coral- liospongia, viz. the sarcospiculous Hexactinellide (ex. gr. Hyalonema &c.)—that is, the Hexactinellidee which are not vitreous (Annals, vol. i. p. 119, Feb. 1868). But in his fifth genus Prof. Thomson also includes the two species mentioned under the head of “ Dactylocalyx,” viz. “ Dactylocalyx pumicea [ pumiceus ?], Stutchbury, and Dacty- localyx azorica, Gray,” = MacAndrewia azorica, Gray. (See also Prof. Wyville Thomson’s “ genus 4,” Phil. Trans. 1869, pt: 1- p. 713.) At length, in 1870, the results of Schmidt’s examination of the deep-sea sponges sent to him from America were published (‘ Grundziige einer Spongienfauna des atlantischen Gebietes ’), in which the two systems are respectively recognized under the heads of ‘‘ Hexactinellide ” and “ Lithistide ”’—the former for the sexradiate, and the latter for the triradiate type, our quadriradiate system. The result of this examination shows plainly how much more Schmidt would have done with these systems with more time and more material at his disposal. I had noticed this distinction before seeing Schmidt’s work, in my “ Fossil Spicules of the Greensand ” (Annals, vol. vii. pp- 117, 118, Feb. 1871), where, instead of the term “‘tri- radiate,” [had proposed “ ternate”” &c. ; but without reference to this in particular, it will be easily seen that if we are to call those sponges /exactinellid whose central canal at one point consists of six arms, the other group, whose central canal at one point consists of four arms (viz. that of the shaft and its three branches together), should be termed “ quadrivadiate” to be consistent. The term “ triradiate ” does not suffice for the latter, which must be either “ quadri- radiate ’’ or, as I had before proposed, “ ternate ” or ‘ trifid.” Then, again, if we adopt “ ternate”’ or “ trifid,” to be con- sistent we must change “ hexactinelid” to “ quinate” or “ quinquefid ;”’ for in the larger-headed spicules of the Hexacti- nellide the shaft is often so marked that we have to describe it under this term, while the minute sexradiate spicules being for the most part eqgudarmed, no other term can be used for them than “ sexradiate.” I have endeavoured to show that in the development of a sponge-spicule which is not equiradiate, the primary form is a straight line, from whose central canal branches are subsequently given off to form the rest of the spicule proper 24* 352 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. (Annals, vol. ix. p. 430, pl. xxii. fig. 16, June 1872). The ornamental parts, such as spines &c., although no doubt in the original design, are not attended by any alteration in the central canal, and therefore do not belong to the “ spicule proper.” I call the “ spicule proper” that fundamental form which is marked out by the central canal and its branches ; and these do not run into the ornamental portions. But whatever may be the terms finally adopted for the spicular systems of the Hexactinellide and Lithistide respec- tively, it is perfectly. evident that in the grouping of these sponges we cannot include the sarcospiculous Hexactinellide, viz. Hyalonema &c., under either of the terms “ Corallio- spongia”’ or ‘ Vitrea;” while the name “ Hexactinellide ” refers rather to the elements than to the general character of these sponges. All sponges begin their development from the ovum in the form of a sarcodic embryo; after which come the spicules, and lastly the fibre, which converts the skeleton-spicules into an axis, whether this fibre be vitreous or horny. Hence, as the sarcodic precedes the vitreous state, the latter would rank as a superior development to that of the sarcospiculous Hex- actinellidge, in which the sarcode never passes into either horny or vitreous fibre, but remains simply hardened and amorphous. So it seems to me desirable that we should discard this “order” altogether, and distribute the groups of the Hexacti- nellidze among the divisions of the Spongiadee in accordance with what I have proposed in the footnote to my paper on the points of distinction between the Spongiade and Foramini- fera (Annals, vol. xi. pp. 355-356, May 1873). To understand this suggestion, however, it is necessary to premise that the vitreous fibre of the Hexactinellide is merely horny fibre silicified, and that the spicules of the species are imbedded in this, after the same manner respectively as they are imbedded in the fibre of sponges generally. This being the fact, we might expect to find certain Hexactinellide with their spicules all confined to the interior of the silicified fibre, as the spicules in the horny fibre of my third division, viz. the “‘Chalinide ”—then that the fibre in another group of the Hexactinellidee is more or less echinated with spicules in addition to those contained in the interior, as in my fourth division, viz. the “‘ Armate ”’—or the spicules supported by amorphous sarcode alone, as in the fifth division, viz. the “‘ Renierine,’’ wherein, too, would come our quadriradiate system, or Schmidt’s “ Lithistide,”’ in which I think the filigreed terminations of the arms interlocking with each other, rather than the presence of vitreous fibre, chiefly bind the Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellidee. B52 whole structure together; for, indeed, if divested of this filigreed development, as is the case with the surface-spicules of Dacty- localyx Bowerbankii, Johnson (which are simply trifid-headed shafts with the shaft projecting internally and the trifid heads horizontally), they would be reduced to the state of similar spicules in the Geodinide and in Pachastrella (that is, held together only by the amorphous sarcode of the dermis), and would thus form a group in my fifth division. We shall see by-and-by that, while the glassy skeleton of the Hexactinellide is formed by a vitrification of the sarcode or horny fibre, that of the Lithistide is formed by a vitrified extension of the spicule. Assuming this, I shall for the present give lists respec- tively of the Hexactinellide and Lithistidee which have already been described, grouping them, according to the best of my judgment, as their characters seem to indicate, and following each by a short commentary. After which I shall take the branched tube-net sponges (that is, the Aphrocallistide, in which we must include Larrea and Aulodictyon) for the special subject of this paper, returning to the other groups for more detailed description at a future time when it may be more con- venient. I shall also, for the present, use the terms ‘‘sex- radiate” for the Hexactinellide, and “ quadriradiate” for the Lithistide. As the spicule of the Hexactinellide and-Lithistide is, like that of all other sponges, developed from a single point or minute cell, which, by linear extension, becomes the central canal on which the vitreous layers of the spicule are sub- sequently built, we find that in the Hexactinellide the spicules are produced by a more or less uniform radiation from the central cell ¢mmediately ; while in the Lithistide the spicules are formed by a more or less uniform ériradiation subsequently, or from one extremity of the primary cell after it has un- dergone linear extension,—that is, that this half of the shaft is transformed into three arms, and that, too, probably com- mencing a little beyond the central cell, as an inflation of the shaft, often just below the head, leaving a kind of neck or more constricted portion, would seem to indicate. (See especially the large trifid spicules of the Geodinide &c.) With reference to the Hexactinellidz, it is also necessary to premise that there are here, as in most of the Spongiade, large spicules which are only concerned in the formation of the sup- porting structure or skeleton, which we shall term “ skeleton- spicules,” and minute spicules which belong entirely to the sarcode, which will be termed “ flesh-spicules’’—also that the latter here often afford a valuable character in conjunction with 354 Mr. 1. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. others for specific distinction ; but while the former remain under all circumstances in the dried specimen, the latter, unless accidentally included in the material which binds together the large spicules (a very rare occurrence), will, if the sarcode has passed into dissolution before the specimen is taken up for preservation, inevitably fall through the reticulated structure of the skeleton, as small pebbles through the meshes of a fishing-net. Hence the distinguishing character furnished by the minute or flesh-spicules will be lost or retained as the case may be; while, as some sponges have no minute spicule, its absence then must be determined by the presence of the sarcode, since if the sarcode be preserved the minute spi- eule will be in it if there be one, and if not the contrary. Thus it should be remembered that a sponge possessing the fesh-spieule in the natural state may not have it in the dried one, and that this remark applies to the Spongiade generally. So far, all the Hexactinellide that have been made known possess a minute or flesh-spicule in the form of a “rosette,” which may be defined to be an equiarmed, sexradiate spicule, from the ends of whose arms respectively proceed a certain number of rays which, although the same on each arm of the specimen, may vary in form, number, and arrangement with the species, but always project from the ends of the arms, which corresponding to the six sides of a cube, the whole, when the spicule is perfect, forms a more or less spherical rosette. The term “rosette” first appears in Dr. Bowerbank’s ‘ British Spongiade ’ (vol. ii. p. 189 &c.), as indirectly applied to a globular group of inequianchorate spicules well delineated in his plate xvii. fig. 297 (vol. 1., op. czt.) as illustrations of an Esperia (Hymeniacidon lingua, B.). These are also flesh- spicules. Then Prof. Thomson, in describing Askonema (‘ Depths of the Sea,’ p. 428), directly applies the term to the flesh-spicules of this sexradiate sponge. 1 now intend to apply it generally to the flesh-spicules of the Hexactinellidee which possess this form, designating it according to its differences in a way which I hope will be found less oppressive to the memory, and therefore more practicable, than Dr- Bowerbank’s “ Terminology.” As before stated, we find in most sponges two distinct classes of spicules, viz. those which’ belong to the skeleton (skeleton- spicules) and those whieh belong to the sarcode (flesh- spicules), The skeleton-spicules sooner or later are all involved in the formation of this structure, while an enclosure of the latter is an exception so rare that the flesh-spicule may be said never to become united to the skeleton-structure. However remarkable it may be that the flesh-spicules should be inti- Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. 355 mately mixed up with the skeleton-spicules of the sponge without ever being taken into the structure of the latter, such is the case. Among the vitreous Hexactinellide, however, there is a sexradiate spicule of the skeleton-structure so minute and so plentiful that it might easily pass for a “‘ rosette,” were it not tor the following differences, viz. that it never goes beyond the simple ox first sexradiate division (that is, where the distin- guishing form of the rosette, viz. the rays, commence), and is always more or less involved in or cemented to the vitreous skeleton (Pl. XIII. fig. 1). Thus it often appears in Aphrocal- listes Bocaget and in the Farree, as will hereafter be seen, where, although essentially a skeleton-spicule, it is so much smaller than that which formed the basis of the original fibre that I cannot help viewing it as an “ afterformation.” Be this as it may, it is so mixed up with the rosette in Farrea infundibuliformis,-one of the “ new species” to be described hereafter, that it is desirable to notice the existence of such a spicule in order that it may not be confounded with the rosettes in any sexradiate sponge, besides those mentioned, im which it may be found to occur (Pl. XVII. figs. 2-4). From this we pass to a consideration of the “ rosette” itself (in connexion with our illustrations), which is essentially a flesh-spicule of the kind above mentioned, but of course subject to modifications. The simplest form appears to be that in which the six arms are long and respectively terminated by two divergent pointed rays (Pl. XIII. fig. 2); or the arms may be short with dual rays (fig. 3); or the arms short with a variable plurality _ of the same kind of rays (fig. 4). * (Here it should be noticed that, for the sake of perspicuity, the fifth and sixth arms (fig. 2,¢c)—that is, the third axis— will not be introduced in the illustrations after fig. 2.) Then the dual ray may be straight and capitate, when we get the form fig. 5, where the spines of the head are few and long (tig. 5, a, b,c) ; or the arms, still short, may have straight capitate rays in variable plurality (fig. 6), where the spies of the head are short and numerous (tig. 6, a, 6) ; or the arms may be long with the same kind of rays (fig. 7) ; or the arms variable in length in different rosettes, and furnished with a multitude of straight capitate rays of unequal length in the same group (figs. 8 & 16):—the pappiform variety. Here the ends of the arms also are conically inflated and provided with tubercles, each of which supports a ray. Or the rays may be sigmoid, capitate, and arranged en fleur-de-lis expanded generally (fig. 9) ; or the same en flewr-de- 356 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Hexactinellide. lis contracted below and only expanded above (fig. 10); or sigmoid, clavate, capitate, and toothed outwardly, with the lower third or inward curve of the ray diminished to almost nothing, arranged en fleur-de-lis (fig. 11, a, b); or sigmoid and without head, subulate, with flexed extremity diminishing to almost nothing in the lower third or inward curve, also arranged en fleur-de-lis (figs. 12 & 15):—the pappiform rosette with flexed ray. Here, too, the ends of the arms are conically inflated and tubercled for the support of the rays generally, ending on the summit in a straight coarse spine (fig. 15, c). The lowest portion of the ray being stouter than that which follows it, is frequently left attached to the end of the arm both here and in the foregoing form, as shown in fig. 15, d. Then there is the rosette with elongated axis, shaft-like and straight spines or rays, sometimes pointed, sometimes capitate (figs. 17 & 18), sparsely associated with the globular forms (figs. 6 & 7) which characterize Aphrocallistes Bocaget, and which, with fig. 19 from